eS7516AC SMC EN 0004

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE
MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL SYSTEMS

e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/
7516AC/5616AC/6616AC/7616AC
Model: FC-5516AC/6516AC/7516AC/5616AC/6616AC/7616AC
Publish Date: September 2018
File No. SME180023D0
R180521V0904-TTEC
Ver04 F_2021_06
Version
Code List Version Ver04

SM Version Ver02
SYS Version TE0xHD0x160x
© 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

Under the copyright laws, this manual cannot be reproduced in any form without prior written
permission of Toshiba Tec Corporation.
Explanatory notes
Model name Expression in code list
e-STUDIO5516AC/5616AC 55ppm
05/08/13 codes: Supplemental explanation for the items
Save location
Indicating the saved location of the setting SYS: SYS board
values. M: LGC board
FIN: Finisher board
H/S: HDD/SSD
FROM: FROM
SCN: CCD board
-: Not saved
Cloning
Indicating the category in which cloning data are Def: Default Settings
stored. Net: Network/Print Service
Sec: Security
User: User Management
-: Cloning not made
Backup
Indicating the possibility to perform backup by means of the backup functions or the backup/restoring utilities.
Keeping Value
Indicating whether the values are retained after H: Values are retained even after formatting the HDD.
replacing the HDD or initializing the SYS board. S: Values are retained even after performing the SRAM clear.
HS: Values are retained even after formatting the HDD and
performing the SRAM clear.
-: Values not retained
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS REGARDING THE SERVICE FOR
e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC
The installation and service shall be done by a qualified service
technician.
1. Transportation/Installation
- When transporting/installing the equipment, employ two or more persons and be sure to move it
by the casters while lifting the stoppers.
The equipment is quite heavy and weighs approximately Approx. 213 kg (469.6 lb.), therefore
pay full attention when handling it.
- Be sure not to hold the movable parts or units (e.g. the control panel, ADU or DSDF) when
transporting the equipment.
- Be sure to use a dedicated outlet with AC 120 V / 20 A, 220-240 V / 10 A for its power source.
- The equipment must be grounded for safety.
- Select a suitable place for installation. Avoid excessive heat, high humidity, dust, vibration and
direct sunlight.
- Provide proper ventilation since the equipment emits a slight amount of ozone.
- To insure adequate working space for the copying operation, keep a minimum clearance of 30
cm (11.8”) on the left, 80 cm (32”) on the right and 10 cm (4”) on the rear.
- The equipment shall be installed near the socket outlet and shall be easily accessible.
- Be sure to fix and plug in the power cable securely after the installation so that no one trips over
it.
- If the unpacking place and where the equipment is to be installed differ, perform image quality
adjustment (automatic gamma adjustment) according to the temperature and humidity of the
place of installation and the paper to be used.
- When the equipment is used after the option is removed, be sure to install the parts or the covers
which have been taken off so that the inside of the equipment is not exposed.
- Do not use an ozone generator near the MFP. Or, place any ozone generator as far away from
the MFP as possible.
- Do not use an ultrasonic humidifier near the MFP.

Components such as chlorinate and mineral will be atomized by an ultrasonic humidifier and they
will adhere to electric parts in the MFP. This could cause malfunctions.
- When the LAN cable, USB cable or telephone line is connected, be sure to wire the cable or line
by passing it through the clamp of the rear cover.
Otherwise, they will be caught when the duplexing unit is opened/closed and thus may be
damaged.
2. General Precautions at Service
- The fuse could be in the neutral. The mains shall be disconnected to de-energize the phase
conductors.
- Be sure to turn the power OFF and unplug the power cables during service (except for the
service should be done with the power turned ON).
- After the power cable is disconnected, an electric charge may remain in the boards of the
equipment. Therefore, be sure to disconnect or connect the connectors when about 1 minute
(e.g.: the time for taking off the rear cover) has passed after the power cable is disconnected.
- The fuse could be in the neutral. The mains supply shall be disconnected to de-energize the
phase conductors.
- Unplug the power cable and clean the area around the prongs of the plug and socket outlet once
a year or more. A fire may occur when dust lies on this area.
- When the parts are disassembled, reassembly is the reverse of disassembly unless otherwise
noted in this manual or other related documents. Be careful not to install small parts such as
screws, washers, pins, E-rings, star washers, harnesses in the wrong places.
- Basically, the equipment should not be operated with any parts removed or disassembled.
- The PC board must be stored in an anti-electrostatic bag and handled carefully using an
antistatic wrist strap since the ICs on it may be damaged due to static electricity.
Caution: Before using the antistatic wrist strap, unplug the power cable of the
equipment and make sure that there are no charged objects which are not
insulated in the vicinity.
- Avoid expose to laser beam during service. This equipment uses a laser diode. Be sure not to
expose your eyes to the laser beam. Do not insert reflecting parts or tools such as a screwdriver
on the laser beam path. Remove all reflecting metals such as watches, rings, etc. before starting
service.
- Be sure not to touch high-temperature sections such as the exposure lamp, fuser unit, damp
heater and areas around them.
- Be sure not to touch high-voltage sections such as the chargers, transfer belt, 2nd transfer roller,
developer, IH board, high-voltage transformer and power supply unit. Especially, the board of
these components should not be touched since the electric charge may remain in the capacitors,
etc. on them even after the power is turned OFF.
- Make sure that the equipment will not operate before touching potentially dangerous places (e.g.
rotating/operating sections such as gears, belts pulleys, fans and laser beam exit of the laser
optical unit).
- Be careful when removing the covers since there might be the parts with very sharp edges
underneath.
- When servicing the equipment with the power turned ON, be sure not to touch live sections and
rotating/operating sections. Avoid exposing your eyes to laser beam.
- Use designated jigs and tools.
- Use recommended measuring instruments or equivalents.
- Return the equipment to the original state and check the operation when the service is finished.
- Be very careful to treat the touch panel gently and never hit it. Breaking the surface could cause
malfunctions.
- Do not leave plastic bags where children can get at them. This may cause an accident such as
suffocation if a child puts his/her head into a bag. Plastic bags of options or service parts must be
brought back.
- There is a risk of an electric shock or fire resulting from the damage to the harness covering or
conduction blockage. To avoid this, be sure to wire the harness in the same way as that before
disassembling when the equipment is assembled/disassembled.
3. General operations
- Check the procedures and perform them as described in the Service Manual.
- Make sure you do not lose your balance.
- Avoid exposure to your skin and wear protective gloves as needed.
4. Important Service Parts for Safety
- The breaker, IH coil, door switch, fuse, thermostat, thermofuse, thermistor, batteries, IC-RAMs
including lithium batteries, etc. are particularly important for safety. Be sure to handle/install them
properly. If these parts are short-circuited and their functions become ineffective, they may result
in fatal accidents such as explosion or burnout. Avoid short-circuiting and do not use parts not
recommended by Toshiba TEC Corporation.
5. Cautionary Labels
During servicing, be sure to check the rating plate and cautionary labels to see if there is any dirt on
their surface and if they are properly stuck to the equipment.
[1]
[2]
[3]
13.8
[4] [5] [6]
[7] [8]
[1] Identification label

[2] Explanatory label
[3] Warning for power cable
[4] Warning for high temperature area (Duplexing unit / Fuser unit)
[5] Warning for high temperature area (Fuser unit)
[6] Warning for high temperature area (Bridge unit)
[7] Warning for laser
[8] Warning for damp heater (for ARD, AUD, ASD, CND)
6. Disposal of the Equipment, Supplies and Packing Materials
- Regarding the recovery and disposal of the equipment, supplies and packing materials including,
follow the relevant local regulations or rules.
7. Precautions regarding IC-RAMs with a battery or a lithium battery embedded

- Be very careful not to replace this with an incorrect type. This will result in an explosion or fire.
- Regarding the collection and disposal of used IC-RAMs with a battery or a lithium battery
embedded, follow relevant local regulations or rules.
1. Precautions for Transporting Equipment Once Unpacked
1.1 General Description

It is recommended to follow the procedure below when you transport equipment that has already
been unpacked but has not been packed again. Note that the following procedure cannot guarantee
the operation of the transported equipment.
Item Content
(1) Scanning section Fix the scanning section.
(2) Drum Install the drum protection sheet and 4 drum fixing holders.
(3) Toner Install sealing material on the toner supply opening of each toner
cartridge.
Remarks:
• Keep packing material removed at unpacking to reuse it in steps (1) and (2) above.
• Use a service jig PLATE-TONER-SEAL (6LJ06917000) as sealing material to be used in step (3) above.
• Do not install the accessories shown below when unpacking the equipment.
2. Precautions and Procedures for Transporting Equipment
2.1 Fixing the scanning section

1. Move carriage-1 until it touches the left side of the frame. Then move it back to the right for 3
mm.
Notes:
Rotate a drive pulley by hand to move carriage-1.
2. Reinstall 2 screws that were removed when unpacking the equipment.
Notes:
• The installation of rubber caps for covering the holes of the scanner fixing screws, which is described in
the Unpacking Instructions, must not be performed when the equipment is unpacked but must be when
it is reinstalled at a user's office. (Large: 9 pcs. , Small: 2 pcs.)
• The installation of the front lower cover, which is described in the Unpacking Instructions, must not be
performed when the equipment is unpacked but must when it is set up at a user's office.
2
2.2 Attach the cushioning material of the scanning section
When transporting the equipment with the DSDF installed, be sure to attach the cushioning material as
below to prevent the cover in the scanner section from being scratched by the protrusion of the DSDF
cover.
1. Fold the cushioning material (packing material) in two. (Utilize the packing material used in the
rear cover section, if available.) Place it on the upper surface of the scanner section so that it is
covered.
2. While paying attention to ensure that the cushioning material is not moved, slowly close the
DSDF.
2.3 Install the drum protection sheet and 4 drum fixing holders.
1. Pull out the EPU tray.
2. Attach a drum protection sheet to the drums.

Be sure to fix the four corners of the drum protection sheet with a piece of tape. (Be careful not to
let the tape contact the drum during this.)
3. Place 4 drum fixing holders on the specified positions and press them in until a sound is heard.
4. Push the EPU tray in, and then reassemble the equipment in the procedure reverse to
disassembly.
Notes:
• It is recommended to keep the drum protection sheet and 4 drum fixing holders removed at unpacking.
• Store the drum protection sheet in a place without high temperature and humidity, direct sunlight or dust.
• Do not scratch or bend the drum protection sheet. Avoid adhesion of dust, dirt or foreign matter,
especially things that may damage the surface of the drums or the transfer belt (e.g. hard matter or
matter that is highly adhesive, organic or chemical matter, grease) to the drum protection sheet.
• Do not use a drum protection sheet that is damaged or deformed, or one with any abnormality.
2.4 Installing the sealing material in toner supply opening
1. Open the front cover and then take off the toner cartridges (Y, M, C and K).
Y M C K
Notes:
The toner cartridges must not be installed while the equipment is being transported. Pack them
separately from the equipment.
2. Install PLATE-TONER-SEAL (6LJ06917000) in the toner supply opening of each toner cartridge.
Then close the front cover.
Notes:
• Pay attention to prevent dust from entering into the toner supply openings.
• When installing PLATE-TONER-SEAL (6LJ06917000), be careful not to scratch or remove the sponge
that is already attached to the toner supply openings.
2.5 Attaching packaging tape to the accessory tray
When an optional accessory tray is installed, be sure to fix it with packaging tape.
ALLGEMEINE SICHERHEITSMASSNAHMEN IN BEZUG AUF
DIE WARTUNG FÜR e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC
Die Installation und die Wartung sind von einem qualifizierten Service-
Techniker durchzuführen.
1. Transport/Installation
- Zum Transportieren/Installieren des Gerätes werden 2 Personen benötigt. Bewegen Sie es mit
den Rollen, während Sie die Absperrvorrichtungen heben. Das Gerät ist sehr schwer und wiegt
etwa 213 kg; deshalb muss bei der Handhabung des Geräts besonders aufgepasst werden
- Beim Transportieren des Geräts nicht an den beweglichen Teilen oder Einheiten (z.B. das
Bedienungsfeld, die Duplexeinheit oder die automatische Dokumentenzuführung) halten.
- Eine spezielle Steckdose mit Stromversorgung von AC 120V/20A, 220-240V/10A als
Stromquelle verwenden.
- Das Gerät ist aus Sicherheitsgründen zu erden.
- Einen geeigneten Standort für die Installation wählen. Standorte mit zuviel Hitze, hoher
Luftfeuchtigkeit, Staub, Vibration und direkter Sonneneinstrahlung sind zu vermeiden.
- Für ausreichende Belüftung sorgen, da das Gerät etwas Ozon abgibt.
- Um einen optimalen Kopierbetrieb zu gewährleisten, muss ein Abstand von mindestens 80 cm
links, 80 cm rechts und 10 cm dahinter eingehalten werden.
- Das Gerät ist in der Nähe der Steckdose zu installieren; diese muss leicht zu erreichen sein.
- Nach der Installation muss das Netzkabel richtig hineingesteckt und befestigt werden, damit
niemand darüber stolpern kann.
- Falls der Auspackungsstandort und der Installationsstandort des Geräts verschieden sind, die
Bildqualitätsjustierung (automatische Gammajustierung) je nach der Temperatur und
Luftfeuchtigkeit des Installationsstandorts und der Papiersorte, die verwendet wird, durchführen.
- Wenn das Gerät nach der Entfernung der Extras verwendet wird, die entfernten Teile oder
Abdeckungen anbringen, damit das Innere des Gerät nicht freiliegt.
- Betreiben Sie keinen Ultraschall-Luftbefeuchter in der Nähe des MFP.
Chlorat- und mineralhaltige Komponenten werden von einem Ultraschallbefeuchter zerstäubt
und die Partikel können sich an den elektrischen Teilen innerhalb des MFP anlagern. Dies kann
zu Fehlfunktionen führen.
- Wenn LAN-Kabel, USB-Kabel oder die Telefonleitung angeschlossen sind, müssen diese Kabel
durch die Klemme an der Rückwand verlegt werden.
Ansonsten können sie beim Öffnen/Schließen der Duplexeinheit eingeklemmt und beschädigt
werden.
2. Allgemeine Sicherheitsmassnahmen in bezug auf die Wartung
- Während der Wartung das Gerät ausschalten und das Netzkabel herausziehen (ausser Wartung,
die bei einem eingeschalteten Gerät, durchgeführt werden muss).
- Das Netzkabel herausziehen und den Bereich um die Steckerpole und die Steckdose die
Umgebung in der Nähe von den Steckerzacken und der Steckdose wenigstens einmal im Jahr
reinigen. Wenn Staub sich in dieser Gegend ansammelt, kann dies ein Feuer verursachen.
- Die Sicherung kann eingeschaltet bleiben. Der Stromstecker sollte jedoch gezogen
werden,damit die internen Leiter von der Phase getrennt sind.
- Wenn die Teile auseinandergenommen werden, wenn nicht anders in diesem Handbuch usw
erklärt, ist das Zusammenbauen in umgekehrter Reihenfolge durchzuführen. Aufpassen, dass
kleine Teile wie Schrauben, Dichtungsringe, Bolzen, E-Ringe, Stern-Dichtungsringe,
Kabelbäume nicht an den verkehrten Stellen eingebaut werden.
- Grundsätzlich darf das Gerät mit enfernten oder auseinandergenommenen Teilen nicht in
Betrieb genommen werden.
- Das PC-Board muss in einer Anti-elektrostatischen Hülle gelagert werden. Nur Mit einer
Manschette bei Betätigung eines Armbandes anfassen, sonst könnte es sein, dass die
integrierten Schaltkreise durch statische Elektrizität beschädigt werden.
Vorsicht: Vor Benutzung der Manschette der Betätigung des Armbandes, das Netzkabel
des Gerätes herausziehen und prüfen, dass es in der Nähe keine geladenen
Gegenstände, die nicht isoliert sind, gibt.
- Setzen Sie sich während der Wartungsarbeiten nicht dem Laserstrahl aus. Dieses Gerät ist mit
einer Laserdiode ausgestattet. Es ist unbedingt zu vermeiden, direkt in den Laserstrahl zu
blicken. Keine reflektierenden Teile oder Werkzeuge, wie z. B. Schraubendreher, in den Pfad des
Laserstrahls halten. Vor den Wartungsarbeiten sämtliche reflektierenden Metallgegenstände, wie
Uhren, Ringe usw., entfernen.
- Auf keinen Fall Hochtemperaturbereiche, wie die Belichtungslampe, die Fixiereinheit, die
Heizquelle und die umliegenden Bereiche, berühren.
- Auf keinen Fall Hochspannungsbereiche, wie die Ladeeinheiten, das Transferband, die zweite
Transferwalze, die Entwicklereinheit, den Hochspannungstransformator und das Netzgerät,
berühren. Insbesondere sollten die Platinen dieser Komponenten nicht berührt werden, da die
Kondensatoren usw. auch nach dem Ausschalten des Geräts noch elektrisch geladen sein
können.
- Vor dem Berühren potenziell gefährlicher Bereiche (z. B. drehbare oder betriebsrelevante
Bereiche, wie Zahnräder, Riemen, Riemenscheiben, Lüfter und die Laseraustrittsöffnung der
optischen Lasereinheit) sicherstellen, dass das Gerät sich nicht bedienen lässt.
- Beim Entfernen von Abdeckungen vorsichtig vorgehen, da sich darunter scharfkantige
Komponenten befinden können.
- Bei Wartungsarbeiten am eingeschalteten Gerät dürfen keine unter Strom stehenden, drehbaren
oder betriebsrelevanten Bereiche berührt werden. Nicht direkt in den Laserstrahl blicken.
- Ausschließlich vorgesehene Werkzeuge und Hilfsmittel verwenden.
- Empfohlene oder gleichwertige Messgeräte verwenden.
- Nach Abschluss der Wartungsarbeiten das Gerät in den ursprünglichen Zustand zurück
versetzen und den einwandfreien Betrieb überprüfen.
- Das berührungsempfindliche Bedienungsfeld stets vorsichtig handhaben und keinen Stößen
aussetzen. Wenn die Oberfläche beschädigt wird, kann dies zu Funktionsstörungen führen.
- Bewahren Sie Kunststofftüten kindersicher auf. Es besteht Erstickungsgefahr, wenn sich Kinder
beim Spielen eine Kunststofftüte über den Kopf ziehen. Bitte nehmen Sie die Kunststofftüten von
Optionen oder Serviceparts wieder zurück.
- Wenn der Schutzmantel eines Kabels oder die Steckerisolierung beschädigt werden, besteht
Brandgefahr oder die Gefahr eines elektrischen Schlags. Um dies zu vermeiden, sollten Kabel in
der gleichen Weise verlegt werden, wie sie vor der Demontage/dem Transport verlegt waren.
3. Allgemeine Sicherheitsmassnahmen
- Die Verfahren sind zu überprüfen und wie im Wartungshandbuch beschrieben durchzuführen.
- Vorsichtig, dass Sie nicht umfallen.
- Um Kontakt zur Haut zu vermeiden, tragen Sie wenn nötig Schutzhandschuhe.
4. Sicherheitsrelevante Wartungsteile
- Der Leistungsschutzschalter, die IH-Spule, der Türschalter, die Sicherung, der Thermostat, die
Thermosicherung, der Thermistor, die Akkus, die IC-RAMs einschließlich der Lithium-Batterie
sind besonders sicherheitsrelevant. Sie müssen unbedingt korrekt gehandhabt und installiert
werden. Wenn diese Teile kurzgeschlossen und funktionsunfähig werden, kann dies zu
schwerwiegenden Schäden, wie einer Explosion oder einem Abbrand, führen. Kurzschlüsse sind
zu vermeiden, und es sind ausschließlich Teile zu verwenden, die von der Toshiba TEC
Corporation empfohlen sind.
5. Warnetiketten
- Im Rahmen der Wartung unbedingt das Leistungsschild und die Etiketten mit Warnhinweisen
überprüfen, um sicherzustellen, dass sie nicht verschmutzt sind und korrekt am Gerät
angebracht sind.
[1]
[2]
[3]
13.8
[4] [5] [6]
[7] [8]
1) Erkennungsetikett
2) Erklärungsetikett
3) Warnung für das Stromkabel
4) Warnung für Bereiche mit hohen Temperaturen (Duplexeinheit / Fixiereinheit)
5) Warnung für Bereiche mit hohen Temperaturen (Fixiereinheit)
6) Warnung für Bereiche mit hohen Temperaturen (Brückeneinheit)
7) Warnung für den Laser
8) Warnung für die Anti-Kondensationsheizung (für ARD, AUD, ASD, CND)
6. Entsorgung des Geräts, der Verbrauchs- und Verpackungsmaterialien, alter Akkus und IC-
RAMs
- In Bezug auf die Entsorgung und Wiederverwertung des Geräts, der Verbrauchs- und
Verpackungsmaterialien, alter Akkus und IC-RAMs, einschließlich Lithiumakkus, sind die
einschlägigen nationalen oder regionalen Vorschriften zu befolgen.
Caution:
Dispose of used batteries and IC-RAMs including lithium batteries according to this manual.
Attention:
Se débarrasser de batteries et IC-RAMs usés y compris les batteries en lithium selon ce manuel.
Vorsicht:
Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien und IC-RAMs (inclusive der Lithium-Batterie) nach diesem Handbuch.
• Laseremissionseinheit
Diese Einheit besteht aus der Laserdiode, dem Fokussierungsobjektiv, der Blende und dem
Zylinderobjektiv.
- Laserdiode
Diese Laserdiode zeichnet sich durch eine geringe Regeldifferenz, eine kleine Laservariation
und einen niedrigen Schwellenstrom aus.
Die Blende der Laseremissionseinheit ist unter dem Fokussierobjektiv angeordnet, um die Form
der Laserstrahlen in der primären und sekundären Scanrichtung festzulegen.
Die Laserdiode gibt Laserstrahlen als Reaktion auf die Signale der Laseremissionssteuerung
(ein/aus) von der Lasertreiber-PC-Platine (LDR) aus. Die durch das Fokussierobjektiv geführten
Laserstrahlen werden auf die Trommeloberfläche fokussiert.
- Vorsichtsmaßnahmen im Zusammenhang mit Lasern

Dieses Gerät enthält eine Laserdiode, die einen unsichtbaren Laserstrahl emittiert.
Da man diesen Laserstrahl nicht sehen kann, ist bei der Handhabung der Komponenten der
optischen Lasereinheit, bei der Durchführung von Arbeiten und bei der Justierung des
Laserstrahls äußerste Vorsicht geboten. Arbeiten dürfen niemals anhand anderer als den
vorgeschriebenen Anleitungen durchgeführt werden; andernfalls kann es zu einer Schädigung
durch Laserstrahlung kommen.
Die Lasereinheit ist vollständig mit einer Schutzabdeckung versiegelt. Solange ausschließlich die
Arbeitsschritte der vorgeschriebenen Anleitungen durchgeführt werden, tritt der Laserstrahl nicht
aus, und es besteht keine Gefahr, der Laserstrahlung ausgesetzt zu werden.
Das folgende Laser-Warnetikett ist an der Abdeckung vorne rechts angebracht.
• Warnhinweise:
- Setzen Sie sich während der Wartungsarbeiten nicht dem Laserstrahl aus.
Dieses Gerät ist mit einer Laserdiode ausgestattet. Es ist unbedingt zu vermeiden, direkt in den
Laserstrahl zu blicken. Keine reflektierenden Teile oder Werkzeuge, wie z. B. Schraubendreher,
in den Pfad des Laserstrahls halten. Vor den Wartungsarbeiten sämtliche reflektierenden
Metallgegenstände, wie Uhren, Ringe usw., entfernen.
- Bei Wartungsarbeiten am eingeschalteten Gerät dürfen keine unter Strom stehenden, drehbaren
oder betriebsrelevanten Bereiche berührt werden. Nicht direkt in den Laserstrahl blicken.
- Im Rahmen der Wartung unbedingt das Leistungsschild und die Etiketten mit Warnhinweisen
überprüfen [z. B. „Unplug the power cable during service“ („Netzkabel vor Beginn der
Wartungsarbeiten abziehen“), „CAUTION. HOT“ („VORSICHT, HEISS“), „CAUTION. HIGH
VOLTAGE“ („VORSICHT, HOCHSPANNUNG“), „CAUTION. LASER BEAM“ („VORSICHT,
LASER“) usw.], um sicherzustellen, dass sie nicht verschmutzt sind und korrekt am Gerät
angebracht sind.
CONTENTS
1. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE............................................ 1-1
1.1 03 TEST MODE ................................................................................................................ 1-1
1.1.1 Input check ........................................................................................................ 1-1
1.1.2 Output check...................................................................................................... 1-2
1.2 04 TEST PRINT MODE .................................................................................................... 1-3
1.3 05 ADJUSTMENT MODE ................................................................................................. 1-4
1.3.1 TEST COPY ...................................................................................................... 1-6
1.3.2 TEST PRINT ...................................................................................................... 1-6
1.4 08 SETTING MODE.......................................................................................................... 1-7
1.5 13 FAX FUNCTION MODE............................................................................................... 1-9
2. 03 TEST MODE............................................................................................................. 2-1
2.1 Input check (Test mode 03) .............................................................................................. 2-1
2.2 Output check (Test mode 03).......................................................................................... 2-11
3. 04 TEST PRINT MODE ................................................................................................. 3-1
4. 05 ADJUSTMENT MODE ............................................................................................. 4-1
5. 08 SETTING MODE ...................................................................................................... 5-1
6. 13 FUNCTION MODE ................................................................................................... 6-1
7. 05 TEST PRINT............................................................................................................. 7-1
Appendix-1: Time zone area correspondence table .......................................................... 1
REVISION RECORD........................................................................................................ 1
© 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04)

CONTENTS
1
e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04) © 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
CONTENTS
2
1. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.1 03 TEST MODE 1
1.1.1 Input check

The status of each input signal can be checked by operating the [F1], [F2], [F3] and the digital keys.
<Operation procedure>
[F1]
[F2]
or Self-diagnostic
[FS] [03] [START] [Digital keys] (LCD ON)
[F3] mode OFF
[CLEAR] [CLEAR]
Notes:
• When the [START] button is pressed, the equipment enters the input check mode and the following screen
appears.
• “100%” is displayed on the input check mode ready screen. “C%” is displayed when [F1] is turned ON. “F%”
is displayed when [F2] is turned ON. “S%” is displayed when [F3] is turned ON.
• The PRINT DATA lamp blinks when the input check is running.
Fig. 1-1

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE
1-1
1.1.2 Output check
The status of the output signal can be checked.
Fig. 1-2
Procedure 1
Operation Stop Operation Self-diagnostic

[FS] [03] (Code) [START] [START]
ON code OFF mode OFF
Procedure 2
Operation Test mode Self-diagnostic

[FS] [03] *1 (Code) [START] One direction [CLEAR]
standby mode OFF
*1 To perform the fax line 2 test, press the [F2] key to switch the line mode. (By pressing the [F2]
key, the line mode is switched between line1 and line 2.)
Procedure 3
Operation Operation Test mode Self-diagnostic

[FS] [03] (Code) [START] [START] [CLEAR]
ON OFF standby mode OFF
Procedure 4
[FS] [03] (Code) [START] Self-diagnostic mode OFF
Procedure 5
[FS] [03] *1 (Code) [START] [Digital keys] [START] Self-diagnostic

mode OFF
[START]
*1 To perform the fax line 2 test, press the [F2] key to switch the line mode. (By pressing the [F2]
key, the line mode is switched between line1 and line 2.)
* Return to the standby screen for code input by pressing [CLEAR].

1-2
1.2 04 TEST PRINT MODE
The embedded test pattern can be printed out.
1
Procedure 1
[FS] (Code) (Media selection) [START] Self-diagnostic

[04] Operation [CLEAR]
Continuous mode OFF
Test Printing
Procedure 2
Media Color Self-diagnostic

[FS] [04] (Code) [START] [START] Operation [CLEAR]
selection selection Continuous mode OFF
[CLEAR] Test Printing
Procedure 5
[CLEAR]
[FS] [04] (Code) (Media (Color [Digital key] [START] Operation [CLEAR] Self-diagnostic
selection) selection) (Input density) (Continuous mode OFF
[CLEAR] Test Print)
Notes:
• When an error occurs, it is indicated on the panel, but the recovery operation is not performed. Turn OFF
the power and then back ON to clear the error.
• During test printing, [CLEAR] is disabled when “Wait adding toner” is displayed.
Remarks:
In the (Color selection) of <Procedure 2> or <Procedure 5>, the printing method is different
between [K(1)] and [K(4)] as follows.
• [K(1)]: Printing by bringing one K color developer unit into contact with the transfer belt
• [K(4)]: The developer units of four (YMCK) colors are brought into contact with the transfer belt, but the
test pattern is printed in K color only.
* The number in parentheses indicates the contact of the developer unit and the transfer belt.

1-3
1.3 05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
Various adjustments can be performed.
• [05] indicates that the equipment is shifted to the [CLASSIC] mode after [05 ADJUSTMENT MODE]
is selected.
• The procedure indicated by the dotted lines should be performed when a check using a printout is
required.
Procedure 1
[Digital key]
[Digital key] Self-diagnostic
[FS] [05] [START] *[FUNCTION CLEAR] [OK]
(Code) mode OFF
(Key in a value) Stores value
in RAM [TEST COPY]
[CANCEL]
[CLEAR] [START]
(Corrects value)
* Press the [FUNCTION CLEAR] button to enter minus (-).
Procedure 2
[FS] [05] [Digital key]

(Code)
[START] ( Value
displayed ) [OK]
(Value unchangeable)
Self-diagnostic
mode OFF
[TEST COPY]
[START]
Procedure 3
[UP]
[Digital key] or [OK] Self-diagnostic
[FS] [05] [START]
(Code) [DOWN] mode OFF
(Stores value
(Adjust a value) [TEST COPY]
in RAM)
[CANCEL]
[START]
[FUNCTION CLEAR]
(Corrects value)
Procedure 4
[CANCEL]
[START]
Self-diagnostic
[FS] [05] [Digital key] [START] [Digital key] [START] [Digital key] [OK]
mode OFF
(Code) (Sub code) *[FUNCTION CLEAR] Stores value
in RAM
(Key in a value)
[CLEAR] [TEST COPY]
(Corrects value) [CLEAR]
(Corrects value) [START]
Procedure 5
[CANCEL]
[FS] [05] [Digital key] [START] Automatic [OK] Self-diagnostic
adjustment mode OFF
(Code) Stores value
in RAM [TEST COPY]
[START]

1-4
Procedure 6
[FS] [05]
[Digital key]
[START] Automatic Self-diagnostic 1
(Code) adjustment mode OFF
[TEST COPY]
*[CANCEL] or [CLEAR]
[START]
* When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, an error message is displayed.
Return to the standby screen by pressing [CANCEL] or [CLEAR].
Procedure 7
*1
*1 [OK]
[Digital key] [Digital key] Automatic Self-diagnostic
[FS] [05] [START] [START] Stores value
(Code) (Sub-code) adjustment mode OFF
in RAM
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value) [TEST COPY]
*2
[CANCEL] [START]
*1 If there is no sub-code, entry is unnecessary.
*2 When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, an error message is displayed. Return to the
standby screen by pressing [CANCEL].
Procedure 10
[Digital key] [Digital key] Value [OK] Self-diagnostic

[FS] [05] [START] [START]
(Code) (Sub-code) displayed Value mode OFF
unchangeable
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value) [TEST COPY]
[START]
Procedure 12
[FS] [05] [Digital key] [START] [Digital key] [OK] Self-diagnostic

(Code) (Key in a value) (Stores value mode OFF
[START] (Ringing) in RAM)
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value) [CLEAR]
[CANCEL]
Procedure 14
[UP] Self-diagnostic
[FS] [05] [Digital key] [START] [Digital key] [START] or [OK] mode OFF
(Code) (Sub-code) [DOWN] Stores value
(Adjust a value) in RAM [TEST COPY]
[CLEAR] [FUNCTION CLEAR] [START]

(Corrects value) (Corrects value)

1-5
Procedure 17
[CANCEL] or [CLEAR]
[UP] [UP]
[TEST COPY]
or Automatic or
[FS] [05] [Digital key] [START]
(Code) [DOWN] ( adjustment ) [DOWN] [OK]
Self-diagnostic
mode OFF
(Adjust a value) (Adjust a value) Stores value [START]
in RAM
* The automatic adjustment starts when 2 minutes have passed after the [START] button is pressed.
Notes:
The fuser belt / fuser roller temperature control at the adjustment mode is different from that in
the normal state. Therefore, the problem of the fusing efficiency may occur in the test copying in
the adjustment mode. In that case, turn ON the power normally, leave the equipment for approx.
3 minutes after it has entered the ready state and then start up the adjustment mode again.
1.3.1 TEST COPY

One sheet of the test copy can be printed in order to confirm the various adjustment results.
(1) Press [TEST COPY] in the [CLASSIC] Mode standby screen in the [05 ADJUSTMENT MODE].
(2) Specify the drawer, original mode and density.
Available items vary depending on the models.
(3) Press the [START] button.
1.3.2 TEST PRINT

Various test printings can be performed.
One sheet of the test print for various patterns can be printed out by entering a 1 to 3-digit code and
pressing [TEST PRINT] in the [CLASSIC] Mode standby screen in [05 ADJUSTMENT MODE].

1-6
1.4 08 SETTING MODE
Various settings can be set.
1
[08] indicates that the equipment is shifted to the [CLASSIC] mode after [08 SETTING MODE] is
selected.
Procedure 1
[CANCEL]
[Digital key] [Digital key] [OK] Self-diagnostic
[FS] [08] [START]
(Code) *[FUNCTION CLEAR] (Stores value in RAM) mode OFF
Sets or
changes value
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value)
Procedure 2
[Digital key] [OK] Self-diagnostic

[FS] [08] [START]
(Code) mode OFF
Adjustment value
cannot be changed
Procedure 3

[FS] [08] [START] [INITIALIZE] (Automatic setting)
(Code) mode OFF
[CANCEL]
Procedure 4
[CANCEL]
[START]
[Digital key] [Digital key] Self-diagnostic
[FS] [08] [START] [START] [Digital key] [OK]
(Code) (Sub-code) mode OFF
* [FUNCTION CLEAR] (Stores value
Sets or in RAM)
changes value
[CLEAR] [CLEAR]
Procedure 5
[CANCEL]
[FS] [08] [START] [OK]
(Code) Sets or mode OFF
changes value (Stores value in RAM)
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value)

1-7
Procedure 9
[CANCEL]
[FS] [08] [START] [Select icon] [OK]
(Code) mode OFF
(Stores value in RAM)
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value)
Procedure 10
[CANCEL]
*2
[START]
*1
[Digital key] [Digital key] *1 [Digital key] [Digital key] Self-diagnostic
[FS] [08] [START] [START] [START] [OK]
(Code) (Sub-code) (1st setting) (2nd setting) mode OFF
(Stores value
in RAM)
[CLEAR] [CLEAR]
*2 The [START] button is not operable if no sub-code is entered.
Procedure 11
[CANCEL]
*1 [Digital key]
[Digital key] [Digital key] *1 or [OK] Self-diagnostic
[FS] [08] [START] [START]
(Code) (Sub-code) [Software keyboard] (Stores value mode OFF
*2 [PAUSE] in RAM)
Sets or
changes value [CLEAR]
(Corrects value)
*2 Press [MONITOR/PAUSE] to enter (-) when inputting a telephone number.
Procedure 14
[CANCEL]
[FS] [08] [START] [START] [OK]
(Code) (Sub-code) mode OFF
Adjustment value
cannot be changed
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value)

1-8
1.5 13 FAX FUNCTION MODE
Various fax functions can be set.
1
Notes:
The data automatically received during the self-diagnostic mode are sometimes not printed.
Therefore, be sure to disconnect the modular cord from the line connector (LINE1, LINE2) of the
equipment before starting the self-diagnostic mode. After the equipment is released from the
self-diagnostic mode, reconnect the modular cord.
1. Setting procedure
The setting value of the specified code can be changed.
[Digital key]
[FS] [FAX] [13] [START] [OK] [POWER] OFF
(Code)
Adjustment value
cannot be changed
2. Confirmation procedure
[CANCEL]
[Digital key]
[FS] [FAX] [13] [START] [Digital key] [OK] [POWER] OFF
(Code)
Sets or (Stores value
changes value in RAM)
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value)

1-9
1 - 10
2. 03 TEST MODE
2.1 Input check (Test mode 03)

Items to be checked and the condition of the equipment when the buttons [A] to [H] are highlighted are
listed on the following pages. 2
[F2] button: OFF/[F1] button: OFF/[F3] button: OFF
Contents
Highlighted display (H) Normal display (L)
Digital key Button Items to check e.g. e.g.
Toner cartridge paddle rotation detection

A Sensor not shielded Sensor shielded
sensor-K
B Sensor not shielded Sensor shielded
sensor-Y
C Sensor not shielded Sensor shielded
sensor-M
[1] Toner cartridge paddle rotation detection
D Sensor not shielded Sensor shielded
sensor-C
E Sub-hopper toner sensor-K Normal Empty
F Sub-hopper toner sensor-Y Normal Empty
G Sub-hopper toner sensor-M Normal Empty
H Sub-hopper toner sensor-C Normal Empty
A Waste toner amount detection sensor Nearly full Not full
B - - -
C - - -
D - - -
[2]
E Developer unit-K connection detection Not connected Connected
F Developer unit-Y connection detection Not connected Connected
G Developer unit-M connection detection Not connected Connected
H Developer unit-C connection detection Not connected Connected
A - - -
B Waste toner box full detection sensor Toner bag full Not full
C Waste toner detection sensor No box Box present
D Auger lock detection sensor Transmissive Shielded
[3] More than one
All sub-hoppers
E Sub-hopper connection detection sub-hopper
connected
disconnected
F Front cover opening/closing detection switch Cover opened Cover closed
G - - -
H - - -
A Needle electrode cleaner detection sensor-K Home position Other than home
B Needle electrode cleaner detection sensor-Y Home position Other than home
C Needle electrode cleaner detection sensor-M Home position Other than home
D Needle electrode cleaner detection sensor-C Home position Other than home
[4]
E Sub-hopper toner motor-K Rotated Locked or stopped
F Sub-hopper toner motor-Y Rotated Locked or stopped
G Sub-hopper toner motor-M Rotated Locked or stopped
H Sub-hopper toner motor-C Rotated Locked or stopped

03 TEST MODE
2-1
Contents
A - - -
B - - -
C Developer unit mixer motor-K locking signal Abnormal Normally rotated
D Developer unit mixer motor-C locking signal Abnormal Normally rotated
[5] Developer unit motor-K ready signal Abnormally rotated
E Normally rotated
(Sync signal) (or stopped)
Developer unit motor-YMC ready signal Abnormally rotated
F Normally rotated
(Sync signal) (or stopped)
G - - -
H Polygonal motor ready signal Stopped Rotated
Not detecting
Detecting reflection
A Image position aligning sensor (front) reflection light from
light from the belt
the belt
Not detecting
Image position aligning/image quality sensor Detecting reflection
B reflection light from
(center) light from the belt
the belt
Not detecting
Detecting reflection
C Image position aligning sensor (rear) reflection light from
[6] light from the belt
the belt
Transfer belt contact/release detection Released
D Contacted
sensor (home position)
E - - -
F Shutter sensor (home position) (Refer to table 1) (Refer to table 1)
G Shutter sensor (end position) (Refer to table 1) (Refer to table 1)
H Fuser transport sensor-LGC Paper present No paper
2nd transfer side paper clinging detection
A Paper present No paper
sensor
B Transfer belt paper clinging detection sensor Paper present No paper
C Registration sensor Paper present No paper
D Bridge unit path entrance sensor Paper present No paper
[7]
E Bridge unit path exit sensor Paper present No paper
F Reverse sensor-LGC Paper present No paper
G Reverse path sensor-PFC Paper present No paper
Reverse section stationary jam detection
H Paper present No paper
sensor
A Reverse sensor-PFC Paper present No paper
B Reverse section paper transport detection Paper present No paper
C Upper paper exit sensor-PFC Paper present No paper
D Upper paper exit sensor (FCOT tray)-LGC Paper present No paper
[8]
E Upper exit tray paper full detection sensor Full Not full
F Fuser transport sensor-PFC No paper Paper present
G Duplexing unit path entrance sensor Paper present No paper
H Duplexing unit path exit sensor Paper present No paper

03 TEST MODE
2-2
Contents
A Lower paper exit sensor-LGC Paper present No paper

2
B Lower paper exit sensor-PFC Paper present No paper
C Bypass paper sensor No paper Paper present
D Bypass feed sensor No paper Paper present
Bypass paper size detection sensor-3
E OFF (H) ON (L)
[9] (Refer to table 2)
F OFF (H) ON (L)
(Refer to table 2)
G OFF (H) ON (L)
(Refer to table 2)
H OFF (H) ON (L)
(Refer to table 2)
T-LCF standby side tray paper amount
A No paper Paper present
detection sensor
In cases other than
B T-LCF bottom sensor Tray lifted down
the noted left
C T-LCF standby side tray detection sensor Tray closed Tray opened
D T-LCF standby side empty sensor No paper Paper present
[0] T-LCF stopper opening/closing detection
E Stopper opened Stopper closed
sensor (front)
T-LCF stopper opening/closing detection
F Stopper opened Stopper closed
sensor (rear)
G T-LCF end fence home position sensor Default position Home position
After the tray was In cases other than
H T-LCF end fence stop position sensor
moved the noted left

03 TEST MODE
2-3
[F2] button: ON/[F1] button: OFF/[F3] button: OFF
Contents
A Feed cover sensor Cover closed Cover opened

B Ex-LCF connection detection Not connected Connected
C - - -
D Ex-LCF installation sensor Not installed Installed
[1]
E Ex-LCF tray sensor Tray unit opened Tray unit closed
F Ex-LCF feed sensor No paper Paper present
G Ex-LCF empty sensor No paper Paper present
H Ex-LCF tray bottom sensor Lower limit position Normal
A Ex-LCF tray-up sensor Upper limit position Normal
B - - -
C T-LCF connection detection Not connected Connected
D ADU board connection detection Not connected Connected
[2] key counter / Totalizer / Coin controller
E Not connected Connected
connection detection
Cover closed Cover opened
F Interlock switch-LGC
(24V normal) (24V abnormal)
G - - -
H - - -
A Reverse path cover switch Cover opened Cover closed
Duplexing unit interlock/ duplexing unit cover
B Cover closed Cover opened
opening/closing detection switch
Bridge unit connecting detection switch-LGC
C H L
(Refer to table 3)
Detecting connection between bridge unit
D H L
[3] and drawers-PFC (Refer to table 3)
E Fuser belt rotation detection sensor Transmissive Shielded
Damaged or
F Fuser motor rotation detection Rotated
stopped
Fusing control
G Fusing abnormality (all error detection) Normal
abnormality
H Pressure roller contact/release detection Released Contacted
A IH error signal-3 (Refer to table 4) OFF(H) ON(L)
B IH error signal-2 (Refer to table 4) OFF(H) ON(L)
C IH error signal-1 (Refer to table 4) OFF(H) ON(L)
D IH error signal-0 (Refer to table 4) OFF(H) ON(L)
[4]
E IH destination detection signals 1 (Refer to table 5) (Refer to table 5)
F IH destination detection signals 0 (Refer to table 5) (Refer to table 5)
G Fuser AC forcible cut signal Fuser AC forcible Normal
H Fuser unit connection status Connected Not connected

03 TEST MODE
2-4
Contents
A - - -
2
B - - -
Platen cover
C Platen sensor-1 Platen cover opened
closed
Automatic original detection sensor-1
D Original present No original
(A/LT format)
[5] Automatic original detection sensor-2
E Original present No original
(LT format only)
F DSDF connection Connected Not connected
Platen cover
G Platen sensor-2 Platen cover opened
closed
Other than home
H Carriage home position sensor Home position
position
A DSDF shading sheet HP sensor ON OFF
B - - -
DSDF lower cover opening/closing detection
C Cover opened Cover closed
sensor
[6] D DSDF read-in sensor-2 Original present No original
E DSDF tray lift upper limit sensor ON OFF
F DSDF tray lift lower limit sensor ON OFF
G - - -
H - - -
A DSDF tray original length sensor-1 Original present No original
B DSDF original empty sensor Original present No original
DSDF upper cover opening/closing detection
C Cover opened Cover closed
sensor
[7] D - - -
E DSDF exit sensor Original present No original
F - - -
G DSDF read-in sensor-1 Original present No original
H DSDF registration sensor Original present No original
DSDF tray original width sensor-3
A OFF ON
(Refer to table 6)
B OFF ON
(Refer to table 6)
C OFF ON
(Refer to table 6)
[8]
D DSDF tray original length sensor-2 Original present No original
E DSDF feed sensor Original present No original
F DSDF original width detection sensor-1 Original present No original
G DSDF original width detection sensor-2 Original present No original
H - - -
[9] - - - -
[0] - - - -

03 TEST MODE
2-5
[F2] button: OFF/[F1] button: ON/[F3] button: OFF
Contents
Temperature/humidity sensor (displays

[1] - - Temperature [°C]
temperature inside of the equipment)
Temperature/humidity sensor (displays
[2] - - Humidity [%RH]
humidity inside of the equipment)
Drum thermistor-K
[3] - (displays temperature on the drum surface of - Temperature [°C]
K color)
Drum thermistor-Y
[4] - (displays temperature on the drum surface of - Temperature [°C]
Y color)
A 5V SW monitor Normal Abnormal
B Interlock detection (24 V shut-off detection) 24VDown Normal
Duplexing unit opening/closing detection
C (Refer to table 7) (Refer to table 7)
sensor-LGC
Duplexing unit opening/closing detection
[5] D (Refer to table 7) (Refer to table 7)
sensor-PFC
E - - -
F - - -
G - - -
H - - -
[6] - - - -
[7] - - - -
[8] - - - -
[9] - - - -
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D Security enabler Connectable Not connectable
[0] Judgement for acceptable USB storage
E Acceptable Not acceptable
device (*1)
F - - -
G - - -
H - - -
*1 :
• Be sure to install the USB storage device to the equipment and check if the device can be used with
this code.
• Be sure to turn OFF the write protection (the function to prevent data from erasure by the accidental
recording or deleting) of the USB storage device before performing the check, otherwise this code
cannot be used.
• It may take some time (2 sec. to 10 sec.) before this check is completed depending on the USB
storage device.

03 TEST MODE
2-6
[F2] button: OFF/[F1] button: OFF/[F3] button: ON
Contents
2
[1] - - - -
A Registration sensor-PFC Paper present No paper
B - - -
C Bridge unit path exit sensor-PFC Paper present No paper
D Bridge unit path entrance sensor-PFC Paper present No paper
[2]
E - - -
F Reverse section stationary jam detection Paper present No paper
G Bridge unit connecting detection switch-PFC Opened Closed
H - - -
A 1st drawer paper width detection sensor 3 OFF ON
B 1st drawer paper width detection sensor 2 OFF ON
C 1st drawer paper width detection sensor 1 OFF ON
D 1st drawer paper width detection sensor 0 OFF ON
[3]
E 1st drawer paper length detection sensor 3 OFF ON
F 1st drawer paper length detection sensor 2 OFF ON
G 1st drawer paper length detection sensor 1 OFF ON
H 1st drawer paper length detection sensor 0 OFF ON
A 2nd drawer paper width detection sensor 3 OFF ON
B 2nd drawer paper width detection sensor 2 OFF ON
C 2nd drawer paper width detection sensor 1 OFF ON
D 2nd drawer paper width detection sensor 0 OFF ON
[4]
E 2nd drawer paper length detection sensor 3 OFF ON
F 2nd drawer paper length detection sensor 2 OFF ON
G 2nd drawer paper length detection sensor 1 OFF ON
H 2nd drawer paper length detection sensor 0 OFF ON
A 3rd drawer paper width detection sensor 3 OFF ON
B 3rd drawer paper width detection sensor 2 OFF ON
C 3rd drawer paper width detection sensor 1 OFF ON
D 3rd drawer paper width detection sensor 0 OFF ON
[5]
E 3rd drawer paper length detection sensor 3 OFF ON
F 3rd drawer paper length detection sensor 2 OFF ON
G 3rd drawer paper length detection sensor 1 OFF ON
H 3rd drawer paper length detection sensor 0 OFF ON
A 4th drawer paper width detection sensor 3 OFF ON
B 4th drawer paper width detection sensor 2 OFF ON
C 4th drawer paper width detection sensor 1 OFF ON
D 4th drawer paper width detection sensor 0 OFF ON
[6]
E 4th drawer paper length detection sensor 3 OFF ON
F 4th drawer paper length detection sensor 2 OFF ON
G 4th drawer paper length detection sensor 1 OFF ON
H 4th drawer paper length detection sensor 0 OFF ON

03 TEST MODE
2-7
Contents
A 1st drawer detection sensor Drawer closed Drawer opened

B 1st drawer bottom sensor Bottom position Normal
C 1st drawer empty sensor No paper Paper present
D 1st drawer tray-up sensor Upper limit position Normal
[7]
E 1st drawer transport sensor Paper present No paper
F 1st drawer feed sensor Paper present No paper
G - - -
H - - -
A 2nd drawer detection sensor Drawer closed Drawer opened
B 2nd drawer bottom sensor Bottom position Normal
C 2nd drawer empty sensor No paper Paper present
D 2nd drawer tray-up sensor Upper limit position Normal
[8]
E 2nd drawer transport sensor Paper present No paper
F 2nd drawer feed sensor Paper present No paper
G - - -
H - - -
A 3rd drawer/T-LCF detection sensor Drawer closed Drawer opened
B 3rd drawer bottom sensor Bottom position Normal
C 3rd drawer/T-LCF empty sensor No paper Paper present
D 3rd drawer/T-LCF tray-up sensor Upper limit position Normal
[9]
E 3rd drawer/T-LCF transport sensor Paper present No paper
F 3rd drawer/T-LCF feed sensor Paper present No paper
G - - -
H - - -
A 4th drawer detection sensor Drawer closed Drawer opened
B 4th drawer bottom sensor Bottom position Normal
C 4th drawer empty sensor No paper Paper present
D 4th drawer tray-up sensor Upper limit position Normal
[0]
E 4th drawer transport sensor Paper present No paper
F 4th drawer feed sensor Paper present No paper
G - - -
H - - -

03 TEST MODE
2-8
Table 1. Relation between signals of shutter motor end position detection and home position
detection
Status End position detection Home position detection
Abnormal H H
Shutter opened H L
Shutter closed L H 2
Moving L L
Table 2. Relation between the status of the bypass paper size sensor and paper size (width).
Bypass paper size sensor Paper size
3 2 1 0 (width)
L H H H A3/LD
H L H H A4-R/LT-R
H H L H A5-R/ST-R
H H H L A6-R
L L H H B4-R/LG
H L L H B5-R
Table 3. Relation between the bridge unit connecting detection switch and connection detection
for the bridge unit and drawers
Detecting connection
Bridge unit connecting detection
Status between bridge unit and
switch-LGC
drawer connectors-PFC
Not connected L L
Connected H L
Not connected L H
Not connected H H
Table 4. IH error input

Contents IH error input 3 IH error input 2 IH error input 1 IH error input 0
Power OFF
L L L L
(initial check state)
Ready state (without error) L L L H
C480 (Service call) L L H L
Unused L L H H
C473 (Service call) L H L L
70°C ≤ IGBT
L H L H
(IH board temperature)
65°C ≤ IGBT < 70°C L H H L
C474 (Service call) L H H H
C4B2 (Service call) H L L L
55°C ≤ IGBT < 65°C H L L H
50°C ≤ IGBT < 55°C H L H L
45°C ≤ IGBT < 50°C H L H H
40°C ≤ IGBT < 45°C H H L L
35°C ≤ IGBT < 40°C H H L H
Rated voltage -10%
H H H L
(IGBT < 35°C)
Unused H H H H

03 TEST MODE
2-9
Table 5. Relation between IH board destination detection signals-1 and -0
IH destination IH destination
Status detection signals detection signals
1 2
100V H H
115V L H
230V L L
Table 6. Relation between the status of the original tray width sensor and paper size (width)
Original tray width sensor Paper width size Paper width size
3 2 1 (LT series) (A4 series)
H H L - B5-R
H L H ST-R A5-R
H L L LD / LT A3 / A4
8.5x8.5 / LT-R / LG /
L H L A4-R / FOLIO
13"LG
L L L COMPUTER B4 / B5
H (= high level): Open L (= low level): Short
Table 7. Relation between signals of duplexing unit opening/closing detection sensor

Duplexing unit Duplexing unit
opening/closing opening/closing
Status
detection sensor- detection sensor-
LGC PFC
Closed H H
Opened H L
Opened L H
Opened L L

03 TEST MODE
2 - 10
2.2 Output check (Test mode 03)
Code Function Speed Code Function Procedure

Polygonal motor (600dpi) ON Normal
103 153 Code No.103 function OFF 1
speed
Laser ON 2
Normal
104 * Do not radiate laser beam onto the 154 Code No.104 function OFF 1
speed
photoconductive drums for a long time.
Drum motor-K ON
Normal 1
110 (Operation available without the process 160 Code No.110 function OFF
speed (*1)
unit)
Drum motor-YMC ON
Normal 1
speed (*1)
unit)
Developer unit motor-K ON
Normal
112 (Operation available without the process 162 Code No.112 function OFF 1
speed
unit)
Developer unit motor-YMC ON
Normal
speed
unit)
Developer unit mixer motor-K ON Normal
speed
Developer unit mixer motor-YMC ON Normal
speed
Transfer belt motor ON
Normal 1
speed (*2)
unit)
Image position aligning sensors (front,
center, rear) LED ON
* The LED cannot be seen if the shutter
Normal
117 of the image quality sensor and the 167 Code No.117 function OFF 1
speed
image position aligning sensor is closed.
Open the shutter by hand or perform No.
118 below in advance.
Shutter for image quality sensor and Normal
image position aligning sensors ON speed
1st/2nd drawer feed motor (normal Normal
rotation) ON (Paper fed from 1st drawer) speed
1st/2nd drawer feed motor (reverse
Normal
121 rotation) ON (Paper fed from 2nd 171 Code No.121 function OFF 1
speed
drawer)
3rd/4th drawer/LCF feed motor ON Normal
(Paper fed from 3rd and 4th drawer) speed
3rd/4th drawer/LCF feed motor ON Normal
(Paper fed from T-LCF) speed
Transport motor-1 ON Normal
speed
Transport motor-2 ON Normal
speed
Bypass motor ON Normal
speed
Ex-LCF transport motor Normal
speed
Registration motor ON Normal
speed
Fuser motor (normal rotation) ON Normal
speed
Bridge unit transport entrance motor ON Normal
speed

03 TEST MODE
2 - 11
Reverse motor (normal rotation) ON Normal
speed
Reverse motor (reverse rotation) ON Normal
speed
Bridge unit transport exit motor (normal Normal
rotation) ON (lower exit tray direction) speed
Bridge unit transport exit motor (reverse Normal
rotation) ON (upper exit tray direction) speed
Exit motor (normal rotation) ON (lower Normal
exit tray direction) speed
Exit motor (reverse rotation) ON (upper Normal
exit tray direction) speed
ADU transport motor ON Normal
speed
ADU feed motor ON Normal
speed
*1
Fully pull out the EPU tray toward you while the transfer belt remains. If it is not fully pulled out,the
drum shaft and the drum flange may scratch each other and thus the flange may be worn out.
*2
1. Remove the front lower cover.
2. Pull out the EPU (developer unit) tray until it comes to a stop while the transfer belt is left.
* Pull out the EPU tray completely otherwise the transfer belt and the photoconductive drum may
scratch each other.

03 TEST MODE
2 - 12
Code Function Procedure
LSU shutter opening/closing operation (Operation stops after the shutter is
201 2
closed)
Needle electrode cleaner motor-Y reciprocating movement (Movement stops 2
204 2
at the standby position)
Needle electrode cleaner motor-M reciprocating movement (Movement stops
205 2
Needle electrode cleaner motor-C reciprocating movement (Movement stops
206 2
Needle electrode cleaner motor-K reciprocating movement (Movement stops
207 2
Drum surface potential sensor shutter-K opening/closing operation
212 2
(Operation stops after the shutter is closed)
214 Discharge LED-K ON/OFF 3
215 Discharge LED-YMC ON/OFF 3
Toner motor-Y ON/OFF
216 3
(Pull out the Y toner cartridge if the toner does not need to be supplied.)
Toner motor-M ON/OFF
217 3
(Pull out the M toner cartridge if the toner does not need to be supplied.)
Toner motor-C ON/OFF
218 3
(Pull out the C toner cartridge if the toner does not need to be supplied.)
Toner motor-K ON/OFF
219 3
(Pull out the K toner cartridge if the toner does not need to be supplied.)
Sub-hopper toner motor-Y (normal rotation) ON/OFF
220 (Pull out the sub-hopper unit or the Y toner cartridge if the toner does not 3
need to be supplied.)
Sub-hopper toner motor-M (normal rotation) ON/OFF
221 (Pull out the sub-hopper unit or the M toner cartridge if the toner does not 3
Sub-hopper toner motor-C (normal rotation) ON/OFF
222 (Pull out the sub-hopper unit or the C toner cartridge if the toner does not 3
Sub-hopper toner motor-K (normal rotation) ON/OFF
223 (Pull out the sub-hopper unit or the K toner cartridge if the toner does not 3
Sub-hopper toner motor-Y (reverse rotation) ON/OFF 3
224
(The toner will not be supplied but only mixed within the Y sub-hopper) (*3)
Sub-hopper toner motor-M (reverse rotation) ON/OFF 3
225
(The toner will not be supplied but only mixed within the M sub-hopper) (*3)
Sub-hopper toner motor-C (reverse rotation) ON/OFF 3
226
(The toner will not be supplied but only mixed within the C sub-hopper) (*3)
Sub-hopper toner motor-K (reverse rotation) ON/OFF 3
227
(The toner will not be supplied but only mixed within the K sub-hopper) (*3)
234 Waste toner transport motor ON/OFF 3
Transfer belt cam motor contact/release
237 2
(Operation stops after the belt is released)
246 Tray-up motor-1(1st drawer) ON (Tray up) 2
247 Tray-up motor-1(2nd drawer) ON (Tray up) 2
248 Tray-up motor-2(3rd drawer) ON (Tray up) 2
249 Tray-up motor-2(4th drawer) ON (Tray up) 2
3rd drawer feed clutch or T-LCF feed clutch ON/OFF
250 (Each clutch turns ON or OFF according to the installation status of the 3
corresponding drawer.)
251 4th drawer feed clutch ON/OFF 3
3rd drawer transport clutch or T-LCF transport clutch ON/OFF
252 (Each clutch turns ON or OFF according to the installation status of the 3
corresponding drawer.)

03 TEST MODE
2 - 13
253 4th drawer transport clutch ON/OFF 3
254 Bypass pickup solenoid ON/OFF 3
255 T-LCF solenoid ON/OFF 3
256 T-LCF end fence motor reciprocating movement 2
257 T-LCF tray-up motor (Tray up/down) 2
258 T-LCF stopper opening/closing solenoid (front) ON/OFF 3
259 T-LCF stopper opening/closing solenoid (rear) ON/OFF 3
261 Scan motor ON (Automatically stops at limit position) 2
262 DSDF original set lamp on LED PC board ON/OFF 3
263 DSDF error lamp on LED PC board ON/OFF 3
267 Scanner exposure lamp ON/OFF 3
268 EX-LCF feed clutch ON/OFF 3
269 Ex-LCF transport clutch ON/OFF 3
270 Ex-LCF tray-up motor (Tray up/down) 2
272 Pressure roller contact/release 2
274 DSDF Moving the shading sheet to cleaning position 2
275 Transport path switching solenoid (bridge unit/reverse section) ON/OFF 3
276 Transport path switching solenoid (upper exit/lower exit) ON/OFF 3
277 DSDF Transport aging 1 3
279 DSDF Transport aging 2 3
281 DSDF original feed motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) 3
282 DSDF registration motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) 3
283 DSDF read motor ON/OFF 3
284 DSDF original exit motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) 3
285 DSDF original exit motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation) 3
291 DSDF Moving the original tray lift to upward 2
292 DSDF Moving the original tray lift to downward 2
293 DSDF Aging the original tray lift 3
294 RADF original exit solenoid ON/OFF 3
296 DSDF CCD fan motor ON/OFF 3
297 DSDF cooling fan ON/OFF 3
301 Modem test 462Hz 2
308 Modem test V21 300bps 2
309 Modem test V27ter 2400bps 2
310 Modem test V27ter 4800bps 2
313 Modem test V17 TC7200bps 2
314 Modem test V17 TC9600bps 2
317 Modem test V34 2400 sr 2400 bps 2

03 TEST MODE
2 - 14
324 Modem test V34 2400 sr 19200 bps 2 2

03 TEST MODE
2 - 15
372 Modem test ANSam 2
373 Modem test CM 2
374 Modem test JM 2
375 Modem test INFO0c & TONEB 2
376 Modem test INFO0c & TONEA 2
377 Modem test PPh & AC & ALT 2
378 Dialing test DTMF Single Tone 5
379 Dialing test DTMF Dual Tone 5
380 Dialing test 10PPS 5
381 Dialing test 20PPS 5
382 CML relay ON 2
433 Power supply unit cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF 3
437 Laser optical unit cooling fan (Front) (high speed) ON/OFF 3
438 Laser optical unit cooling fan (Front) (low speed) ON/OFF 3
439 Laser optical unit cooling fan (Rear) (high speed) ON/OFF 3
440 Laser optical unit cooling fan (Rear) (low speed) ON/OFF 3
441 EPU cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF 3
442 EPU cooling fan (low speed) ON/OFF 3
445 Mixing ozone fan ON/OFF 3
447 Ozone suctioning fan (high speed) ON/OFF 3
448 Ozone suctioning fan (low speed) ON/OFF 3
449 Scattered toner suctioning fan (high speed) ON/OFF 3
450 Scattered toner suctioning fan (low speed) ON/OFF 3
451 Toner cartridge heat insulation fan (high speed) ON/OFF 3
453 IH board cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF 3
454 IH board cooling fan (low speed) ON/OFF 3
455 Reversed paper cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF 3
459 Bridge unit cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF 3
461 Fuser unit heat exhausting fan (high speed) ON/OFF 3
462 Fuser unit heat exhausting fan (low speed) ON/OFF 3
463 Bridge unit heat exhausting fan (high speed) ON/OFF 3
464 Bridge unit heat exhausting fan (low speed) ON/OFF 3
466 Upper exit section cooling fan (front & rear) ON/OFF 3
467 Lower exit section cooling fan (front & rear) ON/OFF 3
468 Lower exit section cooling fan (under) ON/OFF 3
470 Fuser AC power relay forcible OFF 2
*3
Do not let the sub-hopper toner motors rotate in reverse when toner cartridges are installed because
the cartridges will become locked.

03 TEST MODE
2 - 16
High
503 Polygonal motor (600dpi) ON 553 Code No.503 function OFF 1
speed
Drum motor-K ON (Operation available High 1 2
510 560 Code No.510 function OFF
without the process unit) speed (*1)
Drum motor-YMC ON (Operation High 1
available without the process unit) speed (*1)
High
speed
unit)
High
speed
unit)
High 1
speed (*2)
unit)
1st/2nd drawer feed motor (normal High
rotation) ON (Paper fed from 1st drawer) speed
High
521 rotation) ON (Paper fed from 2nd 571 Code No.521 function OFF 1
speed
drawer)
3rd/4th drawer/LCF tray-up motor High
ON (Paper fed from 3rd and 4th drawer) speed
ON (Paper fed from T-LCF) speed
High
524 Transport motor-1 ON 574 Code No.524 function OFF 1
speed
High
speed
High
526 Bypass motor ON 576 Code No.526 function OFF 1
speed
High
527 Ex-LCF transport motor ON 577 Code No.527 function OFF 1
speed
High
528 Registration motor ON 578 Code No.528 function OFF 1
speed
High
529 Fuser motor (normal rotation) ON 579 Code No.529 function OFF 1
speed
High
530 Bridge unit transport entrance motor ON 580 Code No.530 function OFF 1
speed
High
532 Reverse motor (normal rotation) ON 582 Code No.532 function OFF 1
speed
High
534 Reverse motor (reverse rotation) ON 584 Code No.534 function OFF 1
speed
Bridge unit transport exit motor (normal High
rotation) ON (lower exit tray direction) speed
Bridge unit transport exit motor (reverse High
rotation) ON (upper exit tray direction) speed
Exit motor (normal rotation) High
ON (lower exit tray direction) speed
Exit motor (reverse rotation) High
ON (upper exit tray direction) speed
High
544 ADU transport motor ON 594 Code No.544 function OFF 1
speed
High
546 ADU feed motor ON 596 Code No.546 function OFF 1
speed
Drum motor-K ON (Operation available Decelerat 1
without the process unit) ed by 1/2 (*1)

03 TEST MODE
2 - 17
Drum motor-YMC ON (Operation Decelerat 1
available without the process unit) ed by 1/2 (*1)
Decelerat
ed by 1/2
unit)
Decelerat
ed by 1/2
unit)
Decelerat 1
ed by 1/2 (*2)
unit)
1st/2nd drawer feed motor (normal
Decelerat
620 rotation) 670 Code No.620 function OFF 1
ed by 1/2
ON (Paper fed from 1st drawer)
Decelerat
621 rotation) 671 Code No.621 function OFF 1
ed by 1/2
ON (Paper fed from 2nd drawer)
3rd/4th drawer/LCF tray-up motor Decelerat
ON (Paper fed from 3rd and 4th drawer) ed by 1/2
3rd/4th drawer/LCF tray-up motor Decelerat
ON (Paper fed from T-LCF) ed by 1/2
Decelerat
ed by 1/2
Decelerat
ed by 1/2
Decelerat
ed by 1/2
Decelerat
ed by 1/2
Decelerat
ed by 1/2
Decelerat
ed by 1/2
Decelerat
ed by 1/2
Decelerat
ed by 1/2
Decelerat
ed by 1/2
Bridge unit transport exit motor
Decelerat
636 (normal rotation) ON 686 Code No.636 function OFF 1
ed by 1/2
(lower exit tray direction)
Decelerat
638 (reverse rotation) ON 688 Code No.638 function OFF 1
ed by 1/2
(upper exit tray direction)
Exit motor (normal rotation) ON Decelerat
(lower exit tray direction) ed by 1/2
Exit motor (reverse rotation) ON Decelerat
(upper exit tray direction) ed by 1/2
Decelerat
ed by 1/2
Decelerat
ed by 1/2
Drum motor-K ON (Operation available Decelerat 1
without the process unit) ed by 1/3 (*1)
Drum motor-YMC ON (Operation Decelerat 1
available without the process unit) ed by 1/3 (*1)

03 TEST MODE
2 - 18
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
unit)
Decelerat
ed by 1/3 2
unit)
Transfer belt motor
Decelerat 1
716 ON (Operation available without the 766 Code No.716 function OFF
ed by 1/3 (*2)
process unit)
1st/2nd drawer feed motor
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
(Paper fed from 1st drawer)
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
(Paper fed from 2nd drawer)
3rd/4th drawer/LCF tray-up motor ON Decelerat
(Paper fed from 3rd and 4th drawer) ed by 1/3
3rd/4th drawer/LCF tray-up motor ON Decelerat
(Paper fed from T-LCF) ed by 1/3
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
(upper exit tray direction)
Exit motor (normal rotation) Decelerat
ON (lower exit tray direction) ed by 1/3
Exit motor (reverse rotation) Decelerat
ON (upper exit tray direction) ed by 1/3
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
Decelerat
ed by 1/3
High
speed 1
(Paper fed from 1st drawer)
High
speed 1
(Paper fed from 2nd drawer)
ON (Paper fed from 3rd and 4th drawer) speed 1

03 TEST MODE
2 - 19
ON (Paper fed from T-LCF) speed 1
High
speed 1
High
speed 1
High
speed 1
High
speed 1
High
speed 1
High
speed 1
High
speed 2
High
speed 3
High
speed 1
High
speed 2
High
speed 3
High
speed 1
High
speed 2
High
speed 3
High
speed 1
High
speed 2
High
speed 3
High
921 (reverse rotation) 971 Code No.921 function OFF 1
speed 1
ON (upper exit tray direction)
High
speed 2
High
speed 3
Exit motor (normal rotation) ON High
(lower exit tray direction) speed 1
Exit motor (reverse rotation) ON High
(upper exit tray direction) speed 1

03 TEST MODE
2 - 20
High
speed 1
High
939 ADU transport motor ON
speed 2
989 Code No.939 function OFF 1 2
High
speed 3
High
speed 1
High
speed 2
High
speed 3
*1
Fully pull out the EPU tray toward you while the transfer belt remains. If it is not fully pulled out, the
drum shaft and the drum flange may scratch each other and thus the flange may be worn out.
*2
1. Remove the front lower cover.
2. Pull out the EPU (developer unit) tray until it comes to a stop while the transfer belt is left.
* Pull out the EPU tray completely otherwise the transfer belt and the photoconductive drum may
scratch each other.

03 TEST MODE
2 - 21
03 TEST MODE
2 - 22
3. 04 TEST PRINT MODE
Code Types of test pattern Remarks Operation Output from

33 Overall halftone for printer (Image) 5 SYS
70 Pattern for checking uneven image Available only when A4/LT paper is
density correction in primary selected (Not available for bypass 1 HDD
scanning direction feeding)
142 Grid pattern (black) Pattern width: 2 dot, Pitch: 10 mm 1 LGC 3
204 Grid pattern (color selection
Pattern width: 1 dot, Pitch: 10 mm 1 LGC
available)
219 6% test pattern 1 LGC
220 8% test pattern 1 LGC
231 Secondary scanning direction 33
3 pixels standard, Width: 10 mm 1 LGC
gradation steps
237 Halftone 1 LGC
262 Ladder pattern (4 lines ON / 4 lines
For color deviation confirmation 1 LGC
OFF)
270 For checking the image quality
Image quality control test pattern 1 LGC
control
286 Writing light source check pattern
Pattern width: 4 dot, 4 pattern 1 LGC
Pattern

04 TEST PRINT MODE
3-1
04 TEST PRINT MODE
3-2
4. 05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
Sub- Default Acceptable Save Proce Service Keeping
Code Element Sub element Item Sub item Details Contents Cloning Backup
code value value location dure UI value
2400 - Process Development Auto adj. for dev. Y, M, C, K Sets the auto-toner sensor output and supply of 128 0~255 M 5 Yes - No HS
material supply and ATS developer material automatically. The larger the value,
the larger the sensor output becomes.
2401 - Process Development Auto adj. for dev. Y Sets the auto-toner sensor output and supply of 128 0~255 M 5 Yes - No HS
material supply and ATS developer material automatically.
(The larger the value, the larger the sensor output
becomes.)
2402 - Process Development Auto adj. for dev. M Sets the auto-toner sensor output and supply of 128 0~255 M 5 Yes - No HS
becomes.)
2403 - Process Development Auto adj. for dev. C Sets the auto-toner sensor output and supply of 128 0~255 M 5 Yes - No HS
becomes.)
2404 - Process Development Auto adj. for dev. K Sets the auto-toner sensor output and supply of 128 0~255 M 5 Yes - No HS
becomes.)
2405 0 Process Development Adjustment of auto-toner Y 130 0~255 M 4 Yes - No HS
initial adjustment
reference setting value
2405 1 Process Development Adjustment of auto-toner M 130 0~255 M 4 Yes - No HS
initial adjustment
2405 2 Process Development Adjustment of auto-toner C 130 0~255 M 4 Yes - No HS
initial adjustment
2405 3 Process Development Adjustment of auto-toner K 130 0~255 M 4 Yes - No HS
initial adjustment
2406 - Process Development Auto adj. for dev. Y, M, C Sets the auto-toner sensor output and supply of 128 0~255 M 5 Yes - No HS
becomes.)
2417 - Process Development Manual forcible Discharges developer material forcibly. - - M 5 - No HS
discharge of developer
material
2461 - Process Charger Main charger grid bias Y Judges the presence of the developer unit-K. If it is 189 0~255 M 3 - No HS
adjustment judged as present, the input of this code will be refused.
(Unit: bit)
To perform this code, disconnect all the auto-toner
sensors in the EPU.
2462 - Process Charger Main charger grid bias M Judges the presence of the developer unit-K. If it is 189 0~255 M 3 - No HS
(Unit: bit)
sensors in the EPU.
2463 - Process Charger Main charger grid bias C Judges the presence of the developer unit-K. If it is 189 0~255 M 3 - No HS
(Unit: bit)
sensors in the EPU.
e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04) 4-1 © 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
2464 - Process Charger Main charger grid bias K Judges the presence of the developer unit-K. If it is 189 0~255 M 3 - No HS
(Unit: bit)
sensors in the EPU.
2627 0 Process Development Developer bias DC (-) Y Lower limit (Unit: V) 100 0~1000 M 4 Yes - No HS
calibration voltage
2627 1 Process Development Developer bias DC (-) Y Upper limit (Unit: V) 900 0~1000 M 4 Yes - No HS
calibration voltage
2628 0 Process Development Developer bias DC (-) M Lower limit (Unit: V) 100 0~1000 M 4 Yes - No HS
calibration voltage
2628 1 Process Development Developer bias DC (-) M Upper limit (Unit: V) 900 0~1000 M 4 Yes - No HS
calibration voltage
2629 0 Process Development Developer bias DC (-) C Lower limit (Unit: V) 100 0~1000 M 4 Yes - No HS
calibration voltage
2629 1 Process Development Developer bias DC (-) C Upper limit (Unit: V) 900 0~1000 M 4 Yes - No HS
calibration voltage
2630 0 Process Development Developer bias DC (-) K Lower limit (Unit: V) 100 0~1000 M 4 Yes - No HS
calibration voltage
2630 1 Process Development Developer bias DC (-) K Upper limit (Unit: V) 900 0~1000 M 4 Yes - No HS
calibration voltage
2662 0 Process Image quality High-density control Target value Y Sets the target value of the high-density control for image 343 0~999 M 4 - No HS
control control.
* After the setting value of this code is changed, be sure
to perform 05-2742 (Enforced performing of image quality
control).
2662 1 Process Image quality High-density control Target value M Sets the target value of the high-density control for image 340 0~999 M 4 - No HS
control control.
control).
2662 2 Process Image quality High-density control Target value C Sets the target value of the high-density control for image 369 0~999 M 4 - No HS
control control.
control).
2662 3 Process Image quality High-density control Target value K Sets the target value of the high-density control for image 360 0~999 M 4 - No HS
control control.
control).
2670 0 Process Image quality Contrast voltage Maximum number of Y Sets the maximum correction number of time of the 5 0~16 M 4 - No HS
control time corrected (Full contrast voltage in the closed-loop control full mode.
mode)
2670 1 Process Image quality Contrast voltage Maximum number of M Sets the maximum correction number of time of the 5 0~16 M 4 - No HS
mode)
2670 2 Process Image quality Contrast voltage Maximum number of C Sets the maximum correction number of time of the 5 0~16 M 4 - No HS
mode)
2670 3 Process Image quality Contrast voltage Maximum number of K Sets the maximum correction number of time of the 5 0~16 M 4 - No HS
mode)
2729 - Process Image quality Image quality sensor Output value display When the light source is Displays the output value of image quality sensor when 0 0~1023 M 2 - No HS
control OFF the sensor light source is OFF.
(Unit: bit)
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
2730 - Process Image quality Image quality sensor Output value display Transfer belt surface Displays the output value of image quality sensor (when 0 0~1023 M 2 - No HS
control there is no test pattern) on the transfer belt.
(Unit: bit)
2731 0 Process Image quality Image quality sensor Output value display Y (High-density test Displays the output value of image quality sensor when a 0 0~1023 M 10 Yes - No HS
control pattern) high-density test pattern is written. The larger the value,
the smaller the toner amount adhered becomes.
(Unit: bit)
2731 1 Process Image quality Image quality sensor Output value display M (High-density test Displays the output value of image quality sensor when a 0 0~1023 M 10 Yes - No HS
(Unit: bit)
2731 2 Process Image quality Image quality sensor Output value display C (High-density test Displays the output value of image quality sensor when a 0 0~1023 M 10 Yes - No HS
(Unit: bit)
2731 3 Process Image quality Image quality sensor Output value display K (High-density test Displays the output value of image quality sensor when a 0 0~1023 M 10 Yes - No HS
(Unit: bit)
2734 - Process Image quality Image quality sensor Output value display Light amount adjustment Sensor LED light amount to set the reflected light from 0 0~255 M 2 - No HS
control value of image quality the transfer belt surface as the reference value.
sensor (Unit: bit)
2737 - Process Image quality Closed-loop Relative humidity at the Displays the relative humidity at the latest performing of 0 0~100 M 2 - No HS
control latest execution the closed-loop control.
(Unit: %)
2740 - Process Image quality Open-loop Enforced performing Performs the image quality open-loop control. - - M 6 Yes - No HS
control
2742 - Process Image quality Closed-loop Color (Full mode) Enforced performing Performs the closed-loop control full mode for the color - - M 6 Yes - No HS
control mode.
2756 0 Process Image quality Image quality sensor Output value display When a CE10 error Displays the sensor output value when the light source of 0 0~999 M 4 - No HS
control occurs (Transfer belt the data writing is OFF at the most recent CE10 error.
surface) (Unit: bit)
* Only "0" can be entered.
2757 0 Process Image quality Image quality sensor Output value display When an error equivalent Displays the sensor output value when the light source of 0 0~999 M 4 - No HS
control to a CE20 one occurs the data writing is OFF at the most recent error detection
(Transfer belt surface) equivalent to a CE20 one.
(Unit: bit)
2757 1 Process Image quality Image quality sensor Output value display At the occurrence of a Displays the light intensity adjustment value of the light 0 0~999 M 4 - No HS
control CE20 equivalent error source of the data writing at the most recent error
(sensor light intensity detection equivalent to a CE20 one.
adjustment value) (Unit: bit)
2758 0 Process Image quality Image quality sensor Output value display When an error equivalent Displays the sensor output value when the light source of 0 0~999 M 4 - No HS
control to a CE40 one occurs the data writing is OFF at the most recent error detection
(Transfer belt surface) equivalent to a CE40 one.
(Unit: bit)
2758 1 Process Image quality Image quality sensor Output value display At the occurrence of a Displays the light intensity adjustment value of the light 0 0~999 M 4 - No HS
control CE40 equivalent error source of the data writing at the most recent error
(sensor light intensity detection equivalent to a CE40 one.
adjustment value) (Unit: bit)
2758 2 Process Image quality Image quality sensor Output value display When an error equivalent Displays the value which has scanned the high-density 0 0~999 M 4 - No HS
control to a CE40 one occurs (Y) test pattern (Y).
(High-density test (Unit: bit)
pattern) * Only "0" can be entered.
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
control to a CE40 one occurs test pattern (M).
(M) (High-density test (Unit: bit)
control to a CE40 one occurs (C) test pattern (C).
control to a CE40 one occurs (K) test pattern (K).
2758 6 Process Image quality Image quality sensor Output value display When an error equivalent Displays the value which has scanned the low-density 0 0~999 M 4 - No HS
control to a CE40 one occurs (Y) test pattern (Y).
(Low-density test (Unit: bit)
control to a CE40 one occurs test pattern (M).
(M) (Low-density test (Unit: bit)
control to a CE40 one occurs (C) test pattern (C).
control to a CE40 one occurs (K) test pattern (K).
2760 - Process Transfer Relative humidity in the (Unit: %) 50 0~100 M 2 - No HS
equipment
2761 - Process Transfer Temperature/humidity Displays the temperature value set at the image quality 23 0~100 M 2 - No HS
sensor temperature open-loop control transfer correction.
display (Unit: ºC)
2762 - Process Transfer Temperature/humidity Displays the humidity value set at the image quality open- 50 0~100 M 2 - No HS
sensor humidity display loop control transfer correction.
(Unit: %)
2763 - Process Charger Drum thermistor (Unit: ºC) 23 0~100 M 2 - No HS
temperature display (K)
2764 - Process Charger Drum thermistor (Unit: ºC) 23 0~100 M 2 - No HS
temperature display (Y)
2780 3 Process Image quality Drum surface potential Shutter status K Displays the controlling status of the drum surface 0 0~2 M 10 - No HS
control (V0) sensor potential (V0) sensor with a digit as follows:
0: Normally finished
1: Control paused
2: Sensor abnormality
2782 3 Process Image quality Drum surface potential Output (sensor shutter K (Low bias) Outputs the detection value of the drum surface potential 292 0~999 M 10 - No HS
control (V0) sensor opened) (V0) sensor when the drum surface potential sensor
shutter is opened.
(Unit: -V)
2782 8 Process Image quality Drum surface potential Output (sensor shutter K (High bias) Outputs the detection value of the drum surface potential 886 0~999 M 10 - No HS
shutter is opened.
(Unit: -V)
2782 13 Process Image quality Drum surface potential Output (sensor shutter K (Medium bias) Outputs the detection value of the drum surface potential 490 0~999 M 10 - No HS
shutter is opened.
(Unit: -V)
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
2787 3 Process Image quality Drum surface potential Output (Sensor shutter K (High bias) Outputs the detection value of the drum surface potential 0 0~999 M 10 - No HS
control (V0) sensor closed) (V0) sensor when the drum surface potential sensor
shutter is closed.
(Unit: -V)
2787 8 Process Image quality Drum surface potential Output (Sensor shutter K (Medium bias) Outputs the detection value of the drum surface potential 0 0~999 M 10 - No HS
control (V0) sensor closed) (V0) sensor when the drum surface potential sensor
shutter is closed.
(Unit: -V)
2788 - Process Image quality Inspection of the sensors Displays the controlling status of the drum surface - - M 6 - No HS
control around the process unit potential (V0) sensor and the drum surface potential (V0)
sensor shutter closing in each of Y, M, C and K when
[ERROR] occurs.
Upper row:
Drum surface potential (V0) sensor
Lower row:
Drum surface potential (V0) sensor shutter closing
1: Control paused
2: Sensor/shutter closing abnormality
* When the processing has completed successfully, the
status will not be displayed. Moreover, be sure to perform
this code while there is no developer material in the
developer unit.
2789 3 Process Image quality Drum surface potential Control status (sensor K Displays the controlling status of the drum surface 0 0~2 M 10 - No HS
control (V0) sensor shutter closed) potential sensor shutter closing with a digit as follows:
1: Control paused
2: Sensor abnormality
2800 0 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 1st pattern Y TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
control detection value Detection values for the patterns from 1 to 3 of each color
2800 1 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 2nd pattern Y TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
2800 2 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 3rd pattern Y TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
2800 3 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 1st pattern M TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
2800 4 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 2nd pattern M TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
2800 5 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 3rd pattern M TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
2800 6 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 1st pattern C TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
2800 7 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 2nd pattern C TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
2800 8 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 3rd pattern C TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
2800 9 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 1st pattern K TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
2800 10 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 2nd pattern K TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
2800 11 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 3rd pattern K TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
2801 0 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 4th pattern Y TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
2801 3 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 4th pattern M TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
2801 6 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 4th pattern C TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
2801 9 Process Image quality TRC control pattern 4th pattern K TRC control pattern 0 0~1023 M 10 - No HS
2905 0 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Standard speed Y Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
resistance detection - When a larger value is set, excess transfer or white
offset spots may occur.
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
2905 1 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Standard speed M Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
2905 2 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Standard speed C Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
2905 3 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Standard speed K Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
2905 5 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Standard speed Monochrome Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
2905 6 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Decelerating 1 Y Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
2905 7 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Decelerating 1 M Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
2905 8 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Decelerating 1 C Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
2905 9 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Decelerating 1 K Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
2905 11 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Decelerating 1 Monochrome Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
2905 12 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias High speed Monochrome Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
2905 13 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Decelerating 2 Y Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
2905 14 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Decelerating 2 M Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
2905 15 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Decelerating 2 C Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
2905 16 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Decelerating 2 K Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
2905 18 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Decelerating 2 Monochrome Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer bias. 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00 6: 1.05
7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
(Unit: Factor)
2921 0 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of Y (Standard speed) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
correction factor the paper image density occurring around 188 mm from the leading
edge of the paper may be suppressed. However, if the
value is too small, the density around the leading edge of
the paper may become lighter.
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
2921 1 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of M (Standard speed) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
2921 2 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of C (Standard speed) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
2921 3 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of K (Standard speed) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
2921 5 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of BK (Standard speed) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
2921 6 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of Y (Decelerating 1) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
2921 7 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of M (Decelerating 1) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
2921 8 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of C (Decelerating 1) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
2921 9 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of K (Decelerating 1) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
2921 11 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of BK (Decelerating 1) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
2921 12 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of BK (High speed) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
2921 13 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of Y (Decelerating 2) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
2921 14 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of M (Decelerating 2) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
2921 15 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of C (Decelerating 2) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
2921 16 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of K (Decelerating 2) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
2921 18 Process Transfer 1st transfer bias Leading/trailing edge of BK (Decelerating 2) When the value is changed to a smaller one, uneven 85 50~100 M 4 - No HS
2934 0 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Front side) Plain paper Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
When a larger value is set, printing density becomes
darker; however, the image quality may become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
* 11 to 15: Not used
2934 1 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Front side) Thick paper 1 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2934 4 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Front side) OHP Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2934 5 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Front side) Special paper 1 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2934 6 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Front side) Special paper 2 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
2934 7 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Front side) Recycled paper Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2934 10 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Front side) Envelope Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2934 16 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Front side) User paper type 1 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04) 4 - 10 © 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2935 0 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Back side) Plain paper Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2935 1 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Back side) Thick paper 1 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2935 5 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Back side) Special paper 1 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2935 6 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Back side) Special paper 2 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2935 7 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Back side) Recycled paper Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2935 10 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Back side) Envelope Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2935 16 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Back side) User paper type 1 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2936 0 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Front Plain paper Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
side) When a larger value is set, printing density becomes
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2936 1 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Front Thick paper 1 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2936 4 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Front OHP Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2936 5 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Front Special paper 1 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2936 6 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Front Special paper 2 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2936 7 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Front Recycled paper Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2936 10 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Front Envelope Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2936 16 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Front User paper type 1 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2937 0 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Back side) Plain paper Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2937 1 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Back side) Thick paper 1 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2937 5 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Back side) Special paper 1 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2937 6 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Back side) Special paper 2 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2937 7 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Back side) Recycled paper Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
2937 10 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Back side) Envelope Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2937 16 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Back side) User paper type 1 Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7: 1.4 8:
1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
2938 0 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Front side) Plain paper (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
edge) When the value is changed, white void at the leading
edge of the paper will be suppressed; however, image
quality may become worse. When a larger value is set,
the paper may cling to the roller.
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2938 1 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Front side) Thick paper 1 (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2938 4 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Front side) OHP (Leading edge) Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
When the value is changed, white void at the leading
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2938 5 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Front side) Special paper 1 (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
2938 6 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Front side) Special paper 2 (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2938 7 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Front side) Recycled paper (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2938 10 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Front side) Envelope (Leading edge) Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2939 0 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Back side) Plain paper (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2939 1 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Back side) Thick paper 1 (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2939 5 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Back side) Special paper 1 (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2939 6 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Back side) Special paper 2 (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2939 7 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Back side) Recycled paper (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2939 10 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Color (Back side) Envelope (Leading edge) Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2940 0 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Front Plain paper (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
side) edge) When the value is changed, white void at the leading
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
2940 1 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Front Thick paper 1 (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2940 4 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Front OHP (Leading edge) Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
side) When the value is changed, white void at the leading
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2940 5 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Front Special paper 1 (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2940 6 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Front Special paper 2 (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2940 7 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Front Recycled paper (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2940 10 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Front Envelope (Leading edge) Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
side) When the value is changed, white void at the leading
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2941 0 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Back side) Plain paper (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2941 1 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Back side) Thick paper 1 (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2941 5 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Back side) Special paper 1 (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
2941 6 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Back side) Special paper 2 (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2941 7 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Back side) Recycled paper (Leading Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2941 10 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias offset Monochrome (Back side) Envelope (Leading edge) Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
2961 0 Process Transfer Setting of number of Printing performance Standard speed/High 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 times 5: 10 0 0~7 M 4 - No HS
cleaning times completed speed times 6: 12 times 7: 15 times
2961 1 Process Transfer Setting of number of Printing performance Decelerating 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 times 5: 10 0 0~7 M 4 - No HS
cleaning times completed times 6: 12 times 7: 15 times
2962 0 Process Transfer Setting of number of At jam recovery/bypass Standard speed/High 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 times 5: 10 5 0~7 M 4 - No HS
cleaning times non-standard printing speed times 6: 12 times 7: 15 times
2962 1 Process Transfer Setting of number of At jam recovery/bypass Decelerating 1/ 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 times 5: 10 5 0~7 M 4 - No HS
cleaning times non-standard printing Decelerating 2 times 6: 12 times 7: 15 times
2963 0 Process Transfer Setting of number of Image quality control Standard speed/High 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 times 5: 10 0 0~7 M 4 - No HS
cleaning times completed speed times 6: 12 times 7: 15 times
2963 1 Process Transfer Setting of number of Image quality control Decelerating 1/ 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 times 5: 10 0 0~7 M 4 - No HS
cleaning times completed Decelerating 2 times 6: 12 times 7: 15 times
2964 0 Process Transfer Setting value of 2nd Standard speed Corrects the 2nd transfer bias. Perform this when the 4 -50~40 M 4 - No HS
transfer restraining back side of the paper is soiled.
current 2 * When the cause is that the 2nd transfer roller has been
soiled by the control correction pattern on the transfer
belt.
(Unit: µA)
2964 1 Process Transfer Setting value of 2nd Decelerating 1 Corrects the 2nd transfer bias. Perform this when the 4 -50~40 M 4 - No HS
belt.
(Unit: µA)

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
2964 2 Process Transfer Setting value of 2nd High speed Corrects the 2nd transfer bias. Perform this when the 4 -50~40 M 4 - No HS
belt.
(Unit: µA)
2964 3 Process Transfer Setting value of 2nd Decelerating 2 Corrects the 2nd transfer bias. Perform this when the 4 -50~40 M 4 - No HS
belt.
(Unit: µA)
2966 0 Process Transfer Setting of number of Enforced toner supply/ Standard speed/High 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 times 5: 10 2 0~7 M 4 - No HS
cleaning times Wait for fusing speed times 6: 12 times 7: 15 times
completed
2966 1 Process Transfer Setting of number of Enforced toner supply/ Decelerating 1/ 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 times 5: 10 2 0~7 M 4 - No HS
cleaning times wait for fusing completed Decelerating 2 times 6: 12 times 7: 15 times
2995 - Process Transfer Setting of number of Tab paper Decelerating 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 times 5: 10 3 0~7 M 1 - No HS
cleaning times times 6: 12 times 7: 15 times
3009 - Scanner DF Log table switching Front side Adjusts the reproduction ratio of the background in DF 2 0~4 SYS 1 - Yes H
scanning. When a larger value is set, background fogging
or see-through images will occur easily.
0: Same log table as the one used at copying with original
glass
1: Background reproduction - Light 2
3: Background reproduction - Dark 1
* Be sure to confirm that the height of the DF is
appropriate before the value is changed.
3011 - Scanner DSDF Log table switching Back side Adjusts the reproduction ratio of the background in DSDF 2 0~4 SYS 1 - Yes H
scanning. When a larger value is set, background fogging
or see-through images will occur easily.
0: The same log table as that for the front side
* Be sure to confirm that the height of the DSDF is
appropriate before the value is changed.
3030 - Scanner Image location Primary scanning When the value increases by "1", the image shifts by 110 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
adjustment direction approx. 0.04233 mm toward the front side of the paper.
3031 - Scanner Image location Secondary scanning When the value increases by "1", the image shifts by 140 90~148 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
adjustment direction approx. 0.08193 mm toward the trailing edge of the
paper.
3032 - Scanner Reproduction Adj. secondary scan When the value increases by "1", the reproduction ratio in 136 63~193 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
ratio direction the secondary scanning direction (paper feeding
adjustment direction) increases by approx. 0.018 %.
3033 - Scanner Distortion mode Moves carriages to the adjusting position. - - - 6 Yes - No -
3034 - Scanner Shading Original glass 0.08193 mm/step 117 92~165 SYS 1 - Yes H
position
adjustment
3035 - Scanner Shading DF 0.08193 mm/step 133 92~165 SYS 1 - Yes H
position
adjustment
3040 - Scanner DF Alignment position When the front side of When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 12 0~30 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
adjustment the paper is being fed increases by approx. 0.5 mm.
3042 - Scanner DF Reproduction ratio Adj. secondary scan When the value increases by "1", the reproduction ratio of 50 0~100 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
adjustment direction the secondary scanning direction when using the DF
increases by approx. 0.1%.

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
3043 - Scanner DF Sideways deviation When the value increases by "1", the image of original 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
adjustment fed from the DF shifts toward the rear side of paper by
approx. 0.04233 mm.
3044 - Scanner DF Leading edge position When the front side of When the value increases by "1", the copied image of 100 0~200 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
adjustment the paper is being fed original fed from the DF shifts toward the trailing edge of
paper by approx. 0.1 mm.
3045 - Scanner DF Leading edge position When the back side of When the value increases by "1", the copied image of 100 0~200 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
adjustment the paper is being fed original fed from the DF shifts toward the trailing edge of
paper by approx. 0.1 mm.
3049 - Scanner DSDF Sideways deviation Back side When the value increases by "1", the image shifts by 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
adjustment approx. 0.04233 mm toward the front side of the paper.
3203 - Scanner Maintenance Data acquisition of Obtains the scanner characteristic value. - - - 6 - No -
characteristic value of
the scanner
3209 - Scanner Maintenance Data transfer of Transmits the scanner characteristic value from the - - - 6 - No -
characteristic value of SRAM on the SYS board to the NVRAM on the SYS
scanner / SRAM -> board.
NVRAM
3210 - Scanner DSDF Pre-read sensor 1 Reference voltage Automatic adjustment Adjusts the reference voltage to the optimal one in order - - - 6 Yes - No -
to operate the sensor properly.
3218 - Scanner Maintenance Shading correction Shading correction plate Performs adjustment for shading correction plate by - - - 6 - No -
automatically detecting dust. If dust is detected, shading
correction is performed by avoiding the dust.
3219 - Scanner Automatic dust DF glass Performs adjustment for the DF glass by automatically - - - 6 Yes - No -
detection detecting dust.
3220 - Scanner DSDF EEPROM initialization - - - 6 - No -
3221 - Scanner DSDF Pre-read sensor 1 Reference voltage Manual adjustment Adjusts the reference voltage to the optimal one in order - - - 6 Yes - No -
to operate the sensor properly.
3233 - Scanner Size detection Position adjustment in Adjusts the detection range for size of original. 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
of original the primary scanning
direction
3234 - Scanner Size detection Waiting position Adjusts the position where the carriage stops at the size 200 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
of original adjustment of carriage detection of the original.
Default value: 200 (20 mm from leading edge of original)
Maximum value: 255 (25.5 mm from leading edge of
original)
Minimum value: 0 (0 mm from leading edge of original)
3236 - Scanner Size detection Adjustment of lamp Adjusts the lighting time of the lamp at the size detection 64 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
of original lighting time of the original.
Maximum value: 255 (Minimum time + 2040 ms)
Minimum value: 0 (Minimum time)
3237 - Scanner Size detection Starting time adjustment Adjusts the starting time of lamp lighting when the 64 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
of original of lamp lighting detection accuracy of dark originals is poor.
Maximum value: 255 (Minimum time + 2040 ms)
Minimum value: 0 (Minimum time)
3240 - Scanner DSDF Data acquisition of Acquires the characteristic values of the scanner for the - - - 6 - No -
characteristic value of MFP and DSDF.
the scanner * This code can be executed only when the DSDF is
installed.
3270 - Scanner LED light Automatic adjustment Performs adjustment when the LED light source has - - - 6 - No -
source been replaced.

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
3350 - Scanner DSDF Trailing edge adjustment Front side When the value increases by "1", the trailing edge of 50 0~100 SYS 1 - Yes H
of scanning scanned original becomes longer by 0.3 mm at DSDF
copying.
When the value decreases by "1", the trailing edge of
scanned original becomes shorter by 0.3 mm at DSDF
copying.
* This code becomes available only when the value of 08-
3075 is "1" (Allowed). The adjustment results may vary
depending on the originals.
3351 - Scanner DSDF Trailing edge adjustment Back side When the value increases by "1", the trailing edge of 50 0~100 SYS 1 - Yes H
of scanning scanned original becomes longer by 0.3 mm at DSDF
copying.
When the value decreases by "1", the trailing edge of
scanned original becomes shorter by 0.3 mm at DSDF
copying.
* This code becomes available only when the value of 08-
3075 is "1" (Allowed). The adjustment results may vary
depending on the originals.
3352 - Scanner DSDF Shading correction plate Display of the scanning Displays the scanning position for the shading correction 0 0~255 SCN 1 - No HS
position plate.
3353 - Scanner DSDF Dust detection Number of errors The number of times in which dust is detected while this 0 0~255 SCN 1 Yes - No HS
is performed in the DSDF.
3354 - Scanner DSDF Dust detection Forced execution Performs dust detection in the DSDF. - - - 6 Yes - No -
3360 - Scanner DF Dust detection Slit glass Number of errors The number of times in which dust is detected while this 0 0~255 SCN 1 Yes - No HS
is performed in the DF.
3361 - Scanner DF Dust detection Slit glass Section of errors The number of places in which dust is detected while this 0 0~255 SCN 1 Yes - No HS
is performed in the DF.
3425 - Scanner DF Carriage position White background Adjusts the carriage position at the DF scanning. 50 0~100 SYS 1 - No H
adjustment at scanning When a larger value is set, the carriage position at the DF
scanning is shifted toward the right side. When a smaller
value is set, the carriage position at the DF scanning is
shifted toward the left side.
3426 - Scanner DF Carriage position Black background Adjusts the carriage position at the DF scanning. 50 0~100 SYS 1 - No H
adjustment at scanning When a larger value is set, the carriage position at the DF
scanning is shifted toward the right side. When a smaller
value is set, the carriage position at the DF scanning is
shifted toward the left side.
4000 - Printer Image Reproduction ratio fine Standard speed Copy When the value increases by "1", the reproduction ratio in 128 0~255 M 1 Yes - No HS
adjustment of primary the primary scanning direction is enlarged by approx.
scanning direction 0.07%.
(0.1 mm/step)
4001 - Printer Image Reproduction ratio fine Standard speed Print When the value increases by "1", the reproduction ratio in 128 0~255 M 1 Yes - No HS
adjustment of primary the primary scanning direction is enlarged by approx.
scanning direction 0.07%.
(0.1 mm/step)
4005 - Printer Image Adjustment of primary Copy When the value increases by "1", the writing start position 128 0~255 M 1 Yes - No HS
scanning writing start shifts to the front side by approx. 0.0423 mm.
4006 - Printer Image Adjustment of primary Print When the value increases by "1", the writing start position 70 0~255 M 1 Yes - No HS
scanning writing start shifts to the front side by approx. 0.0423 mm.
4016 0 Printer Drive ADU motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
rotational speed faster. (0.05%/step)
4016 1 Printer Drive ADU motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4016 2 Printer Drive ADU motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4016 3 Printer Drive ADU motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
rotational speed faster.
(0.05%/step)
* This code is available only at 65 and 75 ppm.

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4016 4 Printer Drive ADU motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
rotational speed temperature) faster.
(0.05%/step)
* This code is available only at 75 ppm.
4016 10 Printer Drive ADU motor Fine adjustment of Speed 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4018 0 Printer Image Adjustment of drawer 1st drawer When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
sideways deviation the front side by 0.0423 mm.
4018 1 Printer Image Adjustment of drawer 2nd drawer When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4018 2 Printer Image Adjustment of drawer 3rd drawer When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4018 3 Printer Image Adjustment of drawer 4th drawer When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4018 4 Printer Image Adjustment of drawer T-LCF When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4018 5 Printer Image Adjustment of drawer Bypass feeding When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4018 6 Printer Image Adjustment of drawer Ex-LCF When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4019 0 Printer Image Adjustment of ADU Long size When the value increases by "1", the image shifts by 130 0~255 M 4 Yes - No HS
sideways deviation 0.0423 mm toward the front side of the paper.
* The value of this code is reflected to 05-4019-1 to 2.
4019 1 Printer Image Adjustment of ADU Short size When the value increases by "1", the image shifts by 130 0~255 M 4 Yes - No HS
4019 2 Printer Image Adjustment of ADU Middle size When the value increases by "1", the image shifts by 130 0~255 M 4 Yes - No HS
4050 - Printer Image Top margin adjustment Copy When the value increases by "1", the blank area 0 0~255 M 1 Yes - No HS
becomes wider by approx. 0.0423 mm.
4051 - Printer Image Left margin adjustment Copy When the value increases by "1", the blank area 0 0~255 M 1 - No HS
4052 - Printer Image Right margin adjustment Copy When the value increases by "1", the blank area 0 0~255 M 1 Yes - No HS
4053 - Printer Image Bottom margin Copy When the value increases by "1", the blank area 0 0~255 M 1 Yes - No HS
adjustment becomes wider by approx. 0.0423 mm.
4054 - Printer Image Top margin adjustment Print When the value increases by "1", the blank area 24 0~255 M 1 - No HS
4055 - Printer Image Left margin adjustment Print When the value increases by "1", the blank area 0 0~255 M 1 - No HS
4056 - Printer Image Right margin adjustment Print When the value increases by "1", the blank area 0 0~255 M 1 - No HS
4057 - Printer Image Bottom margin Print When the value increases by "1", the blank area 0 0~255 M 1 - No HS

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4058 - Printer Image Leading edge position Standard speed 1st drawer When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 1 Yes - No HS
adjustment the trailing edge of the paper by approx. 0.1 mm.
4059 - Printer Image Leading edge position Standard speed 2nd drawer When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 1 Yes - No HS
4060 - Printer Image Leading edge position Standard speed 3rd drawer When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 1 Yes - No HS
4061 - Printer Image Leading edge position Standard speed Bypass feeding When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 1 Yes - No HS
4062 - Printer Image Leading edge position Standard speed Duplex feeding When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 1 Yes - No HS
4063 - Printer Image Leading edge position Standard speed Ex-LCF When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 1 Yes - No HS
4064 0 Printer Image Bottom margin Duplex (Back side) Plain paper When the value increases by "1", the blank area 24 0~255 M 4 - No HS
adjustment (Monochrome) becomes wider by approx. 0.0423 mm.
* The value of 05-4053 or 05-4057 is taken as a reference
one.
4064 1 Printer Image Right margin adjustment Duplex (Back side) Plain paper When the value increases by "1", the blank area 18 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(Monochrome) becomes wider by approx. 0.0423 mm.
one.
4064 2 Printer Image Bottom margin Duplex (Back side) Plain paper (Color) When the value increases by "1", the blank area 24 0~255 M 4 - No HS
one.
4064 3 Printer Image Right margin adjustment Duplex (Back side) Plain paper (Color) When the value increases by "1", the blank area 18 0~255 M 4 - No HS
one.
4064 4 Printer Image Bottom margin Duplex (Back side) Thick paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the blank area 18 0~255 M 4 - No HS
one.
4064 5 Printer Image Right margin adjustment Duplex (Back side) Thick paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the blank area 12 0~255 M 4 - No HS
one.
4065 - Printer Image Leading edge position Reference for Decelerated by 1/2 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 100 0~200 M 1 - No HS
adjustment adjustment the trailing edge of the paper by approx. 0.1 mm.
4066 - Printer Image Leading edge position Reference for High speed When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 100 0~200 M 1 - No HS
4067 0 Printer Image Leading edge position Subsidiary adjustment 1st drawer (High speed) When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
adjustment value the trailing edge of the paper by approx. 0.1 mm.
4067 1 Printer Image Leading edge position Subsidiary adjustment 2nd drawer (High speed) When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4067 2 Printer Image Leading edge position Subsidiary adjustment 3rd drawer (High speed) When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4067 3 Printer Image Leading edge position Subsidiary adjustment 4th drawer (High speed) When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4067 4 Printer Image Leading edge position Subsidiary adjustment Bypass feed (High When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
adjustment value speed) the trailing edge of the paper by approx. 0.1 mm.
4067 5 Printer Image Leading edge position Subsidiary adjustment ADU (High speed) When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4067 6 Printer Image Leading edge position Subsidiary adjustment T-LCF (High speed) When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4067 7 Printer Image Leading edge position Subsidiary adjustment Ex-LCF (High speed) When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4070 - Printer Image Leading edge position Reference for When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 100 0~200 M 1 - No HS
adjustment (Decelerated adjustment the trailing edge of the paper by approx. 0.1 mm.
by 1/3)
4071 - Printer Image Leading edge position Monochrome printing When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 100 0~200 M 1 - No HS
adjustment (Decelerated correction the trailing edge of the paper by approx. 0.1 mm.
by 1/3)
4100 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position 1st drawer Plain/Recycled/Thick When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount Refer to 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
system/Paper adjustment paper (Long size) increases as follows: contents
transport 55/65ppm: 0.54 mm
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
Long size: 330 mm or longer
Middle size: 220 mm to 329 mm
Short size 1: 205 mm to 219 mm
Short size 3: 159 mm or shorter
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 48
75ppm: 40
system/Paper adjustment paper (Middle size) increases as follows: contents
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 38
75ppm: 29
system/Paper adjustment paper (Short size 1) increases as follows: contents
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55ppm: 35
65ppm
NAD/NAC: 30
Other: 35
75ppm:
NAD/NAC: 22
Other: 27
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 27

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 27
4101 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position 2nd drawer Plain/Recycled/Thick When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount Refer to 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 33
75ppm: 25
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 38
75ppm: 29
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 27
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 27

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 27
4103 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position Bypass feeding Plain/Recycled/Thick When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount Refer to 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 30
75ppm: 24
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 30
75ppm: 24
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 30
75ppm: 24
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 30
75ppm: 24

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 30
75ppm: 24
4104 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position Bypass feeding Thick paper 1 (Long When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
system/Paper adjustment size) increases by approx. 0.54 mm.
transport <Paper length>
4104 1 Printer Feeding Alignment position Bypass feeding Thick paper 1 (Middle When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4104 2 Printer Feeding Alignment position Bypass feeding Thick paper 1 (Short size When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
system/Paper adjustment 1) increases by approx. 0.54 mm.

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
system/Paper adjustment size) (Monochrome) increases by approx. 0.54 mm.
system/Paper adjustment 1) (Monochrome) increases by approx. 0.54 mm.

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4107 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position Bypass feeding OHP (Long size) When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
system/Paper adjustment increases by approx. 0.54 mm.
4107 1 Printer Feeding Alignment position Bypass feeding OHP (Middle size) When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4107 2 Printer Feeding Alignment position Bypass feeding OHP film (Short size 1) When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4108 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position 3rd drawer Plain/Recycled/Thick When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount Refer to 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 30
75ppm: 22

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 26
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 27
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 27
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 27
4109 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position 4th drawer Plain/Recycled/Thick When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount Refer to 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 30
75ppm: 22

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 26
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 27
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 27
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 27
4110 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position ADU Plain/Recycled/Thick When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount Refer to 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 30
75ppm: 24

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 30
75ppm: 24
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 30
75ppm: 24
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 30
75ppm: 24
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 30
75ppm: 24
4111 - Printer Feeding Alignment position T-LCF Plain paper When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount Refer to 0~63 M 1 Yes - No HS
system/Paper adjustment increases as follows: contents
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 27

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4112 0 Printer Feeding Adjustment of paper Bypass feeding Plain/Recycled/Thick When the value increases by "1", the paper pushing Refer to 0~63 M 4 - No HS
system/Paper pushing amount at paper amount rises by 4 msec. When a larger value is set, contents
transport feeding misalignment at the leading edge of the paper will
become better; however, paper folding may occur.
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 30
75ppm: 20
4112 1 Printer Feeding Adjustment of paper Bypass feeding Thick paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the paper pushing 30 0~63 M 4 - No HS
system/Paper pushing amount at amount rises by 4 msec. When a larger value is set,
system/Paper pushing amount at (Monochrome) amount rises by 4 msec. When a larger value is set,
4112 4 Printer Feeding Adjustment of paper Bypass feeding OHP When the value increases by "1", the paper pushing 30 0~63 M 4 - No HS
4112 5 Printer Feeding Adjustment of paper Bypass feeding Thick paper 3 (Color) When the value increases by "1", the paper pushing 30 0~63 M 4 - No HS
system/Paper pushing amount at (Monochrome) amount rises by 4 msec. When a larger value is set,
4112 7 Printer Feeding Adjustment of paper Bypass feeding Thick paper 4 (Color) When the value increases by "1", the paper pushing 30 0~63 M 4 - No HS
4112 8 Printer Feeding Adjustment of paper Bypass feeding Special paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the paper pushing 30 0~63 M 4 - No HS
4112 9 Printer Feeding Adjustment of paper Bypass feeding Special paper 2~3 When the value increases by "1", the paper pushing 30 0~63 M 4 - No HS
4112 10 Printer Feeding Adjustment of paper Bypass feeding Plain paper (High speed) When the value increases by "1", the paper pushing Refer to 0~63 M 4 - No HS
system/Paper pushing amount at (Monochrome) amount rises by 4 msec. When a larger value is set, contents
<Default value>
55ppm: 30
65/75ppm: 20
4112 11 Printer Feeding Adjustment of paper Bypass feeding Envelope When the value increases by "1", the paper pushing 30 0~63 M 4 - No HS
4112 12 Printer Feeding Adjustment of paper Bypass feeding Plain/Recycled/Thick When the value increases by "1", the paper pushing 30 0~63 M 4 - No HS
system/Paper pushing amount at paper (Color) (Low amount rises by 4 msec. When a larger value is set,
transport feeding Temp.) misalignment at the leading edge of the paper will

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4115 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position 1st drawer Thick paper 1 (Long When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 38 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4115 1 Printer Feeding Alignment position 1st drawer Thick paper 1 (Middle When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 38 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4115 2 Printer Feeding Alignment position 1st drawer Thick paper 1 (Short size When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 38 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4116 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position 2nd drawer Thick paper 1 (Long When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 38 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4116 1 Printer Feeding Alignment position 2nd drawer Thick paper 1 (Middle When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 38 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4116 2 Printer Feeding Alignment position 2nd drawer Thick paper 1 (Short size When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 38 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4117 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position 3rd drawer Thick paper 1 (Long When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4117 1 Printer Feeding Alignment position 3rd drawer Thick paper 1 (Middle When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4117 2 Printer Feeding Alignment position 3rd drawer Thick paper 1 (Short size When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 38 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4118 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position 4th drawer Thick paper 1 (Long When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4118 1 Printer Feeding Alignment position 4th drawer Thick paper 1 (Middle When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4118 2 Printer Feeding Alignment position 4th drawer Thick paper 1 (Short size When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 38 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4119 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position T-LCF Thick paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 38 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
transport
transport
system/Paper adjustment (Monochrome) increases by approx. 0.54 mm.
transport
4119 3 Printer Feeding Alignment position T-LCF Thick paper 3 (Color) When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 39 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
transport
4120 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position ADU Thick paper 1 (Long When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 30 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4120 1 Printer Feeding Alignment position ADU Thick paper 1 (Middle When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 30 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4120 2 Printer Feeding Alignment position ADU Thick paper 1 (Short size When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 30 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
transport (Mono.) (H-speed) 65ppm: 0.68 mm
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 40
75ppm: 15
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 29
75ppm: 15

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 25
75ppm: 15

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 29
75ppm: 15
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 22
75ppm: 15
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 26
75ppm: 15
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 22
75ppm: 15
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 26
75ppm: 15
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14
4126 - Printer Feeding Alignment position T-LCF Plain paper When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount Refer to 0~63 M 1 Yes - No HS
system/Paper adjustment (Monochrome) (High increases as follows: contents
transport speed) 65ppm: 0.68 mm
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 24
75ppm: 15
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 24
75ppm: 15

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 24
75ppm: 15
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 24
75ppm: 15
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 24
75ppm: 15
4128 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position Bypass feeding Special paper 1 (Long When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4128 1 Printer Feeding Alignment position Bypass feeding Special paper 1 (Middle When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4128 2 Printer Feeding Alignment position Bypass feeding Special paper 1 (Short When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
system/Paper adjustment size 1) increases by approx. 0.54 mm.
4129 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position Bypass feeding Special paper 2 (Long When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4129 1 Printer Feeding Alignment position Bypass feeding Special paper 2 (Middle When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4350 0 Printer Image Secondary scanning Y Corrects image position to be shifted to the trailing edge 128 118~138 M 4 - No HS
position fine adjustment side of paper.
0.5 line/bit
4350 1 Printer Image Secondary scanning M Corrects image position to be shifted to the trailing edge 128 118~138 M 4 - No HS
0.5 line/bit
4350 2 Printer Image Secondary scanning C Corrects image position to be shifted to the trailing edge 128 118~138 M 4 - No HS
0.5 line/bit
4402 - Printer Image Leading edge position Standard speed Reference for When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 100 0~200 M 1 Yes - No HS
4490 0 Printer Feeding Adjustment of remaining 1st drawer <Default value> Refer to 0~63 M 4 - No HS
system/Paper amount of paper (Paper JPC: 15 contents
transport present) NAD/NAC: 9
Other: 7
4490 1 Printer Feeding Adjustment of remaining 2nd drawer <Default value> Refer to 0~63 M 4 - No HS
Other: 7
4490 2 Printer Feeding Adjustment of remaining 3rd drawer <Default value> Refer to 0~63 M 4 - No HS
Other: 7
4490 3 Printer Feeding Adjustment of remaining 4th drawer <Default value> Refer to 0~63 M 4 - No HS
Other: 7
4490 4 Printer Feeding Adjustment of remaining Ex-LCF <Default value> Refer to 0~63 M 4 - No HS
Other: 12
4490 5 Printer Feeding Adjustment of remaining T-LCF <Default value> Refer to 0~63 M 4 - No HS
transport present) Other: 8
4491 0 Printer Feeding Adjustment of remaining 1st drawer 53 0~63 M 4 - No HS
system/Paper amount of paper (No
transport paper)
4491 1 Printer Feeding Adjustment of remaining 2nd drawer 53 0~63 M 4 - No HS
transport paper)
4491 2 Printer Feeding Adjustment of remaining 3rd drawer 53 0~63 M 4 - No HS
transport paper)
4491 3 Printer Feeding Adjustment of remaining 4th drawer 53 0~63 M 4 - No HS
transport paper)
4491 4 Printer Feeding Adjustment of remaining Ex-LCF 50 0~63 M 4 - No HS
transport paper)
4491 5 Printer Feeding Adjustment of remaining T-LCF 60 0~63 M 4 - No HS
transport paper)
4520 0 Printer Drive Drum motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
55/65ppm: 0.04%/step
75ppm: 0.05%/step
4520 1 Printer Drive Drum motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4520 2 Printer Drive Drum motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4520 3 Printer Drive Drum motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
rotational speed (Monochrome) faster.
65ppm: 0.05%/step
75ppm: 0.06%/step
4520 4 Printer Drive Drum motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
rotational speed temperature) faster. (0.04%/step)
4523 0 Printer Drive Registration motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4523 1 Printer Drive Registration motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 132 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4523 2 Printer Drive Registration motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 132 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4523 3 Printer Drive Registration motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
65ppm: 0.04%/step
75ppm: 0.05%/step
4523 4 Printer Drive Registration motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4523 6 Printer Drive Registration motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 (Extra When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
rotational speed long size) faster. (0.04%/step)
4523 7 Printer Drive Registration motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 (Extra When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4523 10 Printer Drive Registration motor Fine adjustment of Speed 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4526 0 Printer Drive Transfer belt motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Color) When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 Yes - No HS
55/65ppm: 0.04%/step
75ppm: 0.05%/step
4526 1 Printer Drive Transfer belt motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 Yes - No HS
(0.04%/step)
4526 2 Printer Drive Transfer belt motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 Yes - No HS
(0.04%/step)
4526 3 Printer Drive Transfer belt motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 Yes - No HS
65ppm: 0.05%/step
75ppm: 0.06%/step
4526 4 Printer Drive Transfer belt motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Color) When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 Yes - No HS
rotational speed (Low temperature) faster.
(0.04%/step)

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4529 0 Printer Drive Pressure roller Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 112 0~255 M 4 - No HS
55/65ppm: 0.04%/step
75ppm: 0.05%/step
4529 1 Printer Drive Pressure roller Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4529 2 Printer Drive Pressure roller Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4529 3 Printer Drive Pressure roller Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
65ppm: 0.05%/step
75ppm: 0.06%/step
4529 4 Printer Drive Pressure roller Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4529 6 Printer Drive Pressure roller Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 (Extra When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4529 7 Printer Drive Pressure roller Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 (Extra When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4532 0 Printer Drive 1st/2nd drawer feed Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
motor rotational speed faster.
55/65ppm: 0.04%/step
75ppm: 0.05%/step
4532 1 Printer Drive 1st/2nd drawer feed Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
motor rotational speed faster. (0.04%/step)
4532 2 Printer Drive 1st/2nd drawer feed Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4532 3 Printer Drive 1st/2nd drawer feed Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
motor rotational speed (Monochrome) faster.
65ppm: 0.05%/step
75ppm: 0.06%/step
4532 4 Printer Drive 1st/2nd drawer feed Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
motor rotational speed temperature) faster. (0.04%/step)
4532 6 Printer Drive 1st/2nd drawer feed Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 (Extra When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
motor rotational speed long size) faster. (0.04%/step)
4532 7 Printer Drive 1st/2nd drawer feed Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 (Extra When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
motor rotational speed long size) faster. (0.04%/step)
4532 10 Printer Drive 1st/2nd drawer feed Fine adjustment of Speed 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4535 0 Printer Drive Bridge unit transport Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 173 0~255 M 4 - No HS
entrance motor rotational speed faster. (0.05%/step)
4535 1 Printer Drive Bridge unit transport Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4535 2 Printer Drive Bridge unit transport Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4535 3 Printer Drive Bridge unit transport Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
entrance motor rotational speed (Monochrome) faster. (0.05%/step)

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4535 4 Printer Drive Bridge unit transport Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
entrance motor rotational speed temperature) faster. (0.05%/step)
4535 6 Printer Drive Bridge unit transport Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 (Extra When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
entrance motor rotational speed long size) faster. (0.05%/step)
4535 7 Printer Drive Bridge unit transport Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 (Extra When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 136 0~255 M 4 - No HS
entrance motor rotational speed long size) faster. (0.05%/step)
4535 10 Printer Drive Bridge unit transport Fine adjustment of Speed 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4560 - Printer Image Leading edge position Standard speed 4th drawer When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 1 Yes - No HS
4561 - Printer Image Leading edge position Standard speed T-LCF When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 1 Yes - No HS
4562 0 Printer Image Auxiliary adjustment 1st drawer Thick paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
value of leading edge the trailing edge of the paper by approx. 0.1 mm.
position adjustment
position adjustment
value of leading edge (Decelerated by 1/2) the trailing edge of the paper by approx. 0.1 mm.
position adjustment
position adjustment
4563 0 Printer Image Auxiliary adjustment 2nd drawer Thick paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
position adjustment
position adjustment
position adjustment
position adjustment
4564 0 Printer Image Auxiliary adjustment 3rd drawer Thick paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
position adjustment
position adjustment

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
position adjustment
position adjustment
4565 0 Printer Image Auxiliary adjustment 4th drawer Thick paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
position adjustment
position adjustment
position adjustment
position adjustment
4566 0 Printer Image Auxiliary adjustment T-LCF Thick paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
position adjustment
position adjustment
position adjustment
position adjustment
4567 0 Printer Image Auxiliary adjustment Bypass feeding Thick paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 51 0~100 M 4 - No HS
position adjustment
position adjustment
position adjustment
position adjustment
4567 4 Printer Image Auxiliary adjustment Bypass feeding OHP When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 54 0~100 M 4 - No HS
position adjustment
4567 5 Printer Image Auxiliary adjustment Bypass feeding Special paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 54 0~100 M 4 - No HS
position adjustment
4567 6 Printer Image Auxiliary adjustment Bypass feeding Special paper 2 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 54 0~100 M 4 - No HS
position adjustment
position adjustment
position adjustment

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4568 0 Printer Image Auxiliary adjustment ADU Thick paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
position adjustment
position adjustment
position adjustment
4568 3 Printer Image Auxiliary adjustment ADU Special paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
position adjustment
4568 4 Printer Image Auxiliary adjustment ADU Special paper 2 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
position adjustment
position adjustment
4569 0 Printer Image Auxiliary adjustment Ex-LCF Thick paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts toward 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
position adjustment
position adjustment
position adjustment
position adjustment
4579 - Printer Feeding Alignment position Using icons Press the button on the LCD. - - M 4 Yes - No HS
system/Paper adjustment
transport
4580 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position Ex-LCF Plain/Recycled/Thick When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount Refer to 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 30
75ppm: 22
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 26

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 27
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 27
75ppm: 0.68 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 35
75ppm: 27
4581 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position Ex-LCF Thick paper 1 (Long When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4581 1 Printer Feeding Alignment position Ex-LCF Thick paper 1 (Middle When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 35 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4581 2 Printer Feeding Alignment position Ex-LCF Thick paper 1 (Short size When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 38 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 24
75ppm: 15
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 24
75ppm: 15

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 24
75ppm: 15
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 24
75ppm: 15
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 24
75ppm: 15

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 22
75ppm: 15
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 26
75ppm: 15

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14
75ppm: 0.80 mm
<Paper length>
<Default value>
65ppm: 27
75ppm: 14

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4603 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position ADU Special paper 1 (Long When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 30 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4603 1 Printer Feeding Alignment position ADU Special paper 1 (Middle When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 30 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4603 2 Printer Feeding Alignment position ADU Special paper 1 (Short When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 30 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4604 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position ADU Special paper 2 (Long When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 30 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS
4604 1 Printer Feeding Alignment position ADU Special paper 2 (Middle When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 30 0~63 M 4 Yes - No HS

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4719 - Printer Image control Forced color registration Forcibly performs the color registration control - - M 6 Yes - No HS
control adjustment in order to eliminate the color deviation of Y,
M, C and K colors.
4720 0 Printer Image control Displaying parameters Front/Rear side Checks the cause of a "CA00" error when it occurs. An 0 0~255 M 10 Yes - No HS
for color regist. error for each portion is indicated by the value as shown
below. When errors occur at several portions, the sum of
the values of error portions is indicated.
0: Normal
1: Y on the rear side abnormality
2: Y on the front side abnormality
4: M on the rear side abnormality
8: M on the front side abnormality
16: C on the rear side abnormality
32: C on the front side abnormality
64: K on the rear side abnormality
128: K on the front side abnormality
4720 1 Printer Image control Displaying parameters Center side Checks the cause of a "CA00" error when it occurs. An 0 0~255 M 10 Yes - No HS
for color regist. error for each portion is indicated by the value as shown
below. When errors occur at several portions, the sum of
the values of error portions is indicated.
0: Normal
1: Y on the center side abnormality
4: M on the center side abnormality
16: C on the center side abnormality
64: K on the center side abnormality
4721 - Printer Maintenance Mirror motor initial Perform this when the laser optical unit has been - - M 6 Yes - No HS
excitation setting replaced or the EEPROM on the LGC board has been
exchanged.
4731 0 Printer Image Image void correction Top margin Copy (Monochrome) (0.4 mm/10 step) 29 0~48 M 4 - No HS
code

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4731 1 Printer Image Image void correction Top margin Copy (Color) (0.4 mm/10 step) 48 0~48 M 4 - No HS
code
4731 2 Printer Image Image void correction Top margin Print (Monochrome) (0.4 mm/10 step) 29 0~48 M 4 - No HS
code
4731 3 Printer Image Image void correction Top margin Print (Color) (0.4 mm/10 step) 29 0~48 M 4 - No HS
code
4731 4 Printer Image Image void correction Bottom margin Copy (Monochrome) (0.4 mm/10 step) 24 0~48 M 4 - No HS
code
4731 5 Printer Image Image void correction Bottom margin Copy (Color) (0.4 mm/10 step) 24 0~48 M 4 - No HS
code
4731 6 Printer Image Image void correction Bottom margin Print (Monochrome) (0.4 mm/10 step) 36 0~48 M 4 - No HS
code
4731 7 Printer Image Image void correction Bottom margin Print (Color) (0.4 mm/10 step) 36 0~48 M 4 - No HS
code
4740 0 Printer Drive Feed motor (2nd drawer) Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
55/65ppm: 0.04%/step
75ppm: 0.05%/step
4740 1 Printer Drive Feed motor (2nd drawer) Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.04%/step)
4740 2 Printer Drive Feed motor (2nd drawer) Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.04%/step)
4740 3 Printer Drive Feed motor (2nd drawer) Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
65ppm: 0.05%/step
75ppm: 0.06%/step
4740 4 Printer Drive Feed motor (2nd drawer) Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.04%/step)
4740 10 Printer Drive Feed motor (2nd drawer) Fine adjustment of Speed 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.07%/step)
(0.07%/step)
(0.06%/step)
(0.06%/step)
4741 0 Printer Drive Transport motor (1st Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes Refer to 0~255 M 4 - No HS
drawer) rotational speed faster. contents
55/65ppm: 0.04%/step
75ppm: 0.05%/step
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 175
75ppm: 164
4741 1 Printer Drive Transport motor (1st Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
drawer) rotational speed faster.
(0.04%/step)
4741 2 Printer Drive Transport motor (1st Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.04%/step)

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4741 3 Printer Drive Transport motor (1st Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
drawer) rotational speed (Monochrome) faster.
65ppm: 0.05%/step
75ppm: 0.06%/step
4741 4 Printer Drive Transport motor (1st Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
drawer) rotational speed temperature) faster.
(0.04%/step)
4741 10 Printer Drive Transport motor (1st Fine adjustment of Speed 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.07%/step)
(0.07%/step)
(0.06%/step)
(0.06%/step)
4742 0 Printer Drive Transport motor (2nd Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
55/65ppm: 0.04%/step
75ppm: 0.05%/step
4742 1 Printer Drive Transport motor (2nd Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.04%/step)
4742 2 Printer Drive Transport motor (2nd Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.04%/step)
4742 3 Printer Drive Transport motor (2nd Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
drawer) rotational speed (Monochrome) faster.
65ppm: 0.05%/step
75ppm: 0.06%/step
4742 4 Printer Drive Transport motor (2nd Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
drawer) rotational speed temperature) faster.
(0.04%/step)
4742 10 Printer Drive Transport motor (2nd Fine adjustment of Speed 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.07%/step)
(0.07%/step)
(0.06%/step)
(0.06%/step)
4743 0 Printer Drive Bypass feeding feed Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.06%/step)
4743 1 Printer Drive Bypass feeding feed Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.06%/step)

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4743 2 Printer Drive Bypass feeding feed Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.06%/step)
4743 3 Printer Drive Bypass feeding feed Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
motor rotational speed (Monochrome) faster.
(0.06%/step)
4743 4 Printer Drive Bypass feeding feed Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
motor rotational speed temperature) faster.
(0.06%/step)
4743 6 Printer Drive Bypass feeding feed Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 (Extra When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 193 0~255 M 4 - No HS
motor rotational speed long size) faster.
(0.06%/step)
4743 7 Printer Drive Bypass feeding feed Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 (Extra When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
motor rotational speed long size) faster.
(0.06%/step)
4743 10 Printer Drive Bypass feeding feed Fine adjustment of Speed 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.06%/step)
(0.06%/step)
(0.06%/step)
(0.06%/step)
4744 0 Printer Drive Reverse motor (Direction Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
to the reverse motor) rotational speed faster.
(0.05%/step)
4744 1 Printer Drive Reverse motor (Direction Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
to the reverse motor) rotational speed (Monochrome) faster.
(0.05%/step)
4744 4 Printer Drive Reverse motor (Direction Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
to the reverse motor) rotational speed temperature) faster.
(0.05%/step)
4744 6 Printer Drive Reverse motor (Direction Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 (Extra When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
to the reverse motor) rotational speed long size) faster.
(0.05%/step)
4744 7 Printer Drive Reverse motor (Direction Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 (Extra When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 108 0~255 M 4 - No HS
to the reverse motor) rotational speed long size) faster.
(0.05%/step)
4744 10 Printer Drive Reverse motor (Direction Fine adjustment of Speed 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
4745 0 Printer Drive Bridge unit exit motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(Direction to the reverse rotational speed faster.
motor) (0.05%/step)
4745 1 Printer Drive Bridge unit exit motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
motor) (0.05%/step)
motor) (0.05%/step)
(Direction to the reverse rotational speed (Monochrome) faster.
motor) (0.05%/step)
4745 4 Printer Drive Bridge unit exit motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(Direction to the reverse rotational speed temperature) faster.
motor) (0.05%/step)
4745 6 Printer Drive Bridge unit exit motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 (Extra When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(Direction to the reverse rotational speed long size) faster.
motor) (0.05%/step)
(Direction to the reverse rotational speed long size) faster.
motor) (0.05%/step)
4745 10 Printer Drive Bridge unit exit motor Fine adjustment of Speed 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
motor) (0.05%/step)
motor) (0.05%/step)
motor) (0.05%/step)
motor) (0.05%/step)
motor) (0.05%/step)
motor) (0.05%/step)

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
motor) (0.05%/step)
4746 0 Printer Drive Exit motor (Direction to Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
the reverse motor) rotational speed faster.
(0.05%/step)
4746 1 Printer Drive Exit motor (Direction to Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
the reverse motor) rotational speed (Monochrome) faster.
(0.05%/step)
4746 4 Printer Drive Exit motor (Direction to Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
the reverse motor) rotational speed temperature) faster.
(0.05%/step)
4746 6 Printer Drive Exit motor (Direction to Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 (Extra When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
the reverse motor) rotational speed long size) faster.
(0.05%/step)
the reverse motor) rotational speed long size) faster.
(0.05%/step)
4746 10 Printer Drive Exit motor (Direction to Fine adjustment of Speed 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
4747 0 Printer Drive ADU transport motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.05%/step)
4747 1 Printer Drive ADU transport motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.05%/step)
4747 2 Printer Drive ADU transport motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.05%/step)

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4747 3 Printer Drive ADU transport motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.05%/step)
4747 4 Printer Drive ADU transport motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.05%/step)
4747 10 Printer Drive ADU transport motor Fine adjustment of Speed 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
4762 0 Printer Drive Ex-LCF feed motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.04%/step)
4762 1 Printer Drive Ex-LCF feed motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.04%/step)
4762 2 Printer Drive Ex-LCF feed motor Fine adjustment of Decelerating 2 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.04%/step)
4762 3 Printer Drive Ex-LCF feed motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
65ppm: 0.04%/step
75ppm: 0.05%/step
4762 4 Printer Drive Ex-LCF feed motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.04%/step)
4762 10 Printer Drive Ex-LCF feed motor Fine adjustment of Speed 1 When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(0.06%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.04%/step)

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4782 - Printer Laser Modulation adjustment Reproduction ratio in Partial adjustment of When the value increases by "1", the reproduction ratio 256 0~512 M 1 - No HS
for Y color image writing primary scanning dir. reproduction ratio between the center and front sections of an image in the
frequency primary scanning direction is enlarged for approx.
0.003%.
4800 0 Printer Feeding Setting method of drawer 1st drawer 0: Manual Refer to 0~2 SYS 4 - Yes H
system/Paper size 1: Automatic (mm) contents
transport 2: Automatic (inch)
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 2
Others: 1
4800 1 Printer Feeding Setting method of drawer 2nd drawer 0: Manual Refer to 0~2 SYS 4 - Yes H
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 2
Others: 1
4800 2 Printer Feeding Setting method of drawer 3rd drawer 0: Manual Refer to 0~2 SYS 4 - Yes H
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 2
Others: 1
4800 3 Printer Feeding Setting method of drawer 4th drawer 0: Manual Refer to 0~2 SYS 4 - Yes H
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 2
Others: 1
4808 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position Drawer batch conversion Plain paper/Recycled When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 0 -20~20 M 4 - No HS
system/Paper adjustment paper/Thick paper increases as follows:
75ppm: 0.68 mm
4808 1 Printer Feeding Alignment position Bypass feeding batch Plain paper/Recycled When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 0 -20~20 M 4 - No HS
system/Paper adjustment conversion paper/Thick paper increases as follows:
75ppm: 0.68 mm
4808 2 Printer Feeding Alignment position ADU batch conversion Plain paper/Recycled When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 0 -20~20 M 4 - No HS
system/Paper adjustment paper/Thick paper increases as follows:
75ppm: 0.68 mm
4809 0 Printer Feeding Alignment position Drawer batch conversion Thick paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 0 -20~20 M 4 - No HS
transport
4809 1 Printer Feeding Alignment position Bypass feeding batch Thick paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 0 -20~20 M 4 - No HS
system/Paper adjustment conversion increases by approx. 0.54 mm.
transport
4809 2 Printer Feeding Alignment position ADU batch conversion Thick paper 1 When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 0 -20~20 M 4 - No HS
transport
transport
transport
transport

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
transport
transport
transport
4833 - Printer Recovery from toner Perform this code to recover from toner empty/waste - - M 6 - No HS
empty/waste toner full toner full.
4835 0 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low 1st drawer 330 mm~ When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 8 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
amount temperature increases as follows:
correction 0.68 mm/step
value * This code is available only at 75 ppm.
4835 1 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low 1st drawer 220~329 mm When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 9 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 4 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low 1st drawer ~159 mm When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 8 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 5 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low 2nd drawer 330 mm~ When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 8 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 6 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low 2nd drawer 220~329 mm When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 9 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 9 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low 2nd drawer ~159 mm When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 8 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 10 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low 3rd drawer 330 mm~ When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 8 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 11 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low 3rd drawer 220~329 mm When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 9 -30~30 M 4 - No HS

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4835 14 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low 3rd drawer ~159 mm When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 8 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 15 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low 4th drawer 330 mm~ When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 8 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 16 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low 4th drawer 220~329 mm When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 9 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 19 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low 4th drawer ~159 mm When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 8 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 20 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low Bypass feeding 330 mm~ When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 6 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 21 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low Bypass feeding 220~329 mm When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 6 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 24 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low Bypass feeding ~159 mm When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 6 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 25 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low ADU 330 mm~ When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 6 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 26 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low ADU 220~329 mm When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 6 -30~30 M 4 - No HS

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4835 29 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low ADU ~159 mm When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 6 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 30 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low T-LCF When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 8 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4835 31 Printer Paper aligning Speed at low Ex-LCF When the value increases by "1", the aligning amount 8 -30~30 M 4 - No HS
4837 0 Printer Laser Highlight density K When a larger value is set, the density of the low-density 60 0~255 M 4 - No HS
correction area mainly becomes darker.
* Fully pay attention when you attempt to change the
value since this will not affect only on the low-density area
but also on entire-density ones.
4837 1 Printer Laser Solid image density K When a larger value is set, the density of the low-density 80 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4837 2 Printer Laser Highlight density Y When a larger value is set, the density of the low-density 60 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4837 3 Printer Laser Solid image density Y When a larger value is set, the density of the low-density 80 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4837 4 Printer Laser Highlight density M When a larger value is set, the density of the low-density 60 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4837 5 Printer Laser Solid image density M When a larger value is set, the density of the low-density 80 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4837 6 Printer Laser Highlight density C When a larger value is set, the density of the low-density 60 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4837 7 Printer Laser Solid image density C When a larger value is set, the density of the low-density 80 0~100 M 4 - No HS

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4838 0 Finisher Alignment Hole punch position Feeding direction Adjusts the hole punch position in the paper feeding 6 0~11 FIN 4 - No HS
position direction. When a positive value is set, it shifts toward the
adjustment feeding side. When a negative value is set, it shifts
toward the exit side.
0: Finisher is not installed
1: -1.10 mm 2: -0.88 mm 3: -0.66 mm 4: -0.44 mm
5: -0.22 mm 6: 0.00 mm 7: +0.22 mm 8: +0.44 mm
9: +0.66 mm 10: +0.88 mm 11: +1.10 mm
4838 1 Finisher Alignment Horizontal position of the A-series paper Adjusts the horizontal position of the paper. When a 6 0~11 FIN 4 - No HS
position paper positive value is set, the pitch of the alignment plate
adjustment becomes smaller. When a negative value is set, the pitch
of the alignment plate becomes larger.
1: -2.10 mm 2: -1.68 mm 3: -1.26 mm 4: -0.84 mm
5: -0.42 mm 6: 0.00 mm 7: +0.42 mm 8: +0.84 mm
9: +1.26 mm 10: +1.68 mm 11: +2.10 mm
4838 2 Finisher Alignment Horizontal position of the LT-series paper Adjusts the horizontal position of the paper. When a 6 0~11 FIN 4 - No HS
position paper positive value is set, the pitch of the alignment plate
adjustment becomes smaller. When a negative value is set, the pitch
of the alignment plate becomes larger.
1: -2.10 mm 2: -1.68 mm 3: -1.26 mm 4: -0.84 mm
5: -0.42 mm 6: 0.00 mm 7: +0.42 mm 8: +0.84 mm
9: +1.26 mm 10: +1.68 mm 11: +2.10 mm
4838 3 Finisher Alignment Stapling position Adjusts the stapling position. When a positive value is 9 0~17 FIN 4 - No HS
position set, it shifts toward the rear side. When a negative value
adjustment is set, it shifts toward the front side.
1: -2.16 mm 2: -1.89 mm 3: -1.62 mm 4: -1.35 mm
5: -1.08 mm 6: -0.81 mm 7: -0.54 mm 8: -0.27 mm
9: ±0.00 mm 10: +0.27 mm 11: +0.54 mm 12: +0.81 mm
13: +1.08 mm 14: +1.35 mm 15: +1.62 mm 16: +1.89
mm
17: +2.16 mm
4838 4 Finisher Alignment Saddle stitch stapling A3, LD Adjusts the saddle stitch stapling position in the paper 11 0~15 FIN 4 - No HS
position position feeding direction. When a positive value is set, it shifts
adjustment toward the trailing edge of the paper (stacker hook side).
When a negative value is set, it shifts toward the leading
edge of the paper.
1: -2.8 mm 2: -2.4 mm 3: -2.0 mm 4: -1.8 mm
5: -1.2 mm 6: -0.8 mm 7: -0.4 mm 8: 0.0 mm
9: +0.4 mm 10: +0.8 mm 11: +1.2 mm 12: +1.6 mm
13: +2.0 mm 14: +2.4 mm 15: +2.8 mm
4838 5 Finisher Alignment Saddle stitch stapling Other than A3 and LD Adjusts the saddle stitch stapling position in the paper 11 0~15 FIN 4 - No HS
edge of the paper.
1: -2.8 mm 2: -2.4 mm 3: -2.0 mm 4: -1.8 mm
5: -1.2 mm 6: -0.8 mm 7: -0.4 mm 8: 0.0 mm
9: +0.4 mm 10: +0.8 mm 11: +1.2 mm 12: +1.6 mm
13: +2.0 mm 14: +2.4 mm 15: +2.8 mm
4838 6 Finisher Alignment Saddle stitch folding A3, LD Adjusts the saddle stitch folding position in the paper 8 0~15 FIN 4 - No HS
edge of the paper.
1: -1.4 mm 2: -1.2 mm 3: -1.0 mm 4: -0.8 mm
5: -0.6 mm 6: -0.4 mm 7: -0.2 mm 8: 0.0 mm
9: +0.2 mm 10: +0.4 mm 11: +0.6 mm 12: +0.8 mm
13: +1.0 mm 14: +1.2 mm 15: +1.4 mm

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4838 7 Finisher Alignment Saddle stitch folding Other than A3 and LD Adjusts the saddle stitch folding position in the paper 8 0~15 FIN 4 - No HS
edge of the paper.
1: -1.4 mm 2: -1.2 mm 3: -1.0 mm 4: -0.8 mm
5: -0.6 mm 6: -0.4 mm 7: -0.2 mm 8: 0.0 mm
9: +0.2 mm 10: +0.4 mm 11: +0.6 mm 12: +0.8 mm
13: +1.0 mm 14: +1.2 mm 15: +1.4 mm
to the ADU) rotational speed faster.
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
to the ADU) rotational speed (Monochrome) faster.
(0.05%/step)
4840 4 Printer Drive Reverse motor (Direction Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
to the ADU) rotational speed temperature) faster.
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(Direction to the paper rotational speed faster.
exit section) (0.05%/step)

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
(Direction to the paper rotational speed (Monochrome) faster.
4841 4 Printer Drive Bridge unit exit motor Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
(Direction to the paper rotational speed temperature) faster.
(Direction to the paper rotational speed long size) faster.
(Direction to the paper rotational speed long size) faster.
the paper exit section) rotational speed faster.
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
the paper exit section) rotational speed (Monochrome) faster.
(0.05%/step)
4842 4 Printer Drive Exit motor (Direction to Fine adjustment of Standard speed (Low When the value increases, the motor speed becomes 128 0~255 M 4 - No HS
the paper exit section) rotational speed temperature) faster.
(0.05%/step)
the paper exit section) rotational speed long size) faster.
(0.05%/step)
the paper exit section) rotational speed long size) faster.
(0.05%/step)

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
(0.05%/step)
4851 0 Finisher Ejection speed Stationary tray User paper type 1 When a larger value is set, the speed to eject paper to the 36 1~40 M 4 - No HS
stationary tray increases.
4852 0 Finisher Ejection speed Movable tray User paper type 1 When a larger value is set, the speed to eject paper to the 8 1~16 M 4 - No HS
movable tray increases.

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4853 0 Finisher Ejection speed At sorting User paper type 1 When a larger value is set, the speed to eject paper at 2 1~16 M 4 - No HS
sorting increases.
sorting increases.
sorting increases.
sorting increases.
sorting increases.
sorting increases.
sorting increases.
sorting increases.
sorting increases.
sorting increases.
4854 0 Finisher Ejection speed At stapling User paper type 1 When a larger value is set, the speed to eject paper at 1 1~15 M 4 - No HS
stapling increases.
stapling increases.
stapling increases.
stapling increases.
stapling increases.
stapling increases.
stapling increases.
stapling increases.
stapling increases.
stapling increases.
4855 0 Finisher Stop position First page User paper type 1 When a larger value is set, the stop position shifts toward 5 1~15 M 4 - No HS
the exit side. When a smaller value is set, it shifts toward
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
4856 0 Finisher Stop position Second page User paper type 1 When a larger value is set, the stop position shifts toward 3 1~12 M 4 - No HS
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
4857 0 Finisher Stop position Third page User paper type 1 When a larger value is set, the stop position shifts toward 15 1~19 M 4 - No HS
the feeding side.
the feeding side.

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
the feeding side.
4858 0 Finisher Transport First page/Second page User paper type 1 When a larger value is set, the ejection position of the 3 1~19 M 4 - No HS
speed paper on the finishing tray is shifted toward the exit side.
4859 0 Finisher Transport Third page User paper type 1 When a larger value is set, the ejection position of the 7 1~19 M 4 - No HS

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4860 0 Finisher Transport Fourth page User paper type 1 When a larger value is set, the ejection position of the 7 1~19 M 4 - No HS
4865 0 Printer Start-up At the start of printing Range of the Environment Sets the conditions to perform color registration control at 30 0~100 M 4 - No HS
condition of environment temperature temperature the start of printing. In this code, the range of the
color variation within the environment temperature variation within the period of
registration period of unattended unattended time (power OFF or Sleep mode) can be set
control time to perform color registration control if the temperature
varies beyond the setting value.
(Unit: 0.1ºC)
4865 1 Printer Start-up At the start of printing Range of the Drum thermistor (K) Sets the conditions to perform color registration control at 10 0~100 M 4 - No HS
condition of environment temperature temperature the start of printing. In this code, the range of the drum
color variation within the thermistor (K) temperature variation within the period of
registration period of unattended unattended time (power OFF or Sleep mode) can be set
control time to perform color registration control if the temperature
varies beyond the setting value.
(Unit: 0.1ºC)
4866 0 Printer Color Temperature at color Environment Temperature at the time Records the temperature at color registration. 230 0~700 M 10 - No HS
registration registration temperature before the last (Unit: 0.1ºC)
control performance
4866 1 Printer Color Temperature at color Environment Temperature at the last Records the temperature at color registration. 230 0~700 M 10 - No HS
registration registration temperature time performance (Unit: 0.1ºC)
control
4866 2 Printer Color Temperature at color Drum thermistor (K) Temperature at the time Records the temperature at color registration. 230 0~700 M 10 - No HS
control performance
4866 3 Printer Color Temperature at color Drum thermistor (K) Temperature at the last Records the temperature at color registration. 230 0~700 M 10 - No HS
control
4866 4 Printer Color Temperature at color Drum thermistor (Y) Temperature at the time Records the temperature at color registration. 230 0~700 M 10 - No HS
control performance

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4866 5 Printer Color Temperature at color Drum thermistor (Y) Temperature at the last Records the temperature at color registration. 230 0~700 M 10 - No HS
control
4880 - Printer Leading edge Speed at low Reference adjustment (0.1 mm/step) 100 0~200 M 1 - No HS
position temperature value * This code is available only at 75 ppm.
adjustment * Be sure to keep this setting as it is if there is no special
reason or instruction to do otherwise.
4881 0 Printer Leading edge Speed at low Subsidiary adjustment 1st drawer (0.1 mm/step) 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4881 1 Printer Leading edge Speed at low Subsidiary adjustment 2nd drawer (0.1 mm/step) 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4881 2 Printer Leading edge Speed at low Subsidiary adjustment 3rd drawer (0.1 mm/step) 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4881 3 Printer Leading edge Speed at low Subsidiary adjustment 4th drawer (0.1 mm/step) 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4881 4 Printer Leading edge Speed at low Subsidiary adjustment Bypass feed (0.1 mm/step) 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4881 5 Printer Leading edge Speed at low Subsidiary adjustment ADU (0.1 mm/step) 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4881 6 Printer Leading edge Speed at low Subsidiary adjustment T-LCF (0.1 mm/step) 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4881 7 Printer Leading edge Speed at low Subsidiary adjustment Ex-LCF (0.1 mm/step) 50 0~100 M 4 - No HS
4885 0 Printer Finisher Movable tray height Sort/Short size/Plain User paper type 1 Sets the standby position of the movable tray. 6 1~11 M 4 - No HS
adjustment value paper When a larger value is set, the standby position becomes
lower. When a smaller value is set, the standby position
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
4886 0 Printer Finisher Movable tray height Sort/Large size/Plain User paper type 1 Sets the standby position of the movable tray. 6 1~11 M 4 - No HS
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4887 0 Printer Finisher Movable tray height Staple/Short size/Plain User paper type 1 Sets the standby position of the movable tray. 6 1~11 M 4 - No HS
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
4888 0 Printer Finisher Movable tray height Staple/Large size/Plain User paper type 1 Sets the standby position of the movable tray. 6 1~11 M 4 - No HS
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
4889 0 Printer Finisher Movable tray height Movable tray direct User paper type 1 Sets the standby position of the movable tray. 6 1~11 M 4 - No HS
adjustment value paper exiting/A5-R,A6- When a larger value is set, the standby position becomes
R,B5-R,ST-R/Plain paper lower. When a smaller value is set, the standby position
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.
becomes higher.

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
adjustment value paper exiting/A3- When a larger value is set, the standby position becomes
wide,LD-wide,16K- lower. When a smaller value is set, the standby position
R,Non-standard/Plain becomes higher.
paper
paper
paper
paper
paper
paper
paper
paper
paper
paper
4920 - Printer Execution of image Adjusts the void by means of the difference in the paper - - M 6 - No HS
adjustment in the field size between the manufacturing adjustment and the field
adjustment during unpacking.
* When this code is carried out, the value of 05-4922 is
stored into 05-4921.

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4921 0 Printer Paper size for Vertical This code is used when 05-4920 (Execution of image Refer to Refer to M 4 - No HS
adjustment in adjustment in the field) is carried out. contents contents
the Do not change the value.
manufacturing (Unit: 0.1mm)
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 4318
Other: 4200
<Acceptable value>
NAD/NAC: 4268~4368
Other: 4150~4250
4921 1 Printer Paper size for Horizontal This code is used when 05-4920 (Execution of image Refer to Refer to M 4 - No HS
adjustment in adjustment in the field) is carried out. contents contents
the Do not change the value.
manufacturing (Unit: 0.1mm)
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 2794
Other: 2970
<Acceptable value>
NAD/NAC: 2744~2844
Other: 2920~3020
4922 0 Printer Paper size for Vertical Be sure to set this code before carrying out 05-4920 Refer to Refer to M 4 - No HS
adjustment in (Execution of image adjustment in the field). contents contents
the field The setting range should be +/-5 mm.
(Unit: 0.1mm)
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 4318
Other: 4200
<Acceptable value>
NAD/NAC: 4268~4368
Other: 4150~4250
4922 1 Printer Paper size for Horizontal Be sure to set this code before carrying out 05-4920 Refer to Refer to M 4 - No HS
adjustment in (Execution of image adjustment in the field). contents contents
the field The setting range should be +/-5 mm.
(Unit: 0.1mm)
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 2794
Other: 2970
<Acceptable value>
NAD/NAC: 2744~2844
Other: 2920~3020
4950 0 Printer Reproduction Duplex (Front side) Primary scanning Recycled paper 0: Not adjusted 1: 0.05% reduction 2: 0.10% reduction 0 0~10 SYS 4 Def Yes H
ratio direction 3: 0.15% reduction 4: 0.20% reduction 5: 0.25%
adjustment reduction 6: 0.30% reduction 7: 0.35% reduction 8:
0.40% reduction 9: 0.45% reduction 10: 0.50% reduction
4950 1 Printer Reproduction Duplex (Front side) Secondary scanning Recycled paper 0: Not adjusted 1: 0.05% reduction 2: 0.10% reduction 0 0~10 SYS 4 Def Yes H
4951 0 Printer Reproduction Duplex (Front side) Primary scanning Plain paper 0: Not adjusted 1: 0.05% reduction 2: 0.10% reduction 0 0~10 SYS 4 Def Yes H
4951 1 Printer Reproduction Duplex (Front side) Secondary scanning Plain paper 0: Not adjusted 1: 0.05% reduction 2: 0.10% reduction 0 0~10 SYS 4 Def Yes H
4952 0 Printer Reproduction Duplex (Front side) Primary scanning Thick paper 0: Not adjusted 1: 0.05% reduction 2: 0.10% reduction 0 0~10 SYS 4 Def Yes H

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
4952 1 Printer Reproduction Duplex (Front side) Secondary scanning Thick paper 0: Not adjusted 1: 0.05% reduction 2: 0.10% reduction 0 0~10 SYS 4 Def Yes H
4953 0 Printer Reproduction Duplex (Front side) Primary scanning Thick paper 1 0: Not adjusted 1: 0.05% reduction 2: 0.10% reduction 0 0~10 SYS 4 Def Yes H
4953 1 Printer Reproduction Duplex (Front side) Secondary scanning Thick paper 1 0: Not adjusted 1: 0.05% reduction 2: 0.10% reduction 0 0~10 SYS 4 Def Yes H
4956 0 Printer Reproduction Duplex (Front side) Primary scanning Special paper 1 0: Not adjusted 1: 0.05% reduction 2: 0.10% reduction 0 0~10 SYS 4 Def Yes H
4956 1 Printer Reproduction Duplex (Front side) Secondary scanning Special paper 1 0: Not adjusted 1: 0.05% reduction 2: 0.10% reduction 0 0~10 SYS 4 Def Yes H
4959 0 Printer Reproduction Duplex (Front side) Primary scanning User paper type 1 0: Not adjusted 1: 0.05% reduction 2: 0.10% reduction 0 0~10 SYS 4 Def No H
4959 1 Printer Reproduction Duplex (Front side) Secondary scanning User paper type 1 0: Not adjusted 1: 0.05% reduction 2: 0.10% reduction 0 0~10 SYS 4 Def No H

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
5400 0 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) Plain paper (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
correction factor edge) Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5400 1 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) Thick paper 1 (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5400 4 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) OHP (Trailing edge) Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
correction factor Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5400 5 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) Special paper 1 (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5400 6 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) Special paper 2 (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5400 7 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) Recycled paper (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
5400 10 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) Envelope (Trailing edge) Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5401 0 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) Plain paper (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5401 1 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) Thick paper 1 (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5401 5 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) Special paper 1 (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5401 6 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) Special paper 2 (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5401 7 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) Recycled paper (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5401 10 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) Envelope (Trailing edge) Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5402 0 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome (Front Plain paper (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
correction factor side) edge) Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5402 1 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome (Front Thick paper 1 (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5402 4 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome (Front OHP (Trailing edge) Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
correction factor side) Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5402 5 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome (Front Special paper 1 (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5402 6 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome (Front Special paper 2 (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5402 7 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome (Front Recycled paper (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5402 10 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome (Front Envelope (Trailing edge) Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
correction factor side) Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5403 0 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome (Back side) Plain paper (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5403 1 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome (Back side) Thick paper 1 (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
5403 5 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome (Back side) Special paper 1 (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5403 6 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome (Back side) Special paper 2 (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5403 7 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome (Back side) Recycled paper (Trailing Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5403 10 Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome (Back side) Envelope (Trailing edge) Corrects the 2nd transfer trailing edge bias. 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75 6: 0.70
7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11: 0.45 12: 0.40 13:
0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16: 0.20
5411 0 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining Standard speed Y (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
output correction factor
5411 1 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining Standard speed M (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
5411 2 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining Standard speed C (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
5411 3 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining Standard speed K (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
5411 5 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining Standard speed Monochrome (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
5411 6 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining Decelerating 1 Y (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
5411 7 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining Decelerating 1 M (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
5411 8 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining Decelerating 1 C (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
5411 9 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining Decelerating 1 K (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
5411 11 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining Decelerating 1 Monochrome (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
5411 12 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining High speed Monochrome (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
5411 13 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining Decelerating 2 Y (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
5411 14 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining Decelerating 2 M (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
5411 15 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining Decelerating 2 C (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
5411 16 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining Decelerating 2 K (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
5411 18 Process Transfer 1st transfer restraining Decelerating 2 Monochrome (Unit: %) 0 0~100 M 4 - No HS
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7011 - Image Reproduction Reproduction ratio DSDF Copy (Back side) When the value increases by "1", the reproduction ratio in 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing ratio adjustment of primary the primary scanning direction increases by approx.
adjustment scanning direction 0.1%.
* Moire may occur depending on the setting value.
7012 - Image Reproduction Reproduction ratio DF Scan (Front side) When the value increases by "1", the reproduction ratio in 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7013 - Image Reproduction Reproduction ratio DSDF Scan (Back side) When the value increases by "1", the reproduction ratio in 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7021 - Image Color DSDF Data creation for color Corrects the color difference between the front side and - - - 7 - No -
Processing correction correction the back side, which is reproduced by the DSDF.
* Do not execute this code as it is if there is no special
7023 - Image Background Monochrome Back side DSDF The larger the adjustment value, the darker the 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing offset background becomes. The smaller the adjustment value,
adjustment the lighter the background becomes.
7024 - Image Background Color Back side DSDF The larger the adjustment value, the darker the 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing offset background becomes. The smaller the adjustment value,
7025 - Image Background Copy (Monochrome), DF The larger the adjustment value, the darker the 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing offset Scan (Monochrome) background becomes. The smaller the adjustment value,
7026 - Image Background Copy (Color), Scan DF The larger the adjustment value, the darker the 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing offset (Color) background becomes. The smaller the adjustment value,
7056 - Image Sharpness Copy (Monochrome) Text/Photo The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment The smaller the value, the softer the image becomes and
the less moire appears.
7057 - Image Sharpness Copy (Monochrome) Text The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7058 - Image Sharpness Copy (Monochrome) Photo The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7061 - Image Sharpness Copy (Monochrome) Image smoothing The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7062 - Image Sharpness Copy (Monochrome) Drop out color The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7066 - Image Drop out color Copy (Monochrome) Drop out color When a larger value is set, a gray-like color in an original 50 20~80 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment tends to be dropped out. When a smaller value is set, a
gray-like color in an original tends to be remaining.
7086 - Image Background Copy (Monochrome) Offset background Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing adjustment adjustment becomes. The smaller the value, the lighter the
background becomes.
7097 - Image Smudged/faint Copy (Monochrome) Text/Photo When a larger value is set, text and lines become thinner. 2 0~4 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing text adjustment When a smaller value is set, they become thicker.
7098 - Image Smudged/faint Copy (Monochrome) Text When a larger value is set, text and lines become thinner. 2 0~4 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7100 - Image Background Copy (Monochrome) Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment becomes. The smaller the value, the lighter the
background becomes.
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7101 - Image Background Copy (Monochrome) Text The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7102 - Image Background Copy (Monochrome) Photo The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7105 - Image Background Copy (Monochrome) Image smoothing The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7106 - Image Background Copy (Monochrome) Custom The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7107 - Image Background Copy (Monochrome) Drop out color The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7114 - Image Density Copy (Monochrome) Manual adjustment Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment (Center value) value becomes.
7115 - Image Density Copy (Monochrome) Manual adjustment Text The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7116 - Image Density Copy (Monochrome) Manual adjustment Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7123 - Image Density Copy (Monochrome) Automatic density Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment adjustment
7124 - Image Density Copy (Monochrome) Automatic density Text The larger the value, the darker the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7125 - Image Density Copy (Monochrome) Automatic density Photo The larger the value, the darker the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7134 - Image Density Copy (Monochrome) Manual adjustment Custom The larger the value, the darker the image of the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7137 - Image Density Copy (Monochrome) Automatic density Custom The larger the value, the darker the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7138 - Image Density Copy (Monochrome) Manual adjustment Image smoothing The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7141 - Image Density Copy (Monochrome) Automatic density Image smoothing The larger the value, the darker the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7150 - Image ADF noise Copy (Monochrome) Custom When the value decreases, the effect of reducing streaks 100 0~200 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing reduction level (set with 08-7617) becomes larger. When the value
setting increases, the effect of reducing streaks (set with 08-
7617) becomes smaller.
When the value is too small, text might be blurry. When
"0" is set, this function is disabled.
7151 - Image ADF noise Copy (Monochrome) Text/Photo When the value decreases, the effect of reducing streaks 100 0~200 SYS 1 - Yes H
7152 - Image ADF noise Copy (Monochrome) Text When the value decreases, the effect of reducing streaks 100 0~200 SYS 1 - Yes H
7160 - Image Density Copy (Monochrome) Manual adjustment Drop out color The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7187 0 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Drop out color Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing balance becomes higher.
adjustment
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7187 1 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Drop out color Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment
7187 2 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Drop out color High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment
7189 0 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Custom Low density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing balance surrounding the target area becomes.
adjustment
7189 1 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Custom Medium density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment
7189 2 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Custom High density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment
7190 0 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Text/Photo Low density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7190 1 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Text/Photo Medium density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7190 2 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Text/Photo High density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7191 0 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Text Low density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7191 1 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Text Medium density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7191 2 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Text High density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7192 0 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Photo Low density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7192 1 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Photo Medium density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7192 2 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Photo High density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7193 0 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Image smoothing Low density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7193 1 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Image smoothing Medium density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7193 2 Image Gamma Copy (Monochrome) Image smoothing High density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7218 0 Image Emission level Copy (Monochrome) Text/Photo Emission level 0/4 The smaller the value, the lower the emission level 0 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing setting becomes and the smaller the dots are reproduced.
* Be sure to set the values for the sub codes as 0 < 1 < 2
< 3 < 4.
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
7219 0 Image Emission level Copy (Monochrome) Text Emission level 0/4 The smaller the value, the lower the emission level 0 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
7237 - Image Range Copy (Monochrome) Manual density Custom 0: Background peak - Fixed 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing correction adjustment 1: Background peak - Varied
adjustment
7249 - Image Sharpness Copy (Monochrome) Custom The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7252 - Image Smudged/faint Copy (Monochrome) Custom When a larger value is set, text and lines become thinner. 2 0~4 SYS 1 - Yes H
7286 - Image Range Copy (Monochrome) Manual density Text/Photo 0: Background peak - Fixed 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
adjustment
7287 - Image Range Copy (Monochrome) Manual density Text 0: Background peak - Fixed 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
adjustment
7302 - Image Upper limit Print (Monochrome) 1200 dpi PS When a larger value is set, printing becomes darker. 176 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing value in toner When a smaller value is set, it becomes lighter.
saving mode
7305 - Image Adjustment of Print (Monochrome) 1200 dpi PS When a larger value is set, black text becomes thinner. 6 0~9 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing smudged text When a smaller value is set, it becomes thicker.
in black
7307 0 Image Upper limit Print (Monochrome) 600 dpi PS When a larger value is set, printing becomes darker. 176 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
saving mode
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7307 1 Image Upper limit Print (Monochrome) 600 dpi PCL When a larger value is set, printing becomes darker. 176 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
saving mode
7307 2 Image Upper limit Print (Monochrome) 600 dpi XPS When a larger value is set, printing becomes darker. 176 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
saving mode
7309 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Smooth) (1200 dpi) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7309 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Smooth) (1200 dpi) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7309 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Smooth) (1200 dpi) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7310 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Detail) (1200 dpi) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7310 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Detail) (1200 dpi) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7310 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Detail) (1200 dpi) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7315 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7315 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7315 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Smooth) (600 dpi) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7316 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Detail) (600 dpi) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7316 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Detail) (600 dpi) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7316 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Detail) (600 dpi) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7317 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PCL (Smooth) (600 dpi) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7317 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PCL (Smooth) (600 dpi) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7317 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PCL (Smooth) (600 dpi) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7318 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PCL (Detail) (600 dpi) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7318 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PCL (Detail) (600 dpi) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7318 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PCL (Detail) (600 dpi) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7319 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) XPS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7319 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) XPS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7319 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) XPS (Smooth) (600 dpi) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7320 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) XPS (Detail) (600 dpi) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7320 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) XPS (Detail) (600 dpi) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7320 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) XPS (Detail) (600 dpi) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7322 0 Image Fine line Print (Monochrome) PS 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and Graphic 1 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing enhancement 1: Applied to all the contents for Image, the small text for
switchover Text and a thin line for Graphic
7322 1 Image Fine line Print (Monochrome) PCL 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and Graphic 1 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7322 2 Image Fine line Print (Monochrome) XPS 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and Graphic 1 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7325 - Image Adjustment of Print (Monochrome) 600 dpi PS When a larger value is set, black text becomes thinner. 2 0~9 SYS 1 - Yes H
in black
7326 - Image Adjustment of Print (Monochrome) 600 dpi PCL When a larger value is set, black text becomes thinner. 5 0~9 SYS 1 - Yes H
in black
7327 - Image Adjustment of Print (Monochrome) 600 dpi XPS When a larger value is set, black text becomes thinner. 5 0~9 SYS 1 - Yes H
in black
7340 - Image Fine line/text Print (Monochrome) PS When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text become 0 0~8 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing density darker. When a smaller value is set, they become lighter.
adjustment
7341 - Image Fine line/text Print (Monochrome) PCL When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text become 0 0~8 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7342 - Image Fine line/text Print (Monochrome) XPS When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text become 0 0~8 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7350 0 Image Emission level Print (Monochrome) Toner save OFF Emission level 0/4 The smaller the value, the lower the emission level 0 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
7356 0 Image Emission level Print (Monochrome) e-Filing printing Emission level 0/4 The smaller the value, the lower the emission level 0 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
7357 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (text)) (1200 Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing balance dpi) becomes higher.
adjustment
7357 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (text)) (1200 Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7357 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (text)) (1200 High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7358 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (graphics)) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing balance (1200 dpi) becomes higher.
adjustment
7358 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (graphics)) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7358 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (graphics)) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7359 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (image)) (1200 Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7359 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (image)) (1200 Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7359 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (image)) (1200 High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7360 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (text)) (600 dpi) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7360 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (text)) (600 dpi) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7360 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (text)) (600 dpi) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7361 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (graphics)) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7361 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (graphics)) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7361 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (graphics)) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7362 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (image)) (600 Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7362 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (image)) (600 Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7362 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PS (Auto (image)) (600 High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7363 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PCL (Auto (text)) (600 Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7363 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PCL (Auto (text)) (600 Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7363 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PCL (Auto (text)) (600 High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7364 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PCL (Auto (graphics)) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7364 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PCL (Auto (graphics)) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7364 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PCL (Auto (graphics)) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7365 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PCL (Auto (image)) (600 Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7365 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PCL (Auto (image)) (600 Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7365 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) PCL (Auto (image)) (600 High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7366 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) XPS (Auto (text)) (600 Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7366 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) XPS (Auto (text)) (600 Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7366 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) XPS (Auto (text)) (600 High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7367 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) XPS (Auto (graphics)) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7367 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) XPS (Auto (graphics)) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7367 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) XPS (Auto (graphics)) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7368 0 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) XPS (Auto (image)) (600 Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7368 1 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) XPS (Auto (image)) (600 Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7368 2 Image Gamma Print (Monochrome) XPS (Auto (image)) (600 High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7383 0 Image Auto screen Print 1200 dpi Text 0: Smooth 1 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing settings 1: Detail
7383 1 Image Auto screen Print 1200 dpi Graphics 0: Smooth 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
7383 2 Image Auto screen Print 1200 dpi Image 0: Smooth 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
7386 0 Image Text/gradation Print (Monochrome) PS 600 dpi 0: Text reproduction priority 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing switching 1: Gradation reproduction priority
* When "1" (Gradation reproduction priority) is set, the
middle-density text becomes lighter.
7386 1 Image Text/gradation Print (Monochrome) PCL 600 dpi 0: Text reproduction priority 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
7386 2 Image Text/gradation Print (Monochrome) XPS 600 dpi 0: Text reproduction priority 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
7387 - Image Text/gradation Print (Monochrome) PS 1200 dpi 0: Text reproduction priority 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
7400 - Image ADF noise Scan (Monochrome) Custom When the value decreases, the effect of reducing streaks 100 0~200 SYS 1 - Yes H
7401 - Image ADF noise Scan (Monochrome) Text/Photo When the value decreases, the effect of reducing streaks 100 0~200 SYS 1 - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7402 - Image ADF noise Scan (Monochrome) Text When the value decreases, the effect of reducing streaks 100 0~200 SYS 1 - Yes H
7403 - Image ADF noise Scan (Monochrome) Photo When the value decreases, the effect of reducing streaks 100 0~200 SYS 1 - Yes H
7404 - Image ADF noise Scan (Monochrome) Gray scale When the value decreases, the effect of reducing streaks 100 0~200 SYS 1 - Yes H
7430 - Image Sharpness Scan (Monochrome) Text/Photo The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7431 - Image Sharpness Scan (Monochrome) Text The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7432 - Image Sharpness Scan (Monochrome) Photo The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7433 - Image Sharpness Scan (Monochrome) Gray scale The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7436 - Image Background Scan (Monochrome) Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7437 - Image Background Scan (Monochrome) Text The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7438 - Image Background Scan (Monochrome) Photo The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7439 - Image Background Scan (Monochrome) Gray scale The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7441 - Image Background Scan (Monochrome) Custom The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7442 - Image Background Scan (Monochrome) Drop out color The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7443 - Image Density Scan (Monochrome) Manual adjustment Drop out color The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7444 - Image Density Scan (Monochrome) Manual adjustment Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7445 - Image Density Scan (Monochrome) Manual adjustment Text The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7446 - Image Density Scan (Monochrome) Manual adjustment Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7447 - Image Density Scan (Monochrome) Manual adjustment Gray scale The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7456 - Image Density Scan (Monochrome) Automatic density Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment adjustment value becomes.
7457 - Image Density Scan (Monochrome) Automatic density Text The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7458 - Image Density Scan (Monochrome) Automatic density Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7459 - Image Density Scan (Monochrome) Automatic density Gray scale The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7470 - Image Sharpness Scan (Monochrome) Custom The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7472 - Image Drop out color Scan (Monochrome) Drop out color When a larger value is set, a gray-like color in an original 50 20~80 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment tends to be dropped out. When a smaller value is set, a
gray-like color in an original tends to be remaining.
7475 - Image Density Scan (Monochrome) Manual adjustment Custom The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7478 - Image Density Scan (Monochrome) Automatic density Custom The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7480 0 Image Gamma Scan (Monochrome) Custom Low density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment
7480 1 Image Gamma Scan (Monochrome) Custom Medium density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment
7480 2 Image Gamma Scan (Monochrome) Custom High density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment
7485 0 Image Gamma Scan (Monochrome) Text/Photo Low density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7485 1 Image Gamma Scan (Monochrome) Text/Photo Medium density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7485 2 Image Gamma Scan (Monochrome) Text/Photo High density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7487 0 Image Gamma Scan (Monochrome) Photo Low density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment
7487 1 Image Gamma Scan (Monochrome) Photo Medium density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment
7487 2 Image Gamma Scan (Monochrome) Photo High density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment
7488 0 Image Gamma Scan (Monochrome) Gray scale Low density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment
7488 1 Image Gamma Scan (Monochrome) Gray scale Medium density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment
7488 2 Image Gamma Scan (Monochrome) Gray scale High density The larger the value, the darker the image of the area 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment
7489 - Image Image Scan Amount of surrounding When the value increases, the blank area around the 0 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing void scanned image becomes wider. (At 600 dpi conversion:
Setting value 1 = 1 dot (equivalent to 24 by 1 mm))
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7490 - Image Image Custom size scan Size specified Amount of surrounding When the value increases, the blank area around the 0 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing void scanned image becomes wider. (At 600 dpi conversion:
7491 - Image Image Custom size scan Size detected Amount of surrounding When the value increases, the blank area around the 0 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing automatically void scanned image becomes wider. (At 600 dpi conversion:
7533 - Image Density Fax Manual adjustment Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7534 - Image Density Fax Manual adjustment Text The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7535 - Image Density Fax Manual adjustment Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7542 - Image Density Fax Automatic density Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7543 - Image Density Fax Automatic density Photo The larger the value, the darker the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7595 0 Image Emission level Fax Emission level 0/4 The smaller the value, the lower the emission level 0 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
< 3 < 4.
7616 0 Image Void amount Copy/Scan When a larger value is set, the image area to be used for 200 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment for the judgment is decreased. When a smaller value is set,
blank page the image area to be used for the judgment is increased.
judgment (At 600 dpi conversion: Setting value 1 = 1 dot
(equivalent to 24 by 1 mm))
7616 1 Image Void amount Copy/Scan When a larger value is set, the image area to be used for 200 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment for the judgment is decreased. When a smaller value is set,
ACS judgment the image area to be used for the judgment is increased.
(At 600 dpi conversion: Setting value 1 = 1 dot
7616 2 Image Void amount When an Image Repeat Copy/Scan When a larger value is set, the image area to be used for 200 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment for is used the judgment is decreased. When a smaller value is set,
blank page the image area to be used for the judgment is increased.
judgment (At 600 dpi conversion: Setting value 1 = 1 dot
7616 3 Image Void amount When an Image Repeat Copy/Scan When a larger value is set, the image area to be used for 0 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment for is used the judgment is decreased. When a smaller value is set,
ACS judgment the image area to be used for the judgment is increased.
(At 600 dpi conversion: Setting value 1 = 1 dot
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7618 - Image Blank page Copy/Scan The larger the value, the more the original tends to be 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing judgment judged as a blank page.
threshold
adjustment
7630 - Image ACS judgment Copy/Scan The larger the value, the more the original tends to be 70 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing threshold judged as black even in the auto color mode.
The smaller the value, the more it tends to be judged as
color.
7641 0 Image Black area Copy (Twin color copy) Selected 2 colors High density The larger the value, the larger the area recognized as 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment black in the original becomes.
The smaller the value, the larger the area recognized as
colors other than black becomes.
7641 1 Image Black area Copy (Twin color copy) Selected 2 colors Medium density The larger the value, the larger the area recognized as 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7641 2 Image Black area Copy (Twin color copy) Selected 2 colors Low density The larger the value, the larger the area recognized as 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7642 0 Image Black area Copy (Twin color copy) Black and red High density The larger the value, the larger the area recognized as 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment colors other than red becomes.
red in the original becomes.
7642 1 Image Black area Copy (Twin color copy) Black and red Medium density The larger the value, the larger the area recognized as 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7642 2 Image Black area Copy (Twin color copy) Black and red Low density The larger the value, the larger the area recognized as 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7644 0 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Magenta Y Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment color) during mono color copying/twin color copying. The larger
the value, the darker the density. The smaller the value,
the lighter the density.
7644 1 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Magenta M Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7644 2 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Magenta C Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7644 3 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Magenta K Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7645 0 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Yellow Y Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7645 1 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Yellow M Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7645 2 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Yellow C Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7645 3 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Yellow K Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7646 0 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Yellow green Y Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment during mono color copying. The larger the value, the
darker the density. The smaller the value, the lighter the
density.
7646 1 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Yellow green M Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
density.
7646 2 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Yellow green C Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
density.
7646 3 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Yellow green K Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
density.
7647 0 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Cyan Y Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7647 1 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Cyan M Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7647 2 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Cyan C Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7647 3 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Cyan K Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7648 0 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Pink Y Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
density.
7648 1 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Pink M Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
density.
7648 2 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Pink C Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
density.
7648 3 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Pink K Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
density.
7649 0 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Red Y Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7649 1 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Red M Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7649 2 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Red C Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7649 3 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Red K Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7650 0 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Orange Y Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
density.
7650 1 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Orange M Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
density.
7650 2 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Orange C Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
density.
7650 3 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Orange K Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
density.
7651 0 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Green Y Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7651 1 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Green M Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7651 2 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Green C Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7651 3 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Green K Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7652 0 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Blue Y Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7652 1 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Blue M Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7652 2 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Blue C Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7652 3 Image Color Copy (Mono color/Twin Blue K Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7653 0 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Purple Y Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
density.
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7653 1 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Purple M Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
density.
7653 2 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Purple C Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
density.
7653 3 Image Color Copy (Mono color) Purple K Performs the density adjustment for the specified color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
density.
7656 - Image Background Copy (Color) Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7657 - Image Background Copy (Color) Text The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7658 - Image Background Copy (Color) Printed image The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7659 - Image Background Copy (Color) Photo The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7660 - Image Background Copy (Color) Map The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7661 - Image Background Copy (Color) Custom The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7662 - Image Background Copy (Color) Red seal color The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
background becomes.
7665 0 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text/Photo Red The larger the value, the darker the yellow becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing adjustment of smaller the value, the darker the magenta becomes.
hue
7665 1 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text/Photo Yellow The larger the value, the darker the green becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing adjustment of smaller the value, the darker the red becomes.
hue
7665 2 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text/Photo Green The larger the value, the darker the cyan becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing adjustment of smaller the value, the darker the yellow becomes.
hue
7665 3 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text/Photo Cyan The larger the value, the darker the blue becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing adjustment of smaller the value, the darker the green becomes.
hue
7665 4 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text/Photo Blue The larger the value, the darker the magenta becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing adjustment of The smaller the value, the darker the cyan becomes.
hue
7665 5 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text/Photo Magenta The larger the value, the darker the red becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing adjustment of smaller the value, the darker the blue becomes.
hue
7666 0 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text Red The larger the value, the darker the yellow becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7666 1 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text Yellow The larger the value, the darker the green becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7666 2 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text Green The larger the value, the darker the cyan becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7666 3 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text Cyan The larger the value, the darker the blue becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7666 4 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text Blue The larger the value, the darker the magenta becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7666 5 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text Magenta The larger the value, the darker the red becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7667 0 Image Fine Copy (Color) Printed image Red The larger the value, the darker the yellow becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7667 1 Image Fine Copy (Color) Printed image Yellow The larger the value, the darker the green becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7667 2 Image Fine Copy (Color) Printed image Green The larger the value, the darker the cyan becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7667 3 Image Fine Copy (Color) Printed image Cyan The larger the value, the darker the blue becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7667 4 Image Fine Copy (Color) Printed image Blue The larger the value, the darker the magenta becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7667 5 Image Fine Copy (Color) Printed image Magenta The larger the value, the darker the red becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7668 0 Image Fine Copy (Color) Photo Red The larger the value, the darker the yellow becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7668 1 Image Fine Copy (Color) Photo Yellow The larger the value, the darker the green becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7668 2 Image Fine Copy (Color) Photo Green The larger the value, the darker the cyan becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7668 3 Image Fine Copy (Color) Photo Cyan The larger the value, the darker the blue becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7668 4 Image Fine Copy (Color) Photo Blue The larger the value, the darker the magenta becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7668 5 Image Fine Copy (Color) Photo Magenta The larger the value, the darker the red becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7669 0 Image Fine Copy (Color) Map Red The larger the value, the darker the yellow becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7669 1 Image Fine Copy (Color) Map Yellow The larger the value, the darker the green becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7669 2 Image Fine Copy (Color) Map Green The larger the value, the darker the cyan becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7669 3 Image Fine Copy (Color) Map Cyan The larger the value, the darker the blue becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7669 4 Image Fine Copy (Color) Map Blue The larger the value, the darker the magenta becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7669 5 Image Fine Copy (Color) Map Magenta The larger the value, the darker the red becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7670 0 Image Fine Copy (Color) Custom Red The larger the value, the darker the yellow becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7670 1 Image Fine Copy (Color) Custom Yellow The larger the value, the darker the green becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7670 2 Image Fine Copy (Color) Custom Green The larger the value, the darker the cyan becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7670 3 Image Fine Copy (Color) Custom Cyan The larger the value, the darker the blue becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7670 4 Image Fine Copy (Color) Custom Blue The larger the value, the darker the magenta becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7670 5 Image Fine Copy (Color) Custom Magenta The larger the value, the darker the red becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7671 0 Image Fine Copy (Color) Red seal color Red The larger the value, the darker the yellow becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7671 1 Image Fine Copy (Color) Red seal color Yellow The larger the value, the darker the green becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7671 2 Image Fine Copy (Color) Red seal color Green The larger the value, the darker the cyan becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7671 3 Image Fine Copy (Color) Red seal color Cyan The larger the value, the darker the blue becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7671 4 Image Fine Copy (Color) Red seal color Blue The larger the value, the darker the magenta becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7671 5 Image Fine Copy (Color) Red seal color Magenta The larger the value, the darker the red becomes. The 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
hue
7675 0 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text/Photo Red The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing adjustment of The smaller the value, the lower the saturation becomes.
saturation
7675 1 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text/Photo Yellow The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7675 2 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text/Photo Green The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7675 3 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text/Photo Cyan The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7675 4 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text/Photo Blue The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7675 5 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text/Photo Magenta The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7676 0 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text Red The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7676 1 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text Yellow The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7676 2 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text Green The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7676 3 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text Cyan The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7676 4 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text Blue The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7676 5 Image Fine Copy (Color) Text Magenta The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7677 0 Image Fine Copy (Color) Printed image Red The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7677 1 Image Fine Copy (Color) Printed image Yellow The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7677 2 Image Fine Copy (Color) Printed image Green The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7677 3 Image Fine Copy (Color) Printed image Cyan The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7677 4 Image Fine Copy (Color) Printed image Blue The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7677 5 Image Fine Copy (Color) Printed image Magenta The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7678 0 Image Fine Copy (Color) Photo Red The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7678 1 Image Fine Copy (Color) Photo Yellow The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7678 2 Image Fine Copy (Color) Photo Green The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7678 3 Image Fine Copy (Color) Photo Cyan The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7678 4 Image Fine Copy (Color) Photo Blue The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7678 5 Image Fine Copy (Color) Photo Magenta The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7679 0 Image Fine Copy (Color) Map Red The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7679 1 Image Fine Copy (Color) Map Yellow The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7679 2 Image Fine Copy (Color) Map Green The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7679 3 Image Fine Copy (Color) Map Cyan The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7679 4 Image Fine Copy (Color) Map Blue The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7679 5 Image Fine Copy (Color) Map Magenta The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7680 0 Image Fine Copy (Color) Custom Red The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7680 1 Image Fine Copy (Color) Custom Yellow The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7680 2 Image Fine Copy (Color) Custom Green The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7680 3 Image Fine Copy (Color) Custom Cyan The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7680 4 Image Fine Copy (Color) Custom Blue The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7680 5 Image Fine Copy (Color) Custom Magenta The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7681 0 Image Fine Copy (Color) Red seal color Red The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7681 1 Image Fine Copy (Color) Red seal color Yellow The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7681 2 Image Fine Copy (Color) Red seal color Green The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7681 3 Image Fine Copy (Color) Red seal color Cyan The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7681 4 Image Fine Copy (Color) Red seal color Blue The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
7681 5 Image Fine Copy (Color) Red seal color Magenta The larger the value, the higher the saturation becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
saturation
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7690 - Image Color Copy (Color) Custom 0: Same as Text/Photo, printed image, text, map(text 0 0~6 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing reproduction priority) mode
selection 1: Same as Photo mode
2: Same as Red seal color mode
3: The gray level becomes a more bluish one than the
one specified in the setting value "0".
4: The highlight reproduction becomes more emphasized
than the one specified in the setting value"0".
5: Same as Text/Photo, printed image, text, map(photo
priority) mode
6: Text/Photo, printed image, text, map mode (equivalent
to "0" of the base model parameter)
7693 - Image ADF noise Copy (Color) Custom Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing reduction 1: Enabled
This code is enabled only when the value of 08-7614 is
"1"(Text/Photo).
7694 - Image ADF noise Copy (Color) Text/Photo Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing reduction 1: Enabled
7707 - Image Background Copy (Mono color) Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7708 - Image Background Copy (Mono color) Text The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7709 - Image Background Copy (Mono color) Printed image The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7710 - Image Background Copy (Twin color copy) Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7711 - Image Background Copy (Twin color copy) Text The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7712 - Image Background Copy (Twin color copy) Printed image The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
7713 - Image Density Copy (Color) Manual adjustment Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7714 - Image Density Copy (Color) Manual adjustment Text The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7715 - Image Density Copy (Color) Manual adjustment Printed image The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7716 - Image Density Copy (Color) Manual adjustment Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7717 - Image Density Copy (Color) Manual adjustment Map The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7718 - Image Density Copy (Color) Manual adjustment Custom The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7719 - Image Density Copy (Color) Manual adjustment Red seal color The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7720 - Image Density Copy (Color) Automatic density Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7721 - Image Density Copy (Color) Automatic density Text The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7722 - Image Density Copy (Color) Automatic density Printed image The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7723 - Image Density Copy (Color) Automatic density Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7724 - Image Density Copy (Color) Automatic density Map The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7725 - Image Density Copy (Color) Automatic density Custom The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7726 - Image Density Copy (Color) Automatic density Red seal color The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7727 - Image Density Copy (Mono color) Manual adjustment Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7728 - Image Density Copy (Mono color) Manual adjustment Text The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7729 - Image Density Copy (Mono color) Manual adjustment Printed image The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7730 - Image Density Copy (Mono color) Automatic density Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7731 - Image Density Copy (Mono color) Automatic density Text The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7732 - Image Density Copy (Mono color) Automatic density Printed image The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7733 - Image Density Copy (Twin color copy) Manual adjustment Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7734 - Image Density Copy (Twin color copy) Manual adjustment Text The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7735 - Image Density Copy (Twin color copy) Manual adjustment Printed image The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7736 - Image Density Copy (Twin color copy) Automatic density Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7737 - Image Density Copy (Twin color copy) Automatic density Text The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7738 - Image Density Copy (Twin color copy) Automatic density Printed image The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7794 - Image Sharpness Copy (Color) Red seal color The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7795 - Image Sharpness Copy (Color) Custom The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7796 - Image Sharpness Copy (Color) Text/Photo The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7797 - Image Sharpness Copy (Color) Text The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7798 - Image Sharpness Copy (Color) Printed image The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7799 - Image Sharpness Copy (Color) Photo The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7800 - Image Sharpness Copy (Color) Map The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7801 - Image Sharpness Copy (Mono color) Text/Photo The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7802 - Image Sharpness Copy (Mono color) Text The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7803 - Image Sharpness Copy (Mono color) Printed image The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7804 - Image Sharpness Copy (Twin color copy) Text/Photo The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7805 - Image Sharpness Copy (Twin color copy) Text The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7806 - Image Sharpness Copy (Twin color copy) Printed image The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7811 - Image Black header Copy (Color) Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the header becomes. 0 0~8 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing density level The smaller the value, the lighter the header becomes.
adjustment
7812 - Image Black header Copy (Color) Text The larger the value, the darker the header becomes. 0 0~8 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7816 - Image Black header Copy (Color) Custom The larger the value, the darker the header becomes. 0 0~8 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
7817 - Image Black header Copy (Color) Red seal color The larger the value, the darker the header becomes. 0 0~8 SYS 1 - Yes H
adjustment
7840 - Image Text/Photo Copy (Color) Text/Photo 1 to 4: Photo-oriented 0 0~9 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing reproduction 0, 5: Default
level 6 to 9: Text-oriented
adjustment * Text is blurred if the value is too small. Noise increases
in the photo area if the value is too large.
7841 - Image Text/Photo Copy (Color) Custom 1 to 4: Photo-oriented 0 0~9 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
7842 - Image Text/Photo Copy (Color) Red seal color 1 to 4: Photo-oriented 0 0~9 SYS 1 - Yes H
7843 0 Image Reproducibility Copy (Color) Text/Photo 0: Black text priority 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing adjustment of 1: Color text priority
the black text, * When "1" is set, changing to blue text to black can be
the color text prevented, but black fine lines tend to be cut.
7843 1 Image Reproducibility Copy (Color) Text 0: Black text priority 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
7843 2 Image Reproducibility Copy (Color) Map 0: Black text priority 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
7843 3 Image Reproducibility Copy (Color) Custom 0: Black text priority 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7843 4 Image Reproducibility Copy (Color) Red seal color 0: Black text priority 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
7850 0 Image Marker color Copy (Color) Y The color of the one-touch adjustment "Marker" can be 3 0~6 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment adjusted.
7850 1 Image Marker color Copy (Color) M The color of the one-touch adjustment "Marker" can be 3 0~6 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7850 2 Image Marker color Copy (Color) C The color of the one-touch adjustment "Marker" can be 3 0~6 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7850 3 Image Marker color Copy (Color) R The color of the one-touch adjustment "Marker" can be 3 0~6 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7850 4 Image Marker color Copy (Color) G The color of the one-touch adjustment "Marker" can be 3 0~6 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7850 5 Image Marker color Copy (Color) B The color of the one-touch adjustment "Marker" can be 3 0~6 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7869 - Image Automatic Copy (Color) Color/Monochrome All media types When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
Processing gamma the gradation reproduction of 4 colors can be corrected
adjustment with the automatic gamma adjustment.
The result of the correction above will be applied to all
media types.
7871 0 Image Automatic Copy (Color) Color/Monochrome Plain paper When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
The result of the correction above will be applied for each
media type.
7871 1 Image Automatic Copy (Color) Color/Monochrome Thick paper When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
media type.
7871 2 Image Automatic Copy (Color) Color/Monochrome Recycled paper When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
media type.
7871 3 Image Automatic Copy (Color) Color/Monochrome Thick paper 1 When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
media type.
media type.
media type.
media type.
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7871 7 Image Automatic Copy (Color) Color/Monochrome Special paper 1 When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
media types.
7871 8 Image Automatic Copy (Color) Color/Monochrome Special paper 2 When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
media type.
7889 - Image Maximum text Copy (Color) Y The larger the value, the darker the text becomes. 5 0~10 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing density
adjustment
7890 - Image Maximum text Copy (Color) M The larger the value, the darker the text becomes. 5 0~10 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing density
adjustment
7891 - Image Maximum text Copy (Color) C The larger the value, the darker the text becomes. 5 0~10 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing density
adjustment
7892 - Image Maximum text Copy (Color) K The larger the value, the darker the text becomes. 5 0~10 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing density
adjustment
7901 - Image Maximum toner Copy (Color) Envelope The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to the 255 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing density high-density section of the image.
adjustment * Image offset may occur if the value is too large.
7902 - Image Maximum toner Copy (Color) Plain paper The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to the 255 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7903 - Image Maximum toner Copy (Color) Thick paper The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to the 255 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7904 - Image Maximum toner Copy (Color) Recycled paper The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to the 255 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7905 - Image Maximum toner Copy (Color) Thick paper 1 The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to the 255 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7909 - Image Maximum toner Copy (Color) Special paper 1 The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to the 255 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7910 - Image Maximum toner Copy (Color) Special paper 2 The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to the 255 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7911 - Image Maximum toner Copy (Color) OHP The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to the 240 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
7912 0 Image Maximum toner Copy (Color) User paper type 1 When a smaller value is set, printing density becomes 255 0~255 SYS 4 - No H
Processing density lighter. When "0" is set, printing is performed with a much
adjustment too light density, resulting in invisible images.
* Image offset may occur if the value is too large.
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7913 0 Image Toner density Copy (Color) Plain paper Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing threshold three types of toner are overlaid. When a smaller value is
adjustment set, toner scattering at the edge of dark color is less likely
to occur but the color may become lighter.
The larger the value is set, the higher the maximum
amount of toner adhering becomes.
The smaller the value is set, the lower the maximum
7913 1 Image Toner density Copy (Color) Thick paper Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7913 2 Image Toner density Copy (Color) Recycled paper Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7913 3 Image Toner density Copy (Color) Thick paper 1 Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7913 7 Image Toner density Copy (Color) Special paper 1 Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7913 8 Image Toner density Copy (Color) Special paper 2 Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7913 11 Image Toner density Copy (Color) Envelope Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7913 12 Image Toner density Copy (Color) OHP Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7955 - Image Gamma Copy Switchover of adjustment 0: Color balance adjustment by fixing the solid density 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing balance mode 1: Color balance adjustment which makes the solid
adjustment density vary as well
7960 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Text/Photo Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment as the value increases.
* Be sure that this adjustment is made after performing
"Automatic gamma adjustment".
7960 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Text/Photo Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7960 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Text/Photo High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7961 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Text Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7961 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Text Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7961 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Text High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7962 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Printed image Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7962 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Printed image Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7962 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Printed image High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7963 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Photo Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7963 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Photo Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7963 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Photo High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7964 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Map Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7964 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Map Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7964 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Map High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7965 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Text/Photo Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7965 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Text/Photo Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7965 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Text/Photo High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7966 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Text Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7966 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Text Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7966 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Text High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7967 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Printed image Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7967 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Printed image Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7967 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Printed image High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7968 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Photo Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7968 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Photo Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7968 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Photo High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7969 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Map Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7969 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Map Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7969 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Map High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7970 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Text/Photo Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7970 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Text/Photo Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7970 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Text/Photo High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7971 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Text Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7971 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Text Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7971 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Text High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7972 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Printed image Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7972 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Printed image Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7972 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Printed image High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7973 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Photo Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7973 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Photo Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7973 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Photo High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7974 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Map Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7974 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Map Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7974 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Map High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7975 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Text/Photo Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7975 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Text/Photo Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7975 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Text/Photo High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7976 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Text Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7976 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Text Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7976 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Text High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7977 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Printed image Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7977 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Printed image Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7977 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Printed image High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7978 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Photo Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7978 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Photo Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7978 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Photo High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7979 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Map Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7979 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Map Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7979 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Map High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7980 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Custom Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7980 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Custom Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7980 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Custom High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7981 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Custom Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7981 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Custom Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7981 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Custom High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7982 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Custom Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7982 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Custom Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7982 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Custom High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7983 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Custom Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7983 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Custom Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7983 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Custom High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
7984 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Red seal color Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7984 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Red seal color Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
7984 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (Y) Red seal color High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7985 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Red seal color Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7985 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Red seal color Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7985 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (M) Red seal color High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7986 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Red seal color Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7986 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Red seal color Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7986 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (C) Red seal color High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7987 0 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Red seal color Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7987 1 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Red seal color Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7987 2 Image Color balance Copy (Color) (K) Red seal color High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
7988 0 Image Text gamma Copy (Color) Text/Photo Low density When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text become 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing balance darker. When a smaller value is set, they become lighter.
adjustment (Y)
7988 1 Image Text gamma Copy (Color) Text/Photo Medium density When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text become 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment (Y)
7988 2 Image Text gamma Copy (Color) Text/Photo High density When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text become 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment (Y)
adjustment (M)
adjustment (M)
adjustment (M)
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
adjustment (C)
adjustment (C)
adjustment (C)
adjustment (K)
adjustment (K)
adjustment (K)
7992 0 Image Text gamma Copy (Color) Custom Low density When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text become 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment (Y)
7992 1 Image Text gamma Copy (Color) Custom Medium density When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text become 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment (Y)
7992 2 Image Text gamma Copy (Color) Custom High density When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text become 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment (Y)
adjustment (M)
adjustment (M)
adjustment (M)
adjustment (C)
adjustment (C)
adjustment (C)
adjustment (K)
adjustment (K)
adjustment (K)
8002 - Image Image 2 color printing Color reproduction 0: Gradation priority 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Processing switching 1: Text reproduction priority
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8004 0 Image Automatic Print (Color) 600 dpi Plain paper When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
media type.
8004 1 Image Automatic Print (Color) 600 dpi Thick paper When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
media type.
8004 2 Image Automatic Print (Color) 600 dpi Recycled paper When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
media type.
8004 3 Image Automatic Print (Color) 600 dpi Thick paper 1 When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
media type.
media type.
media type.
media type.
8004 7 Image Automatic Print (Color) 600 dpi Special paper 1 When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
media type.
media type.
8005 0 Image Automatic Print (Color) 1200 dpi Plain paper When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
media type.
8005 1 Image Automatic Print (Color) 1200 dpi Thick paper When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
media type.
8005 2 Image Automatic Print (Color) 1200 dpi Recycled paper When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
media type.
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
media type.
media type.
media type.
media type.
media type.
media type.
8008 - Image Automatic Print (Color) 600 dpi All media types When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
media types.
8009 - Image Automatic Print (Color) 1200 dpi All media types When color deviation is found in gradation reproduction, - - - 7 Yes - No -
media types.
8010 0 Image Background Print (Color) 600 dpi (Smooth) PS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment becomes.
The smaller the value, the lighter the background
becomes.
8010 1 Image Background Print (Color) 600 dpi (Smooth) PCL The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8010 2 Image Background Print (Color) 600 dpi (Smooth) XPS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8011 0 Image Background Print (Twin color) 600 dpi (Smooth) PS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8011 1 Image Background Print (Twin color) 600 dpi (Smooth) PCL The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8011 2 Image Background Print (Twin color) 600 dpi (Smooth) XPS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8012 0 Image Background Print (Monochrome) 600 dpi (Smooth) PS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8012 1 Image Background Print (Monochrome) 600 dpi (Smooth) PCL The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8012 2 Image Background Print (Monochrome) 600 dpi (Smooth) XPS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8013 0 Image Background Print (Color) 600 dpi (Detail) PS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8013 1 Image Background Print (Color) 600 dpi (Detail) PCL The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8013 2 Image Background Print (Color) 600 dpi (Detail) XPS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8014 0 Image Background Print (Twin color) 600 dpi (Detail) PS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8014 1 Image Background Print (Twin color) 600 dpi (Detail) PCL The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8014 2 Image Background Print (Twin color) 600 dpi (Detail) XPS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8015 0 Image Background Print (Monochrome) 600 dpi (Detail) PS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8015 1 Image Background Print (Monochrome) 600 dpi (Detail) PCL The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8015 2 Image Background Print (Monochrome) 600 dpi (Detail) XPS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8016 - Image Background Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Smooth) PS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8017 - Image Background Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Detail) PS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8018 - Image Background Print (Monochrome) 1200 dpi (Smooth) PS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8019 - Image Background Print (Monochrome) 1200 dpi (Detail) PS The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
becomes.
8023 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Black Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8023 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Black Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8023 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Black High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8024 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Cyan-Y Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8024 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Cyan-Y Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8024 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Cyan-Y High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8025 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Cyan-M Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8025 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Cyan-M Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8025 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Cyan-M High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8026 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Cyan-C Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8026 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Cyan-C Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8026 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Cyan-C High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8027 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Magenta-Y Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8027 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Magenta-Y Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8027 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Magenta-Y High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8028 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Magenta-M Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8028 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Magenta-M Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8028 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Magenta-M High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8029 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Magenta-C Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8029 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Magenta-C Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8029 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Magenta-C High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8030 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Yellow-Y Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8030 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Yellow-Y Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8030 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Yellow-Y High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8031 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Yellow-M Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8031 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Yellow-M Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8031 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Yellow-M High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8032 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Yellow-C Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8032 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Yellow-C Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8032 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Yellow-C High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8033 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Red-Y Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8033 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Red-Y Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8033 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Red-Y High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8034 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Red-M Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8034 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Red-M Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8034 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Red-M High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8035 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Red-C Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8035 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Red-C Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8035 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Red-C High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8036 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Green-Y Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8036 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Green-Y Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8036 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Green-Y High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8037 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Green-M Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8037 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Green-M Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8037 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Green-M High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8038 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Green-C Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8038 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Green-C Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8038 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Green-C High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8039 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Blue-Y Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8039 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Blue-Y Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8039 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Blue-Y High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8040 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Blue-M Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8040 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Blue-M Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8040 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Blue-M High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8041 0 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Blue-C Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8041 1 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Blue-C Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8041 2 Image Color balance Print (Twin color) Blue-C High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8042 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) XPS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8042 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) XPS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8042 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) XPS (Smooth) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8043 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) XPS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8043 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) XPS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8043 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) XPS (Smooth) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8044 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) XPS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8044 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) XPS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8044 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) XPS (Smooth) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8045 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) XPS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8045 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) XPS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8045 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) XPS (Smooth) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8046 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) XPS (Detail) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8046 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) XPS (Detail) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8046 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) XPS (Detail) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8047 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) XPS (Detail) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8047 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) XPS (Detail) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8047 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) XPS (Detail) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8048 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) XPS (Detail) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8048 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) XPS (Detail) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8048 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) XPS (Detail) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8049 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) XPS (Detail) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8049 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) XPS (Detail) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8049 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) XPS (Detail) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8050 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8050 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8050 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PS (Smooth) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8051 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8051 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8051 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PS (Smooth) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8052 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8052 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8052 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PS (Smooth) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8053 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8053 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PS (Smooth) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8053 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PS (Smooth) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8054 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PS (Detail) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8054 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PS (Detail) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8054 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PS (Detail) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8055 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PS (Detail) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8055 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PS (Detail) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8055 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PS (Detail) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8056 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PS (Detail) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8056 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PS (Detail) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8056 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PS (Detail) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8057 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PS (Detail) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8057 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PS (Detail) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8057 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PS (Detail) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8058 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PCL (Smooth) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8058 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PCL (Smooth) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8058 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PCL (Smooth) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8059 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PCL (Smooth) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8059 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PCL (Smooth) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8059 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PCL (Smooth) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8060 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PCL (Smooth) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8060 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PCL (Smooth) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8060 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PCL (Smooth) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8061 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PCL (Smooth) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8061 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PCL (Smooth) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8061 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PCL (Smooth) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8062 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PCL (Detail) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8062 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PCL (Detail) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8062 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PCL (Detail) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8063 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PCL (Detail) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8063 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PCL (Detail) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8063 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PCL (Detail) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8064 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PCL (Detail) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8064 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PCL (Detail) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8064 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PCL (Detail) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8065 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PCL (Detail) (600 dpi) Low density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8065 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PCL (Detail) (600 dpi) Medium density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8065 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PCL (Detail) (600 dpi) High density The larger the value, the darker only the target color 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8066 - Image Color balance Print (Color) Switchover of adjustment Switches the image processing method for the density of 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing adjustment mode solid images at color balance adjustment for network
printing.
0: Adjusts color balance with the solid image density fixed
1: Adjusts color balance with the solid image density
varied
8070 0 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Detail) Plain paper Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8070 1 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Detail) Thick paper Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8070 2 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Detail) Recycled paper Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8070 3 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Detail) Thick paper 1 Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8070 7 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Detail) Special paper 1 Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8070 8 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Detail) Special paper 2 Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8070 11 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Detail) Envelope Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8070 12 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Detail) OHP Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8071 0 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Smooth) Plain paper Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8071 1 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Smooth) Thick paper Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8071 2 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Smooth) Recycled paper Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8071 3 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Smooth) Thick paper 1 Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8071 7 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Smooth) Special paper 1 Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8071 8 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Smooth) Special paper 2 Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8071 11 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Smooth) Envelope Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8071 12 Image Toner density Print (Color) 600 dpi (Smooth) OHP Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8088 0 Image Toner limit 600 dpi Print (Color) General Adjusts the color tone caused by color deviation which 5 0~5 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing reduction has appeared in black thin lines or small letters
amount reproduced by 4 colors.
calculation When a smaller value is set, blurring will be decreased.
factor
adjustment
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8088 1 Image Toner limit 600 dpi Print (Color) Photograph Adjusts the color tone caused by color deviation which 5 0~5 SYS 4 - Yes H
factor
adjustment
8088 2 Image Toner limit 600 dpi Print (Color) Presentation Adjusts the color tone caused by color deviation which 5 0~5 SYS 4 - Yes H
factor
adjustment
8088 3 Image Toner limit 600 dpi Print (Color) Line Art Adjusts the color tone caused by color deviation which 5 0~5 SYS 4 - Yes H
factor
adjustment
8089 0 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Detail) Plain paper Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8089 1 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Detail) Thick paper Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8089 2 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Detail) Recycled paper Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8089 3 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Detail) Thick paper 1 Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8089 7 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Detail) Special paper 1 Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8089 8 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Detail) Special paper 2 Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8089 11 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Detail) Envelope Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8089 12 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Detail) OHP Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8090 0 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Smooth) Plain paper Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8090 1 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Smooth) Thick paper Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8090 2 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Smooth) Recycled paper Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8090 3 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Smooth) Thick paper 1 Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8090 7 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Smooth) Special paper 1 Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8090 8 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Smooth) Special paper 2 Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8090 11 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Smooth) Envelope Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8090 12 Image Toner density Print (Color) 1200 dpi (Smooth) OHP Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more than 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8101 0 Image Fine line Print (Twin color) PS 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and Graphic 1 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8101 1 Image Fine line Print (Twin color) PCL 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and Graphic 1 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8101 2 Image Fine line Print (Twin color) XPS 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and Graphic 1 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8102 0 Image Fine line Print (Color) PS 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and Graphic 1 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8102 1 Image Fine line Print (Color) PCL 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and Graphic 1 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8102 2 Image Fine line Print (Color) XPS 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and Graphic 1 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8107 - Image Sharpness Print (Color) e-Filing print 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing adjustment The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes.
The smaller the value, the softer the image becomes.
8108 0 Image Sharpness Print (Color) Twin color Text 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8108 1 Image Sharpness Print (Color) Twin color Graphics 0: Sharpness OFF 0 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8108 2 Image Sharpness Print (Color) Twin color Image 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8109 0 Image Sharpness Print (Color) Red seal color Text 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8109 1 Image Sharpness Print (Color) Red seal color Graphics 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8109 2 Image Sharpness Print (Color) Red seal color Image 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8110 0 Image Sharpness Print (Color) General Text 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8110 1 Image Sharpness Print (Color) General Graphics 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8110 2 Image Sharpness Print (Color) General Image 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8111 0 Image Sharpness Print (Color) Photograph Text 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8111 1 Image Sharpness Print (Color) Photograph Graphics 0: Sharpness OFF 0 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8111 2 Image Sharpness Print (Color) Photograph Image 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8112 0 Image Sharpness Print (Color) Presentation Text 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8112 1 Image Sharpness Print (Color) Presentation Graphics 0: Sharpness OFF 0 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8112 2 Image Sharpness Print (Color) Presentation Image 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8113 0 Image Sharpness Print (Color) Line Art Text 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8113 1 Image Sharpness Print (Color) Line Art Graphics 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8113 2 Image Sharpness Print (Color) Line Art Image 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8114 0 Image Sharpness Print White void reduction Text While sharpness adjustment is enabled, set "1" (Enabled) 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing adjustment setting to suppress white voids which will occur on object
boundaries.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8114 1 Image Sharpness Print White void reduction Graphics While sharpness adjustment is enabled, set "1" (Enabled) 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
boundaries.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8114 2 Image Sharpness Print White void reduction Image While sharpness adjustment is enabled, set "1" (Enabled) 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
boundaries.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8118 0 Image Sharpness Print (Monochrome) Text 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
If the value of 05-7322 is "0", the adjustment is applied to
text, and if the value is "1", the adjustment is applied to
text and others.
8118 1 Image Sharpness Print (Monochrome) Graphics 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
If the value of 05-7322 is "0", the adjustment is applied to
graphics, and if the value is "1", the adjustment is applied
to thin text.
8118 2 Image Sharpness Print (Monochrome) Image 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8120 - Image Sharpness Print (Monochrome) e-Filing print 0: Sharpness OFF 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
8121 - Image Adjustment of Print (Color) PS 600 dpi When a larger value is set, black text becomes thinner. 2 0~9 SYS 1 - Yes H
in black
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8122 - Image Adjustment of Print (Color) PCL 600 dpi When a larger value is set, black text becomes thinner. 5 0~9 SYS 1 - Yes H
in black
8123 - Image Adjustment of Print (Color) XPS 600 dpi When a larger value is set, black text becomes thinner. 5 0~9 SYS 1 - Yes H
in black
8124 - Image Adjustment of Print (Twin color) PS 600 dpi When a larger value is set, black text becomes thinner. 2 0~9 SYS 1 - Yes H
in black
8125 - Image Adjustment of Print (Twin color) PCL 600 dpi When a larger value is set, black text becomes thinner. 5 0~9 SYS 1 - Yes H
in black
8126 - Image Adjustment of Print (Twin color) XPS 600 dpi When a larger value is set, black text becomes thinner. 5 0~9 SYS 1 - Yes H
in black
8130 0 Image Fine line/text Print (Color) PS General When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. When a 0 0~8 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing density smaller value is set, it becomes lighter.
adjustment
8130 1 Image Fine line/text Print (Color) PS Photograph When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. When a 0 0~8 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
8130 2 Image Fine line/text Print (Color) PS Presentation When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. When a 0 0~8 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
8130 3 Image Fine line/text Print (Color) PS Line Art When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. When a 0 0~8 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
8131 0 Image Fine line/text Print (Color) PCL General When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. When a 0 0~8 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
8131 1 Image Fine line/text Print (Color) PCL Photograph When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. When a 0 0~8 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
8131 2 Image Fine line/text Print (Color) PCL Presentation When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. When a 0 0~8 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
8131 3 Image Fine line/text Print (Color) PCL Line Art When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. When a 0 0~8 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
8132 0 Image Fine line/text Print (Color) XPS General When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. When a 0 0~8 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
8132 1 Image Fine line/text Print (Color) XPS Photograph When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. When a 0 0~8 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
8132 2 Image Fine line/text Print (Color) XPS Presentation When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. When a 0 0~8 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
8132 3 Image Fine line/text Print (Color) XPS Line Art When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. When a 0 0~8 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
adjustment
8133 - Image Fine line/text Print (Twin color) PS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. When a 0 0~8 SYS 1 - Yes H
adjustment
8134 - Image Fine line/text Print (Twin color) PCL When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. When a 0 0~8 SYS 1 - Yes H
adjustment
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8135 - Image Fine line/text Print (Twin color) XPS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. When a 0 0~8 SYS 1 - Yes H
adjustment
8144 0 Image Maximum toner Print (Color) 600 dpi User paper type 1 When a smaller value is set, printing density becomes 255 0~255 SYS 4 - No H
8145 - Image Maximum toner Print (Color) 600 dpi OHP When a smaller value is set, printing density becomes 200 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
adjustment too light density, resulting in invisible images. When a
larger value is set, printing density becomes darker.
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8149 - Image Maximum toner Print (Color) 1200 dpi OHP When a smaller value is set, printing density becomes 200 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
adjustment too light density, resulting in invisible images. When a
larger value is set, printing density becomes darker.
8160 0 Image Upper limit Print (Color/Twin Color) 600 dpi PS The smaller the value, the lighter the printed image 176 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing value in toner becomes.
saving mode
8160 1 Image Upper limit Print (Color/Twin Color) 600 dpi PCL The smaller the value, the lighter the printed image 176 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
saving mode
8160 2 Image Upper limit Print (Color/Twin Color) 600 dpi XPS The smaller the value, the lighter the printed image 176 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
saving mode
8161 - Image Upper limit Print (Color) 1200 dpi PS The smaller the value, the lighter the printed image 176 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
saving mode
8164 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PS (Auto (text)) (1200 Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment dpi) as the value increases.
8164 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PS (Auto (text)) (1200 Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8164 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PS (Auto (text)) (1200 High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8165 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PS (Auto (text)) (1200 Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8165 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PS (Auto (text)) (1200 Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8165 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PS (Auto (text)) (1200 High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8166 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PS (Auto (text)) (1200 Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8166 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PS (Auto (text)) (1200 Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8166 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PS (Auto (text)) (1200 High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8167 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PS (Auto (text)) (1200 Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8167 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PS (Auto (text)) (1200 Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8167 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PS (Auto (text)) (1200 High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8168 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PS (Auto (graphics)) Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment (1200 dpi) as the value increases.
8168 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PS (Auto (graphics)) Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8168 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PS (Auto (graphics)) High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8169 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PS (Auto (graphics)) Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8169 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PS (Auto (graphics)) Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8169 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PS (Auto (graphics)) High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8170 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PS (Auto (graphics)) Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8170 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PS (Auto (graphics)) Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8170 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PS (Auto (graphics)) High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8171 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PS (Auto (graphics)) Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8171 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PS (Auto (graphics)) Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8171 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PS (Auto (graphics)) High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8172 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PS (Auto (image)) (1200 Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8172 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PS (Auto (image)) (1200 Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8172 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (Y) PS (Auto (image)) (1200 High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8173 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PS (Auto (image)) (1200 Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8173 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PS (Auto (image)) (1200 Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8173 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (M) PS (Auto (image)) (1200 High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8174 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PS (Auto (image)) (1200 Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8174 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PS (Auto (image)) (1200 Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8174 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (C) PS (Auto (image)) (1200 High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8175 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PS (Auto (image)) (1200 Low density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8175 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PS (Auto (image)) (1200 Medium density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8175 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) (K) PS (Auto (image)) (1200 High density The target color, mode and density area become darker 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8210 0 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PCL (Text) General The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing Gray threshold replaced with black becomes.
adjustment The smaller the value, the narrower the range becomes.
8210 1 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PCL (Text) Photograph The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8210 2 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PCL (Text) Presentation The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8210 3 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PCL (Text) Line Art The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8211 0 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PCL (Graphics) General The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8211 1 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PCL (Graphics) Photograph The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8211 2 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PCL (Graphics) Presentation The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8211 3 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PCL (Graphics) Line Art The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8212 0 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PCL (Image) General The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8212 1 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PCL (Image) Photograph The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8212 2 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PCL (Image) Presentation The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8212 3 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PCL (Image) Line Art The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8213 - Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) Twin color print Text The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
8214 - Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) Twin color print Graphics The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
8215 - Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) Twin color print Image The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8218 - Image Black selection Print (Color) Twin color print Image Sets whether the image on an original is printed in the 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing color or the black mode.
0: OFF (printed in color)
1: ON (printed in black)
8239 0 Image Stroke PS/PDF automatic 600 dpi Default setting This code is used to change the width of fine lines in PS 1 0~3 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing adjustment stroke adjustment and PDF printing. Automatic stroke adjustment is the
function that prevents the width from changing according
to the position.
This code sets whether automatic stroke adjustment is
enabled or disabled if it is not included in the print data. If
this setting is disabled, there will be an increase in cases
in which the width of fine lines becomes thicker by 1 dot
when they are printed.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: Forcibly disabled (Ignores command in printing data)
3: Forcibly enabled (Ignores command in printing data)
8239 1 Image Stroke PS/PDF automatic 600 dpi Minimum stroke width This code is used to change the width of fine lines in PS 1 1~2 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing adjustment stroke adjustment when disabled and PDF printing. Automatic stroke adjustment is the
to the position.
This code sets the minimum width of fine lines when the
automatic stroke adjustment is disabled. For example, if
automatic stroke adjustment is disabled and the width of
fine lines is set to "0" in the PS command, the width of the
lines becomes 1 dot if the value of this code is set to "1";
equally, if it is set to "2", the width of the lines becomes 2
dots.
1: 1 dot
2: 2 dots
8239 2 Image Stroke PS/PDF automatic 1200 dpi Default setting This code is used to change the width of fine lines in PS 1 0~3 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing adjustment stroke adjustment and PDF printing. Automatic stroke adjustment is the
to the position.
This code sets whether automatic stroke adjustment is
enabled or disabled if it is not included in the print data. If
this setting is disabled, there will be an increase in cases
in which the width of fine lines becomes thicker by 1 dot
when they are printed.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: Forcibly disabled (Ignores command in printing data)
3: Forcibly enabled (Ignores command in printing data)
8239 3 Image Stroke PS/PDF automatic 1200 dpi Minimum stroke width This code is used to change the width of fine lines in PS 1 1~2 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing adjustment stroke adjustment when disabled and PDF printing. Automatic stroke adjustment is the
to the position.
This code sets the minimum width of fine lines when the
automatic stroke adjustment is disabled. For example, if
automatic stroke adjustment is disabled and the width of
fine lines is set to "0" in the PS command, the width of the
lines becomes 1 dot if the value of this code is set to "1";
equally, if it is set to "2", the width of the lines becomes 2
dots.
1: 1 dot
2: 2 dots
8240 - Image Graphic line Print 600 dpi The larger the value, the darker the fine lines become. 2 1~9 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing width minimum
value
adjustment
8241 - Image Graphic line Print 1200 dpi The larger the value, the darker the fine lines become. 2 1~9 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing width minimum
value
adjustment
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8242 0 Image Graphic line Print 1200 dpi Gray (K) The larger the value, the darker the fine line becomes. 3 0~5 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing density
adjustment
8242 1 Image Graphic line Print 1200 dpi Color (CMYK) The larger the value, the darker the fine line becomes. 1 0~5 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing density
adjustment
8243 0 Image Graphic line Print 1200 dpi Gray (K) lower limit value Specifies the effective density range of 05-8242 from 0 to 1 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing density 255.
adjustment
8243 1 Image Graphic line Print 1200 dpi Gray (K) upper limit Specifies the effective density range of 05-8242 from 0 to 200 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing density value 255.
adjustment
8243 2 Image Graphic line Print 1200 dpi Color (CMYK) lower limit Specifies the effective density range of 05-8242 from 0 to 1 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment
8243 3 Image Graphic line Print 1200 dpi Color (CMYK) upper limit Specifies the effective density range of 05-8242 from 0 to 255 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
adjustment
8244 0 Image Auto Trapping Print (Color) Trapping width (dot) Sets the value of width for Auto Trapping. When the value 2 1~3 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing setting increases, the bigger gap is suppressed, but the overlap
part becomes more visible.
1: 1 dot
2: 2 dot
3: 3 dot
8244 1 Image Auto Trapping Print (Color) Trapping density (%) Sets the value of the overlap density of the data for Auto 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing setting Trapping. Set this when the overlap density of the data is
adjusted to reduce image deviation. When the value
increases, the bigger gap is suppressed, but the overlap
part becomes more visible.
When a larger value is set, the density of the overlapping
part becomes lighter.
8245 - Image Auto Trapping Print (Color) In direct printing Sets whether or not to perform auto trapping in direct 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing setting printing.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8249 0 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) XPS (Text) General The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8249 1 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) XPS (Text) Photograph The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8249 2 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) XPS (Text) Presentation The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8249 3 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) XPS (Text) Line Art The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8249 4 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) XPS (Text) Advanced The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8250 0 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) XPS (Graphics) General The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8250 1 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) XPS (Graphics) Photograph The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8250 2 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) XPS (Graphics) Presentation The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8250 3 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) XPS (Graphics) Line Art The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8250 4 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) XPS (Graphics) Advanced The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8251 0 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) XPS (Image) General The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8251 1 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) XPS (Image) Photograph The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8251 2 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) XPS (Image) Presentation The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8251 3 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) XPS (Image) Line Art The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8251 4 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) XPS (Image) Advanced The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8252 0 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PS (Text) General The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8252 1 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PS (Text) Photograph The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8252 2 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PS (Text) Presentation The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8252 3 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PS (Text) Line Art The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8252 4 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PS (Text) Advanced The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8253 0 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PS (Graphics) General The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8253 1 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PS (Graphics) Photograph The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8253 2 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PS (Graphics) Presentation The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8253 3 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PS (Graphics) Line Art The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8253 4 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PS (Graphics) Advanced The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8254 0 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PS (Image) General The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8254 1 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PS (Image) Photograph The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8254 2 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PS (Image) Presentation The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8254 3 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PS (Image) Line Art The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 8 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8254 4 Image Pure Black/ Print (Color) PS (Image) Advanced The larger the value, the wider the range of colors to be 1 1~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8268 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) PS (Smooth) (1200 dpi) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment (Y) becomes higher.
8268 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) PS (Smooth) (1200 dpi) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8268 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) PS (Smooth) (1200 dpi) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment (M) becomes higher.
Processing adjustment (C) becomes higher.
Processing adjustment (K) becomes higher.
8272 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) PS (Detail) (1200 dpi) (Y) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment becomes higher.
8272 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) PS (Detail) (1200 dpi) (Y) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8272 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) PS (Detail) (1200 dpi) (Y) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8273 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) PS (Detail) (1200 dpi) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8273 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) PS (Detail) (1200 dpi) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8273 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) PS (Detail) (1200 dpi) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8274 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) PS (Detail) (1200 dpi) (C) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8274 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) PS (Detail) (1200 dpi) (C) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8274 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) PS (Detail) (1200 dpi) (C) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8275 0 Image Color balance Print (Color) PS (Detail) (1200 dpi) (K) Low density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8275 1 Image Color balance Print (Color) PS (Detail) (1200 dpi) (K) Medium density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8275 2 Image Color balance Print (Color) PS (Detail) (1200 dpi) (K) High density When the value increases, the density in the target area 128 0~255 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8304 0 Image JPEG Scan (Color) High When the value increases, the quality gets better, and the 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing compression file size gets larger.
level
8304 1 Image JPEG Scan (Color) Mid When the value increases, the quality gets better, and the 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
level
8304 2 Image JPEG Scan (Color) Low When the value increases, the quality gets better, and the 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
level
8309 - Image Background Scan (Color) Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
8310 - Image Background Scan (Color) Text The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
8311 - Image Background Scan (Color) Photo The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
8314 - Image Fine Scan (Color) Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the black side of the 1 0~4 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment of image becomes.
black density
8315 - Image Fine Scan (Color) Text The larger the value, the darker the black side of the 0 0~4 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
black density
8316 - Image Fine Scan (Color) Photo The larger the value, the darker the black side of the 0 0~4 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
black density
8319 - Image RGB Scan (Color) Text/Photo Sets the color space format of the output image. 0 0~3 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing conversion 0: sRGB
method 1: AppleRGB
selection 2: ROMMRGB
3: AdobeRGB
8320 - Image RGB Scan (Color) Text Sets the color space format of the output image. 0 0~3 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
method 1: AppleRGB
3: AdobeRGB
8321 - Image RGB Scan (Color) Photo Sets the color space format of the output image. 0 0~3 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
method 1: AppleRGB
3: AdobeRGB
8324 - Image Saturation Scan (Color) Text/Photo The larger the value, the brighter the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing adjustment The smaller the value, the duller the image becomes.
8325 - Image Saturation Scan (Color) Text The larger the value, the brighter the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
8326 - Image Saturation Scan (Color) Photo The larger the value, the brighter the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
8335 - Image Sharpness Scan (Color) Full color Text The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
8336 - Image Sharpness Scan (Color) Full color Photo The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
8339 - Image Density Scan (Color) Manual adjustment Text/Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8340 - Image Density Scan (Color) Manual adjustment Text The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
8341 - Image Density Scan (Color) Manual adjustment Photo The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
8342 - Image Automatic Scan (Color) Text/Photo When a larger value is set, printing density becomes 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing density darker.
adjustment
8343 - Image Automatic Scan (Color) Text When a larger value is set, printing density becomes 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
adjustment
8344 - Image Automatic Scan (Color) Photo When a larger value is set, printing density becomes 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
adjustment
8354 - Image Sharpness Scan (Color) Full color Text/Photo The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
8370 - Image Background Scan (Color) Custom The larger the value, the darker the background 128 0~255 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
background becomes.
8371 - Image Fine Scan (Color) Custom The larger the value, the darker the black side of the 0 0~4 SYS 1 - Yes H
black density
8372 - Image RGB Scan (Color) Custom Sets the color space format of the output image. 0 0~3 SYS 1 - Yes H
method 1: AppleRGB
3: AdobeRGB
8373 - Image Saturation Scan (Color) Custom The larger the value, the brighter the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
8375 - Image Sharpness Scan (Color) Full color Custom The larger the value, the sharper the image becomes. 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
8380 - Image Density Scan (Color) Manual adjustment Custom The larger the value, the darker the image at the center 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
8381 - Image Automatic Scan (Color) Custom When a larger value is set, printing density becomes 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
adjustment
8412 - Image ADF noise Scan (Color) Custom When the value decreases, the effect of reducing streaks 100 0~200 SYS 1 - Yes H
8413 - Image ADF noise Scan (Color) Text/Photo When the value decreases, the effect of reducing streaks 100 0~200 SYS 1 - Yes H
8414 - Image ADF noise Scan (Color) Text When the value decreases, the effect of reducing streaks 100 0~200 SYS 1 - Yes H
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
8415 - Image ADF noise Scan (Color) Photo When the value decreases, the effect of reducing streaks 100 0~200 SYS 1 - Yes H
8419 - Image Contrast Scan (Color) Fine adjustment value of Text/Photo When a larger value is set, the contrast becomes higher. 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing adjustment the center curve When a smaller value is set, it becomes lower.
8420 - Image Contrast Scan (Color) Fine adjustment value of Text When a larger value is set, the contrast becomes higher. 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
8421 - Image Contrast Scan (Color) Fine adjustment value of Photo When a larger value is set, the contrast becomes higher. 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
8422 - Image Contrast Scan (Color) Fine adjustment value of Custom When a larger value is set, the contrast becomes higher. 128 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
8425 0 Image RGB color Scan (Color) (R) Fine adjustment value of Text/Photo When a larger value is set, the red color tone becomes 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing balance the center curve darker. When a smaller value is set, the red color tone
adjustment becomes lighter.
8425 1 Image RGB color Scan (Color) (G) Fine adjustment value of Text/Photo When a larger value is set, the green color tone becomes 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing balance the center curve darker. When a smaller value is set, the green color tone
8425 2 Image RGB color Scan (Color) (B) Fine adjustment value of Text/Photo When a larger value is set, the blue color tone becomes 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
Processing balance the center curve darker. When a smaller value is set, the blue color tone
8426 0 Image RGB color Scan (Color) (R) Fine adjustment value of Text When a larger value is set, the red color tone becomes 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8426 1 Image RGB color Scan (Color) (G) Fine adjustment value of Text When a larger value is set, the green color tone becomes 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8426 2 Image RGB color Scan (Color) (B) Fine adjustment value of Text When a larger value is set, the blue color tone becomes 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8427 0 Image RGB color Scan (Color) (R) Fine adjustment value of Photo When a larger value is set, the red color tone becomes 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8427 1 Image RGB color Scan (Color) (G) Fine adjustment value of Photo When a larger value is set, the green color tone becomes 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8427 2 Image RGB color Scan (Color) (B) Fine adjustment value of Photo When a larger value is set, the blue color tone becomes 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8428 0 Image RGB color Scan (Color) (R) Fine adjustment value of Custom When a larger value is set, the red color tone becomes 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8428 1 Image RGB color Scan (Color) (G) Fine adjustment value of Custom When a larger value is set, the green color tone becomes 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
8428 2 Image RGB color Scan (Color) (B) Fine adjustment value of Custom When a larger value is set, the blue color tone becomes 128 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
9043 - System Maintenance Equipment number If this code is performed, 08-9601 is performed. 7 digits - - SYS 1 - Yes H
(serial number) entry out of 9 digits can be entered except for upper 2 digits
(fixed digits).
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
9104 - System Image Compression quality of Adjusts the compression ratio of SlimPDF. 5 0~10 SYS 1 - Yes H
SlimPDF background When a larger value is set, mosquito noise in the outline
processing or boundary will be decreased and better image quality
can be obtained. However, the file size becomes larger.
When a smaller value is set, the file size will be reduced;
however, the noise in the outline or boundary will be
increased and thus the image quality will become worse.
* Change the setting value by 2 steps from the default as
a target.
9105 - System Image Sharpening of SlimPDF Adjusts the sharpness of SlimPDF. 5 0~10 SYS 1 - Yes H
background processing The larger the value is, the better the sharpness of the
outline and boundary becomes. However, if the value is
too large, the noise will be enhanced or the moire will
occur.
The smaller the value is, the lower the noise or moire will
occur. However, if the value is too small, blurred images
will occur.
* Change the setting value by 2 steps from the default as
a target. Recommended value: 3 to 7
9107 - System Image Resolution of SlimPDF Adjusts the resolution of SlimPDF. 1 0~3 SYS 1 - Yes H
background processing When a larger value is set, the image quality becomes
sharper; however, the file size becomes larger.
When a smaller value is set, the file size will be reduced;
however, blurred images will occur.
0: 75dpi
1: 100dpi
2: 150dpi
3: 200dpi
9850 - Fax Sound Volume adjustment for When the value is entered for this code the ring tone 4 0~7 SYS 12 - Yes H
telephone/fax ringtone comes from the speaker at the set volume. The set value
is stored when the [OK] button is pressed.
(JP only)
9960 - System Maintenance Display of equipment Displays the equipment information in SRAM. Refer to 0~2 SYS 2 - Yes H
information (SRAM) 0: Not set contents
1: Destinations other than NAD/NAC
2: NAD/NAC
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 2
Others: 1
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
5. 08 SETTING MODE
1000 - System IP Fax SIP function Sets whether the SIP function is enabled or disabled. 0 0~1 H/S 1 Net Yes S
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
1001 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server no-signal transmission Sets whether or not to transmit no-signal when the 0 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
when switching into T.38 session is switched from RTP into T.38.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
1002 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server Preamble transmission Sets the preamble transmission interval when the 33 1~100 SYS 4 Net Yes H
interval equipment is being operated in the fax mode.
(Unit: 10msec)
* This setting does not apply when the equipment is being
operated in the IP Fax mode.
1003 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server Audio media Port number Sets the port number for RTP communication 5004 1~65535 H/S 4 Net Yes S
* Be sure to set a number which is not used for other
protocols.
1003 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway Audio media Port number Sets the port number for RTP communication 5004 1~65535 H/S 4 Net Yes S
* Be sure to set a number which is not used for other
protocols.
1004 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server Audio media Port number random Set "1" (Enabled) when a random port number needs to 0 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
selection be used in order to enhance the security level for RTP
communication.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* A non-used port number is selected between the
minimum value (08-1005-0) and the maximum value (08-
1006-0).
1004 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway Audio media Port number random Set "1" (Enabled) when a random port number needs to 0 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
selection be used in order to enhance the security level for RTP
communication.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
1006-2).
1005 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server Audio media Port number random Sets the minimum value of the port number when "1" 1024 1~65535 SYS 4 Net Yes H
selection minimum value (Enabled) is set for 08-1004-0.
* Be sure to set a value less than the maximum one (08-
1006-0).
1005 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway Audio media Port number random Sets the minimum value of the port number when "1" 1024 1~65535 SYS 4 Net Yes H
1006-2).
1006 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server Audio media Port number random Sets the maximum value of the port number when "1" 65535 1~65535 SYS 4 Net Yes H
selection maximum (Enabled) is set for 08-1004-0.
value * Be sure to set a larger value than the minimum one (08-
1005-0).
1006 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway Audio media Port number random Sets the maximum value of the port number when "1" 65535 1~65535 SYS 4 Net Yes H
1005-2).
1007 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server T.38 media Port number Sets the port number for T.38 communication. 5006 1~65535 H/S 4 Net Yes S
1007 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway T.38 media Port number Sets the port number for T.38 communication. 5006 1~65535 H/S 4 Net Yes S
08 SETTING MODE
1008 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server T.38 media Port number random Set "1" (Enabled) when a random port number needs to 0 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
selection be used in order to enhance the security level for T.38
communication.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
1010-0).
1008 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway T.38 media Port number random Set "1" (Enabled) when a random port number needs to 0 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
selection be used in order to enhance the security level for T.38
communication.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
1010-2).
1009 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server T.38 media Port number random Sets the minimum value of the port number when "1" 1024 1~65535 SYS 4 Net Yes H
1010-0).
1009 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway T.38 media Port number random Sets the minimum value of the port number when "1" 1024 1~65535 SYS 4 Net Yes H
1010-2).
1010 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server T.38 media Port number random Sets the maximum value of the port number when "1" 65535 1~65535 SYS 4 Net Yes H
1009-0).
1010 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway T.38 media Port number random Sets the maximum value of the port number when "1" 65535 1~65535 SYS 4 Net Yes H
1009-2).
1013 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server V.21 packet size 7-Bytes limitation Set "1" (Enabled) when the V.21 packet size needs to be 0 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
limited to 7-bytes in order to reduce jitteriness or delay in
communication between gateways.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* When "1" is set in this code, the communication quality
will be improved; however, communication will take
longer.
1014 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server SIP server registration Sets the registration time provided to the SIP server. 3600 300~3600 SYS 4 Net Yes H
effective time
1016 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server SIP transmission Sets the protocol which is used for IP Fax transmission. 1 1~2 H/S 4 Net Yes S
transport protocol 1: UDP
2: TCP
* The protocol which is used for IP Fax reception
corresponds to that for transmission device.
1016 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway SIP transmission Sets the protocol which is used for IP Fax transmission. 1 1~2 H/S 4 Net Yes S
transport protocol 1: UDP
2: TCP
* The protocol which is used for IP Fax reception
corresponds to that for transmission device.
1018 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server SIP reception port Sets the port number for SIP reception. 5060 1~65535 H/S 4 Net Yes S
number * Be sure to set a number which is not used for other
protocols.
* When UDP is selected for the SIP protocol, it will be
also used for the transmission port.
1018 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway SIP reception port Sets the port number for SIP reception. 5060 1~65535 H/S 4 Net Yes S
protocols.
* When UDP is selected for the SIP protocol, it will be
also used for the transmission port.
08 SETTING MODE
1019 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway SIP transmission port Sets the port number for SIP transmission. 5060 1~65535 SYS 4 Net Yes H
protocols.
* This setting will be used when "0" is set for 08-1020-2.
1020 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway SIP transmission Port number random Set "1" (Enabled) when a random port number needs to 1 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
selection be used in order to enhance the security level for SIP
communication.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
1022-2).
1021 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway SIP transmission Port number random Sets the minimum value of the port number when "1" 1024 1~65535 SYS 4 Net Yes H
1022-2).
1022 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway SIP transmission Port number random Sets the maximum value of the port number when "1" 65535 1~65535 SYS 4 Net Yes H
1021-2).
1023 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server 100rel function support Sets whether 100rel function are supported or not. 1 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* When "0" (Disabled) is set, the communication quality
will be lowered.
1024 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server Session timer Number of retries of Sets the upper limit of the number of negotiations. 2 0~32 SYS 4 Net Yes H
negotiation * When "1" is set in this code, retries will not be carried
out.
* When "0" is set in this code, the processing will not be
completed under an environment which does not accrue
the negotiation.
1025 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server Session timer Lower limit value Sets the session sustention time for reception. 300 60~1800 SYS 4 Net Yes H
1026 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server Session timer Expiration Sets the session sustention time for transmission. 300 60~1800 SYS 4 Net Yes H
1027 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server UPDATE function setting Sets whether or not to perform the session sustention. 1 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
1028 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server Session timer Periodic sending Sets whether or not forcibly to send a refresh packet of 0 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
the session.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* Even if the packet is sent, the session is sometimes not
updated.
1029 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server UAC/UAS setting Specifies the setting when Refresher at reception has not 1 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
(default Refresher at been set.
reception) 0: uas
1: uac
* When Refresher is set, its setting will be reflected.
1030 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server Refresher setting at Sets Refresher at transmission. 0 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
transmission 0: Not set
1: uac
* When "0" is set, the setting of the device being
communicated will be reflected.
1051 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server SIP-URI user name Sets the user ID for communication. Refer to Refer to H/S 4 - Yes S
Minimum 1 letter, Maximum 64 letters contents contents
<Default value>
anonymous
* Be sure to set the ID assigned for the equipment.
1051 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway SIP-URI user name Sets the user ID for communication. - Refer to H/S 4 - Yes S
Maximum 64 letters contents
* When setting is not attempted, the value of 08-1051-0 is
used.
08 SETTING MODE
1051 3 System IP Fax Direct connection SIP-URI user name Sets the user ID for communication. - Refer to H/S 4 - Yes S
* When setting is not attempted, the value of 08-1051-0 is
used.
1052 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server SIP-URI domain name Sets the domain name for communication. - Refer to H/S 4 Net Yes S
* When no value is set in this code, the registrar server
address will take the place.
1052 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway SIP-URI domain name Sets the domain name for communication. Refer to Refer to H/S 4 Net Yes S
Maximum 128 letters contents contents
<Default value>
anonymous.invalid
1052 3 System IP Fax Direct connection SIP-URI domain name Sets the domain name for communication. Refer to Refer to H/S 4 Net Yes S
Maximum 128 letters contents contents
<Default value>
anonymous.invalid
1054 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server Reception response Sets the period between reception and response. 0 0~32 H/S 4 Net Yes S
delay time (Unit: Seconds)
1058 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server Timeout period for CNG Sets the timeout period of the CNG signal detection. 0 0~60000 SYS 4 Net Yes H
detection (Unit: msec)
* When "0" is set, the CNG signal is not detected. When a
value other than "0" is set, communication with
equipment which does not send a CNG signal will
become impossible.
1058 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway Timeout period for CNG Sets the timeout period of the CNG signal detection. 0 0~60000 SYS 4 Net Yes H
detection (Unit: msec)
* When "0" is set, the CNG signal is not detected. When a
value other than "0" is set, communication with
equipment which does not send a CNG signal will
become impossible.
1061 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server CED transmission delay Sets the delay time of the CED signal. 500 200~5000 SYS 4 Net Yes H
(Unit: msec)
1061 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway CED transmission delay Sets the delay time of the CED signal. 500 200~5000 SYS 4 Net Yes H
(Unit: msec)
1062 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server CED transmission guard Sets the time to transmit the CED signal. 0 0~4000 SYS 4 Net Yes H
time (Unit: msec)
* When "0" is set, the CED signal is not transmitted.
1062 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway CED transmission guard Sets the time to transmit the CED signal. 0 0~4000 SYS 4 Net Yes H
time (Unit: msec)
* When "0" is set, the CED signal is not transmitted.
1064 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server Audio session support Sets whether or not to connect the audio session before 1 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
image data transmission.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* When a CISCO server is used, enable this setting.
1064 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway Audio session support Sets whether or not to connect the audio session before 1 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
image data transmission.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* When a CISCO server is used, enable this setting.
1067 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server T.38 transport protocol Channel model Sets the protocol of T.38 communication. 1 1~6 H/S 4 Net Yes S
1: UDPTL
2: UDP
3: PAIRED
4: PASSIVE
5: ACTIVE
6: ACTPASS
08 SETTING MODE
1067 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway T.38 transport protocol Channel model Sets the protocol of T.38 communication. 1 1~6 H/S 4 Net Yes S
1: UDPTL
2: UDP
3: PAIRED
4: PASSIVE
5: ACTIVE
6: ACTPASS
1068 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server T.38 SDP media type Sets the media type of T.38 communication. 1 0~1 H/S 4 Net Yes S
0: application
1: image
* When a CISCO server is used, set "1" for this setting.
1068 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway T.38 SDP media type Sets the media type of T.38 communication. 1 0~1 H/S 4 Net Yes S
0: application
1: image
* When a CISCO server is used, set "1" for this setting.
1069 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server Maximum bandwidth Sets the bandwidth which is used for fax communication. 1000 64~65535 H/S 4 Net Yes S
declared value (Unit: Kbps)
1069 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway Maximum bandwidth Sets the bandwidth which is used for fax communication. 1000 64~65535 H/S 4 Net Yes S
1069 3 System IP Fax Direct connection Maximum bandwidth Sets the bandwidth which is used for fax communication. 1000 64~65535 H/S 4 Net Yes S
1075 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server T38FaxMaxBuffer Sets the T38FaxMaxBuffer value negotiated by SDP. 1800 200~2000 SYS 4 Net Yes H
attribute (Unit: byte)
* This will be used only when UDP is set for the T.38
protocol.
1075 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway T38FaxMaxBuffer Sets the T38FaxMaxBuffer value negotiated by SDP. 1800 200~2000 SYS 4 Net Yes H
protocol.
1075 3 System IP Fax Direct connection T38FaxMaxBuffer Sets the T38FaxMaxBuffer value negotiated by SDP. 1800 200~2000 SYS 4 Net Yes H
protocol.
1076 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server T38FaxMaxDatagram Sets the T38FaxMaxDatagram value negotiated by SDP. 400 72~1400 SYS 4 Net Yes H
protocol.
1076 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway T38FaxMaxDatagram Sets the T38FaxMaxDatagram value negotiated by SDP. 400 72~1400 SYS 4 Net Yes H
protocol.
1076 3 System IP Fax Direct connection T38FaxMaxDatagram Sets the T38FaxMaxDatagram value negotiated by SDP. 400 72~1400 SYS 4 Net Yes H
protocol.
1077 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server T38FaxUdpEC attribute Sets the correction method of errors negotiated by SDP. 2 1~2 SYS 4 Net Yes H
1: FEC
2: REDUNDANCY
protocol.
* Do not change the setting if communication has
succeeded by means of the default setting.
1077 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway T38FaxUdpEC attribute Sets the correction method of errors negotiated by SDP. 2 1~2 SYS 4 Net Yes H
1: FEC
2: REDUNDANCY
protocol.
08 SETTING MODE
1077 3 System IP Fax Direct connection T38FaxUdpEC attribute Sets the correction method of errors negotiated by SDP. 2 1~2 SYS 4 Net Yes H
1: FEC
2: REDUNDANCY
protocol.
1079 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server HDLC transmission Sets the delay time between the V.21 modem data (at 2 0~5 SYS 4 Net Yes H
delay every transmission of 1-byte data).
(Unit: 10msec)
1080 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server HDLC command delay Sets the delay time between NSF and CSI. 9 0~20 SYS 4 Net Yes H
(Unit: 10msec)
1081 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server T.38 UDPTL redundant Sets the number of redundant packets in communication 1 0~3 SYS 4 Net Yes H
packet number by UDP of T.38.
* When a larger value is set in this code, the bandwidth
may be compressed.
1081 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway T.38 UDPTL redundant Sets the number of redundant packets in communication 1 0~3 SYS 4 Net Yes H
may be compressed.
1081 3 System IP Fax Direct connection T.38 UDPTL redundant Sets the number of redundant packets in communication 1 0~3 SYS 4 Net Yes H
may be compressed.
1082 0 System IP Fax Via SIP Server Same UDPTL packet Sets whether or not to resend the UDP packet. 0 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
resend setting 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
1082 2 System IP Fax Via VoIP Gateway Same UDPTL packet Sets whether or not to resend the UDP packet. 0 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
1: Enabled
1082 3 System IP Fax Direct connection Same UDPTL packet Sets whether or not to resend the UDP packet. 0 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
1: Enabled
1083 - System IP Fax Sound Transmission/Reception End sound pattern Sets the type of the notification sound when IP Fax 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
transmission/reception has ended.
0: Normal end sound
1: Small note sound 1
* This setting is used for only the touch panel sound
source when the fax board is not installed.
2002 - Process Fuser Fuser unit error status 0: No error 1: - 2: - 3: - 4: - 5: C445 error 6: C446 error 0 0~71 M 1 - No HS
counter 7: C447 error 8: - 9: C449 error 10: - 11: C471 error 12:
C472 error 13: C473 error 14: C480 error 15: - 16:
C474 error 17: - 18: - 19: - 20: - 21: - 22: C449 error
23: C449 error 24: C447 error 25: C449 error 26: - 27:
C449 error 28: - 29: C449 error 30: - 31: - 32: - 33: -
34: - 35: C440 error 36: - 37: - 38: - 39: - 40: - 41: -
42: - 43: - 44: - 45: - 46: - 47: - 48: - 49: - 50: - 51: -
52: - 53: - 54: - 55: - 56: - 57: - 58: - 59: C449 error
60: - 61: C449 error 62: - 63: C447 error 64: C447 error
65: C447 error 66: C447 error 67: C449 error 68: C449
error 69: C449 error 70: C449 error 71: -
* Only "0" can be entered from the control panel.
* If a value other than the above one is shown, perform
the troubleshooting for a C4B0 error.
08 SETTING MODE
2010 0 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Plain paper Normal temperature 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Monochrome) (Center thermistor) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11: contents
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 9
65ppm: 10
75ppm: 13
2010 1 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Plain paper (Color) Normal temperature 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Center thermistor) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11: contents
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 11
75ppm: 13
2010 2 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Plain paper Low temperature (Center 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Monochrome) thermistor) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11: contents
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 11
65ppm: 12
75ppm: 14
2010 3 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Plain paper (Color) Low temperature (Center 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
during printing thermistor) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11: contents
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 14
2010 4 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Thick paper Normal temperature 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 10
65ppm: 11
75ppm: 14
2010 5 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Thick paper (Color) Normal temperature 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Center thermistor) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11: contents
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 16
2010 6 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Thick paper Low temperature (Center 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Monochrome) thermistor) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11: contents
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 12
65ppm: 13
75ppm: 17
08 SETTING MODE
2010 7 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Thick paper (Color) Low temperature (Center 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
during printing thermistor) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11: contents
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 13
75ppm: 18
2010 8 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Plain paper (Extra long Center thermistor 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 9 0~22 M 4 - No HS
during printing size) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
2010 9 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Thick paper (Extra long Center thermistor 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 10 0~22 M 4 - No HS
during printing size) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
2010 10 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Plain paper Low temp. decelerating 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 11
65/75ppm: 12
2010 11 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Plain paper (Color) Low temp. decelerating 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 12 0~22 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Center thermistor) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
2010 12 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Thick paper Normal temp. 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Monochrome) decelerating (Center 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11: contents
thermistor) 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 10
65/75ppm: 11
2010 13 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Thick paper (Color) Normal temp. 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 12 0~22 M 4 - No HS
during printing decelerating (Center 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
2010 14 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Thick paper Low temp. decelerating 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 12
65/75ppm: 13
2010 15 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Thick paper (Color) Low temp. decelerating 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 13 0~22 M 4 - No HS
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
2017 0 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Special paper 1 (Except Center thermistor 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 11 0~16 M 4 - No HS
for Extra long size) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC
08 SETTING MODE
2017 1 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Special paper 2 (Except Center thermistor 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 11 0~16 M 4 - No HS
for Extra long size) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC
2017 3 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Special paper 1 (Extra Center thermistor 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 12 0~16 M 4 - No HS
long size) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC
2017 4 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Special paper 2 (Extra Center thermistor 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 12 0~16 M 4 - No HS
long size) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC
2020 0 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Special paper 1 Except for Extra long When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
printing size larger value. When a larger value is set, the fusing ability
will become better, but it will take longer for the printing to
start.
0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.
6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec. 10: 12 sec. 11:
14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec.
16: 30 sec.
2020 1 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Special paper 2 Except for Extra long When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.
2020 3 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Special paper 1 Extra long size When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
printing larger value. When a larger value is set, the fusing ability
start.
16: 30 sec.
2020 4 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Special paper 2 Extra long size When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.
2028 0 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Thick paper 3 (Except for Center thermistor 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 12 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Extra long size) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC
2028 1 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Thick paper 3 (Extra Center thermistor 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 12 0~16 M 4 - No HS
Long size) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC
2030 - Process Fuser Temperature setting for Thick paper 3 Center/Side thermistor 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: 3 0~16 M 1 - No HS
starting abnormality 145ºC 6: 150ºC 7: 155ºC 8: 160ºC 9: 165ºC 10: 170ºC
handling 11: 175ºC 12: Invalid 13: 100ºC 14: 105ºC 15: 110ºC
16: 115ºC
08 SETTING MODE
2031 0 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Thick paper 3 Except for Extra long When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.
2031 1 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Thick paper 3 Extra long size When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.
2042 - Process Fuser Fusing temperature in Center thermistor 0: OFF 1: 40ºC 2: 45ºC 3: 50ºC 4: 55ºC 5: 60ºC 6: 0 0~25 M 1 Yes - No HS
the low power mode 65ºC 7: 70ºC 8: 75ºC 9: 80ºC 10: 85ºC 11: 90ºC 12:
95ºC 13: 100ºC 14: 105ºC 15: 110ºC 16: 115ºC 17:
120ºC 18: 125ºC 19: 130ºC 20: 135ºC 21: 140ºC 22:
145ºC 23: 150ºC 24: 155ºC 25: 160ºC
2049 0 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Thick paper 1 (Except Center thermistor 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 11 0~16 M 4 - No HS
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC
2049 1 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Thick paper 1 (Extra long Center thermistor 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 11 0~16 M 4 - No HS
size) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC
2050 0 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Thick paper 2 (Except Center thermistor 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 11 0~16 M 4 - No HS
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC
2050 1 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Thick paper 2 (Extra long Center thermistor 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 11 0~16 M 4 - No HS
size) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC
2051 - Process Fuser Fusing temperature OHP Center thermistor 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 13 0~16 M 1 - No HS
6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC
2052 - Process Fuser Pre-running time for first OHP When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 1 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.
2053 0 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Plain paper Monochrome (Low When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
printing temperature) larger value. When a larger value is set, the fusing ability contents
start.
16: 30 sec.
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 5

08 SETTING MODE
2053 1 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Plain paper Color (Low temperature) When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
printing larger value. When a larger value is set, the fusing ability contents
start.
16: 30 sec.
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 5
2053 2 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Thick paper Monochrome (Low When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 9
2053 3 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Thick paper Color (Low temperature) When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
printing larger value. When a larger value is set, the fusing ability contents
start.
16: 30 sec.
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 9
2053 4 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Plain paper Monochrome (Low temp. When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
printing decelerating) larger value. When a larger value is set, the fusing ability
start.
16: 30 sec.
2053 5 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Plain paper Color (Low temp. When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.
2053 6 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Thick paper Monochrome (Low temp. When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.

08 SETTING MODE
2053 7 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Thick paper Color (Low temp. When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.
2054 0 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Thick paper 1 Except Extra long size When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.
start.
16: 30 sec.
2055 0 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Thick paper 2 Except Extra long size When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.
start.
16: 30 sec.
2069 0 Process Fuser Transport motor At warm-up 0: 340 mm/sec. 3 0~3 M 4 - No HS
decelerating for pre- 1: 270 mm/sec.
running in the ready 2: 135 mm/sec.
state 3: 90 mm/sec.
2069 1 Process Fuser Transport motor In the ready state 0: 340 mm/sec. Refer to 0~3 M 4 - No HS
decelerating for pre- (Contacted) 1: 270 mm/sec. contents
state 3: 90 mm/sec.
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 2
75ppm: 0
2069 2 Process Fuser Transport motor In the ready state 0: 340 mm/sec. Refer to 0~3 M 4 - No HS
decelerating for pre- (Released) 1: 270 mm/sec. contents
state 3: 90 mm/sec.
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 3
75ppm: 0
2069 3 Process Fuser Transport motor Recovery from 0: 340 mm/sec. 3 0~3 M 4 - No HS
decelerating for pre- prewarming/sleep 1: 270 mm/sec.
state 3: 90 mm/sec.

08 SETTING MODE
2079 0 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Thick paper 1 Monochrome 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: 2 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
2079 1 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Thick paper 1 Color 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: 2 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
2080 0 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Plain paper Monochrome (Normal 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
starting abnormality temperature) 145ºC 6: 150ºC 7: 155ºC 8: 160ºC 9: 165ºC 10: 170ºC contents
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 1
65ppm: 2
75ppm: 3
2080 1 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Plain paper Color (Normal 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 2
75ppm: 3
2080 2 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Thick paper Monochrome (Normal 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 2
65ppm: 3
75ppm: 4
2080 3 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Thick paper Color (Normal 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 3
75ppm
JPC: 3
Other: 5
2080 4 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Thick paper Monochrome (Normal 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
starting abnormality temp. decelerating) 145ºC 6: 150ºC 7: 155ºC 8: 160ºC 9: 165ºC 10: 170ºC contents
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 2
75ppm: 3
2080 5 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Thick paper Color (Normal temp. 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: 3 0~16 M 4 - No HS
starting abnormality decelerating) 145ºC 6: 150ºC 7: 155ºC 8: 160ºC 9: 165ºC 10: 170ºC
16: 115ºC
2081 0 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Thick paper 2 Monochrome 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: 2 0~16 M 4 - No HS
handling 11: 175ºC 12: Invalid 13: 100ºC 14: 105ºC 15 : 110ºC
16: 115ºC
2081 1 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Thick paper 2 Color 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: 2 0~16 M 4 - No HS
handling 11: 175ºC 12: Invalid 13: 100ºC 14: 105ºC 15 : 110ºC
16: 115ºC
2085 0 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Plain paper Monochrome (Low 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS
running time for first temperature) 4: 2 min. 5: 3 min. 6: 5 min. 7: 7 min. 8: 10 min. 9: 15
printing min. 10: 30 min. 11: 60 min.

08 SETTING MODE
2085 1 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Plain paper Color (Low temperature) 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS
running time for first 4: 2 min. 5: 3 min. 6: 5 min. 7: 7 min. 8: 10 min. 9: 15
2085 2 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Thick paper Monochrome (Low 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS
2085 3 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Thick paper Color (Low temperature) 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS
2085 4 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Recycled paper Monochrome (Low 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. Refer to 0~11 M 4 - No HS
running time for first temperature) 4: 2 min. 5: 3 min. 6: 5 min. 7: 7 min. 8: 10 min. 9: 15 contents
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 8
75ppm: 0
2085 5 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Recycled paper Color (Low temperature) 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. Refer to 0~11 M 4 - No HS
running time for first 4: 2 min. 5: 3 min. 6: 5 min. 7: 7 min. 8: 10 min. 9: 15 contents
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 8
75ppm: 0
2085 8 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Thick paper 1 Low temperature 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 8 0~11 M 4 - No HS
2085 12 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- OHP Low temperature 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 8 0~11 M 4 - No HS
2085 13 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Special paper 1 Low temperature 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 8 0~11 M 4 - No HS
2085 14 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Special paper 2 Low temperature 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 8 0~11 M 4 - No HS
2085 15 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Envelope Low temperature 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 8 0~11 M 4 - No HS
2085 17 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Extra long size Low temperature 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 8 0~11 M 4 - No HS
2085 18 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Plain paper Monochrome (Low temp. 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS
running time for first decelerating) 4: 2 min. 5: 3 min. 6: 5 min. 7: 7 min. 8: 10 min. 9: 15
2085 19 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Plain paper Color (Low temp. 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS
2085 20 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Thick paper Monochrome (Low temp. 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS

08 SETTING MODE
2085 21 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Thick paper Color (Low temp. 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS
2085 22 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Recycled paper Monochrome (Low temp. 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 8 0~11 M 4 - No HS
2085 23 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Recycled paper Color (Low temp. 0: Disabled (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 8 0~11 M 4 - No HS
2087 0 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Plain paper Monochrome (Low 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 2
65ppm: 3
75ppm: 4
2087 1 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Plain paper Color (Low temperature) 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
starting abnormality 145ºC 6: 150ºC 7: 155ºC 8: 160ºC 9: 165ºC 10: 170ºC contents
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 3
75ppm: 5
2087 2 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Thick paper Monochrome (Low 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 4
65ppm: 5
75ppm: 7
2087 3 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Thick paper Color (Low temperature) 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 5
75ppm
JPC, NAD/NAC: 7
Others: 8
2087 4 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Plain paper Monochrome (Low temp. 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
starting abnormality decelerating) 145ºC 6: 150ºC 7: 155ºC 8: 160ºC 9: 165ºC 10: 170ºC contents
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 2
65/75ppm: 3
2087 5 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Plain paper Color (Low temp. 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: 3 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
2087 6 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Thick paper Monochrome (Low temp. 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 4
65/75ppm: 5

08 SETTING MODE
2087 7 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Thick paper Color (Low temp. 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: 5 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
2088 - Process Fuser Temperature setting for OHP Monochrome/Color 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: 4 0~16 M 1 - No HS
16: 115ºC
2111 0 Process Fuser Pre-running time Normal temperature At warm-up 0: Invalid 1: 5 sec. 2: 10 sec. 3: 15 sec. 4: 20 sec. 5: 25 Refer to 0~6 M 4 - No HS
sec. 6: 30 sec. contents
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm
JPC: 4
Other: 0
2111 1 Process Fuser Pre-running time Normal temperature At recovery from sleep 0: Invalid 1: 5 sec. 2: 10 sec. 3: 15 sec. 4: 20 sec. 5: 25 Refer to 0~6 M 4 - No HS
mode sec. 6: 30 sec. contents
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm
JPC: 4
Other: 0
2129 0 Process Fuser Pre-running time Low temperature Warming up 0: Invalid 1: 5 sec. 2: 10 sec. 3: 15 sec. 4: 20 sec. 5: 25 Refer to 0~14 M 4 - No HS
sec. 6: 30 sec. 7: 35 sec. 8: 40 sec. 9: 50 sec. 10: 60 contents
sec. 11: 70 sec. 12: 80 sec. 13: 90 sec. 14: 100 sec.
<Default value>
55/65ppm
JPC/NAD/NAC: 8
Other: 4
75ppm: 10
2129 1 Process Fuser Pre-running time Low temperature Recovery from sleep 0: Invalid 1: 5 sec. 2: 10 sec. 3: 15 sec. 4: 20 sec. 5: 25 Refer to 0~14 M 4 - No HS
sec. 6: 30 sec. 7: 35 sec. 8: 40 sec. 9: 50 sec. 10: 60 contents
sec. 11: 70 sec. 12: 80 sec. 13: 90 sec. 14: 100 sec.
<Default value>
55/65ppm
JPC/NAD/NAC: 8
Other: 4
75ppm: 10
2179 0 Process Fuser Retention period of At print end Plain/Thick/Recycled 0: Invalid 1: 10 sec. 2: 20 sec. 3: 30 sec. 4: 40 sec. 5: 0 0~10 M 4 - No HS
temperature of print paper 50 sec. 6: 60 sec. 7: 90 sec. 8: 120 sec. 9: 150 sec. 10:
operation 180 sec.
2179 1 Process Fuser Retention period of At print end Thick paper 1~4/OHP/ 0: Invalid 1: 10 sec. 2: 20 sec. 3: 30 sec. 4: 40 sec. 5: 0 0~10 M 4 - No HS
temperature of print Special paper 1~2/Extra 50 sec. 6: 60 sec. 7: 90 sec. 8: 120 sec. 9: 150 sec. 10:
operation long size/Envelope 180 sec.
2190 0 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Plain paper (Simplex) Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Monochrome) (Center thermistor) 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9: contents
Pattern9 10: Pattern10 11: Pattern11 12: Pattern12 13:
Pattern13 14: Pattern14 15: Pattern15 16: Pattern16
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 4
2190 1 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Plain paper (Simplex) Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Color) (Center thermistor) 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9:
2190 2 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Simplex) Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 4

08 SETTING MODE
2190 3 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Simplex) Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Color) (Center thermistor) 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9: contents
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 7
2190 4 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Recycled paper Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Simplex) (Monochrome) (Center thermistor) 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9: contents
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 3
2190 5 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Recycled paper Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Simplex) (Color) (Center thermistor) 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9:
2190 8 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper 1 (Simplex) Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Center thermistor) 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9:
2190 12 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Special paper 1 Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Simplex) (Center thermistor) 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9:
2190 13 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Special paper 2 Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
2190 15 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Plain paper (Duplex) Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 4
2190 16 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Plain paper (Duplex) Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS
2190 17 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Duplex) Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 4

08 SETTING MODE
2190 18 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Duplex) Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 7
2190 19 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Recycled paper (Duplex) Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 3
2190 20 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Recycled paper (Duplex) Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS
2190 23 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper 1 (Duplex) Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
2190 27 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Special paper 1 (Duplex) Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
2190 28 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Special paper 2 (Duplex) Normal temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
2190 30 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Plain paper (Simplex) Low temperature (Center 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing thermistor) 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9:
2190 31 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Plain paper (Simplex) High temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS
2190 32 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Plain paper (Duplex) Low temperature (Center 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing thermistor) 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9:
2190 33 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Plain paper (Duplex) High temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 7

08 SETTING MODE
2190 34 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Simplex) Low temperature (Center 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing thermistor) 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9: contents
<Default value>
55ppm: 3
65ppm: 12
75ppm: 7
2190 35 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Simplex) High temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Center thermistor) 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9: contents
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 7
2190 36 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Duplex) Low temperature (Center 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing thermistor) 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9: contents
<Default value>
55ppm: 3
65ppm: 12
75ppm: 7
2190 37 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Duplex) High temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 7
2190 38 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Recycled paper (Duplex) High temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 7
2190 39 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Plain paper (Duplex) High temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 3
75ppm: 4
2190 40 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Duplex) High temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 3
75ppm: 7
2190 41 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Recycled paper (Duplex) High temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 3
75ppm: 4
2190 42 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Plain paper (Simplex) Normal 2 temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS

08 SETTING MODE
2190 43 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Plain paper (Duplex) Normal 2 temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS
2190 44 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Simplex) Normal 2 temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 7
2190 45 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Duplex) Normal 2 temperature 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 7
2190 46 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper Normal temp. 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 12 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Monochrome) (Simplex) decelerating (Center 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9:
thermistor) Pattern9 10: Pattern10 11: Pattern11 12: Pattern12 13:
2190 47 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Color) Normal temp. 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Simplex) decelerating (Center 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9:
2190 48 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper Normal temp. 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 12 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Monochrome) (Duplex) decelerating (Center 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9:
2190 49 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Color) Normal temp. 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Duplex) decelerating (Center 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9:
2190 50 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Plain paper (Simplex) Low temp. decelerating 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS
2190 51 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Plain paper (Duplex) Low temp. decelerating 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS
2190 52 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Simplex) Low temp. decelerating 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55ppm: 3
65ppm: 12
75ppm: 0
2190 53 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Duplex) Low temp. decelerating 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55ppm: 3
65ppm: 12
75ppm: 0
2190 54 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Recycled paper Low temp. decelerating 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS

08 SETTING MODE
2190 55 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Recycled paper (Duplex) Low temp. decelerating 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS
2190 56 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Simplex) High temp. decelerating 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS
2190 57 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper High temp. decelerating 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 3 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Monochrome) (Duplex) (Center thermistor) 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9:
2190 58 Process Fuser Temperature drop setting Thick paper (Color) High temp. decelerating 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: Pattern4 4 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing (Duplex) (Center thermistor) 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8: Pattern8 9:
2194 0 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Envelope Normal temperature 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 12 0~16 M 4 - No HS
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC
2194 1 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Envelope Low temperature (Center 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 12 0~16 M 4 - No HS
during printing thermistor) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC
2205 0 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Plain paper Normal temperature 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: Refer to 0~18 M 4 - No HS
control temperature (Monochrome) (Center thermistor) 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11: contents
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 8
65ppm: 9
75ppm: 10
2205 2 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Plain paper (Color) Normal temperature 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: Refer to 0~18 M 4 - No HS
control temperature (Center thermistor) 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11: contents
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 10
75ppm: 11
2205 4 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Thick paper Normal temperature 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: Refer to 0~18 M 4 - No HS
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 9
65ppm: 10
75ppm: 11
2205 6 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Thick paper (Color) Normal temperature 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: Refer to 0~18 M 4 - No HS
control temperature (Center thermistor) 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11: contents
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 11
75ppm: 12
2205 7 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Thick paper Normal temp. 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: Refer to 0~18 M 4 - No HS
control temperature (Monochrome) decelerating (Center 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11: contents
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 9
65/75ppm: 10

08 SETTING MODE
2205 8 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Thick paper (Color) Normal temp. 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: 11 0~18 M 4 - No HS
control temperature decelerating (Center 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
2206 0 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Plain paper Low temperature (Center 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: Refer to 0~18 M 4 - No HS
control temperature (Monochrome) thermistor) 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11: contents
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 10
65ppm: 11
75ppm: 12
2206 2 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Plain paper (Color) Low temperature (Center 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: Refer to 0~18 M 4 - No HS
control temperature thermistor) 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11: contents
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 11
75ppm: 13
2206 4 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Thick paper Low temperature (Center 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: Refer to 0~18 M 4 - No HS
control temperature (Monochrome) thermistor) 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11: contents
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 11
65ppm: 12
75ppm: 17
2206 6 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Thick paper (Color) Low temperature (Center 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: 13 0~18 M 4 - No HS
control temperature thermistor) 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11:
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
2206 7 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Plain paper Low temp. decelerating 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: Refer to 0~18 M 4 - No HS
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 10
65/75ppm: 11
2206 8 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Plain paper (Color) Low temp. decelerating 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: 11 0~18 M 4 - No HS
control temperature (Center thermistor) 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11:
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
2206 9 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Thick paper Low temp. decelerating 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: Refer to 0~18 M 4 - No HS
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 11
65/75ppm: 12
2206 10 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Thick paper (Color) Low temp. decelerating 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: 13 0~18 M 4 - No HS
control temperature (Center thermistor) 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11:
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
2208 - Process Fuser Lower limit value of Thick paper 1 Center thermistor 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: 10 0~18 M 1 - No HS
control temperature 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11:
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
2209 - Process Fuser Lower limit value of Thick paper 2 Center thermistor 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: 10 0~18 M 1 - No HS
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC

08 SETTING MODE
2210 - Process Fuser Lower limit value of Thick paper 3 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: 11 0~18 M 1 - No HS
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
2212 0 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Plain paper (Simplex) First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 0 0~200 M 4 - No HS
switching time (C-Th) (Monochrome) * C-Th: Center thermistor
* Be sure to keep this setting as it is if there is no special
2212 1 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Plain paper (Simplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
switching time (C-Th) (Monochrome) <Default value> contents
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 2
* C-Th: Center thermistor
2212 2 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Plain paper (Simplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
55/65ppm: 24
75ppm: 3
switching time (C-Th) (Color) * C-Th: Center thermistor
switching time (C-Th) (Color) <Default value> contents
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 4
55/65ppm: 24
75ppm: 6
2212 6 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Plain paper (Duplex) First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 0 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 7 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Plain paper (Duplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 2
2212 8 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Plain paper (Duplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
55/65ppm: 24
75ppm: 3

08 SETTING MODE
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 4
55/65ppm: 24
75ppm: 6
2212 12 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper (Simplex) First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 2
2212 13 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper (Simplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 3
2212 14 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper (Simplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
55/65ppm: 24
75ppm: 4
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 12
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 24
55/65ppm: 24
75ppm: 36
2212 18 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper (Duplex) First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 2

08 SETTING MODE
2212 19 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper (Duplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 3
2212 20 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper (Duplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
55/65ppm: 24
75ppm: 4
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 12
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 24
55/65ppm: 24
75ppm: 36
2212 24 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Recycled paper First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 0 0~200 M 4 - No HS
switching time (C-Th) (Simplex) (Monochrome) * C-Th: Center thermistor
2212 25 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Recycled paper Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 12 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 26 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Recycled paper Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 24 0~200 M 4 - No HS
switching time (C-Th) (Simplex) (Color) * C-Th: Center thermistor

08 SETTING MODE
2212 30 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Recycled paper (Duplex) First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 0 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 31 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Recycled paper (Duplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 12 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 32 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Recycled paper (Duplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 24 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 48 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper 1 (Simplex) First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 0 0~200 M 4 - No HS
switching time (C-Th) * C-Th: Center thermistor
2212 49 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper 1 (Simplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 12 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 50 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper 1 (Simplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 24 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 51 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper 1 (Duplex) First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 0 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 52 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper 1 (Duplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 12 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 53 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper 1 (Duplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 24 0~200 M 4 - No HS

08 SETTING MODE

08 SETTING MODE
2212 72 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Special paper 1 First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 0 0~200 M 4 - No HS
switching time (C-Th) (Simplex) * C-Th: Center thermistor
2212 73 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Special paper 1 Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 12 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 74 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Special paper 1 Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 24 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 75 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Special paper 1 (Duplex) First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 0 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 76 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Special paper 1 (Duplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 12 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 77 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Special paper 1 (Duplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 24 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 78 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Special paper 2 First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 0 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 79 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Special paper 2 Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 12 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 80 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Special paper 2 Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 24 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 81 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Special paper 2 (Duplex) First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 0 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 82 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Special paper 2 (Duplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 12 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 83 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Special paper 2 (Duplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 24 0~200 M 4 - No HS
switching time (C-Th) (Low temperature) * C-Th: Center thermistor
switching time (C-Th) (Low temperature) <Default value> contents
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 1

08 SETTING MODE
55/65ppm: 24
75ppm: 2
switching time (C-Th) (High temperature) * C-Th: Center thermistor
2212 94 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Plain paper (Simplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 12 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 95 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Plain paper (Simplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 24 0~200 M 4 - No HS
switching time (C-Th) (Low temperature) * C-Th: Center thermistor
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 1
55/65ppm: 24
75ppm: 2
2212 99 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Plain paper (Duplex) First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
switching time (C-Th) (Color) (High <Default value> contents
temperature) 55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 12
75ppm: 24
75ppm: 36

08 SETTING MODE
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 12
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 24
55/65ppm: 24
75ppm: 36
switching time (C-Th) (High temperature) <Default value> contents
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 12
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 24
55/65ppm: 24
75ppm: 36
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 12
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 24
55/65ppm: 24
75ppm: 36

08 SETTING MODE
75ppm: 12
75ppm: 24
75ppm: 36
2212 114 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Recycled paper (Duplex) First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 12
2212 115 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Recycled paper (Duplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 24
2212 116 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Recycled paper (Duplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 36
2212 117 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Plain paper (Duplex) First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
switching time (C-Th) (Monochrome) (High <Default value> contents
75ppm: 12
75ppm: 24
75ppm: 36

08 SETTING MODE
75ppm: 12
75ppm: 24
75ppm: 36
2212 123 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Recycled paper (Duplex) First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 12
2212 124 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Recycled paper (Duplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 24
2212 125 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Recycled paper (Duplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) Refer to 0~200 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 36
switching time (C-Th) (Normal 2 temperature) * C-Th: Center thermistor
2212 130 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Plain paper (Duplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 12 0~200 M 4 - No HS

08 SETTING MODE
2212 131 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Plain paper (Duplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 24 0~200 M 4 - No HS
switching time (C-Th) (Normal 2 temperature) <Default value> contents
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 12
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 24
55/65ppm: 24
75ppm: 36
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 12
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 24
55/65ppm: 24
75ppm: 36
2212 138 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper (Simplex) First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 0 0~200 M 4 - No HS
switching time (C-Th) (Mono.) (Normal temp. * C-Th: Center thermistor
decelerating) * Be sure to keep this setting as it is if there is no special
2212 139 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper (Simplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 12 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 140 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper (Simplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 24 0~200 M 4 - No HS
switching time (C-Th) (Monochrome) (Normal * C-Th: Center thermistor
temp. decelerating) * Be sure to keep this setting as it is if there is no special
switching time (C-Th) (Color) (Normal temp. * C-Th: Center thermistor

08 SETTING MODE
2212 144 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper (Duplex) First drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 0 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 145 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper (Duplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 12 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 146 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Thick paper (Duplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 24 0~200 M 4 - No HS
switching time (C-Th) (Low temp. decelerating) * C-Th: Center thermistor
2212 154 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Plain paper (Duplex) Second drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 12 0~200 M 4 - No HS
2212 155 Process Fuser Print temperature drop Plain paper (Duplex) Third drop Input value x 5 sec. later (Range: 0 to 200 sec.) 24 0~200 M 4 - No HS

08 SETTING MODE
switching time (C-Th) (Simplex) (Low temp. * C-Th: Center thermistor
switching time (C-Th) (High temp. * C-Th: Center thermistor
switching time (C-Th) (Monochrome) (High * C-Th: Center thermistor

08 SETTING MODE
switching time (C-Th) (Color) (High temp. * C-Th: Center thermistor
2233 - Process Fuser Temperature setting for Envelope 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: 3 0~16 M 1 - No HS
handling 11: 175ºC 12: Disabled 13: 100ºC 14: 105ºC 15: 110ºC
16: 115ºC
2242 - Process Fuser Switchover of print speed Thick paper 0: Disabled 0 0~20 M 1 - No HS
1~20: Input value x 10 sheets
2246 0 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Special paper 1 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: 2 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
2246 1 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Special paper 2 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: 2 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
2248 - Process Fuser Threshold value for 0: Disabled 1: 30 sec. 2: 60 sec. 3: 90 sec. 4: 120 sec. 2 0~10 M 1 - No HS
application time of pre- 5: 150 sec. 6: 180 sec. 7: 210 sec. 8: 240 sec. 9: 270
running when finished sec. 10: 300 sec.
printing
2280 0 Process Fuser Switchover of print speed Enable/disable setting Plain paper 0: Disabled Refer to 0~4 M 4 - No HS
1, 2: Enable for black/color at low temperatures contents
3, 4: Enable only for color at low temperatures
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 3
2280 1 Process Fuser Switchover of print speed Enable/disable setting Thick paper 0: Disabled Refer to 0~4 M 4 - No HS
1: Enable for black/color at low temperatures contents
2: Enable for black/color at all environments
3: Enable only for color at low temperatures
4: Enable only for color at all environments
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 2
2282 0 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Envelope Normal temperature When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~15 M 4 - No HS
start.
0: Disabled 1: 1 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 5: 5
sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec. 10: 10 sec.
11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16 sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20
sec.

08 SETTING MODE
2282 1 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Envelope Low temperature When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~15 M 4 - No HS
start.
11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16 sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20
sec.
2307 - Process Transfer Setting of 2nd transfer For each destination 0: 80 g/m2 (21.3 lb.)/EUR Refer to Refer to M 1 - No HS
bias table (Paper thickness) 1: 75 g/m2 (20 lb.)/UC contents contents
2: 64 g/m2 (17.1 lb.)/JPN
<Default value>
MJD/MJC: 0
NAD/NAC: 1
Others: 2
2344 - Process Image control Expose timing switching 0: Disabled 0 0~1 M 1 - No HS
setting 1: Enabled
* The yellow band at the leading edge of an image may
be released when “1” (Enabled) is set for this code.
2370 - Process Ozone Exhaust fan high-speed 0: No control 1: 15 sec. 2: 20 sec. 3: 25 sec. 4: 30 sec. 5 0~10 M 1 Yes - No HS
suctioning fan rotation control period of 5: 40 sec. 6: 50 sec. 7: 60 sec. 8: 90 sec. 9: 2 min. 10:
time setting in ready 3 min.
status
2380 - Process Cleaner Control of Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 1 0~1 M 1 Yes - No HS
photoconductive drum 1: Enabled
idling in standby mode
2381 - Process Cleaner Control of Rotation starting time 0: 1 min. 30 sec. 1: 2 min. 50 sec. 2: 3 min. 50 sec. 3: 4 4 0~6 M 1 Yes - No HS
photoconductive drum min. 50 sec. 4: 6 min. 50 sec. 5: 9 min. 50 sec. 6: 14
idling in standby mode min. 50 sec.
2385 - Process General Shift condition to fan Number of output pages 0: 250 sheets 1: 500 sheets 2: 750 sheets 3: 1000 3 0~10 M 1 - No HS
driving sleep mode sheets 4: 1500 sheets 5: 2000 sheets 6: 2500 sheets 7:
3000 sheets 8: 4000 sheets 9: 5000 sheets 10: 50000
sheets
2386 - Process General Shift condition to fan Temperature condition 0: None (Temperature condition is disabled) 4 0~7 M 1 - No HS
driving sleep mode 1: 10ºC or less 2: 12ºC or less 3: 14ºC or less 4: 16ºC or
less 5: 18ºC or less 6: 20ºC or less 7: 22ºC or less
* When "0" is selected for the adjustment value, the
controlling of both the low and high temperature
conditions is disabled.
2395 - Process Image control Suppression of streaks Ozone suctioning fan Setting the number of To reduce image errors, exhaust the ozone to prevent 0 0~10 M 1 - No HS
on slit glass control accumulated print sheets discharge products from adhering to the slit glass
When printing is performed with a number of
accumulated print sheets below the one set in this code
or printing reaches the number of accumulated print
sheets set in this code, if a job whose number of print
sheets exceeds the one set in 08-2396 is performed, the
ozone suctioning fan will work during the period
(seconds) set in 08-2397.
0: Disabled 1: 200 2: 400 3: 600 4: 800 5: 1000 6: 2000 7:
3000 8: 4000 9: 5000 10: 9999
* A3: Double-count

08 SETTING MODE
2396 - Process Image control Suppression of streaks Ozone suctioning fan Setting the number of To reduce image errors, exhaust the ozone to prevent 5 0~10 M 1 - No HS
on slit glass control continuous print sheets discharge products from adhering to the slit glass
When printing is performed with a number of
accumulated print sheets below the one set in 80-2395 or
printing reaches the accumulated number of print sheets
set in 08-2395, if a job with the number of continuous
print sheets set in this code is performed, the ozone
suctioning fan will work during the period (seconds) set in
08-2397.
0: 50 1: 100 2: 200 3: 300 4: 400 5: 500 6: 600 7: 700 8:
800 9: 900 10: 1000
* When "0" is set in 08-2395, this setting is disabled.
* A3: Double-count
2397 - Process Image control Suppression of streaks Ozone suctioning fan Job interrupt time setting To reduce image errors, exhaust the ozone to prevent it 40 0~180 M 1 - No HS
on slit glass control from adhering to the slit glass
The ozone suctioning fan works during the period
(seconds) set in this code.
* When "0" is set in 08-2395, this setting is disabled.
2486 - Process Image quality Contrast voltage Voltage correction Valid/Invalid setting Sets whether or not correcting the contrast voltage in 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
control image quality control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
2492 - Process Image quality Closed-loop Automatic start-up (At Enable/disable setting Sets the behavior of closed-loop control at power-ON 1 0~2 M 1 - No HS
control power-ON) when the fuser roller temperature becomes below the
specified level.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (Performed in the short mode)
2: Enabled (Performed in the full mode)
2493 - Process Image quality Contrast voltage Default value 0: Calculated with environmental parameter 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
control determination method 1: Result of last close + environmental variation
selection
2495 - Process Image quality Short mode Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
control 1: Enabled
2496 - Process Image quality Closed-loop Automatic execution Enable/disable setting Sets the behavior of closed-loop control at the operation 1 0~2 M 1 - No HS
control (when the equipment is start when the equipment has not been used for a
being left unattended in specified period of time in the energy saving mode.
the energy saving mode) 0: Disabled
1: Enabled (Performed in the short mode)
2: Enabled (Performed in the full mode)
2497 - Process Image quality Short mode Automatic start-up Accumulated printed (Unit: Sheet) 250 0~2000 M 1 - No HS
control (Accumulated print number of sheets setting
volume) 2
2498 - Process Image quality Full mode Automatic start-up Enable/disable setting Sets whether or not to perform the image quality control 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
control (Accumulated print full mode automatically when more than the specified
volume) number of sheets have been printed out after the
previous control execution.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2499 - Process Image quality Closed-loop Automatic execution Enable/disable setting Sets whether or not to perform closed-loop control 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
control (drum temperature automatically when the drum temperature varies beyond
variation) the specified value after the previous control execution.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2500 - Process Image quality Closed-loop Automatic start-up Enable/disable setting Sets whether or not performing closed-loop control 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
control (When recovered from automatically when recovered from "Toner empty".
"Toner empty") 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2501 - Process Image quality Closed-loop Automatic start-up (Start- Enable/disable setting Sets whether or not to perform closed-loop control 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
control up before calibration automatically before calibration is executed.
execution) 0: Disabled
1: Enabled

08 SETTING MODE
2504 - Process Image quality Closed-loop Automatic start-up (At Temperature setting of Sets the fuser unit temperature to perform closed-loop 7 0~20 M 1 - No HS
control power-ON) fuser unit at power-ON control when "1" or "2" (valid) is set in 08-2492.
0: 20ºC 1: 25ºC 2: 30ºC 3: 35ºC 4: 40ºC 5: 45ºC 6:
50ºC 7: 55ºC 8: 60ºC 9: 65ºC 10: 70ºC 11: 75ºC 12:
80ºC 13: 85ºC 14: 90ºC 15: 95ºC 16: 100ºC 17: 105ºC
18: 110ºC 19: 115ºC 20: 120ºC
2505 - Process Image quality Closed-loop Automatic start-up Relative humidity Sets the relative humidity difference for the control 2 1~6 M 1 - No HS
control (Relative humidity difference setting execution.
variation) 1: 5% 2: 10% 3: 15% 4: 20% 5: 25% 6: 30%
2506 - Process Development Enable/disable setting of 0: Disabled 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
toner density correction 1: Enabled
control When setting the value of 08-2707 (Toner density ratio
manual offset control) to other than "0" (Disabled), set the
value of this code to "0" (Disabled).
2507 - Process Image quality Closed-loop Automatic execution Period of time Sets the unattended period of time before closed-loop 15 0~15 M 1 Yes - No HS
control unattended control automatically starts in the energy saving mode
when "1" (Enabled) is set for 08-2496.
0: 3 min. 1: 5 min. 2: 7 min. 3: 10 min. 4: 15 min. 5: 20
min. 6: 30 min. 7: 45 min. 8: 60 min. 9: 90 min. 10: 120
min. 11: 150 min. 12: 180 min. 13: 240 min. 14: 300
min. 15: 360 min.
2508 - Process Image quality Closed-loop Automatic execution Drum temperature Sets the drum temperature variation range when "1" 7 3~50 M 1 - No HS
control (drum temperature difference setting (Enabled) is set in 08-2499.
variation)
2509 - Process Image quality Closed-loop Automatic start-up Setting of accumulated Sets the number of accumulated print volume to perform 2000 0~9999 M 1 - No HS
control (Accumulated print print volume closed-loop control when "1" (valid) is set in 08-2498.
volume) Image problems may occur if the value extremely smaller
than the default value is set to the equipment whose print
ratio of monochrome is relatively high.
(Unit: page)
2513 0 Process Image quality Contrast voltage Offset correction setting Y 0: -80 1: -60 2: -40 3: -20 4: -10 5: 0 6: +10 7: +20 8: 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
control (Standard speed) +40 9: +60 10: +80
(Unit: V)
2513 1 Process Image quality Contrast voltage Offset correction setting M 0: -80 1: -60 2: -40 3: -20 4: -10 5: 0 6: +10 7: +20 8: 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
(Unit: V)
2513 2 Process Image quality Contrast voltage Offset correction setting C 0: -80 1: -60 2: -40 3: -20 4: -10 5: 0 6: +10 7: +20 8: 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
(Unit: V)
2513 3 Process Image quality Contrast voltage Offset correction setting K 0: -80 1: -60 2: -40 3: -20 4: -10 5: 0 6: +10 7: +20 8: 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
(Unit: V)
control (Decelerating 1) +40 9: +60 10: +80
(Unit: V)
(Unit: V)
(Unit: V)
(Unit: V)
2515 - Process Image quality Contrast voltage Offset correction setting K 0: -80 1: -60 2: -40 3: -20 4: -10 5: 0 6: +10 7: +20 8: 5 0~10 M 1 - No HS
control (High speed) +40 9: +60 10: +80
(Unit: V)
2525 0 Process Image quality Laser power Offset correction setting Y 0: -25 1: -20 2: -15 3: -10 4: -5 5: ±0 6: +5 7: +10 8: 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
(Unit: µW)

08 SETTING MODE
2525 1 Process Image quality Laser power Offset correction setting M 0: -25 1: -20 2: -15 3: -10 4: -5 5: ±0 6: +5 7: +10 8: 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
(Unit: µW)
2525 2 Process Image quality Laser power Offset correction setting C 0: -25 1: -20 2: -15 3: -10 4: -5 5: ±0 6: +5 7: +10 8: 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
(Unit: µW)
2525 3 Process Image quality Laser power Offset correction setting K 0: -25 1: -20 2: -15 3: -10 4: -5 5: ±0 6: +5 7: +10 8: 5 0~10 M 4 - No HS
(Unit: µW)
(Unit: µW)
(Unit: µW)
(Unit: µW)
(Unit: µW)
2527 - Process Image quality Laser power Offset correction setting Monochrome 0: -25 1: -20 2: -15 3: -10 4: -5 5: ±0 6: +5 7: +10 8: 5 0~10 M 1 - No HS
control (High speed) +15 9: +20 10: +25
(Unit: µW)
2528 - Process Image quality Abnormality detection Display/0 clearing Y Counts the abnormality detection of image quality control. 0 0~16 M 1 Yes - No HS
control Accumulating total of [CE10], [CE20] and [CE40]
2529 - Process Image quality Abnormality detection Display/0 clearing M Counts the abnormality detection of image quality control. 0 0~16 M 1 Yes - No HS
2530 - Process Image quality Abnormality detection Display/0 clearing C Counts the abnormality detection of image quality control. 0 0~16 M 1 Yes - No HS
2531 - Process Image quality Abnormality detection Display/0 clearing K Counts the abnormality detection of image quality control. 0 0~16 M 1 Yes - No HS
(Unit: V)
(Unit: V)
(Unit: V)
(Unit: V)
(Unit: µW)
(Unit: µW)
(Unit: µW)
(Unit: µW)

08 SETTING MODE
2548 0 Process Image quality Potential on white Y Sets the offset amount of the potential on the white 4 0~10 M 4 - No HS
control background/Correction background. When a larger value is set, smudged text is
setting suppressed, but adhering of the carrier will occur easily.
When a smaller value is set, adhering of the carrier to the
white background is suppressed, but the text will become
thicker easily.
0: -55 1: -35 2: -20 3: -5 4: 0 5: 10 6: 25 7: 40 8: 55
9: 70 10: 80
(Unit: V)
2548 1 Process Image quality Potential on white M Sets the offset amount of the potential on the white 4 0~10 M 4 - No HS
thicker easily.
0: -55 1: -35 2: -20 3: -5 4: 0 5: 10 6: 25 7: 40 8: 55
9: 70 10: 80
(Unit: V)
2548 2 Process Image quality Potential on white C Sets the offset amount of the potential on the white 4 0~10 M 4 - No HS
thicker easily.
0: -55 1: -35 2: -20 3: -5 4: 0 5: 10 6: 25 7: 40 8: 55
9: 70 10: 80
(Unit: V)
2548 3 Process Image quality Potential on white K Sets the offset amount of the potential on the white 4 0~10 M 4 - No HS
thicker easily.
0: -55 1: -35 2: -20 3: -5 4: 0 5: 10 6: 25 7: 40 8: 55
9: 70 10: 80
(Unit: V)
2556 - Process Transfer 1st transfer 0: Disabled 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
environmental control 1: Enabled
switchover
2560 0 Process Image quality Drum surface potential Counter of the number of Control abnormality (Y) Displays the number of drum surface potential (V0) 0 0~3 M 4 - No HS
control (V0) sensor abnormalities sensor control abnormalities.
2560 1 Process Image quality Drum surface potential Counter of the number of Control abnormality (M) Displays the number of drum surface potential (V0) 0 0~3 M 4 - No HS
2560 2 Process Image quality Drum surface potential Counter of the number of Control abnormality (C) Displays the number of drum surface potential (V0) 0 0~3 M 4 - No HS
2560 3 Process Image quality Drum surface potential Counter of the number of Control abnormality (K) Displays the number of drum surface potential (V0) 0 0~3 M 4 - No HS
2561 - Process Image quality Drum surface potential Sensor control Enable/disable setting Sets whether drum surface potential (V0) sensor control Refer to 0~2 M 1 - No HS
control (V0) sensor is enabled or disabled. contents
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (Performed on Y/M/C/K station)
2: Enabled (Performed on K station)
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 2
2577 0 Process Image quality Drum surface potential Counter of the number of Sensor shutter closing Displays the number of drum surface potential (V0) 0 0~2 M 4 - No HS
control (V0) sensor abnormalities control abnormality (Y) sensor shutter closing control abnormalities.

08 SETTING MODE
control (V0) sensor abnormalities control abnormality (M) sensor shutter closing control abnormalities.
control (V0) sensor abnormalities control abnormality (C) sensor shutter closing control abnormalities.
control (V0) sensor abnormalities control abnormality (K) sensor shutter closing control abnormalities.
2600 - Process Image quality Image quality TRC Pattern formation Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
control control 1: Enabled
2628 - Process Image quality Short mode Automatic start-up (High Enable/disable setting Sets whether or not to execute Short mode at high 0 0~1 M 1 - No HS
control humidity) humidity. Use this code if the variation of the image
density is large at paper feeding.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* Short mode is executed when the value has reached
the one set in 08-2629-1 while the one set in 08-2629-0
has been exceeded.
* When "1" (Enabled) is set, the number of the Short
mode execution times is increased.
2629 0 Process Image quality Short mode Automatic start-up (High Humidity setting Sets the humidity which will be the execution condition of 75 0~100 M 4 - No HS
control humidity) image quality control (short-size paper) at a high
humidity.
(Unit: %)
* This code is available only when "1" is set for 08-2628.
2629 1 Process Image quality Short mode Automatic start-up (High Number of print sheets Sets the number of print sheets which will be the 100 0~1000 M 4 - No HS
control humidity) execution condition of image quality control (short-size
paper) at a high humidity.
(Unit: Sheet)
* This code is available only when "1" is set for 08-2628.
2630 - Process Image quality Full mode Light intensity 0: Performs light intensity adjustment at every Full mode 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
control adjustment mode IQC execution
selection 1: Performs light intensity adjustment when Full mode
IQC is executed after 200,000 sheets of paper are printed
2670 - Process Development Display of developer Displayed/Not displayed 0: Displayed 0 0~1 M 1 - No HS
material replacement setting 1: Not displayed
2675 0 Process Development Display of developer Threshold setting Y Sets the threshold for displaying the replacement timing 100 50~150 M 4 - No HS
material replacement (degree of degeneration) of developer material. When the
message appears even if no defective image is printed,
increase the threshold for approx. 10.
2675 1 Process Development Display of developer Threshold setting M Sets the threshold for displaying the replacement timing 100 50~150 M 4 - No HS
2675 2 Process Development Display of developer Threshold setting C Sets the threshold for displaying the replacement timing 100 50~150 M 4 - No HS
2675 3 Process Development Display of developer Threshold setting K Sets the threshold for displaying the replacement timing 100 50~150 M 4 - No HS
2677 - Process Development Toner refreshment Execution after being left Enable/disable setting Sets whether the control to stabilize image quality after 0 0~1 M 1 - No HS
the equipment the equipment is left unattended for a long time is
unattended enabled or not. When this setting is enabled, the amount
of toner consumption and waste toner may increase.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled

08 SETTING MODE
2678 0 Process Development Toner refreshment Execution after being left Display of number of Displays the number of level 1 executions of toner 0 0~9999 M 4 - No HS
the equipment times of execution (Level refreshing behavior after being unattended.
unattended 1)
unattended 2)
unattended 3)
2679 0 Process Development Toner refreshment Execution after being left Number of printing test Sets the number of toner refresh patterns to be printed on 2 1~8 M 4 - No HS
the equipment pattern (Level 1) the transfer belt in level 1 toner refreshing after leaving.
unattended
unattended
unattended
2680 - Process Development Toner refreshment Prevention function of Forcible discharge mode 0: OFF 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
density decrease of color of developer material 1: ON
toner * Do not set this code to "0" (OFF) if the print ratio of
monochrome is high. Density of color toner may
decrease.
2681 - Process Development Toner refreshment Number of printing test Sets the number of times the toner refreshing mode test 2 2~6 M 1 - No HS
pattern pattern is printed on the transfer belt surface when the
equipment enters into the toner refreshing mode.
* This code is valid only when the value of 08-2680 is "1"
(ON).
2682 0 Process Development Toner refreshment Threshold to start up Print ratio (equivalent) Equivalent to time/ equivalent to number of sheets 24 0~999 M 4 - No HS
refreshing (L)
2682 1 Process Development Toner refreshment Threshold to start up Offset Equivalent to time/ equivalent to number of sheets 0 0~999 M 4 - No HS
refreshing (L)
2685 - Process Development Toner refreshment Threshold to start up Number of sheets (Unit: Sheet) 500 50~2000 M 1 - No HS
refreshing * This code is valid only when the value of 08-2680 is "1"
(ON).
2694 - Process Development Developer material Enforced discharge Discharge time 0: 30 sec. 2 0~4 M 1 - No HS
1: 1 min.
2: 2 min.
3: 4 min.
4: 6 min.
2695 - Process Development Developer material Enforced discharge Threshold for 2nd 65 30~100 M 1 - No HS
judgment
2699 - Process Development Developer bias AC ON/OFF setting 0: OFF 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
1: ON
2707 0 Process Development Toner density ratio Manual offset control Y 0: Invalid 1: +7 bit 2: +13 bit 3: +26 bit 4: +32 bit 5: -7 0 0~8 M 4 - No HS
bit 6: -13 bit 7: -26 bit 8: -32 bit
* When setting the value of this code to other than "0", set
the value of 08-2506 (Enable/disable setting of toner
density correction control) to "0" (Disabled).
2707 1 Process Development Toner density ratio Manual offset control M 0: Invalid 1: +7 bit 2: +13 bit 3: +26 bit 4: +32 bit 5: -7 0 0~8 M 4 - No HS
bit 6: -13 bit 7: -26 bit 8: -32 bit
2707 2 Process Development Toner density ratio Manual offset control C 0: Invalid 1: +7 bit 2: +13 bit 3: +26 bit 4: +32 bit 5: -7 0 0~8 M 4 - No HS
bit 6: -13 bit 7: -26 bit 8: -32 bit

08 SETTING MODE
2707 3 Process Development Toner density ratio Manual offset control K 0: Invalid 1: +7 bit 2: +13 bit 3: +26 bit 4: +32 bit 5: -7 0 0~8 M 4 - No HS
bit 6: -13 bit 7: -26 bit 8: -32 bit
3015 - Scanner Pre-scan setting 0: Not performing pre-scanning 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
switchover 1: Performing pre-scanning
3025 - Scanner Correction of carriage 0: No correction 2 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
position 1: Performs correction before scanning
2: Performs correction after scanning
3026 - Scanner DF Maximum size detection Selects the detection method of the maximum length for 0 0~1 SYS 1 - No H
method for mixed-size the mixed-size original placed on the original tray of the
original DF.
0: Detecting by both the width and length sensors on the
original tray.
1: Detecting by only the width sensor on the original tray.
* Set "1" if the maximum length of the original cannot be
detected by the length sensor(s) on the original tray due
to the mixed status of the original. When "1" is set, an
original on the original tray is judged as the maximum
size among standard-size papers of the same length
detected by the width sensor. Therefore, if the actual
length of the original is shorter than judged, performance
will decrease.
3065 - Scanner Initialization of model Normally this code is not used. When an error occurs by - - - 3 - No -
information in lens unit installing the lens unit used for other models, perform this
code to initialize the model information.
3075 - Scanner DF Allowing of trailing edge 0: Not allowed 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
adjustment of scanning 1: Allowed
3077 - Scanner DSDF Tray up settings 0: Enabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
1: Disabled
3078 - Scanner DSDF At feeding retry Original tray lift Sets whether the original tray is to be lifted when paper 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
performance setting misfeeding has occurred.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* Set "1" (Enabled) for this code when an E717 error
(paper jam) has frequently occurred. This error may be
released.
3080 - Scanner Original glass Detection method of 1: Two-step detection (lights twice) 1 1, 3 SYS 1 - Yes H
original size 3: Single-step detection (lights once)
When "3" is set, the detection accuracy of dark originals
may decrease.
3090 - Scanner DF Dust detection in the slit 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
glass 1: Enabled
3091 - Scanner DSDF Dust detection in the 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
shading correction plate 1: Enabled
3500 - System User interface Card reading device 1st type Device setting 0 or 60001: USB HID KB I/F reader (Elatec TWN4 with 0 0~429496729 SYS 5 Yes Def Yes H
KB I/F and others) 5
0 or 100001: Elatec TWN4 with Simple Protocol F/W
0 or 160001: Elatec TWN4 with Simple Protocol F/
W(HID)
60101 or 80101: Nuance(PC Only)
80001: Nuance(Binary Mode)
90001: Magnetic Stripe Card Reader I/F(Elatec TWN4
with TOSHIBA proprietary F/W)
0003: SSFC mode

08 SETTING MODE
3501 - System User interface Card reading device 1st type Format information 1 Sets the configuration of a card reader by means of 0 0~429496729 SYS 5 Yes Def Yes H
"BLSP0000" (4-byte and 8 digits/the last 4 digits fixed 5
with "0000"). This is set when "90001" is selected in
3500.
- B: Bit Rate (other than 1 through 7: 9,600 bps)
1: 2,400 bps
2: 4,800 bps
3: 9,600 bps
4: 19,200 bps
5: 38,400 bps
6: 57,600 bps
7: 115,200 bps
- L: Data Length
7: 7 bits
8: 8 bits
- S: Stop Bit
1: 1 stop bit
2: 2 stop bits
3: 1.5 stop bits
- P: Parity
0: none
1: odd
2: even
3502 - System User interface Card reading device 1st type Format information 2 Supported only for JP model. 0 0~429496729 SYS 5 Yes Def Yes H
5
3503 - System User interface Card reading device 1st type Format information 3 Supported only for JP model. 0 Refer to SYS 5 Yes Def Yes H
contents
3504 - System User interface Card reading device Card authentication LDAP server number for the card authentication when a 0 0~100 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
LDAP server noncontact IC card is used should be set.
3509 0 System User interface Control panel touch Volume Sets the volume of the operation sound. 2 0~4 SYS 4 Yes Def Yes H
sound 0: OFF
1: Volume 1
2: Volume 2
3: Volume 3
4: Volume 4
3509 1 System User interface Control panel touch Tone Sets the solfa (tone) of the operation sound. 0 0~8 SYS 4 Yes Def Yes H
sound (Unit: kHz)
0: 2.0 1: 1.5 2: 1.8 3: 1.9 4: 2.1 5: 2.2 6: 2.4 7: 2.5 8:
2.8
3510 - System Serial No. display - - SYS 2 - No H
(FRAM)
3511 - System User interface Customized UI Installation Installs the customized UI data. - - - 3 - No -
3512 - System User interface Customized UI Uninstallation Uninstalls the customized UI data to return them to the - - - 3 - No -
status before the installation.
3513 - System User interface Printer driver Position adjustment at Display of check box 0: Non display 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
duplex printing 1: Display
3514 - System User interface TopAccess Reproduction ratio Display of screen 0: Non display 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
adjustment at duplex 1: Display
printing
3515 0 System Built-in AppID Application 1 The application ID of built-in application. This is recorded - - H/S 14 - Yes S
application at the installation. The values are returned to the initial
ones when the HDD is replaced or cleared.

08 SETTING MODE

08 SETTING MODE
3516 0 System Built-in Version Application 1 The version of built-in application. This is recorded at the - - H/S 14 - Yes S
application installation. The values are returned to the initial ones
when the HDD is replaced or cleared.

08 SETTING MODE
3517 0 System Built-in Number of start-up times Application 1 Number of start-up times of built-in application installed. 0 - H/S 14 - Yes S
application The values are returned to the initial ones when the HDD
is replaced or cleared.

08 SETTING MODE

08 SETTING MODE
3518 0 System Built-in Product ID Application 1 Product ID for built-in application and registered at the - - H/S 14 - Yes S
application installation
When the replacing or clearing of the HDD is carried out,
the value is returned to the default one.

08 SETTING MODE

08 SETTING MODE
3600 0 System General Available profile display PS_IS34_00.icc Displays PG Device Pure Gray TRC attribute for the - - - 14 - No -
current RGB Ink Sim profile and the same sub-code.

08 SETTING MODE

08 SETTING MODE
3601 - System General Recovery of the profile at Recovers the default RGB Ink Sim profile and PG Device 0 0~53 - 1 - No -
the shipment Pure Gray TRC in the same sub-code.
0: PS_IS34_00 1: PS_IS34_01 2: PS_IS34_02 ... 51:
PS_IS34_51 52: PS_IS34_52 53: PS_IS34_53
3602 - System General Copying the profile at the Copies the default RGB Ink Sim profile and PG Device 0 0~53 - 1 - No -
shipment to USB Pure Gray TRC in the same sub-code to the USB
memory memory.
0: PS_IS34_00 1: PS_IS34_01 2: PS_IS34_02 ... 51:
PS_IS34_51 52: PS_IS34_52 53: PS_IS34_53
3603 - System General Updating the profile at Uploads the default RGB Ink Sim profile and PG Device 0 0~53 - 1 - No -
the shipment from UBS PureGray TRC in the same sub-code from the USB
memory memory.
0: PS_IS34_00 1: PS_IS34_01 2: PS_IS34_02 ... 51:
PS_IS34_51 52: PS_IS34_52 53: PS_IS34_53
3604 0 System General Displaying the attribute PS_IS34_00.000 Displays the default RGB Ink Sim profile and PG Device - - - 14 - No -
of the profile at the PureGray TRC attribute in the same sub-code.
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

08 SETTING MODE
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

08 SETTING MODE
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

08 SETTING MODE
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
3605 - System General Making the profile Selecting a profile Overwrites the adjusted RGB Ink Sim 0 0~53 - 1 - No -
available profile on the current area
(PG CIE Based PureGray TRC in the same sub-code is
overwritten to the current area.)
0: PS_IS34_00 1: PS_IS34_01 2: PS_IS34_02 ... 51:
PS_IS34_51 52: PS_IS34_52 53: PS_IS34_53
3606 - System General Copying the adjusted Copies the adjusted RGB Ink Sim profile and PG CIE 0 0~53 - 1 - No -
profile to USB memory Based Pure Gray TRC in the same sub-code to USB
memory.
0: PS_IS34_00 1: PS_IS34_01 2: PS_IS34_02 ... 51:
PS_IS34_51 52: PS_IS34_52 53: PS_IS34_53
3607 - System General Uploading the adjusted Uploads the adjusted RGBInkSim profile and PG CIE 0 0~53 - 1 - No -
profile from USB memory Based PureGray TRC in the same sub-code from the
USB memory.
0: PS_IS34_00 1: PS_IS34_01 2: PS_IS34_02 ... 51:
PS_IS34_51 52: PS_IS34_52 53: PS_IS34_53
3608 0 System General Displaying the attribute PS_IS34_00.001 Displays the adjusted Output Profile and PG CIE Based - - - 14 - No -
of the profile at the Pure Gray TRC attribute in the same sub-code.
shipment
shipment

08 SETTING MODE
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

08 SETTING MODE
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

08 SETTING MODE
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
3609 - System General Download function 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 Net Yes H
setting of plug-in file for 1: Enabled
printer drivers * When the status is shifted to the high security mode, the
default value becomes "0".
3612 - System General Date of unpacking Year/month/date/day/hour/minute/second - 13 digits SYS 11 Yes - Yes H
Example: 03 07 01 3 13 27 48
"Day" - "0" is for "Sunday".
Proceeds Monday through Saturday from "1" to "6".
3615 - System General List print USB storage 0: Enable (USB storage available) 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
setting 1: Disable (USB storage not available)
3618 0 System Electricity Sleep mode Counts the time during the Sleep mode. 0 0~429496729 SYS 4 Yes - No H
monitoring (Unit: Second) 5
3618 1 System Electricity Super Sleep mode Counts the time during the Super Sleep mode. 0 0~429496729 SYS 4 Yes - No H
3618 2 System Electricity Energy Saving mode Counts the time during the Energy Saving mode. 0 0~429496729 SYS 4 Yes - No H

08 SETTING MODE
3618 3 System Electricity Ready status Counts the time during the ready status. 0 0~429496729 SYS 4 Yes - No H
3618 4 System Electricity Warm up status Counts the time during the warm up status. 0 0~429496729 SYS 4 Yes - No H
3618 5 System Electricity Printing status Counts the time during printing. 0 0~429496729 SYS 4 Yes - No H
3618 6 System Electricity Scanning status Counts the time during scanning. 0 0~429496729 SYS 4 Yes - No H
3619 - System General Clearing of service Initializes the service history list file. - - - 3 - No -
history list file
3623 - System General Real time log notification Job filtering setting Changes the target type of jobs for notification in real time 0 0~65535 SYS 1 Net Yes H
function log notification function.
3624 - System General Real time log notification Log item filtering setting Changes the target type of logs for notification in real time 2147483921 0~429496729 SYS 5 Net Yes H
function log notification function. 5
3626 - System General Real time log notification Department information Sets whether the department information (number, name, 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
function transmission setting code) is transmitted or not in the real time log notification
function.
0: Department number, department name, department
code
1: Department number, department name
3627 - System General User paper type setting When this code is carried out, the menu to install/uninstall - - - 3 - No -
menu display the user paper type is displayed.
3629 - System General Enable/disable setting of 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
standard EWB function 1: Enabled
3631 - System Network Remote Access (SNMP) 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 Net Yes H
1: Enabled
3632 - System User interface Display setting Early time toner Sets the display of the early time toner replacement 1 0~2 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
replacement prevention prevention message when the front cover is opened.
message 0: Not displayed
1: Displayed at toner near-empty
2: Always displayed
3633 0 System General License control Pre-notification setting of 0: Notifies the day of the expiration of the limitation period 0 0~30 H/S 4 Def Yes S
trial license expiration 1 to 30: Notifies the specified day before the expiration of
the limitation period
3633 1 System General License control Pre-notification setting of 0: Notifies the day of the expiration of the limitation period 0 0~30 H/S 4 Def Yes S
term license expiration 1 to 30: Notifies the specified day before the expiration of
the limitation period
3634 - System General License control Intermediate server URL Sets the URL for a server which is built between a license Refer to Refer to H/S 11 Def Yes S
setting server and an MFP contents contents
Maximum 256 letters
<Default value>
https://lic.toshiba-solutions.com/services/
3635 - System User interface Trial copy function 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Enabled
3637 - System Network Internet Fax Addition of transmission 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
header 1: Enabled
3638 - System Network Internet Fax Addition of receiving 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
record 1: Enabled
3639 - System Network Internet Fax Adding method of 1: Overwriting inside the image (5 mm from the top) 1 1~2 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
transmission header 2: Adding outside the image (5 mm from the top)

08 SETTING MODE
3640 - System Network MDS Authentication Authentication of MDS 0: Disabled (Normal mode) 0 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
system 1: Enabled (MDS authentication mode)
2: Enabled (Cloud base MDS authentication mode)
* If the EWB license has not been installed at startup, the
value of this code becomes "0" if "1" has been set.
* When the value of this code has been changed from "0"
to "1" or "2", that for 08-3641 becomes "1" accordingly.
* In order to enable this setting, specify the following
functions.
[Enable Port] or [Enable SSL/TLS Port](08-9819) in
ODCA Setting -> Enable(1)
[Department Code](08-3669) -> Disable(0)
[User Authentication](08-9264) -> Enable(1)
[User Authentication According to Function](08-8630) ->
Disable(0)
[Authentication Type](08-9293) -> MFP Local
Authentication(0)
[Auto Change Login User](08-8758) in Card
Authentication Setting -> Disable(0)
3641 - System Network MDS Authentication Display in TopAccess Sets whether the information of MDS Authentication will 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
be displayed or not in TopAccess and control panel.
0: Non display
1: Display
* When "1" or "2" has been set for 08-3640, the value of
this code becomes "1" accordingly, and cannot be
changed to "0".
3642 0 System Print/NW Fax/ User authentication Authentication method 0: Authentication with a user name and domain name 0 0~4 SYS 4 Def Yes H
IP Fax/Internet setting (current method)
Fax 1: No authentication control in the equipment
2: Authentication with a user name only
3: Authentication with domain participation information
only
4: Authentication with an external application
* "0" is set in the high security mode.
3642 2 System DPWS Scan Job authentication/ 0: Performs job authentication, permission check and 0 0, 1, 4 SYS 4 Def Yes H
Permission check/Quota Quota check.
check 1: Does not perform job authentication, permission check
and Quota check.
4: Authentication with an external application
3642 3 System Print/NW Fax/ User authentication Remote Scan 0: Normal authentication 0 0, 4 SYS 4 Def Yes H
IP Fax/Internet setting 4: Authentication with an external application
Fax * "0" is set in the high security mode.
3642 4 System Print/NW Fax/ User authentication Client Application 0: Normal authentication 0 0, 4 SYS 4 Def Yes H
3642 5 System Print/NW Fax/ User authentication TopAccess 0: Normal authentication 0 0, 4 SYS 4 Def Yes H
3643 - System User interface Filtering condition for job 0: Filtered with user name 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
list on the panel 1: Filtered with domain name and user name
* This code is valid only when the value of 08-3642-0 is
"1".
3644 - System General Login restriction for 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
reissued card 1: Enabled
3646 - System User interface User authentication Copy 0: Disabled 1 0~1 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
setting 1: Enabled
3647 - System User interface User authentication Fax/IP Fax/Internet Fax 0: Disabled 1 0~1 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
setting 1: Enabled
3648 - System User interface User authentication Printer/e-Filing 0: Disabled 1 0~1 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
setting 1: Enabled

08 SETTING MODE
3649 - System User interface User authentication Scanning 0: Disabled 1 0~1 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
setting 1: Enabled
3650 - System User interface User authentication List print 0: Disabled 1 0~1 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
setting 1: Enabled
3651 - System User interface Authentication method 0: Only password 1 0~1 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
for administrator 1: User name and password
3652 - System User interface Switchover of card Switches the display on the control panel (authentication 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
reader display on the screen) depending on the connected card reader.
control panel 0: Non-contact type
1: Card insertion type
3653 - System User interface Timing of the determined Selects the timing to be determined whether the print job 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
for the print job connectable.
connectable 0: Consumables life priority
It is judged whether the following print job exists by the
time the last page of the predecessor job is printed.
After the last page is discharged, the machine is stopped
when the following print job doesn't exist.
1: Print Performance priority
It is judged whether the following print job exists by the
time the last page of the predecessor job is discharged.
3654 0 System Security Security Stamp Copy 0: OFF 0 0~1 H/S 4 Sec Yes S
1: ON
3654 1 System Security Security Stamp Print 0: OFF 0 0~1 H/S 4 Sec Yes S
1: ON
* When the value of this code is set to "1", the value of
08-9306 is automatically set to "1" (Disabled).
3654 2 System Security Security Stamp Fax/IP Fax Transmission 0: OFF 0 0~1 H/S 4 Sec Yes S
1: ON
3654 3 System Security Security Stamp e-Filing 0: OFF 0 0~1 H/S 4 Sec Yes S
1: ON
3655 0 System Security Security Stamp Information in the stamp Date and time 0: OFF 2 0~2 H/S 4 Sec Yes S
1: Date
2: Date & Time
3655 1 System Security Security Stamp Information in the stamp Card ID 0: OFF 1 0~1 H/S 4 Sec Yes S
1: ON
3655 2 System Security Security Stamp Information in the stamp User Name 0: OFF 1 0~1 H/S 4 Sec Yes S
1: ON
3655 3 System Security Security Stamp Job ID 0: OFF 1 0~1 H/S 4 Sec Yes S
1: ON
3655 4 System Security Security Stamp Serial Number 0: OFF 1 0~1 H/S 4 Sec Yes S
1: ON
3655 5 System Security Security Stamp Department Name 0: OFF 1 0~1 H/S 4 Sec Yes S
1: ON
3655 6 System Security Security Stamp Optional text 0: OFF 1 0~1 H/S 4 Sec Yes S
1: ON
3656 - System Security Security Stamp Setting UI 0: Not Display 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
1: Display
3657 - System Feeding List/report printing from Sets to feed the paper from a drawer whose attribute is 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
system the drawer specified for specified to "FAX" when a list or report is printed.
"FAX" 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
3658 - System Network Internet Fax To/Bcc Destination Switches the destination of an internet fax to be sent to To 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
or Bcc.
0: To
1: Bcc

08 SETTING MODE
3659 - System Fax/IP Fax Image position and size This setting is applied only when a received fax/IP fax job 1 0~2 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
setting at the time of is forwarded with a pdf format file.
forwarding received fax/ 0: Sets to select the paper size from the drawers in which
IP fax jobs paper is loaded by corresponding to an image size. The
image position is the upper part of the paper.
1: Sets to select the paper size from the drawers in which
paper is loaded by corresponding to an image size. The
image position is the center part of the paper.
2: Sets to select standard size paper corresponding to an
image size. The image position is the upper part of the
paper.
- If "FAX" has been set as the attribute of a drawer, its
paper size will be applied when "0" or "1" is selected.
* This code is available only when "1" is set in 08-8519
(Scan PDF file paper size is set to "Fitted into any
standard size").
3661 - System Fax Fax operation setting 0: Transmission is not operable during off-hook 1 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
during off-hook 1: Direct transmission is operable during off-hook
transmission 2: Transmission is operable during off-hook
* If you set "2", select [Memory Transmission] in [User
Functions] - [User] - [FAX] - [TTI].
3662 - System Scan DF Waiting period for 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
continue after the DF 1: Enabled
scanning * When "Enabled" is set, the screen to notify continuity
appears for 1 second after DF scanning has been
completed.
3666 - System Process of user 0: Normal process 0 0~1 H/S 1 - Yes S
authentication 1: Special process
(SimpleBind)
3667 - System Counter Addition of the QR code 0: Disabled Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
Settings to the total counter list 1: Enabled contents
<Default value>
JPD/JPC: 1
Others: 0
3669 - System User interface Department setting User Functions 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 User Yes H
1: Enabled
3670 - System User interface User authentication User Functions 0: Disabled 1 0~1 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
setting 1: Enabled
3672 - System Setting for each debug 0: 5M 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
log file size 1: 10MB
3673 - System Self-diagnostic In one-go setting from a When processing is carried out, a setting file is read from - - - 3 Yes - No -
codes in one- USB storage device a USB storage device and the setting values of the self-
go setting diagnostic codes listed in the setting file are written
sequentially.
3674 - System Network Specifying whether to 0: Not displayed 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
display the network 1: Displayed
timeout error page on the
EWB or not
3676 - System Security Change of Remote- Maximum 65 letters #1048#toshi Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
access-service user Sets a password for a built-in user "Remote-access- ba contents
password service".
3677 0 System User interface Display/non-display of EWB access 0: Not displayed 1 0~1 H/S 4 - Yes S
the setting section authorization setting 1: Displayed
3677 1 System User interface Display/non-display of USB direct printing 0: Not displayed 1 0~1 H/S 4 - Yes S
3677 2 System User interface Display/non-display of IP fax transmission 0: Not displayed 1 0~1 H/S 4 - Yes S
3678 - System Address book Default address book Selects the address book to be displayed as default. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
0: Local address book
1: Shared address book

08 SETTING MODE
3680 0 System Fax/IP Fax/ Result list output Print settings 0: Not printed 1 0~1 SYS 4 Yes Def Yes H
Internet Fax 1: Printed
3680 1 System Fax/IP Fax/ Result list output File save settings 0: Not saved 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes Def Yes H
Internet Fax 1: Saved
3680 2 System Fax/IP Fax/ Result list output E-mail transmission 0: Not sent 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes Def Yes H
Internet Fax settings 1: Sent
3681 - System Confidentiality Job Status/Job Log 0: Disabled Refer to 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Only job status is made confidential. contents
2: Only job log is made confidential.
3: The job status and jog log are made confidential.
<Default value>
MJD/MJC: 3
Others: 0
3682 0 System Confidentiality User information 0: Does not make confidential. Refer to 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
1: Makes confidential. contents
<Default value>
MJD/MJC: 1
Others: 0
3682 1 System Confidentiality Send to information 0: Does not make confidential. Refer to 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
<Default value>
MJD/MJC: 1
Others: 0
3682 2 System Confidentiality Send from information 0: Does not make confidential. Refer to 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
<Default value>
MJD/MJC: 1
Others: 0
3682 3 System Confidentiality Agent information 0: Does not make confidential. 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
1: Makes confidential.
3683 - System Address book Setting of accessible/ Sets whether or not to allow the access to the address 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
inaccessible from the book from the outside (*).
outside * Outside: TopAccess, Outputmanagement I/F, MIB,
Client application
0: Allowed
1: Not allowed
3688 - System Centering copy Default setting 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Enabled
3691 - System Address book Maximum registration Sets the upper limit of the numbers of the addresses to 30 0~6000 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
numbers in FAVORITE be registered in FAVORITE of the address book.
3692 0 System Address book Display setting Fax/IP Fax/Internet Fax Tab displayed as default Selects the tab which is displayed when starting the 0 0~2 SYS 4 Def Yes H
address book.
0: [SINGLE] tab
1: [GROUP] tab
2: [DIRECT] tab
3692 1 System Address book Display setting Fax/IP Fax/Internet Fax Address book for Selects the display style of the address book. 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
[SINGLE] 0: Button style
1: List style
3692 2 System Address book Display setting Fax/IP Fax/Internet Fax Address book for Selects the display style of the address book. 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
[GROUP] 0: Button style
1: List style
3693 0 System Address book Display setting Scan Tab displayed as default Selects the tab which is displayed when starting the 0 0~2 SYS 4 Def Yes H
address book.
0: [SINGLE] tab
1: [GROUP] tab
2: [DIRECT] tab
3693 1 System Address book Display setting Scan Address book for Selects the display style of the address book. 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
[SINGLE] 0: Button style
1: List style

08 SETTING MODE
3693 2 System Address book Display setting Scan Address book for Selects the display style of the address book. 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
[GROUP] 0: Button style
1: List style
3694 - System User interface Display method of the Sets how to express in the UI the combination of 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
prohibited combination in functions prohibited.
functions * Some functions in SCAN and OCR only
0: Disabling the button operation.
1: Button operation is enabled, but a pop-up is displayed
not to make a setting performance.
3695 0 System Embedded Default setting 1st language Sets the initial value of the 1st language of the embedded Refer to 1~18 SYS 4 Def Yes H
OCR OCR. contents
1: English 2: German 3: French 4: Spanish 5: Italian 6:
Danish 7: Finnish 8: Norwegian 9: Swedish 10:
Netherlandish 11: Polish 12: Russian 13: Japanese 14:
Chinese (Simplified) 15: Chinese (Traditional) 16:
Brazilian Portuguese 17: European Portuguese 18:
Turkish
<Default value>
JPD/JPC: 13
CND: 14
TWD: 15
Other: 1
3695 1 System Embedded Default setting 2nd language Sets the initial value of the 2nd language of the Refer to 0~18 SYS 4 Def Yes H
OCR embedded OCR. contents
0: None 1: English 2: German 3: French 4: Spanish 5:
Italian 6: Danish 7: Finnish 8: Norwegian 9: Swedish
10: Netherlandish 11: Polish 12: Russian 13: Japanese
14: Chinese (Simplified) 15: Chinese (Traditional) 16:
Brazilian Portuguese 17: European Portuguese 18:
Turkish
<Default value>
JPD/JPC/ARD: 1
Other: 0
3695 2 System Embedded Default setting Rotation correction 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
OCR 1: Enabled
3695 3 System Embedded Default setting Page creation method XLSX (Multi) 0: 1 page in 1 sheet 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
OCR 1: Compiles multiple pages in 1 sheet
3698 - System Built-in Permission of the 0: Built-in applications are not allowed 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
application settings, installation and 1: Built-in applications are allowed
execution * "0" is set in the high security mode. In addition, if the
main memory size is 2 GB, "1" cannot be set and thus "0"
is set forcibly.
3699 - System Waste toner Nearly-full notification 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
box setting 1: Enabled
3702 - System Network Logon User Name of Maximum 128 letters - Refer to H/S 11 Net Yes S
Windows Domain contents
Authentication
3703 - System Network Password for the device Maximum 128 letters - Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
name used for device contents
authentication
3704 - System Network PDC (Primary Domain Maximum 128 letters - Refer to SYS 11 Sec Yes H
Controller) name 2 for contents
user authentication
3705 - System Network BDC (Backup Domain Maximum 128 letters - Refer to SYS 11 Sec Yes H
user authentication
3706 - System Network PDC (Primary Domain Maximum 128 letters - Refer to SYS 11 Sec Yes H
user authentication

08 SETTING MODE
3707 - System Network BDC (Backup Domain Maximum 128 letters - Refer to SYS 11 Sec Yes H
user authentication
3708 - System Network PDC (Primary Domain Maximum 128 letters - Refer to H/S 11 Net Yes S
Controller) name for contents
device authentication
3709 - System Network BDC (Backup Domain Maximum 128 letters - Refer to H/S 11 Net Yes S
Controller) name for contents
device authentication
3718 - System Network Domain name of device Maximum 128 letters - Refer to H/S 11 Net Yes S
authentication contents
3719 - System Network User authentication Windows domain No. 2 Maximum 96 letters - Refer to SYS 11 Sec Yes H
contents
3720 - System Network User authentication Windows domain No. 3 Maximum 96 letters - Refer to SYS 11 Sec Yes H
contents
3721 - System Network AppleTalk device name Maximum 32 letters MFP's serial Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
"MFP's serial number" is set as default. Perform 08-9083 number contents
to set the default value.
3723 - System Network User authentication PDC/BDC timeout period Applied to the user authentication 30 1~180 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
(Unit: Second)
3724 0 System Network Windows domain User authentication Setting for User Sets the Windows domain authentication method for 1 1~4 H/S 4 Net Yes S
authentication method authentication device authentication, user authentication. When the
setting of the domain authentication method is unknown,
it's strongly recommended to set the value of this code to
"1" (Auto).
1: Auto
2: Kerberos
3: NTLMv2
4: NTLMv2
3724 1 System Network Windows domain Setting for Scan to SMB/ Sets the authentication method of the SMB client (Scan 5 1~5 H/S 4 Net Yes S
authentication method Windows Logon to SMB/Windows logon).
1: Kerberos/NTLMv1
2: Kerberos
3: NTLMv2
4: NTLMv1
5: Kerberos/NTLMv2
* If an SMB server to which Scan to SMB is connected
does not support the NTLMv2 authentication, change this
code to "1" (Kerberos/NTLMv1).
* If "1" (Kerberos/NTLMv1) is set, connection to Mac OS
X 10.10 or later becomes disabled.
3725 - System Network IPP max connection 16 1~16 H/S 1 - Yes S
3726 - System Network IPP active connection Sets the maximum connection number of all clients (IPP 100 1~100 H/S 1 - Yes S
Print, AirPrint, Mopria Print, Multi-Station Print) connected
to an IPP server.
3727 - System Network LPD max connection 10 1~16 H/S 1 - Yes S
3728 - System Network LPD active connection 10 1~16 H/S 1 - Yes S
3729 - System Network ATalk PS max 10 1~16 H/S 1 - Yes S
Connection
3730 - System Network ATalk PS active 10 1~16 H/S 1 - Yes S
Connection
3731 - System Network Raw TCP max 10 1~16 H/S 1 - Yes S
Connection
3732 - System Network Raw TCP active 10 1~16 H/S 1 - Yes S
connection
3736 - System Network DNS client Timeout Use when a timeout occurred at DNS client connection. 5 1~180 H/S 1 - Yes S
3739 - System Network FTP Client Timeout Use when a timeout occurred at FTP client connection. 30 1~180 H/S 1 Net Yes S
(SCAN)

08 SETTING MODE
3743 - System Network LDAP client Timeout Use when a timeout occurred at LDAP client connection. 5 1~180 H/S 1 Net Yes S
3754 - System Network DPWS Switching printer setting DPWS printer function is switched. 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
3755 - System Network DPWS Switching scanner DPWS scanner function is switched. 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
setting 1: Enabled
2: Disabled
3757 - System Network DPWS Discovery Port Number Port number used for DPWS Discovery. 3702 1~65535 H/S 1 Net Yes S
3758 - System Network DPWS Metadata Exchange Port Port number used for DPWS Metadata Exchange. 50081 1~65535 H/S 1 Net Yes S
Number
3759 - System Network DPWS Print Port Number Port number used for DPWS Print. 50082 1~65535 H/S 1 Net Yes S
3760 - System Network DPWS Scan Port Number Port number used for DPWS Scan. 50083 1~65535 H/S 1 Net Yes S
3765 - System Network DPWS Print Max numbers of Maximum numbers received from more than one 10 1~20 H/S 1 - Yes S
connection connection request in the DPWS print.
3766 - System Network DPWS Print Max numbers of Maximum numbers of data received from more than one 10 1~20 H/S 1 - Yes S
reception clients in the DPWS print.
3767 - System Network IPv6 Switching IPv6 setting IPv6 function is switched. 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
3768 - System Network IPv6 Switching address IP (IPv6) address acquisition setting is switched. 3 1~3 H/S 1 - Yes S
acquisition 1: Manual
2: Stateless
3: Stateful
3770 - System Network IPv6 IPv6 Address Displays IPv6 address. - Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
Maximum 40 characters (byte). contents
3771 - System Network IPv6 Prefix display setting Sets the length of the displayed prefix. - Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
3772 - System Network IPv6 Default Gateway setting Sets the default gateway for IPv6 address. - Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
3774 - System Network DHCPv6 Option setting DHCPv6 Option is switched when the Manual is set. 2 1~2 H/S 1 - Yes S
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
3777 - System Network Stateless Address IP Address is acquired by both Stateless and State full 1 1~2 H/S 1 - Yes S
setting Address.
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
3778 - System Network Acquiring DHCPv6 When Stateless Address is selected, an option is 1 1~2 H/S 1 - Yes S
Option acquired from DHCPv6 server.
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
3779 - System Network Stateful Address setting IP Address is acquired from DHCPv6 server. 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
3780 - System Network Stateful Option setting An option is acquired from DHCPv6 server. 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
3781 - System Network IPv6 Primary DNS Server Registration of Primary DNS Server Address. - Refer to H/S 11 Net Yes S
Address Registration Maximum 40 characters (byte) contents
3782 - System Network IPv6 Secondary DNS Server Registration of Secondary DNS Server Address. - Refer to H/S 11 Net Yes S
Address Registration Maximum 40 characters (byte) contents
3786 0 System Extension WSScan 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
setting for 1: Enabled
WSD

08 SETTING MODE
3793 - System Network LLTD function setting Sets the LLTD function. 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
3797 - System General PJL USTATUS setting Sets whether to remain or initialize the PJL USTATUS 1 0~1 SYS 1 Net Yes H
setting for each job.
0: Remaining
1: Initialized
* This setting is available only when SNMP
communication is performed.
3798 - System Built-in Upper limit of installation Sets the upper limit of the available installation number of 30 0~100 SYS 1 Def Yes H
application the times of a built-in application.
3799 - System Built-in Upper limit number of Sets the upper limit number of the built-in applications 15 0~100 SYS 1 Def Yes H
application applications executed at which can be executed at one time in the background.
one time
3800 0 System Extra long size Count switching setting 483~800 mm Specify a multiplier as N. When printing is performed, one 2 1~30 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
paper count sheet of extra long size paper is counted as N sheets.
3800 1 System Extra long size Count switching setting 801~1200 mm Specify a multiplier as N. When printing is performed, one 3 1~30 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
paper count sheet of extra long size paper is counted as N sheets.
3802 - System General Direct printing Default value setting Paper size setting 0: Ledger 1: Legal 2: Letter 3: Computer 4: Statement Refer to Refer to SYS 1 Def Yes H
5: A3 6: A4 7: A5 9: B4 10: B5 11: Folio 12: Legal13" contents contents
13: 8.5Square
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 2
Others: 6
* In the printing of a PDF file, this setting will be enabled
while "0" (Disabled) is set in 08-3829-3 (Direct printing -
Priority setting to the PDF original size).
3803 - System General USB media direct Enable/disable setting Sets the USB media direct printing function. 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
printing 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
3805 - System Scan Department Sets the department management with remote scanning 3 0~3 SYS 1 - Yes H
Management setting by as follows:
Remote Scan 0: w/o GUI OFF, w/ GUI OFF
1: w/o GUI ON, w/ GUI OFF
2: w/o GUI OFF, w/ GUI ON
3: w/o GUI ON, w/ GUI ON
w/o GUI:
Remote scanning is operated on SSOP application of
eCOPY Inc.
w/ GUI:
Remote scanning is operated on TTEC-specific GUI.
This setting is only for department management with

remote scanning. When GUI is set ON, a department
code dialog is displayed at the start-up of remote
scanning. This code is valid only when the code 08-9120
is set "1 (Valid)".
3809 - System Network Intranet Fax Sender E-mail address Mixed transmission When "2" is selected in 08-3810 (Internet and Intranet - Refer to H/S 11 Yes - Yes S
Faxes are mixed), the address entered in this code is contents
used as the one for the Intranet Fax sender.
Maximum 192 characters
* Once the HDD clearance has been performed, the
default value is set.

08 SETTING MODE
3810 - System Network Intranet Fax Function setting When an Internet Fax is sent, Intranet Fax 0 0~2 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
communication is set.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: Internet and Intranet Faxes are mixed
* When "0" is set, an Internet Fax is sent using an SMTP
server.
* When "1" is set, Intranet Fax communication is enabled
and an Internet Fax is sent to MFPs on the intranet
without using an SMTP server. Since no SMTP server is
used, the SSL encryption and SMTPAUTH function
cannot be used for internet Fax transmission.
* When "2" is set, Internet and Intranet Faxes are mixed.
* If "1: Enabled" is set in 08-3810, set "1: Enabled" in 08-
3812 as well. In addition, if a port number other than "25"
is used for Intranet Fax, specify the one to be used in 08-
8847.
3811 - System Network Intranet Fax Image encrypting at the When Intranet Fax communication is performed, an 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Intranet Fax attached image is encrypted.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
3812 - System Network Internet Fax Dummy full mode at When an Internet Fax is sent, the resolution ratio and the 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
transmission paper size of an attached image are set to the full mode.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
If "1: Enabled" is set in 08-3810, set "1: Enabled" in 08-
3812 as well.
3815 - System Scan XPS file Thumbnail addition Thumbnail is added to the XPS file produced by the Scan 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
function.
0: Not added
1: Only the top page added
3816 - System Scan XPS file Paper size setting The paper size of the XPS file produced by the Scan 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
function is set.
0: Scanned image size
1: Standard size
3817 - System Scan PDF file Version setting The version of PDF file produced by the Scan function is 4 0, 1, 4 SYS 1 - Yes H
set.
0: PDF V1.3
1: PDF V1.4
4: PDF V1.7
3819 - System User Shared HOME screen Sets whether or not to use the shared HOME screen 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
authentication while user authentication is enabled.
0: Not used
1: Used
3820 - System e-BRIDGE Function setting 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
CloudConnect 1: Enabled
3821 - System Maintenance Remote maintenance Remote maintenance Sets whether or not to display the administrator 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
service authentication authentication screen when the remote maintenance
setting service menu is selected.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* When "0" (Disabled) is selected, users other than the
administrator can also start the communication with a
server.
3822 - System e-BRIDGE Function setting of Proxy 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
CloudConnect Server 1: Enabled
3823 - System e-BRIDGE IP Address setting of <Default value> Refer to Refer to SYS 11 Yes - Yes H
CloudConnect Proxy Server 0.0.0.0 contents contents
<Acceptable value>
0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255
3824 - System e-BRIDGE Port number setting of 80 1~65535 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
CloudConnect Proxy Server

08 SETTING MODE
3825 - System e-BRIDGE Account ID setting of Maximum 30 characters. - Refer to SYS 11 Yes - Yes H
CloudConnect Proxy Server contents
3826 - System e-BRIDGE Account password Maximum 30 characters. - Refer to SYS 11 Yes - Yes H
CloudConnect setting of Proxy Server contents
3827 - System e-BRIDGE Connection server at Sets the URL of the server to be connected at ECC Refer to Refer to H/S 11 Yes - Yes S
CloudConnect ECC starting starting. contents contents
Maximum 259 characters (ASCII)
<Default value>
AUD: https://gsidevice-ap.toshiba-solutions.com:443
CND: https://eccdevice.toshiba-tec.com.cn:443
Others: Blank
* When no value is set, the standard server of ECC will be
connected.
3828 - System e-BRIDGE Limitation in connection Sets whether or not to permit the connection of an ECC Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
CloudConnect to another ECC server server set in 08-3827 or the connection of a server other contents
than the standard one.
0: Connection not permitted
1: Connection permitted
<Default value>
AUD/CND/CNS: 0
Others: 1
* When the setting value is "0" (Connection not
permitted), the server in the URL other than that set in 08-
3827 is not connected.
* When you want to change the setting value from "1" to
"0", be sure to do so before registering the MFP in ECC.
3829 0 System General Direct printing Default value setting Color mode setting 0: Auto color 0 0~2 SYS 4 Def Yes H
1: Black
2: Full color
3829 1 System General Direct printing Default value setting Duplex setting 0: Single 0 0~2 SYS 4 Def Yes H
1: Book
2: Tablet
* This setting is not applied to e-mail direct printing.
3829 2 System General Direct printing Default value setting Finishing setting 0: None 0 0~2 SYS 4 Def Yes H
1: Staple(Upper left)
2: Staple(Upper right)
* This setting is not applied to e-mail direct printing.
3829 3 System General Direct printing Default value setting Priority setting to the 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
PDF original size 1: Enabled
3829 4 System General Direct printing Default value setting PDF size option setting 1: Fits to the paper size 1 1~2 SYS 4 Def Yes H
2: Reduces the size to fit to the paper size
* This setting will be enabled while "0" (Disabled) is set in
08-3829-3 (Direct printing - Priority setting to the PDF
original size).
3830 0 System General E-mail direct printing Function setting 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
1: Auto print
3830 1 System General E-mail direct printing E-mail header print 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting 1: Enabled
* Printing will not be performed even if this setting is
enabled while "0" (Disabled) is set in 08-3830-0 (E-mail
direct printing - Function setting).
3830 2 System General E-mail direct printing E-mail body print setting 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
1: Enabled
* Printing will not be performed even if this setting is
enabled while "0" (Disabled) is set in 08-3830-0 (E-mail
direct printing - Function setting).
3833 - System General Home directory function Function to store a file in the user's home directory. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: Disabled
1: Enabled

08 SETTING MODE
3837 - System General Display switching for the The display method of the machine name shown in the 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
machine name shown in event related notification is switched.
the notification 0: IP address
1: NetBIOS name / FQDN
* FQDN is available only when the DNS setting is
enabled.
3840 - System General License control Registration/deletion Registers electronic keys for setting related optional - - - 3 Yes - No -
items (e.g. when the equipment is delivered). Returns the
license file having the same ID as that in the one-time
dongle. Displays all the electronic keys stored in a USB
media connected to the equipment in a list. Displays
electronic keys registered in the equipment.
3847 - System Option Fax/IP Fax/Internet Fax Fax mis-transmission FAX mis-transmission prevention function is switched. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
prevention 0: OFF (Disabled)
1: ON (Enabled)
3848 - System Option Fax Restriction on Address Sets whether the address in the address book is 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
Book destination selectable or not for the FAX mis-transmission prevention
function.
0: OFF (Disabled)
1: ON (Enabled)
3849 - System Option Fax Restriction on Sets whether the direct entry of the FAX number is 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
destination direct entry available or not for the FAX mis-transmission prevention
function.
0: OFF (Disabled)
1: ON (Enabled)
3851 - System General Template display 0: ID number order 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Alphabetical order
3852 - System General Summer time Summer time Automatic 0: Disabled Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
change function 1: Enabled contents
<Default value>
MJD/MJC/NAD/NAC: 1
Others: 0
3853 - System General Summer time Time to shift 0: +2:00 1: +1:30 2: +1:00 3: +0:30 4: -0:30 5: -1:00 6: 2 0~7 SYS 1 Def Yes H
-1:30 7: -2:00
3854 - System General Summer time Start Month 1: Jan 2: Feb 3: Mar 4: Apr 5: May 6: Jun 7: Jul 8: Refer to 1~12 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Aug 9: Sep 10: Oct 11: Nov 12: Dec contents
<Default value>
MJD/MJC/NAD/NAC: 3
Others: 1
3855 - System General Summer time Start Week 1: 1st 2: 2nd 3: 3rd 4: 4th 5: Last Refer to 1~5 SYS 1 Def Yes H
<Default value> contents
MJD/MJC: 5
NAD/NAC: 2
Others: 1
3856 - System General Summer time Start Day of the week 0: Sun 1: Mon 2: Tue 3: Wed 4: Thu 5: Fri 6: Sat 0 0~6 SYS 1 Def Yes H
3857 - System General Summer time Start Hours 0 to 23 Refer to 0~23 SYS 1 Def Yes H
MJD/MJC/NAD/NAC: 2
Others: 0
3858 - System General Summer time Start Minutes 0 to 59 0 0~59 SYS 1 Def Yes H
3859 - System General Summer time End Month 1: Jan 2: Feb 3: Mar 4: Apr 5: May 6: Jun 7: Jul 8: Refer to 1~12 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Aug 9: Sep 10: Oct 11: Nov 12: Dec contents
<Default value>
MJD/MJC: 10
NAD/NAC: 11
Others: 1
3860 - System General Summer time End Week 1: 1st 2: 2nd 3: 3rd 4: 4th 5: Last Refer to 1~5 SYS 1 Def Yes H
MJD/MJC: 5
Others: 1

08 SETTING MODE
3861 - System General Summer time End Day of the week 0: Sun 1: Mon 2: Tue 3: Wed 4: Thu 5: Fri 6: Sat 0 0~6 SYS 1 Def Yes H
3862 - System General Summer time End Hours 0 to 23 Refer to 0~23 SYS 1 Def Yes H
MJD/MJC: 3
NAD/NAC: 2
Others: 0
3863 - System General Summer time End Minutes 0 to 59 0 0~59 SYS 1 Def Yes H
3864 - System Network Disclosure of telnet 0: Not disclosed 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
function 1: Disclosed
When this value is set to "0", the value of code 08-3865 is
set to "2".
3865 - System Network Availability of telnet 1: Enable 2 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
server 2: Disable
3875 - System Fax/IP Fax/ Address confirmation for Enable this setting to display the address confirmation Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Internet Fax multiple destinations screen before sending fax to prevent mis-transmission contents
when multiple destination addresses are specified.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
<Default value>
JPD/JPC: 1
Others: 0
3876 - System Anywhere Print Replacing Hold Job with Sets whether or not to replace Hold Job with Anywhere 0 0~1 SYS 1 Net Yes H
Anywhere Job Job.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
3877 - System Anywhere Print Print order of Anywhere Sets the print order of Anywhere Job. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Net Yes H
Job 0: Received order
1: Displayed order in Job List
3878 - System Anywhere Print Reprinting Sets whether or not to enable reprinting in the Anywhere 1 0~1 SYS 1 Net Yes H
Print function.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
3879 - System Anywhere Print Linkable unit numbers of Sets the linkable unit numbers of MFPs in the Anywhere 10 1~10 SYS 1 Net Yes H
MFPs Print function.
(Unit: number)
3880 - System Anywhere Print Print Data Converter Sets whether or not to apply Print Data Converter (*) 0 0~1 SYS 1 Net Yes H
when Anywhere Job printing is performed.
* Print Data Converter: A tool for reflecting the model
specific settings such as image quality to Anywhere Job.
Since multiple Converters may execute redundantly
depending on the environment, pay attention not to make
a consistency between their functions.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
3881 - System Project code Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 User Yes H
1: Enabled
3882 - System Project code Action to a job without Sets the action to be taken when a job without the project 1 0~2 SYS 1 User Yes H
the project code code is received.
Applicable jobs: Printing, N/W-fax, IP fax, Internet fax
0: Executed
1: Saved in the Hold queue
2: Deleted
3883 - System Address book Shared address book Enable/disable setting Sets whether or not to enable the address book sharing 0 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
function. Select "2 (Enabled (Master))" to share the
address book of this equipment with another MFP.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (Secondary)
2: Enabled (Primary)

08 SETTING MODE
3884 - System Address book Shared address book Shared address book Sets whether or not to allow the edition of the shared 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
operation when "Slave" address book by an administrator when "1 (Enabled
is selected (Slave))" is selected in 08-3883.
0: Not allowed
1: Allowed
3885 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Switching setting of Log-in/log-off of (Built-in) Sets whether to register in the message log the events 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
service message log registration Admin which are logged in or logged off from an MFP with (Built-
in) Admin.
0: Not registered in the message log
1: Registered in the message log
3886 - System Address book Search screen Sort key selection 0: Index, full name, ID Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Index, ID contents
<Default value>
JPD/JPC: 1
Others: 0
3887 0 System Scan Custom size Registration status Registered number 1 0: Not registered 0 0~1 H/S 4 Def Yes S
1: Registered
* When "0" is set for this setting, those for 08-3888-x
(Registered name) and 08-3889-x (Registered size) with
the same registered number are also initialized.
1: Registered
1: Registered
1: Registered
1: Registered
1: Registered
1: Registered
1: Registered
1: Registered

08 SETTING MODE
1: Registered
3888 0 System Scan Custom size Registered name Registered number 1 Maximum 16 letters - Refer to H/S 11 Def Yes S
contents
contents
contents
contents
contents
contents
contents
contents
contents
contents
3889 0 System Scan Custom size Registered size Registered number 1 Vertical: 51~297(Default value:51) Refer to Refer to H/S 10 Def Yes S
Horizontal: 89~432(Default value:89) contents contents
(Unit: mm)
(Unit: mm)
(Unit: mm)
(Unit: mm)
(Unit: mm)
(Unit: mm)
(Unit: mm)
(Unit: mm)
(Unit: mm)
(Unit: mm)
3890 - System Scan Custom size Setting whether custom 0: Not permitted 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
size registration by a 1: Permitted
user is permitted

08 SETTING MODE
3891 - System Scan Custom size Default value setting Skew Correction Selects whether the default value of the skew correction 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
function is turned on or off when scanning with the
custom size set is performed.
0: OFF
1: ON
3892 - System Scan Custom size Default value setting Registered number Sets the number of the registered custom size to display 1 1~10 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
as the default value of the original size when the custom
size is selected.
3893 - System Scan Custom size Default value setting Expand Size Sets the default value of the expand size of the auto cut 2 0~30 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
of the print area size during scanning with custom size
set.
(Unit: mm)
3894 0 System Scan Custom size Auto Cut of Print Area Vertical Sets the scan size in the vertical direction of the auto cut 297 51~297 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
size of the print area size during scanning with custom size
set.
(Unit: mm)
* When an original whose size is larger than the selected
one is scanned, images outside area of the selected size
cannot be obtained.
3894 1 System Scan Custom size Auto Cut of Print Area Horizontal Sets the scan size in the horizontal direction of the auto 432 89~432 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
size cut of the print area size during scanning with custom
size set.
(Unit: mm)
* When an original whose size is larger than the selected
one is scanned, images outside area of the selected size
cannot be obtained.
3895 - System User interface Card authentication Card auto registration Sets whether or not automatically to register the non- 0 0~1 H/S 1 - Yes S
registered card when it is passed over, without having
displayed the user registration screen
0: Disabled (registration screen displayed)
1: Enabled (registration screen not displayed)
3896 - System User interface Card authentication Password for card auto Sets the password which is registered automatically 8 digits Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
registration when "1" is set to 08-3895. contents
Maximum 64 letters
4002 - Printer Laser Judged number of Normal rotation Displays the error [CA10] when the set number of rotation 0 0~2 M 1 - No HS
polygonal motor rotation error has been detected.
error 0: 2 times
1: 10 times
2: 20 times
4004 - Printer Laser Polygonal motor rotation 0: 26574.8rpm 3 0~3 M 1 - No HS
number on standby 1: 20000rpm
2: 15000rpm
3: 10000rpm
4005 - Printer Laser Polygonal motor rotation 0: Stopped 0 0~3 M 1 - No HS
in the energy saving 1: 10000rpm
mode 2: 15000rpm
3: 20000rpm
4010 - Printer Feeding Default setting of paper 0: A4/LT 0 0~6 SYS 1 - Yes H
system source 1: T-LCF
2: 1st drawer
3: 2nd drawer
4: 3rd drawer
5: 4th drawer
6: Ex-LCF

08 SETTING MODE
4011 - Printer Feeding Automatic change of Auto Copy Sets whether the drawer is changed automatically if the 1 1~2 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
system paper source paper runs out in the selected drawer and the paper of
the same size is in other drawer.
1: ON (Changes to the drawer with the same paper
direction and size: ex. A4 to A4)
2: ON (Changes to the drawer with the same paper size.
Paper with the different direction is acceptable as long as
the size is the same: ex., A4 to A4-R, LT-R to LT. "1" is
applied when the staple/hole punch is specified.)
4012 - Printer Laser Pre-running rotation of Sets whether or not switching the polygonal motor from 0 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
polygonal motor the standby rotation to the normal rotation when the
original is set on the DF or the DF is opened.
0: Valid (when using DF and the original is set manually)
1: Invalid
2: Valid (when using DF only)
4014 - Printer Laser Rotational status of Sets the rotational status of polygonal motor on standby. 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
polygonal motor on 0: Rotated (The rotational speed is set at 08-4005.)
standby 1: Stopped
4015 - Printer Laser Time to shift to energy Switches the status of a print device from the ready for 3 0~9 SYS 1 - Yes H
saving of print device print to the standby when a certain period of time has
passed from the pre-running. This code sets the period to
switch the status to the standby.
15+(setting value) x 5 sec.
* This setting is effective when "0" or "2" is set for 08-
4012.
4016 0 Printer Feeding Automatic change of When a drawer is Copy Sets whether the automatic change of paper source is Refer to 0~1 SYS 4 Yes Def Yes H
system paper source specified performed or not if the drawer is specified as the paper contents
source and the paper in the specified drawer runs out
when copying.
0: Does not change the paper source automatically
1: Changes the paper source automatically
* The operation at the automatic change of the paper
source follows the setting conditions of 08-4011.
<Default value>
CND: 1
Others: 0
4016 1 Printer Feeding Automatic change of When a drawer is Printing/e-Filing printing Sets whether the automatic change of paper source is Refer to 0~1 SYS 4 Yes Def Yes H
system paper source specified performed or not if the drawer is specified as the paper contents
source and the paper in the specified drawer runs out
when printing/e-Filing printing.
0: Does not change the paper source automatically
1: Changes the paper source automatically
* The operation at the automatic change of the paper
source follows the setting conditions of 08-9343.
<Default value>
CND: 1
Others: 0
4017 - Printer Polygonal motor stop 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
function when the 1: Enabled
[FUNCTION CLEAR]
button is pressed
4020 0 Printer Feeding Feeding retry number 1st drawer Plain paper Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs from the 5 0~5 M 4 Yes - No HS
system setting 1st drawer.
4020 1 Printer Feeding Feeding retry number 1st drawer Other paper Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs from the 5 0~5 M 4 Yes - No HS
system setting 1st drawer.
4021 0 Printer Feeding Feeding retry number 2nd drawer Plain paper Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs from the 5 0~5 M 4 Yes - No HS
system setting 2nd drawer.
4021 1 Printer Feeding Feeding retry number 2nd drawer Other paper Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs from the 5 0~5 M 4 Yes - No HS
system setting 2nd drawer.

08 SETTING MODE
4022 0 Printer Feeding Feeding retry number 3rd drawer Plain paper Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs from the 5 0~5 M 4 Yes - No HS
system setting 3rd drawer.
4022 1 Printer Feeding Feeding retry number 3rd drawer Other paper Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs from the 5 0~5 M 4 Yes - No HS
system setting 3rd drawer.
4023 0 Printer Feeding Feeding retry number 4th drawer Plain paper Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs from the 5 0~5 M 4 Yes - No HS
system setting 4th drawer.
4023 1 Printer Feeding Feeding retry number 4th drawer Other paper Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs from the 5 0~5 M 4 Yes - No HS
system setting 4th drawer.
4024 0 Printer Feeding Feeding retry number Bypass feeding Plain paper Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs from the 5 0~5 M 4 Yes - No HS
system setting bypass tray.
4024 1 Printer Feeding Feeding retry number Bypass feeding Other paper Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs from the 5 0~5 M 4 Yes - No HS
system setting bypass tray.
4025 0 Printer Feeding Feeding retry number T-LCF Plain paper Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs from the T- 5 0~5 M 4 Yes - No HS
system setting LCF.
4025 1 Printer Feeding Feeding retry number T-LCF Others paper Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs from the T- 5 0~5 M 4 Yes - No HS
system setting LCF.
4100 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting 1st drawer Press the button on the LCD to select the size. Refer to 0~255 M 9 - No HS
system This code is reset every time a paper size is detected contents
automatically.
4: A4 19: A3 20: A4-R 21: A5-R 37: B5 52: B4 53: B5-
R 64: LT 80: LT-R 81: LD 82: LG 83: ST-R 84: COMP
85: FOLIO 86: 13"LG 87: 8.5" x 8.5" 129: 16K 144: 8K
145: 16K-R 147: 305 x 457 mm (12" x 18") 149: 320 x
450 mm 150: 320 x 460 mm 254: Custom
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 80
MJD/MJC/JPC: 4
Others: 20
4101 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting 2nd drawer Press the button on the LCD to select the size. Refer to 0~255 M 9 - No HS
automatically.
4: A4 19: A3 20: A4-R 21: A5-R 37: B5 52: B4 53: B5-
85: FOLIO 86: 13"LG 87: 8.5" x 8.5" 129: 16K 144: 8K
145: 16K-R 147: 305 x 457 mm (12" x 18") 149: 320 x
450 mm 150: 320 x 460 mm 254: Custom
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 81
Others: 19
4102 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting 3rd drawer Press the button on the LCD to select the size. Refer to 0~255 M 9 - No HS
automatically.
4: A4 19: A3 20: A4-R 21: A5-R 37: B5 52: B4 53: B5-
85: FOLIO 86: 13"LG 87: 8.5" x 8.5" 129: 16K 144: 8K
145: 16K-R 147: 305 x 457 mm (12" x 18") 149: 320 x
450 mm 150: 320 x 460 mm 254: Custom
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 82
Others: 20
4103 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting 4th drawer Press the button on the LCD to select the size. Refer to 0~255 M 9 - No HS
automatically.
4: A4 19: A3 20: A4-R 21: A5-R 37: B5 52: B4 53: B5-
85: FOLIO 86: 13"LG 87: 8.5" x 8.5" 129: 16K 144: 8K
145: 16K-R 147: 305 x 457 mm (12" x 18") 149: 320 x
450 mm 150: 320 x 460 mm 254: Custom
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 81
JPC: 52
Others: 4

08 SETTING MODE
4104 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting T-LCF Press the button on the LCD to select the size. Refer to 0~255 M 9 - No HS
automatically.
4: A4
64: LT
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 64
Others: 4
4106 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting A3-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 4200/2970 1820~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1400~2970
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1400~2970
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1400~2970
4109 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting B4-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 3640/2570 1820~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1400~2970
4110 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting B5-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 2570/1820 1820~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1400~2970
4111 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting LT-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 2794/2159 1820~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1400~2970
4112 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting LD-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 4318/2794 1820~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1400~2970
4113 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting LG-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 3556/2159 1820~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1400~2970
4114 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting ST-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 2159/1397 1820~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1397~2970
4115 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting COMPUTER-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 3556/2571 1820~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1400~2970
4116 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting FOLIO-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 3300/2100 1820~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1400~2970
4117 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting 13"LG-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 3302/2159 1820~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1400~2970
4118 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting 8.5" x 8.5" Value of feeding/widthwise direction 2159/2159 1820~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1400~2970
4119 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting Non-standard Value of feeding/widthwise direction 432/279 148~432/ SYS 10 - Yes H
system (Unit: mm) 105~297
4120 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting 8K-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 3900/2700 1820~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1400~2970
4121 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting 16K-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 2700/1950 1820~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1400~2970
4122 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting 305 mm x 457 mm (12" x Value of feeding/widthwise direction 4570/3050 1820~4570/ M 10 - No HS
system 18") (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1400~3050
4123 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting A6 Value of feeding/widthwise direction 1480/1050 1480~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1050~2970
4124 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting #10-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 2413/1047 1480~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1047~2970
4127 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting DL-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 2200/1100 1480~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1050~2970
4131 - Printer Feeding Feeding retry setting 0: Enabled 0 0~1 M 1 Yes - No HS
system 1: Disabled
* When the value of 08-9016 is set to "5", the value of this
code is automatically set to "1".

08 SETTING MODE
4140 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting Copy Bypass feed Press the button on the LCD to select the size. 255 0~431 SYS 9 - Yes H
system 4: A4 19: A3 20: A4-R 21: A5-R 22: A6-R 37: B5 52:
B4 53: B5-R 64: LT 80: LT-R 81: LD 82: LG 83: ST-R
84: COMP 85: FOLIO 86: 13"LG 87: 8.5" x 8.5" 129:
16K 144: 8K 145: 16K-R 146: JPostcard 147: A3Wide
149: 320 x 450 mm (SRA3) 150: 320 x 460 mm (x460)
151: 13 x 19" 255: Undefined 301: Com10 331: DL
361: Monarch 381: Cho3 391: You4 431: Kaku2
4143 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting Envelope: Monarch-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 1905/984 1480~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 980~2970
4144 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting Envelope: 120 x 235-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 2350/1200 1480~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1050~2970
4145 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting Envelope: 105 x 235-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 2350/1050 1480~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1050~2970
system 18") (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1050~3050
4206 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting Post card Value of feeding/widthwise direction. 1480/1000 1480~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1000~2970
* Post card is supported only for JPN model.
4520 0 Printer Feeding Feeding retry number Ex-LCF Plain paper Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs from the 5 0~5 M 4 Yes - No HS
system setting Ex-LCF.
4520 1 Printer Feeding Feeding retry number Ex-LCF Others paper Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs from the 5 0~5 M 4 Yes - No HS
system setting Ex-LCF.
4521 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting Ex-LCF Press the button on the LCD to select the size. Refer to 0~255 M 9 - No HS
system 4: A4 contents
64: LT
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 64
Others: 4
4530 - Printer Fuser Fusing error temperature Center thermistor Thermistor output A/D Records the value when a fuser-unit-related service call 0 0~255 M 1 - No HS
value (C4xx) has occurred.
* Even if the value of this code is changed, the service
call will not be cancelled. Moreover, the value will not be
updated until the next fuser-unit-related service call
occurs.
4532 - Printer Fuser Fusing error temperature Front thermistor Thermistor output A/D Records the value when a fuser-unit-related service call 0 0~255 M 1 - No HS
value (C4xx) has occurred.
occurs.
4534 - Printer Fuser Power supply at fusing Records the value when a fuser-unit-related service call 0 0~63 M 1 - No HS
error (C4xx) has occurred.
0: 0W 1: 200W 2: 240W 3: 300W 4: 320W 5: 340W 6:
360W 7: 380W 8: 400W 9: 420W 10: 440W 11: 460W
12: 480W 13: 500W 14: 520W 15: 540W 16: 560W 17:
580W 18: 600W 19: 620W 20: 640W 21: 660W 22:
680W 23: 700W 24: 720W 25: 740W 26: 760W 27:
780W 28: 800W 29: 820W 30: 840W 31: 860W 32:
880W 33: 900W 34: 920W 35: 940W 36: 960W 37:
980W 38: 1000W 39: 1020W 40: 1040W 41: 1060W
42: 1080W 43: 1100W 44: 1120W 45: 1140W 46:
1160W 47: 1180W 48: 1200W 49: 1220W 50: 1240W
51: 1260W 52: 1280W 53: 1300W 54: 1320W 55:
1340W 56: 1360W 57: 1380W 58: 1400W 59: 1420W
60: 1440W 61: Periodic control-0W 62: Periodic control-
200W 63: Periodic control-300W
occurs.

08 SETTING MODE
4542 - Printer Feeding Switching for incorrect 0: Enabled 0 0~1 M 1 Yes - No HS
system size jam detection 1: Disabled
4546 - Printer Writing Color registration control Execution mode setting 0: Not performed automatically 3 0~4 M 1 Yes - No HS
1: (1)
2: (a)
3: (a)+(1)
4: (a)+(b)+(2)
<Description>
(a) Performs the adjustment automatically every time
after a specified period of time has passed.
(b) Performs the adjustment automatically at energy save
and at recovery from the sleep mode.
(1) Performs the adjustment automatically at the start of
the first color mode job. (Performs the adjustment
automatically after the first black mode job has been
completed.)
(2) Performs the adjustment automatically at warming up.
4547 - Printer Finisher Manual stapling time-out 3-30 sec. 15 3~30 M 1 - No HS
period (In increments of 1 sec.)
4550 0 Printer Transfer Color registration control Start-up time set for color 1st startup 1st color registration control start-up time (Unit: minute) 3 3~255 M 4 Yes - No HS
registration automatically set when the color registration control has
not been performed automatically at power ON, recovery
from the ready status or recovery from the sleep mode.
4550 1 Printer Transfer Color registration control Start-up time set for color 2nd or subsequent Start-up time (Unit: minute) for 2nd or subsequent color 30 3~255 M 4 Yes - No HS
registration startups registration control start-ups automatically set when the
color registration control has been automatically
performed after a specified period of time.
4562 - Printer Transfer Color registration control Time of pausing Sets the time from reaching the start-up for color 5 1~60 M 1 Yes - No HS
continuous printing registration control to pausing the printing.
(Unit: minute)
4567 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting 320 mm x 450 mm Value of feeding/widthwise direction 4500/3200 1480~4600/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit : 0.1 mm) 1050~3200
4568 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting 460 mm x 320 mm Value of feeding/widthwise direction 4600/3200 1480~4600/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit : 0.1 mm) 1050~3200
4575 - Printer Development Waste toner box near-full Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
status Display 1: Enabled
system/Paper 19") (Unit: 0.1 mm) 1050~3302
transport
4586 - Printer General Checking of EEPROM Models <Default value> Refer to 130~132 M 2 - No HS
data on LGC board No. 1 130: 55ppm contents
131: 65ppm
132: 75ppm
4591 - Printer Fuser Identification of fuser unit 0: 100V series Refer to 0~2 M 2 - No HS
voltage 1: 115V series contents
2: 200V series
<Default value>
JPC: 0
NAD/NAC: 1
Others: 2
4596 - Printer Transfer 2nd transfer waste toner 0: Disabled 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
transport locking 1: Enabled
detection setting
4597 - Printer Transfer 2nd transfer waste toner 0: 10000 0 0~2 M 1 - No HS
full-status Display timing 1: 5000
table setting 2: 4000
4602 - Printer Feeding Paper transport period 0: Enabled 0 0~1 M 1 - No HS
system/Paper measuring function 1: Disabled
transport setting

08 SETTING MODE
4603 - Printer Feeding Stop jam detection at 0: Disabled 0 0~3 M 1 - No HS
system/Paper registration sensor 1: Enabled only for bypass feeding
transport 2: Enabled only for drawer or duplexing unit feeding
3: Enabled for all paper feeders
4604 - Printer Laser Polygonal motor standby 0: 0 sec. 6 0~12 M 1 - No HS
rotation Shift waiting time 1 to 12: Setting value x 5 sec.
after warm-up
4605 0 Printer Writing Color registration control Forcible execution Accumulated counter Counts the number of color registration control when 0 0~99999999 M 4 Yes - No HS
value color registration control is executed manually.
4605 1 Printer Writing Color registration control Automatic execution Accumulated counter Counts the number of color registration control when 0 0~99999999 M 4 Yes - No HS
value color registration control is executed automatically.
4606 0 Printer Main charger Needle electrode cleaner K 0: Normal 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
operating status 1: Abnormality occurred during movement from rear side
to front side
2: Abnormality occurred during movement from front side
to rear side
4606 1 Printer Main charger Needle electrode cleaner Y 0: Normal 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
to front side
to rear side
4606 2 Printer Main charger Needle electrode cleaner M 0: Normal 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
to front side
to rear side
4606 3 Printer Main charger Needle electrode cleaner C 0: Normal 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
to front side
to rear side
4608 - Printer General Destination Destination categorized For EEPROM on LGC board Refer to 0~7 M 2 - No HS
code 0: NAD/NAC 1: MJD/MJC 2: JPC 3: ASD/ARD 4: CND contents
5: AUD 6: Not defined (empty) 7: Not defined (empty)
<Default value>
JPC: 2, NAD/NAC: 0, MJD/MJC: 1, ASD/ARD: 3, AUD: 5,
CND: 4
4609 - Printer Laser Laser shutter counter 1 movement of opening and closing is counted as 1. 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
4615 0 Printer Counter Counter for job number Once 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of sheets
4615 1 Printer Counter Counter for job number Twice 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of sheets
4615 2 Printer Counter Counter for job number 3 times 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of sheets
4615 3 Printer Counter Counter for job number Up to 5 times 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets

08 SETTING MODE
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
of sheets
4615 27 Printer Counter Counter for job number 9001 times or more 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of sheets
4616 0 Printer Counter History storing area of Latest 0: No error 1: C411 error 0 0~255 M 14 - No HS
fusing error counter 2: C412 error 3: C443 error
4: Not used 5: C445, C465 error
6: C446, C466 error 7: C447, C467 error
8: C468 error 9: C449 error
24: C447, C446 error 25: C449 error
30 to 31: Not used 32: C448 error
51: C452 error 52 to 60: Not used

08 SETTING MODE
4616 1 Printer Counter History storing area of Once earlier 0: No error 1: C411 error 0 0~255 M 14 - No HS
6: C446, C466 error 7: C447, C467 error
24: C447, C446 error 25: C449 error
4616 2 Printer Counter History storing area of Twice earlier 0: No error 1: C411 error 0 0~255 M 14 - No HS
6: C446, C466 error 7: C447, C467 error
24: C447, C446 error 25: C449 error
4616 3 Printer Counter History storing area of 3 times earlier 0: No error 1: C411 error 0 0~255 M 14 - No HS
6: C446, C466 error 7: C447, C467 error
24: C447, C446 error 25: C449 error

08 SETTING MODE
6: C446, C466 error 7: C447, C467 error
24: C447, C446 error 25: C449 error
6: C446, C466 error 7: C447, C467 error
24: C447, C446 error 25: C449 error
4621 - Printer Feeding Bypass paper size Detects whether the size of paper fed by bypass feeding 0 0~1 M 1 - No HS
system detection setting is the same as the paper size set on the control panel. If
the sizes are not the same, the warning message is
displayed (Paper jam does not occur).
When the bypass paper size detection is broken, the
equipment can be used without the size detection by
disabling this setting. After repair, enable this setting.
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
4622 - Printer Feeding Bypass paper size This is a counter for bypass paper size detection setting. 0 0~65535 M 1 - No HS
system detection counter If the printing is executed with the paper size that differs
from the paper size set on the control panel, the counter
is counted up.
4659 - Printer All clear Destination Storing area for SYS Stores SYS-SRAM destination data when code 08-9090 Refer to Refer to M 2 - No HS
destination information is performed. contents contents
0: MJD/MJC 1: NAD/NAC 2: JPC 3: AUD/AUC 4: CND
5: KRD 6: TWD 7: SAD 8: ASU 9: ASD 10: ARD
<Default value>
MJD/MJC: 0, NAD/NAC: 1, JPC: 2, AUD: 3, CND: 4,
ASD: 9, ARD: 10

08 SETTING MODE
4665 - Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality Error count process for Switches the error count process for the tray-up 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
tray-up abnormality abnormality.
0: An occurrence is counted as a 1-time error when a
tray-up abnormality is generated at least 1 time.
1: An occurrence is counted as a 1-time error when a
tray-up abnormality is generated at least 2 times in a row.
4668 0 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 1st drawer 1 time Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
occurrences which are generated only 1 time.
An error is counted when "1" is set for 08-4665.
4668 1 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 1st drawer 2 times in a row Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
occurrences which are generated 2 times in a row.
An error is counted when "1" is set for 08-4665, and is
listed in the error history.
4668 2 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 1st drawer At least 3 times in a row Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
occurrences which are generated at least 3 times in a
row. The 3 times error is counted as 1, the 4 times one is
2, the 5 times one is 3 and the later ones are counted
consequently.
4668 3 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 1st drawer Total number of Displays the total number of tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
occurrences occurrences.
4669 0 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 2nd drawer 1 time Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4669 1 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 2nd drawer 2 times in a row Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4669 2 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 2nd drawer At least 3 times in a row Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
consequently.
4669 3 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 2nd drawer Total number of Displays the total number of tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4670 0 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 3rd drawer 1 time Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4670 1 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 3rd drawer 2 times in a row Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4670 2 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 3rd drawer At least 3 times in a row Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
consequently.
4670 3 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 3rd drawer Total number of Displays the total number of tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4671 0 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 4th drawer 1 time Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS

08 SETTING MODE
4671 1 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 4th drawer 2 times in a row Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4671 2 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 4th drawer At least 3 times in a row Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
consequently.
4671 3 Printer Counter Tray-up abnormality 4th drawer Total number of Displays the total number of tray-up abnormality 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4675 - Printer Feeding Paper ejection setting for 0: Disabled 2 0~2 M 1 - No HS
system size error of bypass 1: Changes jammed paper location
feeding 2: Ejects paper
4676 - Printer Feeding Counter of paper ejection Number of ejection times 0 0~65535 M 1 - No HS
system for size error of bypass
feeding
4686 - Printer General Printer ROM version Displays the last 2 or 3 digits of the printer ROM version - - M 2 - No HS
display at printer all clear (08-9901) when printer all clear (08-9090) is performed.
The version number is described by alphanumeric
characters.
4689 0 Printer IC chip Board information of Y 0: Normal 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
toner cartridge 1: Access abnormality 1
2: Access abnormality 2
5: Occurrence of C911
* Clearing the number to 0 is only available.
4689 1 Printer IC chip Board information of M 0: Normal 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4689 2 Printer IC chip Board information of C 0: Normal 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4689 3 Printer IC chip Board information of K 0: Normal 0 0~255 M 4 - No HS
4691 - Printer Feeding Switching of the display 0: Disabled 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
system of jam location in the 1: Enabled
drawer when paper feed
jam occurs
4698 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting ISO-B5-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 2500/1760 1480~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit : 0.1 mm) 1050~2970
4699 - Printer Feeding Paper size setting KAKU2-R Value of feeding/widthwise direction 3320/2400 1480~4320/ M 10 - No HS
system (Unit : 0.1 mm) 1050~2970

08 SETTING MODE
4713 0 Printer Feeding Performance Plain/Recycled/Thick Use this code when retry by bypass feeding occurs 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
system improvement at retry by paper frequently and the performance decreases. Note that the
bypass feeding performance decreases if this setting is enabled when
retry does not occur.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
4713 1 Printer Feeding Performance Thick paper 1 Use this code when retry by bypass feeding occurs 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
system improvement at retry by frequently and the performance decreases. Note that the
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
4713 2 Printer Feeding Performance Thick paper 2~4 Use this code when retry by bypass feeding occurs 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
4713 3 Printer Feeding Performance Special paper/OHP Use this code when retry by bypass feeding occurs 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
4713 4 Printer Feeding Performance Envelope Use this code when retry by bypass feeding occurs 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
4713 5 Printer Feeding Performance User paper type 1 Use this code when retry by bypass feeding occurs 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled

08 SETTING MODE
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
4744 - Printer Image control Self check interval 0: STANDARD 0 0~2 M 1 - No HS
Setting 1: LONGER
2: LONGEST
* Select "0" to give higher priority to the image
4746 1 Printer Finisher Special mode Shift amount setting at 0: Finisher not installed 1 0~2 FIN 4 - No HS
A4-R sorting 1: 15 mm
2: 10 mm
4746 2 Printer Finisher Special mode Shift amount setting at 0: Finisher not installed 2 0~2 FIN 4 - No HS
large-sized paper sorting 1: 15 mm
2: 12.5 mm
4773 0 Printer Maintenance Service call C970 error K Uses this code to investigate a cause of a C970 error 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
information when this has occurred. When the investigation is
completed, clear the setting value to 0.
0: High voltage power supply not leaked
1: High voltage power supply leaked
4773 1 Printer Maintenance Service call C970 error Y Uses this code to investigate a cause of a C970 error 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
4773 2 Printer Maintenance Service call C970 error M Uses this code to investigate a cause of a C970 error 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
4773 3 Printer Maintenance Service call C970 error C Uses this code to investigate a cause of a C970 error 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS

08 SETTING MODE
4776 - Printer LSU Slit glass cleaning Execution period Sets the execution period for the cleaning of the LSU slit 4 0~7 M 1 Yes - No HS
glass.
0: Cleaning not performed 1: 250 2: 500 3: 750 4: 1000
5: 1500 6: 2000 7: 3000
(Unit: sheet)
4778 0 Printer Start-up At the start of printing Period of unattended Performs color registration control at the start of printing if 24 0~255 M 4 - No HS
condition of time the period of unattended time (power OFF or Sleep
color mode) before starting a job is longer than the one set in
registration this code.
control Setting value x 5 min.
4778 1 Printer Start-up At the start of printing COPY job Sets the copy job conditions to perform color registration 2 0~3 M 4 - No HS
condition of control.
color 0: Disabled
registration 1: Color
control 2: Auto color + color
3: Every copy job
4778 2 Printer Start-up At the start of printing PRINT job Sets the print job conditions to perform color registration 2 0~3 M 4 - No HS
condition of control.
color 0: Disabled
registration 1: Color
control 2: Auto color + color
3: Every print job
4796 - Printer Maintenance HSYNC detection error Abnormal information 0: Not abnormal 0 0~7 M 2 - No HS
1: Step 0
2: Step 1
3: Step 2
4: Step 2.5
5: Step 3
6: Step 4
7: Under printing
4797 - Printer Writing Color registration control Abnormality counter Counts up when a color registration abnormality has 0 0~255 M 2 - No HS
occurred
5155 - Process Development Toner near empty Toner near empty 0: The period from the appearance of the toner near- 1 0~5 M 1 Yes - No HS
threshold setting empty sign to the actual complete consumption of the
toner is set to long.
1: Normal (Default)
2: The period from the appearance of the toner near-
empty sign to the actual complete consumption of the
toner is set to short.
3: No detection
4: Toner near-empty status threshold value: (%)*
5: Toner near-empty status threshold value: (Number of
sheets)*
* The toner near-empty status is displayed if the
remaining amount of toner is equal to or less than the
amount set in 08-5810/5811 (percentage or number of
sheets).
5156 0 Process Development Toner near empty Fine adjustment of Y Adjusts the threshold value for displaying remaining 100 50~300 M 4 - No HS
threshold for displaying amount of toner and toner near empty.
remaining toner and Display threshold value = default threshold value x setting
toner near empty value/100 (Unit: %)
5156 1 Process Development Toner near empty Fine adjustment of M Adjusts the threshold value for displaying remaining 100 50~300 M 4 - No HS
5156 2 Process Development Toner near empty Fine adjustment of C Adjusts the threshold value for displaying remaining 100 50~300 M 4 - No HS

08 SETTING MODE
5156 3 Process Development Toner near empty Fine adjustment of K Adjusts the threshold value for displaying remaining 100 50~300 M 4 - No HS
5204 0 Process Fuser Pre-running starting time Warm-up Setting value x 1 sec. 13 0~60 M 4 - No HS
at warm-up 0: Disabled
5204 1 Process Fuser Pre-running starting time Recovery from the sleep Setting value x 1 sec. 12 0~60 M 4 - No HS
at warm-up mode 0: Disabled
5204 2 Process Fuser Pre-running starting time Warm-up (Low Setting value x 1 sec. 0 0~60 M 4 - No HS
at warm-up temperature) 0: Disabled
5204 3 Process Fuser Pre-running starting time Recovery from sleep Setting value x 1 sec. 0 0~60 M 4 - No HS
at warm-up mode (Low temperature) 0: Disabled
5204 4 Process Fuser Pre-running starting time Prewarming recovery Setting value x 1 sec. 12 0~60 M 4 - No HS
at warm-up (Normal temperature) 0: Disabled
5204 5 Process Fuser Pre-running starting time Prewarming recovery Setting value x 1 sec. 0 0~60 M 4 - No HS
at warm-up (Low temperature) 0: Disabled
5207 - Process Fuser Extension control of 0: Enabled 0 0~1 M 1 - No HS
warm-up 1: Disabled
5208 - Process Fuser Threshold for disabling 0: Invalid 1: 30ºC 2: 40ºC 3: 50ºC 4: 60ºC 5: 70ºC 6: 0 0~15 M 1 - No HS
warming-up period 80ºC 7: 90ºC 8: 100ºC 9: 110ºC 10: 120ºC 11: 130ºC
extension 12: 140ºC 13: 150ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 170ºC
5239 0 Process Fuser Temperature to start pre- Normal temperature When print decelerating 0: Invalid 1: 20ºC 2: 25ºC 3: 30ºC 4: 35ºC 5: 40ºC 6: 23 0~27 M 4 - No HS
running in ready is disabled 45ºC 7: 50ºC 8: 55ºC 9: 60ºC 10: 65ºC 11: 70ºC 12:
75ºC 13: 80ºC 14: 85ºC 15: 90ºC 16: 95ºC 17: 100ºC
18: 105ºC 19: 110ºC 20: 115ºC 21: 120ºC 22: 125ºC
23: 130ºC 24: 135ºC 25: 140ºC 26: 145ºC 27: 150ºC
5239 1 Process Fuser Temperature to start pre- Low temperature When print decelerating 0: Invalid 1: 20ºC 2: 25ºC 3: 30ºC 4: 35ºC 5: 40ºC 6: Refer to 0~27 M 4 - No HS
running in ready is disabled 45ºC 7: 50ºC 8: 55ºC 9: 60ºC 10: 65ºC 11: 70ºC 12: contents
75ºC 13: 80ºC 14: 85ºC 15: 90ºC 16: 95ºC 17: 100ºC
18: 105ºC 19: 110ºC 20: 115ºC 21: 120ºC 22: 125ºC
23: 130ºC 24: 135ºC 25: 140ºC 26: 145ºC 27: 150ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 25
75ppm: 27
5239 2 Process Fuser Temperature to start pre- Normal temperature When print decelerating 0: Invalid 1: 20ºC 2: 25ºC 3: 30ºC 4: 35ºC 5: 40ºC 6: 23 0~27 M 4 - No HS
running in ready is enabled 45ºC 7: 50ºC 8: 55ºC 9: 60ºC 10: 65ºC 11: 70ºC 12:
75ºC 13: 80ºC 14: 85ºC 15: 90ºC 16: 95ºC 17: 100ºC
18: 105ºC 19: 110ºC 20: 115ºC 21: 120ºC 22: 125ºC
23: 130ºC 24: 135ºC 25: 140ºC 26: 145ºC 27: 150ºC
5239 3 Process Fuser Temperature to start pre- Low temperature When print decelerating 0: Invalid 1: 20ºC 2: 25ºC 3: 30ºC 4: 35ºC 5: 40ºC 6: Refer to 0~27 M 4 - No HS
running in ready is enabled 45ºC 7: 50ºC 8: 55ºC 9: 60ºC 10: 65ºC 11: 70ºC 12: contents
75ºC 13: 80ºC 14: 85ºC 15: 90ºC 16: 95ºC 17: 100ºC
18: 105ºC 19: 110ºC 20: 115ºC 21: 120ºC 22: 125ºC
23: 130ºC 24: 135ºC 25: 140ºC 26: 145ºC 27: 150ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 25
75ppm: 27
5248 0 Process Fuser Contacting and releasing Normal temperature 0: Contacting 1 0~2 M 4 - No HS
setting of pressure roller 1: Released
in ready 2: Semi-contacting
5248 1 Process Fuser Contacting and releasing Low temperature 0: Contacting 1 0~2 M 4 - No HS
setting of pressure roller 1: Released
in ready 2: Semi-contacting
5251 0 Process Fuser Pre-running control Ready state When print decelerating 0: Disabled Refer to 0~3 M 4 - No HS
is disabled 1: Enabled for both normal and low temperatures contents
2: Enabled only for normal temperatures
3: Enabled only for low temperatures
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 3

08 SETTING MODE
5251 1 Process Fuser Pre-running control Ready state When print decelerating 0: Disabled Refer to 0~3 M 4 - No HS
is enabled 1: Enabled for both normal and low temperatures contents
2: Enabled only for normal temperatures
3: Enabled only for low temperatures
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 3
5258 0 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Center thermistor User paper type 1 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11: contents
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 13
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 13
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 13
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 13
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 13
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 13
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 13

08 SETTING MODE
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 13
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 13
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 13
5260 0 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first User paper type 1 When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25
sec. 16: 30 sec.
start.
11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25
sec. 16: 30 sec.
start.
11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25
sec. 16: 30 sec.
start.
11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25
sec. 16: 30 sec.
start.
11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25
sec. 16: 30 sec.

08 SETTING MODE
start.
11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25
sec. 16: 30 sec.
start.
11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25
sec. 16: 30 sec.
start.
11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25
sec. 16: 30 sec.
start.
11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25
sec. 16: 30 sec.
start.
11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25
sec. 16: 30 sec.
5261 0 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Center/Side thermistor User paper type 1 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 5
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 5
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 5

08 SETTING MODE
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 5
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 5
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 5
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 5
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 5
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 5
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 4
75ppm: 5
5262 0 Process Fuser Intermittent control User paper type 1 0: Disabled 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
1: Enabled
1: Enabled
1: Enabled

08 SETTING MODE
1: Enabled
1: Enabled
1: Enabled
1: Enabled
1: Enabled
1: Enabled
1: Enabled
5275 0 Process Fuser Temperature to switch Plain paper 0: 70ºC 1: 75ºC 2: 80ºC 3: 85ºC 4: 90ºC 5: 95ºC 6: 12 0~26 M 4 - No HS
print speed (Monochrome) 100ºC 7: 105ºC 8: 110ºC 9: 115ºC 10: 120ºC 11:
125ºC 12: 130ºC 13: 135ºC 14: 140ºC 15: 145ºC 16:
150ºC 17: 155ºC 18: 160ºC 19: 165ºC 20: 170ºC 21:
175ºC 22: 180ºC 23: 185ºC 24: 190ºC 25: 195ºC 26:
200ºC
5275 1 Process Fuser Temperature to switch Plain paper (Color) 0: 70ºC 1: 75ºC 2: 80ºC 3: 85ºC 4: 90ºC 5: 95ºC 6: 12 0~26 M 4 - No HS
print speed 100ºC 7: 105ºC 8: 110ºC 9: 115ºC 10: 120ºC 11:
125ºC 12: 130ºC 13: 135ºC 14: 140ºC 15: 145ºC 16:
150ºC 17: 155ºC 18: 160ºC 19: 165ºC 20: 170ºC 21:
175ºC 22: 180ºC 23: 185ºC 24: 190ºC 25: 195ºC 26:
200ºC
5275 2 Process Fuser Temperature to switch Thick paper 0: 70ºC 1: 75ºC 2: 80ºC 3: 85ºC 4: 90ºC 5: 95ºC 6: 12 0~26 M 4 - No HS
print speed (Monochrome) 100ºC 7: 105ºC 8: 110ºC 9: 115ºC 10: 120ºC 11:
125ºC 12: 130ºC 13: 135ºC 14: 140ºC 15: 145ºC 16:
150ºC 17: 155ºC 18: 160ºC 19: 165ºC 20: 170ºC 21:
175ºC 22: 180ºC 23: 185ºC 24: 190ºC 25: 195ºC 26:
200ºC
5275 3 Process Fuser Temperature to switch Thick paper (Color) 0: 70ºC 1: 75ºC 2: 80ºC 3: 85ºC 4: 90ºC 5: 95ºC 6: 12 0~26 M 4 - No HS
print speed 100ºC 7: 105ºC 8: 110ºC 9: 115ºC 10: 120ºC 11:
125ºC 12: 130ºC 13: 135ºC 14: 140ºC 15: 145ºC 16:
150ºC 17: 155ºC 18: 160ºC 19: 165ºC 20: 170ºC 21:
175ºC 22: 180ºC 23: 185ºC 24: 190ºC 25: 195ºC 26:
200ºC
5276 0 Process Fuser Switchover setting of Plain paper 0: Invalid 0 0~2 M 4 - No HS
print speed (Monochrome) 1: Valid only for 5 minutes after warming-up
2: Always valid
5276 1 Process Fuser Switchover setting of Plain paper (Color) 0: Invalid 0 0~2 M 4 - No HS
print speed 1: Valid only for 5 minutes after warming-up
2: Always valid
5276 2 Process Fuser Switchover setting of Thick paper 0: Invalid 0 0~2 M 4 - No HS
print speed (Monochrome) 1: Valid only for 5 minutes after warming-up
2: Always valid

08 SETTING MODE
5276 3 Process Fuser Switchover setting of Thick paper (Color) 0: Invalid 0 0~2 M 4 - No HS
print speed 1: Valid only for 5 minutes after warming-up
2: Always valid
5277 0 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Center thermistor Thick paper 4 (Except for 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 12 0~16 M 4 - No HS
long sized) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC
5277 1 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Center thermistor Thick paper 4 (Long 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 12 0~16 M 4 - No HS
sized) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC
5279 0 Process Fuser Heater forcible ON time Thick paper 4 Except for Extra long Forcible ON time of upper limit electricity 1 0~10 M 4 - No HS
sized paper 0: Disabled 1: 1 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 5: 5
5279 1 Process Fuser Heater forcible ON time Thick paper 4 Extra long sized paper Forcible ON time of upper limit electricity 3 0~10 M 4 - No HS
5280 0 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Thick paper 4 Except for Extra long When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
printing sized paper larger value. When a larger value is set, the fusing ability
start.
11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25
sec. 16: 30 sec.
5280 1 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Thick paper 4 Extra long sized paper When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25
sec. 16: 30 sec.
5293 0 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Center thermistor Recycled paper 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
(Monochrome) (Normal 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11: contents
temperature) 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 9
65ppm: 10
75ppm: 13
5293 1 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Center thermistor Recycled paper (Color) 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
(Normal temperature) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11: contents
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 11
75ppm: 13
(Monochrome) (Low 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11: contents
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 11
65ppm: 12
75ppm: 14

08 SETTING MODE
5293 3 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Center thermistor Recycled paper (Color) 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
(Low temperature) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11: contents
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 12
75ppm: 14
(Monochrome) (Low 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11: contents
temp. decelerating) 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 11
65/75ppm: 12
5293 5 Process Fuser Fusing temperature Center thermistor Recycled paper (Color) 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 115ºC 12 0~22 M 4 - No HS
(Low temp. decelerating) 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC 11:
145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC 16:
170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21:
195ºC 22: 200ºC
5299 0 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Recycled paper (Low Monochrome When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25
sec. 16: 30 sec.
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 5
5299 1 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Recycled paper (Low Color When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25
sec. 16: 30 sec.
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 5
5299 2 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Recycled paper (Low Monochrome When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
printing temp. decelerating) larger value. When a larger value is set, the fusing ability
start.
16: 30 sec.
5299 3 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Recycled paper (Low Color When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.

08 SETTING MODE
5300 0 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Center thermistor Recycled paper 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: Refer to 0~18 M 4 - No HS
control temperature (Monochrome) (Normal 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11: contents
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 8
65ppm: 9
75ppm: 10
5300 2 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Center thermistor Recycled paper (Color) 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: Refer to 0~18 M 4 - No HS
control temperature (Normal temperature) 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11: contents
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 10
75ppm: 11
control temperature (Monochrome) (Low 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11: contents
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 10
65/75ppm: 11
5301 2 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Center thermistor Recycled paper (Color) 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: Refer to 0~18 M 4 - No HS
control temperature (Low temperature) 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11: contents
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 11
75ppm: 12
control temperature (Monochrome) (Low 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11: contents
temp. decelerating) 135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 10
65/75ppm: 11
5301 7 Process Fuser Lower limit value of Center thermistor Recycled paper (Color) 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 105ºC 6: 11 0~18 M 4 - No HS
control temperature (Low temp. decelerating) 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC 10: 130ºC 11:
135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14: 150ºC 15: 155ºC 16:
160ºC 17: 165ºC 18: 170ºC
5308 0 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Plain paper Monochrome (Normal When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
printing temperature) larger value. When a larger value is set, the fusing ability
start.
16: 30 sec.
5308 1 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Plain paper Color (Normal When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.

08 SETTING MODE
5308 2 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Thick paper Monochrome (Normal When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm: 9
5308 3 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Thick paper Color (Normal When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm
NAD/NAC: 9
Other: 0
5308 4 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Plain/Thick paper Monochrome (Normal 2 When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 10sec. 10: 12 sec. 11: 14
sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec. 14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16:
30 sec.
5308 5 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Plain/Thick paper Color (Normal 2 When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
30 sec.
5308 6 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Thick paper Monochrome (Normal When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
30 sec.
5308 7 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Thick paper Color (Normal temp. When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
30 sec.
5309 0 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Recycled paper Monochrome (Normal When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.
08 SETTING MODE
5309 1 Process Fuser Pre-running time for first Recycled paper Color (Normal When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set a 0 0~16 M 4 - No HS
start.
16: 30 sec.
5310 0 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Plain paper Monochrome (Normal 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS
5310 1 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Plain paper Color (Normal 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS
5310 2 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Thick paper Monochrome (Normal 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. Refer to 0~11 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm
NAD/NAC: 3
Other: 0
5310 3 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Thick paper Color (Normal 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. Refer to 0~11 M 4 - No HS
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 0
75ppm
NAD/NAC: 3
Other: 0
5310 4 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Recycled paper Monochrome (Normal 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS
5310 5 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Recycled paper Color (Normal 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS
5310 8 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Plain/Thick paper Monochrome (Normal 2 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS
5310 9 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Plain/Thick paper Color (Normal 2 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS
5310 10 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Thick paper Monochrome (Normal 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS
running time for first temp. decelerating) 4: 2 min. 5: 3 min. 6: 5 min. 7: 7 min. 8: 10 min. 9: 15
5310 11 Process Fuser Applicable period of pre- Thick paper Color (Normal temp. 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 min. 0 0~11 M 4 - No HS
5315 - Process Fuser Enable/disable setting of 0: Disabled 0 0~1 M 1 - No HS
elevation correction for 1: Enabled
wide paper
5316 - Process Fuser Decreasing cpm for Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 0 0~1 M 1 - No HS
small-size paper 1: Enabled
5354 0 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Plain/Thick/Recycled Normal temperature Sets whether the Wait control is enabled or disabled 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
size paper feeding paper when a print job with wide-size paper is carried out after
one with small-size paper and Ready have been
performed.
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
08 SETTING MODE
5354 1 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Thick paper 1~4/Special Normal temperature Sets whether the Wait control is enabled or disabled 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
size paper feeding paper 1~2/OHP when a print job with wide-size paper is carried out after
performed.
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
5354 2 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Plain/Thick/Recycled Low temperature Sets whether the Wait control is enabled or disabled 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
size paper feeding paper when a print job with wide-size paper is carried out after
performed.
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
5354 3 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Thick paper 1~4/Special Low temperature Sets whether the Wait control is enabled or disabled 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
size paper feeding paper 1~2/OHP when a print job with wide-size paper is carried out after
performed.
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
5355 0 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Plain/Recycled paper Print number setting 1 Sets the number of the continuous printing with small-size 3 0~23 M 4 - No HS
size paper feeding (Normal temperature) paper to carry out the Wait control for wide-size paper
feeding after Ready.
0: 5 Sheets 1: 10 Sheets 2: 15 Sheets 3: 20 Sheets 4:
25 Sheets 5: 30 Sheets 6: 35 Sheets 7: 40 Sheets 8: 45
Sheets 9: 50 Sheets 10: 55 Sheets 11: 60 Sheets 12:
65 Sheets 13: 70 Sheets 14: 75 Sheets 15: 80 Sheets
16: 100 Sheets 17: 200 Sheets 18: 300 Sheets 19: 400
Sheets 20: 500 Sheets 21: 1 Sheet 22: 2 Sheets 23: 3
Sheets
* Set the values so that they become 08-5355-0≤08-
5355-4≤08-5355-8.
5355 1 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Thick paper 1~4/Special Print number setting 1 Sets the number of the continuous printing with small-size 3 0~23 M 4 - No HS
size paper feeding paper/OHP (Normal temperature) paper to carry out the Wait control for wide-size paper
Sheets
5355-5≤08-5355-9.
size paper feeding (Low temperature) paper to carry out the Wait control for wide-size paper
Sheets
5355-6≤08-5355-10.
08 SETTING MODE
size paper feeding paper/OHP (Low temperature) paper to carry out the Wait control for wide-size paper
Sheets
5355-7≤08-5355-11.
Sheets
5355-4≤08-5355-8.
Sheets
5355-5≤08-5355-9.
Sheets
5355-6≤08-5355-10.
Sheets
5355-7≤08-5355-11.
08 SETTING MODE
feeding after Ready
Sheets
5355-4≤08-5355-8.
feeding after Ready
Sheets
5355-5≤08-5355-9.
Sheets
5355-6≤08-5355-10.
Sheets
5355-7≤08-5355-11.
5355 12 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Thick paper Print number setting 1 Sets the number of the continuous printing with small-size 3 0~23 M 4 - No HS
Sheets
5355-13≤08-5355-14.
08 SETTING MODE
Sheets
5355-13≤08-5355-14.
Sheets
5355-13≤08-5355-14.
Sheets
5355-16≤08-5355-17.
Sheets
5355-16≤08-5355-17.
Sheets
5355-16≤08-5355-17.
08 SETTING MODE
5357 0 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Plain/Recycled paper Period setting 1 (Normal Sets the Wait period before wide-size paper is fed. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
size paper feeding temperature) 0: 5 sec. 1: 10 sec. 2: 15 sec. 3: 20 sec. 4: 25 sec. 5:
30 sec. 6: 35 sec. 7: 40 sec. 8: 45 sec. 9: 50 sec. 10:
15: 100 sec.
* The same value set in the sub code selected in 08-5355
is used.
* The Ready period before wide-side paper is fed is
included in the Wait period.
5357 1 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Thick paper 1~4/Special Period setting 1 (Normal Sets the Wait period before wide-size paper is fed. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
size paper feeding paper/OHP temperature) 0: 5 sec. 1: 10 sec. 2: 15 sec. 3: 20 sec. 4: 25 sec. 5:
15: 100 sec.
is used.
5357 2 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Plain/Recycled paper Period setting 1 (Low Sets the Wait period before wide-size paper is fed. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
15: 100 sec.
is used.
5357 3 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Thick paper 1~4/Special Period setting 1 (Low Sets the Wait period before wide-size paper is fed. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
15: 100 sec.
is used.
15: 100 sec.
is used.
15: 100 sec.
is used.
15: 100 sec.
is used.
08 SETTING MODE
15: 100 sec.
is used.
15: 100 sec.
is used.
15: 100 sec.
is used.
15: 100 sec.
is used.
15: 100 sec.
is used.
5357 12 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Thick paper Period setting 1 (Normal Sets the Wait period before wide-size paper is fed. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
15: 100 sec.
is used.
15: 100 sec.
is used.
08 SETTING MODE
15: 100 sec.
is used.
5357 15 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Thick paper Period setting 1 (Low Sets the Wait period before wide-size paper is fed. 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
15: 100 sec.
is used.
15: 100 sec.
is used.
15: 100 sec.
is used.
5358 0 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Plain/Thick/Recycled Small-size paper Selects the paper size to be judged as a small-size one. 2 0~12 M 4 - No HS
size paper feeding paper definition (Normal The Wait control before wide-side paper feeding is
temperature) performed when paper whose size is wider than or equal
to the selected one is fed after smaller-size paper has
been fed and Ready.
0: A6-R 1: ST-R 2: A5-R 3: B5-R 4: 16K-R 5: A4-R 6:
LT-R/LG 7: B4/COMP 8: 8K 9: LT/LD 10: A4/A3 11:
A3WIDE 12: SRA3
5358 1 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Thick paper 1~4/Special Small-size paper Selects the paper size to be judged as a small-size one. 2 0~12 M 4 - No HS
size paper feeding paper/OHP definition (Normal The Wait control before wide-side paper feeding is
been fed and Ready.
0: A6-R 1: ST-R 2: A5-R 3: B5-R 4: 16K-R 5: A4-R 6:
A3WIDE 12: SRA3
5358 2 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Plain/Thick/Recycled Small-size paper Selects the paper size to be judged as a small-size one. 2 0~12 M 4 - No HS
size paper feeding paper definition (Low The Wait control before wide-side paper feeding is
been fed and Ready.
0: A6-R 1: ST-R 2: A5-R 3: B5-R 4: 16K-R 5: A4-R 6:
A3WIDE 12: SRA3
08 SETTING MODE
5358 3 Process Fuser Wait setting before wide- Thick paper 1~4/Special Small-size paper Selects the paper size to be judged as a small-size one. 2 0~12 M 4 - No HS
size paper feeding paper/OHP definition (Low The Wait control before wide-side paper feeding is
been fed and Ready.
0: A6-R 1: ST-R 2: A5-R 3: B5-R 4: 16K-R 5: A4-R 6:
A3WIDE 12: SRA3
5364 - Process Fuser Electricity variable Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 0 0~1 M 1 - No HS
control at printing 1: Enabled
5369 - Process Fuser Temperature of the ready Enable/disable setting Sets whether to enable or disable the step-by-step 0 0~1 M 1 - No HS
state at print end temperature transition control to that for the ready stats at
the end of printing.
Select "1" (Enabled) when the high temperature offset
occurs.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
5390 - Process Fuser Temperature setting for Thick paper 4 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: 3 0~16 M 1 - No HS
16: 115ºC
5409 0 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Recycled paper Monochrome (Normal 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 1
65ppm: 2
75ppm: 3
5409 1 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Recycled paper Color (Normal 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 2
75ppm: 3
5410 0 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Recycled paper Monochrome (Low 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 2
65ppm: 3
75ppm: 4
5410 1 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Recycled paper Color (Low temperature) 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55/65ppm: 3
75ppm: 5
5410 2 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Recycled paper Monochrome (Low temp. 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: Refer to 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
<Default value>
55ppm: 2
65/75ppm: 3
08 SETTING MODE
5410 3 Process Fuser Temperature setting for Recycled paper Color (Low temp. 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 5: 3 0~16 M 4 - No HS
16: 115ºC
5412 - Process Fuser Threshold value for 0: None 1: 30ºC 2: 40ºC 3: 50ºC 4: 60ºC 5: 70ºC 6: 0 0~15 M 1 - No HS
disabling elevation 80ºC 7: 90ºC 8: 100ºC 9: 110ºC 10: 120ºC 11: 130ºC
correction due to low 12: 140ºC 13: 150ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 170ºC
temperature
5446 0 Process Fuser Effective time of Normal temperature Effective time of contacting rotation in ready 4 0~19 M 4 - No HS
contacting rotation 0: 0 sec. 1: 3 sec. 2: 5 sec. 3: 10 sec. 4: 15 sec. 5: 30
sec. 6: 45 sec. 7: 60 sec. 8: 90 sec. 9: 120 sec. 10: 3
min. 11: 5 min. 12: 10 min. 13: 15 min. 14: 30 min. 15:
45 min. 16: 60 min. 17: 90 min. 18: 120 min. 19:
Continuance
5446 1 Process Fuser Effective time of Low temperature Effective time of contacting rotation in ready 2 0~19 M 4 - No HS
contacting rotation 0: 0 sec. 1: 3 sec. 2: 5 sec. 3: 10 sec. 4: 15 sec. 5: 30
45 min. 16: 60 min. 17: 90 min. 18: 120 min. 19:
Continuance
5447 0 Process Fuser Effective time of released Normal temperature Effective time of released rotation in ready 7 0~19 M 4 - No HS
rotation 0: 0 sec. 1: 3 sec. 2: 5 sec. 3: 10 sec. 4: 15 sec. 5: 30
45 min. 16: 60 min. 17: 90 min. 18: 120 min. 19:
Continuance
5447 1 Process Fuser Effective time of released Low temperature Effective time of released rotation in ready 7 0~19 M 4 - No HS
rotation 0: 0 sec. 1: 3 sec. 2: 5 sec. 3: 10 sec. 4: 15 sec. 5: 30
45 min. 16: 60 min. 17: 90 min. 18: 120 min. 19:
Continuance
5455 0 Process Fuser Small-size paper feeding Plain paper Print number setting [1] Sets the number in the continuous printing with small-size 1 0~14 M 4 - No HS
interval control setting paper when the Wait control is carried out for wide-size
(combination job) paper feeding during a combination job.
Sheet 12: 2 Sheets 13: 3 Sheets 14: 5 Sheets
* Set the values so that they become 08- 5455-0≤08-
5455-1≤08-5455-2.
5455-1≤08-5455-2.
5455-1≤08-5455-2.
08 SETTING MODE
5455 3 Process Fuser Small-size paper feeding Thick paper Print number setting [1] Sets the number in the continuous printing with small-size 1 0~14 M 4 - No HS
5455-4≤08-5455-5.
5455-4≤08-5455-5.
5455-4≤08-5455-5.
5456 0 Process Fuser Small-size paper feeding Plain paper Period setting [1] Sets the Wait period before wide-size paper is fed during 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
interval time setting a combination job.
(combination job) 0: 5 sec. 1: 10 sec. 2: 15 sec. 3: 20 sec. 4: 25 sec. 5:
15: 2 sec.
15: 2 sec.
15: 2 sec.
5456 3 Process Fuser Small-size paper feeding Thick paper Period setting [1] Sets the Wait period before wide-size paper is fed during 5 0~15 M 4 - No HS
15: 2 sec.
15: 2 sec.
15: 2 sec.
08 SETTING MODE
5457 0 Process Fuser Wait setting after small- Normal temperature Sets whether the Wait control for wide-size paper feeding 1 0~3 M 4 - No HS
size paper feeding is enabled or disabled during a combination job in normal
(combination job) temperatures.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: Enabled (plain paper only)
3: Enabled (thick paper only)
5457 1 Process Fuser Wait setting after small- Low temperature Sets whether the Wait control for wide-size paper feeding 1 0~3 M 4 - No HS
size paper feeding is enabled or disabled during a combination job in low
(combination job) temperatures.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: Enabled (plain paper only)
3: Enabled (thick paper only)
5464 0 Process Fuser Contacting setting of Thick paper 1 0: Contacting 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
pressure roller at printing 1: Semi-contacting
5464 4 Process Fuser Contacting setting of OHP 0: Contacting 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
5464 5 Process Fuser Contacting setting of Special paper 1 0: Contacting 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
5464 6 Process Fuser Contacting setting of Special paper 2 0: Contacting 0 0~1 M 4 - No HS
5464 8 Process Fuser Contacting setting of Envelope 0: Contacting 1 0~1 M 4 - No HS
5469 - Process Fuser Energy save Enable/disable setting of 0: Disabled 1 0~1 M 1 - No HS
energy saving mode 1: Enabled
5473 - Process Fuser Detection time setting of 0: 1 min. 1: 5 min. 2: 10 min. 3: 15 min. 4: 30 min. 5: 45 8 0~10 M 1 - No HS
environmental min. 6: 60 min. 7: 90 min. 8: 120 min. 9: 180 min. 10:
temperature 240 min.
5479 0 Process Fuser Temperature setting at Normal temperature During pre-running Sets this when the offset occurs during the pre-running at Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
the preliminary action in the preliminary action in printing. contents
printing A larger value is favorable for the low temperature offset,
but is unfavorable for the high temperature offset.
A smaller value is favorable for the high temperature
offset, but is unfavorable for the low temperature offset.
0: Disabled 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5:
115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC
11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC
16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC
21: 195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default>
55ppm: 10
65ppm: 12
75ppm: 14
08 SETTING MODE
5479 1 Process Fuser Temperature setting at Low temperature During pre-running Sets this when the offset occurs during the pre-running at Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
the preliminary action in the preliminary action in printing. contents
printing A larger value is favorable for the low temperature offset,
115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC
11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC
16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC
21: 195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default>
55ppm: 11
65ppm: 14
75ppm: 16
5479 2 Process Fuser Temperature setting at Normal temperature Other than pre-running Sets this when the offset occurs during behaviors such as Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
the preliminary action in polygonal motor synchronization, which are other than contents
printing pre-running, at the preliminary action in printing.
A larger value is favorable for the low temperature offset,
115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC
11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC
16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC
21: 195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default>
55/65ppm: 14
75ppm: 16
5479 3 Process Fuser Temperature setting at Low temperature Other than pre-running Sets this when the offset occurs during behaviors such as Refer to 0~22 M 4 - No HS
the preliminary action in polygonal motor synchronization, which are other than contents
printing pre-running, at the preliminary action in printing.
A larger value is favorable for the low temperature offset,
115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10: 140ºC
11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14: 160ºC 15: 165ºC
16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18: 180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC
21: 195ºC 22: 200ºC
<Default>
55/65ppm: 14
75ppm: 16
5550 - Counter Maintenance PM counter M Setting value Sets the threshold for displaying a message for PM Refer to 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
timing. contents
0: Not displayed
<Default>
55ppm: 480000
65ppm: 540000
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: page)
5551 - Counter Maintenance PM time counter M Setting value Sets the threshold for displaying a message for PM Refer to 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
timing. contents
0: Not displayed
<Default>
55/65ppm: 580000
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
08 SETTING MODE
5552 - Counter Maintenance PM counter C Setting value Sets the threshold for displaying a message for PM Refer to 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
timing. contents
0: Not displayed
<Default>
55ppm: 480000
65ppm: 540000
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: page)
5553 - Counter Maintenance PM time counter C Setting value Sets the threshold for displaying a message for PM Refer to 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
timing. contents
0: Not displayed
<Default>
55/65ppm: 580000
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
5562 - Counter Maintenance PM counter Parts Setting value of PM Sets the threshold for displaying a message for PM Refer to 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
counter/2nd transfer timing. contents
roller 0: Not displayed
<Default>
55ppm: 480000
65ppm: 540000
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: page)
5563 - Counter Maintenance PM time counter Parts Setting value of PM time Sets the threshold for displaying a message for PM Refer to 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
counter display/0 timing. contents
clearing/2nd transfer 0: Not displayed
roller <Default>
55/65ppm: 580000
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
5564 - Counter Maintenance PM counter M Current value Counts up when the registration sensor is ON. 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
0: clear
(Unit: page)
same as 08-6254-0
5565 - Counter Maintenance PM time counter M Current value Counts the drum driving time. 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
0: clear
(Unit: 1 count = 2 seconds)
*Decelerating/Accelerating mode; 1 count = 4 seconds
Same as 08-6254-3
5566 - Counter Maintenance PM counter C Current value Counts up when the registration sensor is ON. 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
0: clear
(Unit: page)
same as 08-6256-0
5567 - Counter Maintenance PM time counter C Current value Counts the drum driving time. 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
0: clear
Same as 08-6256-3
5576 - Counter Maintenance PM counter 2nd transfer roller Current value Counts up when the registration sensor is ON. 08-6340-0 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
5577 - Counter Maintenance PM time counter 2nd transfer roller Current value Counts the drum driving time. 08-6340-3 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
5578 - Counter Maintenance PM counter Switching of output Y Selects the reference to notify the PM timing. (The 2 0~2 M 1 - No HS
pages/driving counts message is displayed on the LCD screen.)
0: PM counter (The number of output pages is set at 08-
6192.)
1: PM time counter (The timing is set at 08-6193.)
2: Whichever comes faster
5579 - Counter Maintenance PM counter Switching of output M Selects the reference to notify the PM timing. (The 2 0~2 M 1 - No HS
5550.)
08 SETTING MODE
5580 - Counter Maintenance PM counter Switching of output C Selects the reference to notify the PM timing. (The 2 0~2 M 1 - No HS
5552.)
5585 - Counter Maintenance PM counter Switching of output 2nd transfer roller Selects the reference to notify the PM timing. (The 0 0~2 M 1 - No HS
5562.)
5608 0 Counter PM counter VOC filter Present number of 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
5608 1 Counter PM counter VOC filter Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of output pages for 55ppm: 480000 contents
replacement 65ppm: 540000
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
5608 2 Counter PM counter VOC filter Number of output pages 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
at the last replacement
5608 3 Counter PM counter VOC filter Present driving counts 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
5608 4 Counter PM counter VOC filter Recommended driving <Default> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
counts to be replaced 55/65ppm: 580000 contents
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
5608 5 Counter PM counter VOC filter Driving counts at the last 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
5608 6 Counter PM counter VOC filter Present output pages for 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
5608 7 Counter PM counter VOC filter Present driving counts 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
5608 8 Counter PM counter VOC filter Number of times 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
5609 - Counter PM counter VOC filter Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
5810 0 Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty status K This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is set to "4". 3 1~99 M 4 - No HS
threshold value setting Use this code to specify the threshold value (unit: %) for
(%) displaying the toner near-empty status. The accuracy of
value is influenced by usage environment or originals.
5810 1 Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty status Y This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is set to "4". 8 1~99 M 4 - No HS
5810 2 Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty status M This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is set to "4". 8 1~99 M 4 - No HS
5810 3 Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty status C This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is set to "4". 8 1~99 M 4 - No HS
5811 0 Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty status K This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is set to "5". 2000 1~9999 M 4 - No HS
threshold value setting Use this code to specify the threshold value (unit: number
(number of sheets) of sheets) for displaying the toner near-empty status. The
accuracy of value is influenced by usage environment or
originals.
08 SETTING MODE
5811 1 Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty status Y This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is set to "5". 2000 1~9999 M 4 - No HS
originals.
5811 2 Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty status M This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is set to "5". 2000 1~9999 M 4 - No HS
originals.
5811 3 Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty status C This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is set to "5". 2000 1~9999 M 4 - No HS
originals.
5990 - Counter Process Number of output pages Thick paper Counts up when the registration sensor is turned ON in 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
the Thick mode
5996 - Counter Process Number of output pages Special paper 1 Counts up when the registration sensor is turned ON in 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
the Special 1 mode
5997 - Counter Process Number of output pages Special paper 2 Counts up when the registration sensor is turned ON in 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
the Special 2 mode
6010 - Counter Double count For fee charging Paper size Large-sized paper 0: Counted as 1 Refer to 0~2 M 1 Yes - No HS
1: Counted as 2 contents
2: Counted as 1 (Mechanical counter is double counter)
<Default value>
JPD/JPC: 0
Others: 1
6011 - Counter Double count For fee charging Paper size Definition setting of large 0: A3/LD 0 0~1 M 1 Yes - No HS
sized paper 1: A3/LD/B4/LG/FOLIO/COMP
6012 - Counter Double count For PM Paper size Large-sized paper 0: Counted as 1 1 0~1 M 1 Yes - No HS
1: Counted as 2
6013 - Counter Double count For PM Paper size Definition setting of large 0: A3/LD 1 0~1 M 1 Yes - No HS
sized paper 1: A3/LD/B4/LG/FOLIO/COMP
6014 - Counter Double count For PM Media Type Thick paper 0: Counted as 1 1 0~1 M 1 Yes - No HS
1: Counted as 2
6015 - Counter Double count For PM Media Type OHP 0: Counted as 1 1 0~1 M 1 Yes - No HS
1: Counted as 2
6016 - Counter Double count For PM Media Type Envelope 0: Counted as 1 1 0~1 M 1 Yes - No HS
1: Counted as 2
6017 - Counter Double count For PM Media Type Tab paper 0: Counted as 1 1 0~1 M 1 Yes - No HS
1: Counted as 2
6018 - Counter Double count For PM Media Type Special paper 0: Counted as 1 1 0~1 M 1 Yes - No HS
1: Counted as 2
6052 0 Counter Setting of the Number of job execution Copy Displays the number of copy jobs whose scanning is 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
original with times executed in the setting of the original with folding
folding Counts up by 1 at the starting of a job. Counts up by 1 at
the restarting after a job interruption.
* The scanning of an original placed on the original glass
is not counted up.
6052 1 Counter Setting of the Number of job execution Scanning Displays the number of scan jobs whose scanning is 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
is not counted up.
08 SETTING MODE
6052 2 Counter Setting of the Number of job execution Fax Displays the number of fax jobs whose scanning is 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
is not counted up.
6060 0 Counter Copy Print Full color Large size Counts the number of output pages in the full color mode 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
in the Copying function according to its size (large/small).
Large size:
Total number of output pages set in 08-6011 (Definition
setting of large sized paper)
Small size:
Total number of output pages for other than large sized
paper
6060 1 Counter Copy Print Full color Small size Counts the number of output pages in the full color mode 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6061 0 Counter Printer Full color Large size Counts the number of output pages at the full color mode 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
in the Printer function according to its size (large/small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6061 1 Counter Printer Full color Small size Counts the number of output pages at the full color mode 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
in the Printer function according to its size (large/small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6062 0 Counter Copy Print Twin/Mono Color Large size Counts the number of output pages at the twin color 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
mode in the Copying function according to its size (large/
small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6062 1 Counter Copy Print Twin/Mono Color Small size Counts the number of output pages in the twin color 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
08 SETTING MODE
6063 0 Counter Copy Print Monochrome Large size Counts the number of output pages in the monochrome 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6063 1 Counter Copy Print Monochrome Small size Counts the number of output pages in the monochrome 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6064 0 Counter Printer Monochrome Large size Counts the number of output pages in the monochrome 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
mode in the Printer function according to its size (large/
small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6064 1 Counter Printer Monochrome Small size Counts the number of output pages in the monochrome 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
mode in the Printer function according to its size (large/
small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6065 0 Counter List print Monochrome Large size Counts the number of output pages in the List print mode 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
function according to its size (large/small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6065 1 Counter List print Monochrome Small size Counts the number of output pages in the List print mode 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6066 0 Counter Fax Print Large size Counts the number of output pages in the Fax function 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
according to its size (large/small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
08 SETTING MODE
6066 1 Counter Fax Print Small size Counts the number of output pages in the Fax function 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6067 0 Counter Copy Scan Full color Large size Counts the number of scanning pages in the full color 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6067 1 Counter Copy Scan Full color Small size Counts the number of scanning pages in the full color 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6068 0 Counter Scan Full color Large size Counts the number of scanning pages in the full color 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
mode in the Scanning function according to its size
(large/small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6068 1 Counter Scan Full color Small size Counts the number of scanning pages in the full color 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
mode in the Scanning function according to its size
(large/small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6069 0 Counter Copy Scan Twin/Mono Color Large size Counts the number of scanning pages in the twin color 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6069 1 Counter Copy Scan Twin/Mono Color Small size Counts the number of scanning pages in the twin color 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
08 SETTING MODE
6070 0 Counter Copy Scan Black Large size Counts the number of scanning pages in the black mode 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6070 1 Counter Copy Scan Black Small size Counts the number of scanning pages in the black mode 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6071 0 Counter Fax Scan Large size Counts the number of scanning pages in the Fax function 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6071 1 Counter Fax Scan Small size Counts the number of scanning pages in the Fax function 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6072 0 Counter Scan Black Large size Counts the number of scanning pages in the black mode 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
in the Scanning function according to its size (large/
small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6072 1 Counter Scan Black Small size Counts the number of scanning pages in the black mode 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
in the Scanning function according to its size (large/
small).
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6073 0 Counter Fax Transmission Large size Counts the number of transmitted pages in the Fax 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
Large size:
Small size:
paper
08 SETTING MODE
6073 1 Counter Fax Transmission Small size Counts the number of transmitted pages in the Fax 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6074 0 Counter Fax Reception Large size Counts the number of received pages in the Fax function 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6074 1 Counter Fax Reception Small size Counts the number of received pages in the Fax function 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6078 0 Counter Printer Twin/Mono Color Large size Counts the number of print sheets in twin color printing 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
per large and small sizes respectively
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6078 1 Counter Printer Twin/Mono Color Small size Counts the number of print sheets in twin color printing 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
per large and small sizes respectively
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6081 0 Counter Custom For administrator Weighting/Scanning Black/Gray Scale Weights subtraction of scanning from department/user 0 0~9999 SYS 4 Yes Def No H
counter/Job Job Quota and addition of Scan Counter to Custom
Quota Counter.
(An integer which decupled the threshold which is divided
into 0.1%-units)
6081 1 Counter Custom For administrator Weighting/Scanning Full color Weights subtraction of scanning from department/user 0 0~9999 SYS 4 Yes Def No H
counter/Job Job Quota and addition of Scan Counter to Custom
Quota Counter.
(An integer which decupled the threshold which is divided
into 0.1%-units)
6083 0 Counter Double count For fee charging Media Type Thick paper (Back) Sets the weight of fee charging count for printing per 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - No H
page. Scan counter and fax counter are not influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
6083 1 Counter Double count For fee charging Media Type Thick paper 1~4 (Back) Sets the weight of fee charging count for printing per Refer to 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - No H
page. Scan counter and fax counter are not influenced. contents
0: Single
1: Double
<Default value>
JPC/CND: 0
Others: 1
08 SETTING MODE
6083 2 Counter Double count For fee charging Media Type Special paper 1~2 (Back) Sets the weight of fee charging count for printing per Refer to 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - No H
0: Single
1: Double
<Default value>
JPC/CND: 0
Others: 1
6083 3 Counter Double count For fee charging Media Type OHP Sets the weight of fee charging count for printing per Refer to 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - No H
0: Single
1: Double
<Default value>
JPC/CND: 0
Others: 1
6083 4 Counter Double count For fee charging Media Type Envelope Sets the weight of fee charging count for printing per Refer to 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - No H
0: Single
1: Double
<Default value>
JPC/CND: 0
Others: 1
6083 5 Counter Double count For fee charging Media Type Tab paper Sets the weight of fee charging count for printing per Refer to 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - No H
0: Single
1: Double
<Default value>
JPC/CND: 0
Others: 1
6083 6 Counter Double count For fee charging Media Type User paper type 1 Sets the weight of fee charging count for printing per 2 0~2 SYS 4 Yes - No H
0: Single
1: Double
2: Depend on based media type
0: Single
1: Double
0: Single
1: Double
0: Single
1: Double
0: Single
1: Double
0: Single
1: Double
08 SETTING MODE
0: Single
1: Double
0: Single
1: Double
0: Single
1: Double
0: Single
1: Double
6084 - Counter Double count For administrator Enabling/Disabling When this setting is enabled, the custom counter and Job 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def No H
custom counter/Job Quota of department/user are enabled.
Quota When this setting is enabled, 08-6010 does not affect the
counter/Quota of department/user.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
6087 - Counter Counter Color/Black quota Twin/Mono color count When the pages are counted for twin/mono color counter, 0 0~1 SYS 1 - No H
Settings selection this code sets whether the pages are subtracted from
Color Quota or Black Quota.
Not all the pages of twin/mono color are subtracted. The
pages assigned to twin/mono color counter are
subtracted. The setting of this code is enabled only in the
Color/Black Quota mode and not enabled in the Job
Quota mode.
If the value of this code is set to "0" (Color Quota), an
error occurs if a user without color permission performs
twin color printing. Note that the same error occurs in the
Job Quota mode.
0: Color Quota
1: Black Quota
Related code:
08-6084, 08-9128, 08-9892
6093 0 Counter Sheet counter Copy Large size Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
6093 1 Counter Sheet counter Copy Small size Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
6094 0 Counter Sheet counter Print Large size Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
6094 1 Counter Sheet counter Print Small size Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
6095 0 Counter Sheet counter List Large size Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
6095 1 Counter Sheet counter List Small size Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
6096 0 Counter Sheet counter Fax Large size Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
6096 1 Counter Sheet counter Fax Small size Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
6097 0 Counter Sheet counter Copy A3 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6097 4 Counter Sheet counter Copy B4 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6097 5 Counter Sheet counter Copy B5 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
08 SETTING MODE
6097 6 Counter Sheet counter Copy FOLIO Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6097 7 Counter Sheet counter Copy LD Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6097 8 Counter Sheet counter Copy LG Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6097 9 Counter Sheet counter Copy LT Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6097 10 Counter Sheet counter Copy ST Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6097 11 Counter Sheet counter Copy COMP Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6097 12 Counter Sheet counter Copy 13"LG Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6097 13 Counter Sheet counter Copy 8.5" x 8.5" Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6097 14 Counter Sheet counter Copy 16k Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6097 15 Counter Sheet counter Copy 8k Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6097 16 Counter Sheet counter Copy 305 mm x 457 mm (12" x Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
18")
6097 17 Counter Sheet counter Copy Envelope (Large size) Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6097 18 Counter Sheet counter Copy 320 mm x 450 mm, 320 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
mm x 460 mm
6097 19 Counter Sheet counter Copy 330 mm x 483 mm (13" x Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
19")
6097 20 Counter Sheet counter Copy Envelope Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6097 21 Counter Sheet counter Copy Extra long size paper a Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
Extra-long size paper a: Length in the feeding direction is
longer than 483 mm and 800 mm or less
6097 22 Counter Sheet counter Copy Extra long size paper b Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
Extra-long size paper b: Length in the feeding direction is
6097 23 Counter Sheet counter Copy Custom (Small size) Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
Custom (small size)
When "0" is set in 08-6011: Paper whose length in the
feeding direction is 415 mm or less
6097 24 Counter Sheet counter Copy Custom (Large size) Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
Custom (large size)
feeding direction is longer than 415 mm and less than
that for extra-long size paper a
feeding direction is longer than 325mm and less than that
for extra-long size paper a
6097 25 Counter Sheet counter Copy Undefined Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 0 Counter Sheet counter Print A3 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 4 Counter Sheet counter Print B4 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 5 Counter Sheet counter Print B5 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 6 Counter Sheet counter Print FOLIO Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 7 Counter Sheet counter Print LD Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 8 Counter Sheet counter Print LG Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 9 Counter Sheet counter Print LT Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 10 Counter Sheet counter Print ST Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 11 Counter Sheet counter Print COMP Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
08 SETTING MODE
6098 12 Counter Sheet counter Print 13"LG Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 13 Counter Sheet counter Print 8.5" x 8.5" Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 14 Counter Sheet counter Print 16k Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 15 Counter Sheet counter Print 8k Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 16 Counter Sheet counter Print 305 mm x 457 mm (12" x Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
18")
6098 17 Counter Sheet counter Print Envelope (Large size) Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 18 Counter Sheet counter Print 320 mm x 450 mm, 320 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
mm x 460 mm
6098 19 Counter Sheet counter Print 330 mm x 483 mm (13" x Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
19")
6098 20 Counter Sheet counter Print Envelope Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 21 Counter Sheet counter Print Extra long size paper a Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 22 Counter Sheet counter Print Extra long size paper b Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6098 23 Counter Sheet counter Print Custom Small Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
Custom (small size)
6098 24 Counter Sheet counter Print Custom Large Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
Custom (large size)
6098 25 Counter Sheet counter Print Undefined Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 0 Counter Sheet counter List A3 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 4 Counter Sheet counter List B4 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 5 Counter Sheet counter List B5 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 6 Counter Sheet counter List FOLIO Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 7 Counter Sheet counter List LD Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 8 Counter Sheet counter List LG Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 9 Counter Sheet counter List LT Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 10 Counter Sheet counter List ST Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 11 Counter Sheet counter List COMP Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 12 Counter Sheet counter List 13"LG Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 13 Counter Sheet counter List 8.5" x 8.5" Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 14 Counter Sheet counter List 16k Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 15 Counter Sheet counter List 8k Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 16 Counter Sheet counter List 305 mm x 457 mm (12" x Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
18")
6099 17 Counter Sheet counter List Envelope (Large size) Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
08 SETTING MODE
6099 18 Counter Sheet counter List 320 mm x 450 mm, 320 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
mm x 460 mm
6099 19 Counter Sheet counter List 330 mm x 483 mm (13" x Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
19")
6099 20 Counter Sheet counter List Envelope Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 21 Counter Sheet counter List Extra long size paper a Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 22 Counter Sheet counter List Extra long size paper b Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6099 23 Counter Sheet counter List Custom (Small size) Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
Custom (small size)
6099 24 Counter Sheet counter List Custom (Large size) Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
Custom (large size)
6099 25 Counter Sheet counter List Undefined Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 0 Counter Sheet counter Fax A3 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 4 Counter Sheet counter Fax B4 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 5 Counter Sheet counter Fax B5 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 6 Counter Sheet counter Fax FOLIO Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 7 Counter Sheet counter Fax LD Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 8 Counter Sheet counter Fax LG Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 9 Counter Sheet counter Fax LT Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 10 Counter Sheet counter Fax ST Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 11 Counter Sheet counter Fax COMP Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 12 Counter Sheet counter Fax 13"LG Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 13 Counter Sheet counter Fax 8.5" x 8.5" Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 14 Counter Sheet counter Fax 16k Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 15 Counter Sheet counter Fax 8k Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 16 Counter Sheet counter Fax 305 mm x 457 mm (12" x Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
18")
6100 17 Counter Sheet counter Fax Envelope (Large size) Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 18 Counter Sheet counter Fax 320 mm x 450 mm, 320 Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
mm x 460 mm
6100 19 Counter Sheet counter Fax 330 mm x 483 mm (13" x Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
19")
6100 20 Counter Sheet counter Fax Envelope Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 21 Counter Sheet counter Fax Extra long size paper a Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
08 SETTING MODE
6100 22 Counter Sheet counter Fax Extra long size paper b Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6100 23 Counter Sheet counter Fax Custom (Small size) Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
Custom (small size)
6100 24 Counter Sheet counter Fax Custom (Large size) Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
Custom (large size)
6100 25 Counter Sheet counter Fax Undefined Number of sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6105 0 Counter IP Fax Transmission Large size Counts the number of transmitted pages in the IP Fax 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6105 1 Counter IP Fax Transmission Small size Counts the number of transmitted pages in the IP Fax 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6106 0 Counter IP Fax Reception Large size Counts the number of received pages in the IP Fax 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6106 1 Counter IP Fax Reception Small size Counts the number of received pages in the IP Fax 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
Large size:
Small size:
paper
6110 - Counter Counter of 1st drawer Counts the number of sheets fed from 1st drawer. 0 0~99999999 M 2 Yes - No HS
Paper feed
6111 - Counter Counter of 2nd drawer Counts the number of sheets fed from 2nd drawer. 0 0~99999999 M 2 Yes - No HS
Paper feed
6112 - Counter Counter of Bypass feed Counts the number of sheets fed from bypass feed. 0 0~99999999 M 2 Yes - No HS
Paper feed
6113 - Counter Counter of T-LCF Counts the number of sheets fed from T-LCF. 0 0~99999999 M 2 Yes - No HS
Paper feed
6114 - Counter Counter of 3rd drawer Counts the number of sheets fed from 3rd drawer. 0 0~99999999 M 2 Yes - No HS
Paper feed
08 SETTING MODE
6115 - Counter Counter of 4th drawer Counts the number of sheets fed from 4th drawer. 0 0~99999999 M 2 Yes - No HS
Paper feed
6116 - Counter Counter of ADU Counts the number of output pages of duplex printing. 0 0~99999999 M 2 Yes - No HS
Paper feed
6117 - Counter Counter of DF Counts the number of originals fed from DF. 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 Yes - No H
Paper feed
6118 - Counter Counter of Counter for Ex-LCF Counts the number of sheets fed from Ex-LCF. 0 0~99999999 M 2 - No HS
Paper feed feeding
6120 0 Counter DF 1 Sheet Counts the number of times which a job with 1 sheet is 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
performed from the DF.
6120 1 Counter DF 2 Sheets Counts the number of times which a job with 2 sheets is 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
6120 2 Counter DF 3Sheets Counts the number of times which a job with 3 sheets is 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
6120 3 Counter DF 4~5Sheets Counts the number of times which a job with 4 to 5 sheets 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
is performed from the DF.
6120 4 Counter DF 6~10Sheets Counts the number of times which a job with 6 to 10 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
sheets is performed from the DF.
6120 10 Counter DF 301Sheets~ Counts the number of times which a job with 301 or more 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
6121 - Counter DF DF duplex counter Counts the number of times of scanning both sides of 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
page in the DF.
6122 - Counter OCR OCR counter Counts the OCR execution number. 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
6123 - Counter Original glass Original glass counter Counts the number of scanning through the original 0 0~99999999 SYS 1 - No H
glass.
* Be sure to set "0" to this code when the carriage wire is
replaced.
6125 - Counter Zonal OCR Performance number 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
processing
6190 - Counter Maintenance PM counter K Setting value Sets the threshold for displaying a message for PM Refer to 0~99999999 M 1 Yes - No HS
timing. contents
0: Not displayed
<Default value>
55ppm: 480000
65ppm: 540000
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: page)
6191 - Counter Maintenance PM time counter K Setting value Sets the threshold for displaying a message for PM Refer to 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
timing. contents
0: Not displayed
<Default>
55/65ppm: 580000
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
08 SETTING MODE
6192 - Counter Maintenance PM counter Y Setting value Sets the threshold for displaying a message for PM Refer to 0~99999999 M 1 Yes - No HS
timing. contents
0: Not displayed
<Default value>
55ppm: 480000
65ppm: 540000
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: page)
6193 - Counter Maintenance PM time counter Y Setting value Sets the threshold for displaying a message for PM Refer to 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
timing. contents
0: Not displayed
<Default>
55/65ppm: 580000
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6194 - Counter Maintenance PM counter K Current value Counts up when the registration sensor is ON. 0 0~99999999 M 1 Yes - No HS
0: clear
(Unit: page)
same as 08-6250-0
6195 - Counter Maintenance PM time counter K Current value Counts the drum driving time. 0 0~99999999 M 1 Yes - No HS
0: clear
Same as 08-6250-3
6196 - Counter Maintenance PM counter Y Current value Counts up when the registration sensor is ON. 0 0~99999999 M 1 Yes - No HS
0: clear
(Unit: page)
same as 08-6252-0
6197 - Counter Maintenance PM time counter Y Current value Counts the drum driving time. 0 0~99999999 M 1 Yes - No HS
0: clear
Same as 08-6252-3
6198 - Counter Maintenance PM counter Switching of output K Selects the reference to notify the PM timing. (The 2 0~2 M 1 - No HS
6190.)
6211 - Counter Process Accumulated counter of Cleared to "0" by the image quality closed-loop control. 0 0~9999 M 2 - No HS
output pages since the Counts up with the number of printing job received after
performing of image this control.
quality control
6223 - Counter Process Number of output pages Thick paper 4 Counts up when the registration sensor is ON in the thick 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
paper 4 mode.
paper 1 mode.
paper 2 mode.
paper 3 mode.
6228 - Counter Process Number of output pages OHP Counts up when the registration sensor is ON in the OHP 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
mode.
6229 0 Counter Main charger Main charger needle Does not count up when cleaning is not effective. 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
electrode cleaning
counter display/0
clearing (black)
08 SETTING MODE
6229 1 Counter Main charger Main charger needle Does not count up when cleaning is not effective. 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
electrode cleaning
counter display/0
clearing (color)
6230 - Counter Feeding Feeding retry counter 1st drawer Counts the number of times of the feeding retry from the 0 0~99999999 M 1 Yes - No HS
system 1st drawer.
6231 - Counter Feeding Feeding retry counter 2nd drawer Counts the number of times of the feeding retry from the 0 0~99999999 M 1 Yes - No HS
system 2nd drawer.
6232 - Counter Feeding Feeding retry counter 3rd drawer Counts the number of times of the feeding retry from the 0 0~99999999 M 1 Yes - No HS
system 3rd drawer.
6233 - Counter Feeding Feeding retry counter 4th drawer Counts the number of times of the feeding retry from the 0 0~99999999 M 1 Yes - No HS
system 4th drawer.
6234 - Counter Feeding Feeding retry counter Bypass feed Counts the number of times of the feeding retry from the 0 0~99999999 M 1 Yes - No HS
system bypass tray.
6235 - Counter Feeding Feeding retry counter T-LCF Counts the number of times of the feeding retry from the 0 0~99999999 M 1 Yes - No HS
system T-LCF.
6236 - Counter Feeding Feeding retry counter Upper limit value 1st drawer When the number of feeding retry (08-6230 to 6235) 50 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
system exceeds the setting value, the feeding retry will not be
performed subsequently. In case "0" is set as a setting
value, however, the feeding retry continues regardless of
the counter setting value.
In this equipment, a toner image is formed on the transfer
belt prior to a paper feeding. When the feeding retry
occurs and the transport timing is delayed, the toner
image on the transfer belt is cleaned off without the 2nd
transfer since the paper cannot be reached for the 2nd
transfer process. After that, the toner image formation is
retried while the paper is waited. In this case, the toner for
this image formation is consumed wastefully since the
toner image on the transfer belt is already cleaned off,
even though the printing is normally completed.
Therefore, note that the excessive toner will be
consumed consequently when the upper limit value of
feeding retry counter is set larger or set as "0" (no limit).
The toner is also consumed wastefully when the paper
misfeeding occurs. Replace the roller at earlier timing if
the paper misfeedings have occurred frequently.
6237 - Counter Feeding Feeding retry counter Upper limit value 2nd drawer When the number of feeding retry (08-6230 to 6235) 50 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
08 SETTING MODE
6238 - Counter Feeding Feeding retry counter Upper limit value 3rd drawer When the number of feeding retry (08-6230 to 6235) 50 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
6239 - Counter Feeding Feeding retry counter Upper limit value 4th drawer When the number of feeding retry (08-6230 to 6235) 50 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
6240 - Counter Feeding Feeding retry counter Upper limit value Bypass feed When the number of feeding retry (08-6230 to 6235) 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
08 SETTING MODE
6241 - Counter Feeding Feeding retry counter Upper limit value T-LCF When the number of feeding retry (08-6230 to 6235) 50 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
6242 - Counter Feeding Feeding retry counter Ex-LCF Counts the number of times of the feeding retry from the 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
system Ex-LCF.
6243 - Counter Feeding Special paper Counts up when the registration sensor is ON in the 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
system special paper mode.
6244 - Counter Feeding Tab paper Counts up when the registration sensor is ON in the tab 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
system paper mode.
6245 - Counter Feeding Feeding retry counter Upper limit value Ex-LCF When the number of feeding retry (08-6242) exceeds the 50 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
system setting value, the feeding retry will not be performed
subsequently. In case "0" is set as a setting value,
however, the feeding retry continues regardless of the
counter setting value.
6247 - Counter Feeding Envelope (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
system
6249 0 Counter Toner Toner refill motor Backup counter for Y The rotation time of toner refill motor is stored when the 0 0~99999999 M 14 - No HS
rotation time toner cartridge becomes empty.
6249 1 Counter Toner Toner refill motor Backup counter for M The rotation time of toner refill motor is stored when the 0 0~99999999 M 14 - No HS
6249 2 Counter Toner Toner refill motor Backup counter for C The rotation time of toner refill motor is stored when the 0 0~99999999 M 14 - No HS
6249 3 Counter Toner Toner refill motor Backup counter for K The rotation time of toner refill motor is stored when the 0 0~99999999 M 14 - No HS
6250 0 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum K Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
08 SETTING MODE
6250 1 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum K Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6250 2 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum K Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6250 3 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum K Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6250 4 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum K Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6250 5 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum K Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6250 6 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum K Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6250 7 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum K Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6250 8 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum K Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6251 - Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum K Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6252 0 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum Y Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6252 1 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum Y Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6252 2 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum Y Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6252 3 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum Y Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6252 4 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum Y Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6252 5 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum Y Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6252 6 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum Y Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6252 7 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum Y Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6252 8 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum Y Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6253 - Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum Y Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6254 0 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum M Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6254 1 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum M Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6254 2 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum M Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6254 3 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum M Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
08 SETTING MODE
6254 4 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum M Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6254 5 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum M Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6254 6 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum M Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6254 7 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum M Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6254 8 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum M Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6255 - Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum M Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6256 0 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum C Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6256 1 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum C Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6256 2 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum C Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6256 3 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum C Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6256 4 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum C Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6256 5 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum C Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6256 6 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum C Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6256 7 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum C Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6256 8 Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum C Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6257 - Counter PM counter Photoconductive drum C Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6258 0 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade K Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6258 1 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade K Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6258 2 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade K Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6258 3 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade K Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6258 4 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade K Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6258 5 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade K Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6258 6 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade K Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
08 SETTING MODE
6258 7 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade K Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6258 8 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade K Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6259 - Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade K Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6260 0 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade Y Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6260 1 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade Y Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6260 2 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade Y Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6260 3 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade Y Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6260 4 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade Y Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6260 5 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade Y Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6260 6 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade Y Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6260 7 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade Y Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6260 8 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade Y Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6261 - Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade Y Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6262 0 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade M Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6262 1 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade M Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6262 2 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade M Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6262 3 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade M Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6262 4 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade M Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6262 5 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade M Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6262 6 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade M Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6262 7 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade M Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6262 8 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade M Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6263 - Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade M Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6264 0 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade C Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
08 SETTING MODE
6264 1 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade C Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6264 2 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade C Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6264 3 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade C Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6264 4 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade C Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6264 5 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade C Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6264 6 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade C Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6264 7 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade C Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6264 8 Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade C Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6265 - Counter PM counter Drum cleaning blade C Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6268 0 Counter PM counter Ozone filter-2 Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6268 1 Counter PM counter Ozone filter-2 Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6268 2 Counter PM counter Ozone filter-2 Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6268 3 Counter PM counter Ozone filter-2 Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6268 4 Counter PM counter Ozone filter-2 Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 405000
(Unit: count)
6268 5 Counter PM counter Ozone filter-2 Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6268 6 Counter PM counter Ozone filter-2 Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6268 7 Counter PM counter Ozone filter-2 Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6268 8 Counter PM counter Ozone filter-2 Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6269 - Counter PM counter Ozone filter-2 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6270 0 Counter PM counter Transfer belt facing roller Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
cleaner output pages
6270 1 Counter PM counter Transfer belt facing roller Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
cleaner of output pages for 55ppm: 480000 contents
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6270 2 Counter PM counter Transfer belt facing roller Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
cleaner at the last replacement
08 SETTING MODE
6270 3 Counter PM counter Transfer belt facing roller Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
cleaner
6270 4 Counter PM counter Transfer belt facing roller Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
cleaner counts to be replaced 55/65ppm: 580000 contents
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6270 5 Counter PM counter Transfer belt facing roller Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
cleaner replacement
6270 6 Counter PM counter Transfer belt facing roller Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
cleaner control
6270 7 Counter PM counter Transfer belt facing roller Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
cleaner for control
6270 8 Counter PM counter Transfer belt facing roller Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
cleaner replaced
6271 - Counter PM counter Transfer belt facing roller Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
cleaner replacement
6274 0 Counter PM counter Charger grid K Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6274 1 Counter PM counter Charger grid K Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6274 2 Counter PM counter Charger grid K Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6274 3 Counter PM counter Charger grid K Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6274 4 Counter PM counter Charger grid K Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6274 5 Counter PM counter Charger grid K Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6274 6 Counter PM counter Charger grid K Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6274 7 Counter PM counter Charger grid K Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6274 8 Counter PM counter Charger grid K Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6275 - Counter PM counter Charger grid K Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6276 0 Counter PM counter Charger grid Y Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6276 1 Counter PM counter Charger grid Y Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6276 2 Counter PM counter Charger grid Y Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6276 3 Counter PM counter Charger grid Y Present driving counts 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6276 4 Counter PM counter Charger grid Y Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6276 5 Counter PM counter Charger grid Y Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
08 SETTING MODE
6276 6 Counter PM counter Charger grid Y Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6276 7 Counter PM counter Charger grid Y Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6276 8 Counter PM counter Charger grid Y Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6277 - Counter PM counter Charger grid Y Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6278 0 Counter PM counter Charger grid M Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6278 1 Counter PM counter Charger grid M Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6278 2 Counter PM counter Charger grid M Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6278 3 Counter PM counter Charger grid M Present driving counts 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6278 4 Counter PM counter Charger grid M Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6278 5 Counter PM counter Charger grid M Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6278 6 Counter PM counter Charger grid M Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6278 7 Counter PM counter Charger grid M Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6278 8 Counter PM counter Charger grid M Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6279 - Counter PM counter Charger grid M Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6280 0 Counter PM counter Charger grid C Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6280 1 Counter PM counter Charger grid C Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6280 2 Counter PM counter Charger grid C Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6280 3 Counter PM counter Charger grid C Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6280 4 Counter PM counter Charger grid C Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6280 5 Counter PM counter Charger grid C Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6280 6 Counter PM counter Charger grid C Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6280 7 Counter PM counter Charger grid C Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6280 8 Counter PM counter Charger grid C Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6281 - Counter PM counter Charger grid C Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
08 SETTING MODE
6282 0 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) K Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6282 1 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) K Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6282 2 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) K Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6282 3 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) K Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6282 4 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) K Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6282 5 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) K Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6282 6 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) K Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6282 7 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) K Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6282 8 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) K Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6283 - Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) K Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6284 0 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) Y Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6284 1 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) Y Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6284 2 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) Y Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6284 3 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) Y Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6284 4 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) Y Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6284 5 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) Y Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6284 6 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) Y Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6284 7 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) Y Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6284 8 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) Y Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6285 - Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) Y Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6286 0 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) M Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6286 1 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) M Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
08 SETTING MODE
6286 2 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) M Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6286 3 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) M Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6286 4 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) M Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6286 5 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) M Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6286 6 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) M Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6286 7 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) M Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6286 8 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) M Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6287 - Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) M Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6288 0 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) C Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6288 1 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) C Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6288 2 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) C Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6288 3 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) C Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6288 4 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) C Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6288 5 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) C Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6288 6 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) C Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6288 7 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) C Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6288 8 Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) C Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6289 - Counter PM counter Charger (Wire/needle) C Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6290 0 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad K Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6290 1 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad K Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6290 2 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad K Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6290 3 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad K Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6290 4 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad K Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
08 SETTING MODE
6290 5 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad K Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6290 6 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad K Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6290 7 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad K Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6290 8 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad K Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6291 - Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad K Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6292 0 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad Y Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6292 1 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad Y Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6292 2 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad Y Number of output pages (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6292 3 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad Y Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6292 4 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad Y Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6292 5 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad Y Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6292 6 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad Y Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6292 7 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad Y Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6292 8 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad Y Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6293 - Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad Y Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6294 0 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad M Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6294 1 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad M Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6294 2 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad M Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6294 3 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad M Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6294 4 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad M Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6294 5 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad M Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6294 6 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad M Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6294 7 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad M Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6294 8 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad M Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
08 SETTING MODE
6295 - Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad M Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6296 0 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad C Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6296 1 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad C Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6296 2 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad C Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6296 3 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad C Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6296 4 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad C Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6296 5 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad C Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6296 6 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad C Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6296 7 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad C Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6296 8 Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad C Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6297 - Counter PM counter Charger cleaning pad C Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6298 0 Counter PM counter Ozone filter Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6298 1 Counter PM counter Ozone filter Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6298 2 Counter PM counter Ozone filter Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6298 3 Counter PM counter Ozone filter Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6298 4 Counter PM counter Ozone filter Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6298 5 Counter PM counter Ozone filter Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6298 6 Counter PM counter Ozone filter Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6298 7 Counter PM counter Ozone filter Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6298 8 Counter PM counter Ozone filter Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6299 - Counter PM counter Ozone filter Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6300 0 Counter PM counter Developer material K Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6300 2 Counter PM counter Developer material K Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6300 3 Counter PM counter Developer material K Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
08 SETTING MODE
6300 5 Counter PM counter Developer material K Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6300 6 Counter PM counter Developer material K Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6300 7 Counter PM counter Developer material K Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6300 8 Counter PM counter Developer material K Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6301 - Counter PM counter Developer material K Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6302 0 Counter PM counter Developer material Y Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6302 2 Counter PM counter Developer material Y Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6302 3 Counter PM counter Developer material Y Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6302 5 Counter PM counter Developer material Y Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6302 6 Counter PM counter Developer material Y Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6302 7 Counter PM counter Developer material Y Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6302 8 Counter PM counter Developer material Y Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6303 - Counter PM counter Developer material Y Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6304 0 Counter PM counter Developer material M Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6304 2 Counter PM counter Developer material M Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6304 3 Counter PM counter Developer material M Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6304 5 Counter PM counter Developer material M Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6304 6 Counter PM counter Developer material M Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6304 7 Counter PM counter Developer material M Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6304 8 Counter PM counter Developer material M Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6305 - Counter PM counter Developer material M Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6306 0 Counter PM counter Developer material C Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6306 2 Counter PM counter Developer material C Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6306 3 Counter PM counter Developer material C Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6306 5 Counter PM counter Developer material C Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6306 6 Counter PM counter Developer material C Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6306 7 Counter PM counter Developer material C Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6306 8 Counter PM counter Developer material C Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
08 SETTING MODE
6307 - Counter PM counter Developer material C Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6308 0 Counter PM counter Toner filter Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6308 1 Counter PM counter Toner filter Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6308 2 Counter PM counter Toner filter Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6308 3 Counter PM counter Toner filter Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6308 4 Counter PM counter Toner filter Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 405000
(Unit: count)
6308 5 Counter PM counter Toner filter Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6308 6 Counter PM counter Toner filter Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6308 7 Counter PM counter Toner filter Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6308 8 Counter PM counter Toner filter Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6309 - Counter PM counter Toner filter Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6314 0 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages * This part is not set to be controlled in the PM support
mode.
6314 1 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 1200000
(Unit: sheet)
* This part is not set to be controlled in the PM support
mode.
6314 2 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
at the last replacement * This part is not set to be controlled in the PM support
mode.
6314 3 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6314 4 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 1040000
(Unit: count)
mode.
6314 5 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement * This part is not set to be controlled in the PM support
mode.
6314 6 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control * This part is not set to be controlled in the PM support
mode.
6314 7 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control * This part is not set to be controlled in the PM support
mode.
08 SETTING MODE
6314 8 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced * This part is not set to be controlled in the PM support
mode.
6315 - Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6316 0 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6316 1 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 1200000
(Unit: sheet)
mode.
6316 2 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6316 3 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6316 4 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 1040000
(Unit: count)
mode.
6316 5 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6316 6 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6316 7 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6316 8 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6317 - Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6318 0 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6318 1 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 1200000
(Unit: sheet)
mode.
6318 2 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6318 3 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
08 SETTING MODE
6318 4 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 1040000
(Unit: count)
mode.
6318 5 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6318 6 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6318 7 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6318 8 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6319 - Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6320 0 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6320 1 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 1200000
(Unit: sheet)
mode.
6320 2 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6320 3 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6320 4 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 1040000
(Unit: count)
mode.
6320 5 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6320 6 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6320 7 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6320 8 Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6321 - Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6328 0 Counter PM counter Transfer belt Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
08 SETTING MODE
6328 1 Counter PM counter Transfer belt Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 1200000
(Unit: sheet)
mode.
6328 2 Counter PM counter Transfer belt Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6328 3 Counter PM counter Transfer belt Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6328 4 Counter PM counter Transfer belt Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 1040000
(Unit: count)
mode.
6328 5 Counter PM counter Transfer belt Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6328 6 Counter PM counter Transfer belt Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6328 7 Counter PM counter Transfer belt Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6328 8 Counter PM counter Transfer belt Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
mode.
6329 - Counter PM counter Transfer belt Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6332 0 Counter PM counter Transfer belt cleaning Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
blade output pages
6332 1 Counter PM counter Transfer belt cleaning Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
blade of output pages for 55ppm: 480000 contents
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6332 2 Counter PM counter Transfer belt cleaning Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
blade at the last replacement
6332 3 Counter PM counter Transfer belt cleaning Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
blade
6332 4 Counter PM counter Transfer belt cleaning Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
blade counts to be replaced 55/65ppm: 580000 contents
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6332 5 Counter PM counter Transfer belt cleaning Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
blade replacement
6332 6 Counter PM counter Transfer belt cleaning Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
blade control
6332 7 Counter PM counter Transfer belt cleaning Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
blade for control
6332 8 Counter PM counter Transfer belt cleaning Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
blade replaced
6333 - Counter PM counter Transfer belt cleaning Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
blade replacement
08 SETTING MODE
6340 0 Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6340 1 Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6340 2 Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6340 3 Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6340 4 Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 520000
(Unit: count)
6340 5 Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6340 6 Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6340 7 Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6340 8 Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6341 - Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6350 0 Counter PM counter Pressure roller Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6350 1 Counter PM counter Pressure roller Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6350 2 Counter PM counter Pressure roller Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6350 3 Counter PM counter Pressure roller Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6350 4 Counter PM counter Pressure roller Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 569000
(Unit: count)
6350 5 Counter PM counter Pressure roller Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6350 6 Counter PM counter Pressure roller Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6350 7 Counter PM counter Pressure roller Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6350 8 Counter PM counter Pressure roller Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6351 - Counter PM counter Pressure roller Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6372 0 Counter PM counter Fuser belt Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6372 1 Counter PM counter Fuser belt Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
08 SETTING MODE
6372 2 Counter PM counter Fuser belt Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6372 3 Counter PM counter Fuser belt Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6372 4 Counter PM counter Fuser belt Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 569000
(Unit: count)
6372 5 Counter PM counter Fuser belt Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6372 6 Counter PM counter Fuser belt Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6372 7 Counter PM counter Fuser belt Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6372 8 Counter PM counter Fuser belt Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6373 - Counter PM counter Fuser belt Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6382 0 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (DF) Number of current (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
reading sheets of paper
6382 1 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (DF) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 120000 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
of replacing reading
sheets of paper
6382 2 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (DF) Number of previous (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6382 8 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (DF) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
replaced
6383 - Counter PM counter Pickup roller (DF) Date of previous - 8 digits SYS 2 - No H
replacement
6384 0 Counter PM counter Feed roller (DF) Number of current (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6384 1 Counter PM counter Feed roller (DF) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 120000 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
sheets of paper
6384 2 Counter PM counter Feed roller (DF) Number of previous (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6384 8 Counter PM counter Feed roller (DF) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
replaced
6385 - Counter PM counter Feed roller (DF) Date of previous - 8 digits SYS 2 - No H
replacement
6386 0 Counter PM counter Separation roller (DF) Number of current (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6386 1 Counter PM counter Separation roller (DF) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 120000 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
sheets of paper
6386 2 Counter PM counter Separation roller (DF) Number of previous (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
6386 8 Counter PM counter Separation roller (DF) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 SYS 4 - No H
replaced
6387 - Counter PM counter Separation roller (DF) Date of previous - 8 digits SYS 2 - No H
replacement
6388 0 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (T-LCF) Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6388 1 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (T-LCF) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 400000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of output pages for
replacement
08 SETTING MODE
6388 2 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (T-LCF) Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6388 8 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (T-LCF) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6389 - Counter PM counter Pickup roller (T-LCF) Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6390 0 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (1st drawer) Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6390 1 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (1st drawer) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 200000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of output pages for
replacement
6390 2 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (1st drawer) Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6390 8 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (1st drawer) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6391 - Counter PM counter Pickup roller (1st drawer) Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6392 0 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (2nd Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
drawer) output pages
6392 1 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (2nd Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 200000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
drawer) of output pages for
replacement
6392 2 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (2nd Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
drawer) at the last replacement
6392 8 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (2nd Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
drawer) replaced
6393 - Counter PM counter Pickup roller (2nd Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
drawer) replacement
6394 0 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (Ex-LCF) Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6394 1 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (Ex-LCF) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 500000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of output pages for
replacement
6394 2 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (Ex-LCF) Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6394 8 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (Ex-LCF) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6395 - Counter PM counter Pickup roller (Ex-LCF) Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6396 0 Counter PM counter Feed roller (T-LCF) Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6396 1 Counter PM counter Feed roller (T-LCF) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 400000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of output pages for
replacement
6396 2 Counter PM counter Feed roller (T-LCF) Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6396 8 Counter PM counter Feed roller (T-LCF) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6397 - Counter PM counter Feed roller (T-LCF) Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6398 0 Counter PM counter Feed roller (1st drawer) Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6398 1 Counter PM counter Feed roller (1st drawer) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 200000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of output pages for
replacement
08 SETTING MODE
6398 2 Counter PM counter Feed roller (1st drawer) Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6398 8 Counter PM counter Feed roller (1st drawer) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6399 - Counter PM counter Feed roller (1st drawer) Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6400 0 Counter PM counter Feed roller (2nd drawer) Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6400 1 Counter PM counter Feed roller (2nd drawer) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 200000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of output pages for
replacement
6400 2 Counter PM counter Feed roller (2nd drawer) Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6400 8 Counter PM counter Feed roller (2nd drawer) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6401 - Counter PM counter Feed roller (2nd drawer) Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6402 0 Counter PM counter Feed roller (Ex-LCF) Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6402 1 Counter PM counter Feed roller (Ex-LCF) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 500000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of output pages for
replacement
6402 2 Counter PM counter Feed roller (Ex-LCF) Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6402 8 Counter PM counter Feed roller (Ex-LCF) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6403 - Counter PM counter Feed roller (Ex-LCF) Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6404 0 Counter PM counter Separation roller (T-LCF) Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6404 1 Counter PM counter Separation roller (T-LCF) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 400000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of output pages for
replacement
6404 2 Counter PM counter Separation roller (T-LCF) Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6404 8 Counter PM counter Separation roller (T-LCF) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6405 - Counter PM counter Separation roller (T-LCF) Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6406 0 Counter PM counter Separation roller (1st Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6406 1 Counter PM counter Separation roller (1st Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 200000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6406 2 Counter PM counter Separation roller (1st Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6406 8 Counter PM counter Separation roller (1st Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
drawer) replaced
6407 - Counter PM counter Separation roller (1st Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
drawer) replacement
6408 0 Counter PM counter Separation roller (2nd Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6408 1 Counter PM counter Separation roller (2nd Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 200000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
08 SETTING MODE
6408 2 Counter PM counter Separation roller (2nd Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6408 8 Counter PM counter Separation roller (2nd Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
drawer) replaced
6409 - Counter PM counter Separation roller (2nd Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
drawer) replacement
6410 0 Counter PM counter Separation roller (Ex- Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
LCF) output pages
6410 1 Counter PM counter Separation roller (Ex- Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 500000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
LCF) of output pages for
replacement
6410 2 Counter PM counter Separation roller (Ex- Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
LCF) at the last replacement
6410 8 Counter PM counter Separation roller (Ex- Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
LCF) replaced
6411 - Counter PM counter Separation roller (Ex- Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
LCF) replacement
6412 0 Counter PM counter Separation roller (3rd Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6412 1 Counter PM counter Separation roller (3rd Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 200000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6412 2 Counter PM counter Separation roller (3rd Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6412 8 Counter PM counter Separation roller (3rd Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
drawer) replaced
6413 - Counter PM counter Separation roller (3rd Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
drawer) replacement
6414 0 Counter PM counter Separation roller (4th Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6414 1 Counter PM counter Separation roller (4th Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 200000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6414 2 Counter PM counter Separation roller (4th Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6414 8 Counter PM counter Separation roller (4th Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
drawer) replaced
6415 - Counter PM counter Separation roller (4th Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
drawer) replacement
6416 0 Counter PM counter Separation roller (Bypass Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
unit) output pages
6416 1 Counter PM counter Separation roller (Bypass Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 100000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
unit) of output pages for
replacement
6416 2 Counter PM counter Separation roller (Bypass Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
unit) at the last replacement
6416 8 Counter PM counter Separation roller (Bypass Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
unit) replaced
6417 - Counter PM counter Separation roller (Bypass Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
unit) replacement
6420 0 Counter PM counter Feed roller (3rd drawer) Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6420 1 Counter PM counter Feed roller (3rd drawer) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 200000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of output pages for
replacement
08 SETTING MODE
6420 2 Counter PM counter Feed roller (3rd drawer) Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6420 8 Counter PM counter Feed roller (3rd drawer) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6421 - Counter PM counter Feed roller (3rd drawer) Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6422 0 Counter PM counter Feed roller (4th drawer) Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6422 1 Counter PM counter Feed roller (4th drawer) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 200000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of output pages for
replacement
6422 2 Counter PM counter Feed roller (4th drawer) Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6422 8 Counter PM counter Feed roller (4th drawer) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6423 - Counter PM counter Feed roller (4th drawer) Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6424 0 Counter PM counter Feed roller (Bypass unit) Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6424 1 Counter PM counter Feed roller (Bypass unit) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 100000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of output pages for
replacement
6424 2 Counter PM counter Feed roller (Bypass unit) Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6424 8 Counter PM counter Feed roller (Bypass unit) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6425 - Counter PM counter Feed roller (Bypass unit) Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6428 0 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (3rd drawer) Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6428 1 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (3rd drawer) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 200000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of output pages for
replacement
6428 2 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (3rd drawer) Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6428 8 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (3rd drawer) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6429 - Counter PM counter Pickup roller (3rd drawer) Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6430 0 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (4th drawer) Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6430 1 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (4th drawer) Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 200000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
of output pages for
replacement
6430 2 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (4th drawer) Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6430 8 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (4th drawer) Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6431 - Counter PM counter Pickup roller (4th drawer) Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6432 0 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (Bypass Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
unit) output pages
6432 1 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (Bypass Recommended number (Unit: sheet) 100000 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
unit) of output pages for
replacement
08 SETTING MODE
6432 2 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (Bypass Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
unit) at the last replacement
6432 8 Counter PM counter Pickup roller (Bypass Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
unit) replaced
6433 - Counter PM counter Pickup roller (Bypass Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
unit) replacement
6466 0 Counter Counter Sub-hopper toner motor Y Counts the drive count of each sub-hopper toner motor. 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
driving time counter
6466 1 Counter Counter Sub-hopper toner motor M Counts the drive count of each sub-hopper toner motor. 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6466 2 Counter Counter Sub-hopper toner motor C Counts the drive count of each sub-hopper toner motor. 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6466 3 Counter Counter Sub-hopper toner motor K Counts the drive count of each sub-hopper toner motor. 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6467 - Counter General Number of output pages 0: 0 1: 100 2: 200 3: 500 4: 1000 5: 1500 6: 2000 7: 2 0~7 SYS 1 - Yes H
available at toner No limitation (99999999) (Unit: page)
cartridge replacement
(during cover open)
6469 0 Counter Development Toner/carrier supply Y Counts the driving time of each sub-hopper toner motor. 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
motor driving time This value is the accumulation since the start of use or
counter display the last replacement of developer material.
6469 1 Counter Development Toner/carrier supply M Counts the driving time of each sub-hopper toner motor. 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6469 2 Counter Development Toner/carrier supply C Counts the driving time of each sub-hopper toner motor. 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6469 3 Counter Development Toner/carrier supply K Counts the driving time of each sub-hopper toner motor. 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6500 - Pixel counter Setting Standard paper size Selects the standard paper size to convert it into the pixel Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 - No H
count (%). contents
0: A4
1: LT
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 1
Others: 0
6501 - Pixel counter Clearing All clearing Clears all information related to the pixel counter. - - - 3 - No -
6502 - Pixel counter Clearing Service technician Clears all information related to the service technician - - - 3 - No -
reference counter reference pixel counter.
6503 - Pixel counter Clearing Toner cartridge reference Clears all information related to the toner cartridge - - - 3 - No -
counter reference pixel counter.
6504 - Pixel counter Setting Pixel counter display Selects whether or not to display the pixel counter on the 1 0~1 SYS 1 - No H
LCD screen.
0: Displayed
1: Not displayed
6505 - Pixel counter Setting Displayed reference Selects the reference when displaying the pixel counter 0 0~1 SYS 1 - No H
on the LCD screen.
0: Service technician reference
1: Toner cartridge reference
6506 - Pixel counter Setting Toner empty Selects the counter to determine toner empty. 0 0~1 SYS 1 - No H
determination counter 0: Output pages
1: Pixel counter
6507 - Pixel counter Setting Threshold setting for Output pages Sets the number of output pages to determine toner 500 0~999 SYS 1 - No H
toner empty empty. This setting is valid when "0" is set at 08-6506.
determination
08 SETTING MODE
6508 - Pixel counter Setting Threshold setting for Pixel counter Sets the number of output pages to determine toner 21500 0~60000 SYS 1 - No H
toner empty empty. This setting is valid when "1" is set at 08-6506.
determination
6509 - Pixel counter Clearing Flag Service technician Becomes "1" when 08-6502 is performed. 0 0~1 SYS 2 - No H
reference
6510 - Pixel counter Display Cleared date Service technician Displays the date on which 08-6502 was performed. - 8 digits SYS 2 - No H
reference
6511 - Pixel counter Display Cleared date Toner cartridge reference Y Displays the date on which 08-6503 was performed. - 8 digits SYS 2 - No H
6512 - Pixel counter Display Cleared date Toner cartridge reference M Displays the date on which 08-6503 was performed. - 8 digits SYS 2 - No H
6513 - Pixel counter Display Cleared date Toner cartridge reference C Displays the date on which 08-6503 was performed. - 8 digits SYS 2 - No H
6514 - Pixel counter Display Cleared date Toner cartridge reference K Displays the date on which 08-6503 was performed. - 8 digits SYS 2 - No H
6519 - Pixel counter Display Count started date Toner cartridge reference Y Displays the date on which 08-6503 was performed. - 8 digits SYS 2 - No H
6520 - Pixel counter Display Count started date Toner cartridge reference M Displays the date on which 08-6503 was performed. - 8 digits SYS 2 - No H
6521 - Pixel counter Display Count started date Toner cartridge reference C Displays the date on which 08-6503 was performed. - 8 digits SYS 2 - No H
6522 - Pixel counter Display Count started date Toner cartridge reference K Displays the date on which 08-6503 was performed. - 8 digits SYS 2 - No H
6557 - Pixel counter Number of Service technician Copy Full color Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
output pages reference standard paper size in the copy function, full color mode
and service technician reference.
The last two digits indicate the values after the decimal
point. One hundredth of the indicated value is "converted
number of sheets for A4/LT".
6558 - Pixel counter Number of Service technician Copy Monochrome Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
output pages reference standard paper size in the copy function, monochrome
mode and service technician reference.
6559 - Pixel counter Number of Service technician Print Full color Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
output pages reference standard paper size in the printer function, full color mode
6560 - Pixel counter Number of Service technician Print Monochrome Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
output pages reference standard paper size in the printer function, black mode
6561 - Pixel counter Number of Service technician Fax Monochrome Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
output pages reference standard paper size in the Fax function, black mode and
service technician reference.
6562 - Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge reference Copy Full color (K) Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
output pages standard paper size in the copy function, full color mode,
toner K and toner cartridge reference.
6563 - Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge reference Copy Monochrome Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
output pages standard paper size in the copy function, black mode and
toner cartridge reference.
08 SETTING MODE
6564 - Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge reference Print Full color (K) Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
output pages standard paper size in the printer function, full color
mode, toner K and toner cartridge reference.
6565 - Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge reference Print Monochrome Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
output pages standard paper size in the printer function, black mode
and toner cartridge reference.
6566 - Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge reference Fax Black Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
output pages standard paper size in the Fax function, black mode and
toner cartridge reference.
6567 - Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge reference Copy Full color (Y) Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
toner Y and toner cartridge reference.
6568 - Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge reference Print Full color (Y) Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
mode, toner Y and toner cartridge reference.
6569 - Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge reference Copy Full color (M) Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
toner M and toner cartridge reference.
6570 - Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge reference Print Full color (M) Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
mode, toner M and toner cartridge reference.
6571 - Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge reference Copy Full color (C) Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
toner C and toner cartridge reference.
6572 - Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge reference Print Full color (C) Counts the number of output pages converted to the 0 0~99999999 SYS 2 - No H
mode, toner C and toner cartridge reference.
6573 - Pixel counter Counter Toner cartridge Y Counts the number of time of the toner cartridge Y 0 0~999 SYS 2 - No H
replacement counter replacement.
6574 - Pixel counter Counter Toner cartridge M Counts the number of time of the toner cartridge M 0 0~999 SYS 2 - No H
6575 - Pixel counter Counter Toner cartridge C Counts the number of time of the toner cartridge C 0 0~999 SYS 2 - No H
08 SETTING MODE
6576 - Pixel counter Counter Toner cartridge K Counts the number of time of the toner cartridge K 0 0~999 SYS 2 - No H
6587 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy Full color (Y+M+C+K) Displays the average pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician color mode, all toner and service technician reference.
reference) (Unit: 0.01%)
6588 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy Full color (Y) Displays the average pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician color mode, toner Y and service technician reference.
6589 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy Full color (M) Displays the average pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician color mode, toner M and service technician reference.
6590 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy Full color (C) Displays the average pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician color mode, toner C and service technician reference.
6591 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy Full color (K) Displays the average pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician color mode, toner K and service technician reference.
6592 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Print Full color (Y+M+C+K) Displays the average pixel count in the printer function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician full color mode, all toner and service technician
reference) reference.
(Unit: 0.01%)
6593 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Print Full color (Y) Displays the average pixel count in the printer function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician full color mode, toner Y and service technician reference.
6594 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Print Full color (M) Displays the average pixel count in the printer function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician full color mode, toner M and service technician reference.
6595 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Print Full color (C) Displays the average pixel count in the printer function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician full color mode, toner C and service technician reference.
6596 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Print Full color (K) Displays the average pixel count in the printer function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician full color mode, toner K and service technician reference.
6597 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy/Print Full color (Y+M+C+K) Displays the average pixel count in the copy/printer 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician function, full color mode, all toner and service technician
(Unit: 0.01%)
6598 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy/Print Full color (Y) Displays the average pixel count in the copy/printer 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician function, full color mode, toner Y and service technician
(Unit: 0.01%)
6599 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy/Print Full color (M) Displays the average pixel count in the copy/printer 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician function, full color mode, toner M and service technician
(Unit: 0.01%)
6600 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy/Print Full color (C) Displays the average pixel count in the copy/printer 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician function, full color mode, toner C and service technician
(Unit: 0.01%)
6601 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy/Print Full color (K) Displays the average pixel count in the copy/printer 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician function, full color mode, toner K and service technician
(Unit: 0.01%)
6602 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy Monochrome Displays the average pixel count in the copy function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician monochrome mode and service technician reference.
6603 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Print Monochrome Displays the average pixel count in the printer function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
08 SETTING MODE
6604 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Fax Monochrome Displays the average pixel count in the Fax function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
6605 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy/Print/Fax Monochrome Displays the average pixel count in the copy/printer/Fax 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Service technician function, monochrome mode and service technician
(Unit: 0.01%)
6606 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count Copy Full color (Y+M+C+K) Displays the latest pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
6607 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count Copy Full color (Y) Displays the latest pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
6608 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count Copy Full color (M) Displays the latest pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
6609 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count Copy Full color (C) Displays the latest pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
6610 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count Copy Full color (K) Displays the latest pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
6611 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count Print Full color (Y+M+C+K) Displays the latest pixel count in the printer function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
6612 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count Print Full color (Y) Displays the latest pixel count in the printer function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
6613 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count Print Full color (M) Displays the latest pixel count in the printer function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
6614 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count Print Full color (C) Displays the latest pixel count in the printer function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
6615 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count Print Full color (K) Displays the latest pixel count in the printer function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
6616 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count Copy Monochrome Displays the latest pixel count in the copy function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
6617 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count Print Monochrome Displays the latest pixel count in the printer function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
6618 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count Fax Monochrome Displays the latest pixel count in the Fax function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
6619 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy Full color (Y) Displays the average pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge color mode, toner Y and toner cartridge reference.
6620 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy Full color (M) Displays the average pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge color mode, toner M and toner cartridge reference.
6621 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy Full color (C) Displays the average pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge color mode, toner C and toner cartridge reference.
6622 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy Full color (K) Displays the average pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge color mode, toner K and toner cartridge reference.
08 SETTING MODE
6623 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy Monochrome Displays the average pixel count in the copy function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge monochrome mode and toner cartridge reference.
6624 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy Full color (K)+black Displays the average pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge color/black mode, toner K and toner cartridge reference.
6625 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Print Full color (Y) Displays the average pixel count in the printer function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge full color mode, toner Y and toner cartridge reference.
6626 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Print Full color (M) Displays the average pixel count in the printer function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge full color mode, toner M and toner cartridge reference.
6627 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Print Full color (C) Displays the average pixel count in the printer function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge full color mode, toner C and toner cartridge reference.
6628 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Print Full color (K) Displays the average pixel count in the printer function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge full color mode, toner K and toner cartridge reference.
6629 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Print Monochrome Displays the average pixel count in the printer function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge monochrome mode and toner cartridge reference.
6630 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Print Full color (K)+black Displays the average pixel count in the printer function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge full color/black mode, toner K and toner cartridge
(Unit: 0.01%)
6631 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy/Print Full color (Y) Displays the average pixel count in the copy/printer 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge function, full color mode, toner Y and toner cartridge
(Unit: 0.01%)
6632 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy/Print Full color (M) Displays the average pixel count in the copy/printer 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge function, full color mode, toner M and toner cartridge
(Unit: 0.01%)
6633 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy/Print Full color (C) Displays the average pixel count in the copy/printer 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge function, full color mode, toner C and toner cartridge
(Unit: 0.01%)
6634 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Copy/Print/Fax Full color (K)+black Displays the average pixel count in the copy/printer/Fax 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge function, black mode, toner K and toner cartridge
(Unit: 0.01%)
6635 - Pixel counter Counter Average pixel count Fax Monochrome Displays the average pixel count in the Fax function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
(Toner cartridge black mode and toner cartridge reference.
6636 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count (Toner Copy Full color (Y) Displays the latest pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
cartridge reference) color mode, toner Y and toner cartridge reference.
(Unit: 0.01%)
6637 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count (Toner Copy Full color (M) Displays the latest pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
cartridge reference) color mode, toner M and toner cartridge reference.
(Unit: 0.01%)
6638 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count (Toner Copy Full color (C) Displays the latest pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
cartridge reference) color mode, toner C and toner cartridge reference.
(Unit: 0.01%)
6639 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count (Toner Copy Full color (K) Displays the latest pixel count in the copy function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
cartridge reference) color mode, toner K and toner cartridge reference.
(Unit: 0.01%)
6640 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count (Toner Print Full color (Y) Displays the latest pixel count in the printer function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
cartridge reference) color mode, toner Y and toner cartridge reference.
(Unit: 0.01%)
08 SETTING MODE
6641 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count (Toner Print Full color (M) Displays the latest pixel count in the printer function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
cartridge reference) color mode, toner M and toner cartridge reference.
(Unit: 0.01%)
6642 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count (Toner Print Full color (C) Displays the latest pixel count in the printer function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
cartridge reference) color mode, toner C and toner cartridge reference.
(Unit: 0.01%)
6643 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count (Toner Print Full color (K) Displays the latest pixel count in the printer function, full 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
cartridge reference) color mode, toner K and toner cartridge reference.
(Unit: 0.01%)
6644 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count (Toner Fax Black Displays the latest pixel count in the Fax function, black 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
cartridge reference) mode and toner cartridge reference.
(Unit: 0.01%)
6713 0 Pixel counter Counter Pixel count distribution Copy 0-5% The pixel count data are divided into 10 ranges. The 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
(Full color (Y)) number of output pages in each range is displayed. In
this code, the distributions in the copy function, full color
mode and toner Y are displayed.
6713 1 Pixel counter Counter Pixel count distribution Copy 5.1-10% The pixel count data are divided into 10 ranges. The 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
08 SETTING MODE
(Full color (M)) number of output pages in each range is displayed. In
mode and toner M are displayed.
08 SETTING MODE
(Full color (C)) number of output pages in each range is displayed. In
mode and toner C are displayed.
08 SETTING MODE
(Full color (K)) number of output pages in each range is displayed. In
mode and toner K are displayed.
08 SETTING MODE
6717 0 Pixel counter Counter Pixel count distribution Print 0-5% The pixel count data are divided into 10 ranges. The 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
this code, the distributions in the printer function, full color
6717 1 Pixel counter Counter Pixel count distribution Print 5.1-10% The pixel count data are divided into 10 ranges. The 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
08 SETTING MODE
08 SETTING MODE
08 SETTING MODE
08 SETTING MODE
08 SETTING MODE
(Monochrome) number of output pages in each range is displayed. In
this code, the distributions in the copy function and
monochrome mode are displayed.
08 SETTING MODE
this code, the distributions in the printer function and
08 SETTING MODE
6723 0 Pixel counter Counter Pixel count distribution Fax 0-5% The pixel count data are divided into 10 ranges. The 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
this code, the distributions in the Fax function and
6723 1 Pixel counter Counter Pixel count distribution Fax 5.1-10% The pixel count data are divided into 10 ranges. The 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
08 SETTING MODE
6724 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count (Toner Copy Black Displays the latest pixel count in the copy function, black 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
cartridge reference) mode and toner cartridge reference.
(Unit: 0.01%)
6725 - Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel count (Toner Print Black Displays the latest pixel count in the printer function, 0 0~10000 SYS 2 - No H
cartridge reference) black mode and toner cartridge reference.
(Unit: 0.01%)
6817 - Counter Calibration counter Displays the number of times a calibration chart is 0 0~99999999 SYS 1 - No H
printed. When "0" is set for this code, this counter is reset.
The counter value goes up every time a calibration chart
is printed, regardless of the setting value of the code 08-
9894 (Calibration chart charging method).
6902 - Counter Total counter Decelerating 2 Displays the current value of the total counter. Counts up 0 0~99999999 M 1 - No HS
when the registration sensor is ON.
6979 0 Counter PM counter Fuser pad Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6979 1 Counter PM counter Fuser pad Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6979 2 Counter PM counter Fuser pad Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6979 3 Counter PM counter Fuser pad Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6979 4 Counter PM counter Fuser pad Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 569000
(Unit: count)
6979 5 Counter PM counter Fuser pad Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6979 6 Counter PM counter Fuser pad Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
08 SETTING MODE
6979 7 Counter PM counter Fuser pad Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6979 8 Counter PM counter Fuser pad Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6980 - Counter PM counter Fuser pad Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6981 0 Counter PM counter Fuser slipping sheet Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6981 1 Counter PM counter Fuser slipping sheet Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6981 2 Counter PM counter Fuser slipping sheet Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6981 3 Counter PM counter Fuser slipping sheet Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6981 4 Counter PM counter Fuser slipping sheet Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 569000
(Unit: count)
6981 5 Counter PM counter Fuser slipping sheet Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
6981 6 Counter PM counter Fuser slipping sheet Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6981 7 Counter PM counter Fuser slipping sheet Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6981 8 Counter PM counter Fuser slipping sheet Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6982 - Counter PM counter Fuser slipping sheet Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
6997 0 Counter Image control Execution number Full mode execution Execution number Clearing the number to 0 is only available. 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
counter number counter of image quality (Unit: times)
control
6997 1 Counter Image control Execution number Short paper and full color Execution number Clearing the number to 0 is only available. 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
counter mode execution number counter of image quality (Unit: times)
control
6997 2 Counter Image control Execution number Short paper and Execution number Clearing the number to 0 is only available. 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
counter monochrome mode counter of image quality (Unit: times)
execution number control
6998 0 Counter Fuser Oil recovery sheet Present number of (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
output pages
6998 1 Counter Fuser Oil recovery sheet Recommended number <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 600000
(Unit: sheet)
6998 2 Counter Fuser Oil recovery sheet Number of output pages (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6998 3 Counter Fuser Oil recovery sheet Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
6998 4 Counter Fuser Oil recovery sheet Recommended driving <Default value> Refer to 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
75ppm: 569000
(Unit: count)
6998 5 Counter Fuser Oil recovery sheet Driving counts at the last (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replacement
08 SETTING MODE
6998 6 Counter Fuser Oil recovery sheet Present output pages for (Unit: sheet) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
control
6998 7 Counter Fuser Oil recovery sheet Present driving counts (Unit: count) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
for control
6998 8 Counter Fuser Oil recovery sheet Number of times (Unit: Times) 0 0~99999999 M 4 - No HS
replaced
6999 - Counter Fuser Oil recovery sheet Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2 - No HS
replacement
7000 - Image Image All clearing Adjustment values of all Copy related codes Clears the values of the following codes and copy related - - - 3 - No -
Processing 05/08 image process areas of the HDD.
codes 05-7023~7026
05-7056~7287
05-7616~7995
08-7003
08-7034
08-7052
08-7610~7617
08-8103
7001 - Image Image All clearing Gamma correction table Copy related codes Clears copy related areas of the HDD. - - - 3 - No -
Processing
7002 - Image DSDF Clear Calibration data For Service Clears the Calibration data of DSDF. - - - 3 - No -
Processing
7003 - Image Scanner wire Enable/disable setting Performs image correction if the scanner wire is extended 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing extension because of scanning with large numbers through the
correction original glass.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
7034 - Image User interface Custom Copy Black 0: Not displayed 0 0~2 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing 1: Text/Photo base
2: Text base
7052 0 Image Automatic tone Last updated date and Copy Plain paper Last updated date and time of automatic tone correction 0 0~421231235 SYS 14 Yes - Yes H
Processing correction data time data. 9
YYMMDDHHMM
YY: year, MM: month, DD: day, HH: hour, MM: minute
7052 1 Image Automatic tone Last updated date and Copy Thick paper Last updated date and time of automatic tone correction 0 0~421231235 SYS 14 Yes - Yes H
YYMMDDHHMM
7052 2 Image Automatic tone Last updated date and Copy Recycled paper Last updated date and time of automatic tone correction 0 0~421231235 SYS 14 Yes - Yes H
YYMMDDHHMM
7052 3 Image Automatic tone Last updated date and Copy Thick paper 1 Last updated date and time of automatic tone correction 0 0~421231235 SYS 14 Yes - Yes H
YYMMDDHHMM
YYMMDDHHMM
YYMMDDHHMM
YYMMDDHHMM
08 SETTING MODE
7052 7 Image Automatic tone Last updated date and Copy Special paper 1 Last updated date and time of automatic tone correction 0 0~421231235 SYS 14 Yes - Yes H
YYMMDDHHMM
7052 8 Image Automatic tone Last updated date and Copy Special paper 2 Last updated date and time of automatic tone correction 0 0~421231235 SYS 14 Yes - Yes H
YYMMDDHHMM
7300 - Image Image All clearing Adjustment values of all Printer related codes Clears the values of the following codes: - - - 3 - No -
Processing 05/08 image process 05-7302~7387
codes 05-8002~8275
08-7310~7354
08-8005
08-8103~8110
7301 - Image Image All clearing Gamma correction table Printer related codes Clears print related area in HDD. - - - 3 - No -
Processing
7310 - Image Screen Printer 600 x 600 dpi Monochrome 0: High screen ruling value 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing switchover 1: Low screen ruling value
7352 0 Image Automatic tone Last updated date and Printer (600 dpi) Plain paper Last updated date and time of automatic tone correction 0 0~421231235 SYS 14 Yes - Yes H
YYMMDDHHMM
7352 1 Image Automatic tone Last updated date and Printer (600 dpi) Thick paper Last updated date and time of automatic tone correction 0 0~421231235 SYS 14 Yes - Yes H
YYMMDDHHMM
7352 2 Image Automatic tone Last updated date and Printer (600 dpi) Recycled paper Last updated date and time of automatic tone correction 0 0~421231235 SYS 14 Yes - Yes H
YYMMDDHHMM
7352 3 Image Automatic tone Last updated date and Printer (600 dpi) Thick paper 1 Last updated date and time of automatic tone correction 0 0~421231235 SYS 14 Yes - Yes H
YYMMDDHHMM
YYMMDDHHMM
YYMMDDHHMM
YYMMDDHHMM
7352 7 Image Automatic tone Last updated date and Printer (600 dpi) Special paper 1 Last updated date and time of automatic tone correction 0 0~421231235 SYS 14 Yes - Yes H
YYMMDDHHMM
YYMMDDHHMM
7354 0 Image Automatic tone Last updated date and Printer (1200 dpi) Plain paper Last updated date and time of automatic tone correction 0 0~421231235 SYS 14 Yes - Yes H
YYMMDDHHMM
08 SETTING MODE
7354 1 Image Automatic tone Last updated date and Printer (1200 dpi) Thick paper Last updated date and time of automatic tone correction 0 0~421231235 SYS 14 Yes - Yes H
YYMMDDHHMM
7354 2 Image Automatic tone Last updated date and Printer (1200 dpi) Recycled paper Last updated date and time of automatic tone correction 0 0~421231235 SYS 14 Yes - Yes H
YYMMDDHHMM
YYMMDDHHMM
YYMMDDHHMM
YYMMDDHHMM
YYMMDDHHMM
YYMMDDHHMM
YYMMDDHHMM
7400 - Image Image All clearing Adjustment values of all Scan related codes Clears the values of the following codes: - - - 3 - No -
codes 05-8304~8428
08-7003
08-7401
08-8300~8303
7401 - Image User interface Custom Scan Monochrome 0: Not displayed 0 0~3 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Processing 1: Black Text/Photo base
2: Black Text base
3: Black Photo base
7500 - Image Image All clearing Adjustment values of all Fax related codes Clears the adjustment values of the following codes: - - - 3 - No -
codes 08-7003
7610 - Image User interface Copy (Color) Display setting of red 0: Display setting OFF Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing seal color mode 1: Display setting ON contents
<Default value>
CND: 1
Others: 0
7612 - Image Image Image repeat gap Sets the pitch of images for the image repeat feature. 5 0~10 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing (Unit: mm)
7614 - Image User interface Custom Copy Color 0: Not displayed 0 0~5 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
2: Text base
3: Printed image base
4: Photo base
5: Map base
08 SETTING MODE
7617 - Image Image Copy DF noise reduction Sets the adjustment level for reducing color streaks when 3 0~3 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing the DF is used.
3: Disabled (default)
2: Noise reduction level - Low
1: Noise reduction level - Middle (recommended)
0: Noise reduction level - High
* This code is valid in the Text/Photo mode for color
copying. This code is valid in the Text/Photo mode and
Text mode for monochrome copying.
8005 - Image User interface Color NW printer Display setting of red Display of check box 0: Display setting OFF Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing seal color mode 1: Display setting ON contents
<Default value>
CND: 1
Others: 0
8103 - Image Image quality TRC correction control Switchover of Enable/ Switches the Enable/disable setting of tone correction 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing disable setting of tone with image quality TRC control. Do not change the value
correction as it may decrease the tone correction.
0: Disable
1: Enable
8105 - Image Image quality TRC correction control Correction activation Changes the apply level of the image quality TRC control 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing judgment operation 0: High (subject to be corrected)
switching 1: Low (less subject to be corrected)
8110 - Image Screen Printer 600 x 600 dpi (Color) 0: High screen ruling value 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing switchover 1: Low screen ruling value
8111 - Image Screen Printer Low screen ruling value 600 x 600 dpi (Color) 0: Low screen ruling to reduce unevenness of the printed 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing switchover image
1: Low screen ruling to reduce jitter
* This setting will become available when "1" is set in 08-
8110.
8300 - Image Image Scan DF noise reduction Sets the adjustment level for reducing color streaks when 3 0~3 SYS 1 - Yes H
Processing the DF is used.
3: Disabled (default)
2: Noise reduction level - Low
1: Noise reduction level - Middle (recommended)
0: Noise reduction level - High
8303 - Image User interface Custom Scan Color 0: Not displayed 0 0~4 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
2: Text base
3: Photo base
4: e-document base
* e-document: This is a mode to conform to the law in
Japan. This mode is used to clarify area where changes
were made with such as a correction fluid.
8504 - System General Feeding method of odd 0: One side 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
page number in duplex 1: Both sides
printing (Raw print)
8506 - System General Forcible mode change in 0: Sleep mode 0 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
cartridge empty status 1: Automatic Energy Save mode
2: Ready
8508 - System General Controlling method for 0: No control 0 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
print image position 1: Cuts the image
adjustment in secondary 2: Shifts the image
scanning direction
8509 - System General Controlling amount for (Unit: dot) 12 0~36 SYS 1 Def Yes H
print image position 1 dot = 0.04 mm
adjustment in secondary
scanning direction
08 SETTING MODE
8510 - System General Menu display for 0: Menu not displayed 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
controlling print image 1: Menu displayed
position adjustment in
secondary scanning
direction
8511 - System General Wide A4 Mode (for PCL) 0: Disable 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Enable
8512 - System General Number of jobs in batch Specifies the number of jobs from 2 to 10 10 2~10 SYS 1 - Yes H
processing - For jobs in batch processing, their printing order in the
queue cannot be changed.
- When the number of jobs in batch processing is
reduced, the performance of an MFP will be lowered.
8513 0 System General Overprint function setting For PDF printing Enables or disables the overprinting function setting 2 0~2 SYS 4 Def Yes H
when printing PDF files.
0: OFF
1: ON
2: ON (only for PDF/X files)
8513 1 System General Overprint function setting For PostScript printing Enables or disables the overprinting function setting for 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
PostScript printing.
0: OFF
1: ON
8514 - System General Threshold value setting This code is used for changing the range in which non- 20 5~30 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
for RIP standard paper standard paper sizes are judged as standard ones. If the
judgment page size data are within the standard paper size ± the
setting value, the page size is judged as a standard paper
size in PS/PDF printing. If the page size data are out of
the range, the page size is judged as a non-standard
paper size. The unit for the setting value is PS points. 1
PS point is approx. 0.35 mm.
8515 - System General Outside erase Judgment Copy The larger the value, area to be erased increases. The 0 -3~3 SYS 1 - Yes H
threshold (Default) smaller the value, area to be erased decreases.
8516 - System General Outside erase Judgment Scan The larger the value, area to be erased increases. The 0 -3~3 SYS 1 - Yes H
threshold (Default) smaller the value, area to be erased decreases.
8517 - System General Remote Scan User 0: OFF (A user always enters manually (current method)) 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
authentication automatic 1: ON (Previous authentication information will be used)
login
8518 - System General Overwriting mode for 0: Always OFF 0 0~3 SYS 1 - Yes H
scanned files 1: Meta Scan function ON/Normal scan function OFF
2: Meta Scan function OFF/Normal scan function ON
3: Always ON
8519 - System General Scan PDF file Paper size 0: Equivalent to scan image size 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
1: Fitted into any standard size
8520 - System General Underscore conversion Sets the prohibited characters in filename to covert to 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
of prohibited character in underscore.
filename 0: \ / > < , " | ? * : ; = [ ] +
1: \ / > < " | ? * :
* 0: Existing model standard 1: Windows standard
Since setting the value to "1" allows some prohibited
characters, filename might not be processed in external
application or server.
8521 - System General Switchover of output Switches the output format of date in attachment of Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
format of Service Service Notification. contents
Notification attachment 0: YYYY.MM.DD
1: YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 1
Others: 0
08 SETTING MODE
8523 - System User interface Display setting Toner near-empty status 0: ON Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
Message 1: OFF contents
<Default value>
JPD/JPC/NAD/NAC/MJD/MJC/AUD/ARD: 1
Others: 0
8524 - System User interface Display setting No paper message 0: ON 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: OFF
8525 - System User interface Display setting No paper message (T- 0: ON 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
LCF left tray) 1: OFF
8526 - System User interface Preview Default setting Scan Sets whether or not to enable the preview function as the 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
default when using the Scanning function.
0: OFF
1: ON
8529 0 System General Transfer belt release Short size Number of pages Sets a threshold (the number of pages) for switching from Refer to 0~9 SYS 4 - Yes H
threshold in ACS released (Copier) ACS to the black mode. When the specified number of contents
pages has been printed in the black mode only, the
transfer belt is released and ACS shifts to the black
mode.
<Default value>
55ppm: 4
65/75ppm: 5
(Unit: page)
threshold in ACS released (Printer) ACS to the black mode. When the specified number of contents
mode.
<Default value>
55ppm: 4
65/75ppm: 5
(Unit: page)
threshold in ACS released (Box print) ACS to the black mode. When the specified number of contents
mode.
<Default value>
55ppm: 4
65/75ppm: 5
(Unit: page)
8532 - System General Control panel Brightness 1~7: Brightness level 4 1~7 SYS 1 - Yes H
level adjustment
8533 - System General 1st transfer roller Contact/release setting Except copy When jittering occurs during the printing of thick paper in 1 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
the black mode with the 1st transfer roller released from
the transfer belt, this setting makes the roller contact.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled only for thick paper and special paper
2: Enabled for all media types
8534 - System General 1st transfer roller Contact/release setting Copy When jittering occurs during the printing of thick paper in 1 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
the black mode with the 1st transfer roller released from
the transfer belt, this setting makes the roller contact.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled only for thick paper and special paper
2: Enabled for all media types
8537 - System General Sorting method for Changes the sorting order for print jobs on the private/ 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
displaying private/hold hold print list.
print jobs 0: Descending order
1: Ascending order
8538 - System User interface Toner near empty 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
notification setting 1: Enabled
08 SETTING MODE
8540 - System User interface Scan Date/time format in the 0: YYYY/MM/DDhh:mm:ss.mmm 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Meta Scan XML file 1: YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.mmmTZD
8543 - System User interface Switching to the low 0: Not switched 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
power consumption 1: Switched under certain conditions
mode in the Sleep mode
8544 - System User interface Tolerance for switching Sets the range of tolerance in which the equipment 5 5~600 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
to Super Sleep mode returns to the Super Sleep mode after the system is
started during that mode.
(Unit: Second)
8546 - System User interface Input setting of minus 0: Inputting a minus value is disabled. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
value for image shift 1: Inputting a minus value is enabled.
when copying
8548 - System User interface Paper feeding Operation of drawer size 0: Operation of cassette size change is disabled. 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
change when printing is 1: Operation of cassette size change is enabled.
interrupted by size
mismatch
8549 - System Counter Hardware key control 0: No restriction 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
installed when external counter is 1: Disabled for some buttons
externally installed * When "1" is set, the [Home], [Programmable 1] and
[Programmable 2] buttons become disabled.
8558 0 System User interface Manual change of the 1st drawer 0: Manual (changeable) 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
standard size 1: Auto (not changeable)
8558 1 System User interface Manual change of the 2nd drawer 0: Manual (changeable) 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
8558 2 System User interface Manual change of the 3rd drawer 0: Manual (changeable) 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
8558 3 System User interface Manual change of the 4th drawer 0: Manual (changeable) 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
8559 - System Password at VNC Sets a password within 6 to 8 alphanumeric character - Refer to SYS 11 - Yes H
connection digits when VNC is connected. contents
8567 - System Notification Quota Near empty Sets the number of print pages to notify that the Quota 0 0~10000 SYS 1 Def Yes H
has been nearly reached when it has been selected.
0: Not notified
1 to 10000: Notified when printed pages reach the set
number
8568 - System eAPI Authentication time-out Sets the time-out period when authentication is 30 1~180 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Application performed by an external application.
(Unit: seconds)
8569 - System eAPI Error sound when an 0: OFF (not sounded) 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Application event generated by a 1: ON (sounded)
card does not reach
8574 - System Counter Interface Color/Size signal timing 0: Disabled 0 0~20 SYS 1 - Yes H
installed 1~20: Delays setting value x 10msec
externally * This code is valid only when the code 08-9016 is set "5".
08 SETTING MODE
8577 - System External Key-map setting Sets a key-map of an externally-connected keyboard us - SYS 11 Def Yes H
keyboard such as a USB device.
us: US keyboard (USA)
uk: UK keyboard (UK)
de: DE keyboard (German)
fr: FR keyboard (France)
dk: DK keyboard (Denmark)
es: ES keyboard (Spain)
fi: FI keyboard (Finland)
it: IT keyboard (Italia)
nl: NL keyboard (Netherland)
no: NO keyboard (Norway)
pl: PL keyboard (Poland)
ru: RU keyboard (Russia)
se: SE keyboard (Sweden)
tr: TR keyboard (Turkey)
jp: JP keyboard (Japan)
br: BR keyboard (Brazil)
8585 - System Network Edit setting of E-mail 0: Not allowed 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
subject 1: Allowed
8586 - System Network Addition of date and time 0: Not added 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
to E-mail subject 1: Added
8587 - System Network Character string of E- Switches the default character string of subject. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
mail subject 0: Character string at the shipment
1: Character string specified by users
8597 - System User interface Automatic update of 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
private/hold print job list 1: Enabled
8598 - System Maintenance Template icon layout on 0: Pattern 1 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
the control panel (1) (2) (3) (4)
(5) (6) (7) (8)
(9) (10) (11) (12)
(13) (14) (15) (16)
1: Pattern 2
(1) (2) (9) (10)
(3) (4) (11) (12)
(5) (6) (13) (14)
(7) (8) (15) (16)
8600 - System General Outside erase Change of default value 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
1: Enabled
8603 - System User interface Special usage of external 0: None 0 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
options I/F 1: Usage 1
2: Usage 2
8607 - System User interface Display setting Keyboard Sets whether or not to display the keyboard on the touch 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
panel when entering characters.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
8608 - System Network Prioritized authentication Windows Sets the prioritized authentication server to be searched 0 0~16 SYS 1 Yes Sec Yes H
server (0 to 16).
The servers displayed on the screen accessed by
TopAccess -> Administration -> Maintenance -> Directory
Service are numbered beginning at the top (0 to 16).
8609 - System Network Prioritized authentication LDAP Sets the prioritized authentication server to be searched 0 0~16 SYS 1 Yes Sec Yes H
server (0 to 16).
8610 - System Network Prioritized authentication Card Sets the prioritized authentication server to be searched 0 0~16 SYS 1 Yes Sec Yes H
server (0 to 16).
08 SETTING MODE
8611 - System User interface Fax/IP Fax/Internet Fax Recipient selection 0: Group recipients selectable (Recipients registered in a 0 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
method switching group cannot be selected individually.)
1: Group recipients selectable (Recipients registered in
the selected group cannot be selected individually.)
2: Group recipients not selectable (Only individual
recipients registered in a group can be selected.)
* When "1" or "2" is set in this code, the value of 08-9069-
2 will become "0" (Disabled).
8612 - System User interface Department setting EWB 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes User Yes H
1: Enabled
8613 - System User interface Shutdown type selection Display/non-display of 0: Not displayed Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
the selection menu 1: Displayed contents
<Default value>
CND: 0
Others: 1
8614 - System User interface Shutdown type selection Shutdown type selection 0: Shutdown 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
when the selection menu 1: Hibernation
is not displayed * "0" is set in the high security mode.
8615 - System Maintenance MFP management Execution of the MFP Employ this to make the MFP state so that it can be - - - 3 - No -
use end process returned from a user site due to the end of use caused by
the expiration of the contract period.
* The MFP becomes unusable.
* The customer information such as network settings is all
deleted.
8616 - System Maintenance MFP management Clearance of the MFP Employ this to make the MFP, to which the use end - - - 3 - No -
use end state process has been applied, usable.
* The customer information such as network settings has
been all deleted.
8618 - System User Information Sets whether to synchronize the user management 0 0~2 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
management synchronization setting information with another MFP. Select "1" to share the
user management information of this equipment with
another MFP.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (Primary)
2: Enabled (Secondary)
* "1" and "2" can be selected only when 08-9293 is set to
"0" (local authentication).
8619 0 System User paper Registration status User paper type 1 0: Not registered 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - No H
type 1: Registered
type 1: Registered
type 1: Registered
type 1: Registered
type 1: Registered
type 1: Registered
type 1: Registered
type 1: Registered
type 1: Registered
type 1: Registered
08 SETTING MODE
8620 0 System User paper Type name User paper type 1 Maximum 16 letters - Refer to H/S 11 - No S
type contents
type contents
type contents
type contents
type contents
type contents
type contents
type contents
type contents
type contents
8621 0 System User paper Base type User paper type 1 Sets the base media type. 0 0~32 SYS 4 Yes - No H
type 0: Plain paper 1: Thick paper 1 2: Thick paper 2 3: Thick
paper 3 4: Thick paper 4 6: Special paper 1 7: Special
paper 2 8: Recycled paper 14: Thick paper 16: OHP
32: Envelope
32: Envelope
32: Envelope
32: Envelope
32: Envelope
32: Envelope
32: Envelope
08 SETTING MODE
32: Envelope
32: Envelope
32: Envelope
8622 - System User interface Date and time addition 0: Not added 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
setting to file name of 1: Added
scan to file/E-mail
8623 0 System General RIP function setting Enables/Disables the function related to Excel boarder 1 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
rendering of PCL6. The function is to prevent missing
lines when scaling down and inconsistent line width when
scaling up.
0: Disabled (No correction. Compliant with PCL6
language)
1: Enabled
8624 - System User interface Switchover of filename Switches the display method of filename. 3 0~3 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
display method 0: Displays the filename from the beginning
1: Displays the trailing characters
2: Displays the beginning and trailing characters
3: Displays the filename without abbreviation
8625 - System Waste toner At nearly-full status Display message Sets whether or not to display the following items when 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
box the waste toner box has become the nearly-full status.
- A message on the status window
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
8628 - System Coin controller Job operation on the This setting enables user to move from the COPY screen 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
COPY screen when the to JOB STATUS screen, and then operate jobs during
coin controller is printing when the coin controller is connected. This code
connected is valid when the value of 08-9016 is "1".
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8629 - System User interface User authentication EWB Sets to disable or enable the user authentication in EWB. 1 0~1 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
setting 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8630 - System User interface User authentication Functional user Sets to disable or enable the functional user 1 0~1 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
setting authentication authentication.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8631 - System Fax/IP Fax Filename creation at 0: Use address name (family-name/first-name) as 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Fax/IP Fax reception and filename if multiple names are found by address book
forwarding search of TSI (sender information).
1: Use address name (family-name/first-name) as
filename only when single name is found by address
book search of TSI (sender information).
8632 - System Weekly timer Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 0 0~1 H/S 1 Def Yes S
1: Enabled
8633 0 System Weekly timer Sunday (ON) HH:MM:SS 00:00:00 - H/S 4 Def Yes S
8633 1 System Weekly timer Sunday (OFF) HH:MM:SS 24:00:00 - H/S 4 Def Yes S
8633 2 System Weekly timer Monday (ON) HH:MM:SS 00:00:00 - H/S 4 Def Yes S
8633 3 System Weekly timer Monday (OFF) HH:MM:SS 24:00:00 - H/S 4 Def Yes S
08 SETTING MODE
8633 4 System Weekly timer Tuesday (ON) HH:MM:SS 00:00:00 - H/S 4 Def Yes S
8633 5 System Weekly timer Tuesday (OFF) HH:MM:SS 24:00:00 - H/S 4 Def Yes S
8633 6 System Weekly timer Wednesday (ON) HH:MM:SS 00:00:00 - H/S 4 Def Yes S
8633 7 System Weekly timer Wednesday (OFF) HH:MM:SS 24:00:00 - H/S 4 Def Yes S
8633 8 System Weekly timer Thursday (ON) HH:MM:SS 00:00:00 - H/S 4 Def Yes S
8633 9 System Weekly timer Thursday (OFF) HH:MM:SS 24:00:00 - H/S 4 Def Yes S
8633 10 System Weekly timer Friday (ON) HH:MM:SS 00:00:00 - H/S 4 Def Yes S
8633 11 System Weekly timer Friday (OFF) HH:MM:SS 24:00:00 - H/S 4 Def Yes S
8633 12 System Weekly timer Saturday (ON) HH:MM:SS 00:00:00 - H/S 4 Def Yes S
8633 13 System Weekly timer Saturday (OFF) HH:MM:SS 24:00:00 - H/S 4 Def Yes S
8634 0 System NTP Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 0 0~1 H/S 4 Sec Yes S
Authentication 1: Enabled
8634 1 System NTP Key ID 1 1~65535 H/S 4 Sec Yes S
Authentication
8635 - System NTP Password ASCII, 8Byte - - H/S 11 Sec Yes S
Authentication
8636 - System Built-in Package management Displays the built-in application package management - - - 3 Yes - No -
application screen. The following operations are available in the
management screen.
- Displaying of the list of the installed applications
- Installation and uninstallation of the applications
- Displaying of the language pack date for the installed
applications
- Installation of the language pack for the installed
applications
Before installing the built-in application package, be sure
to gain approval from users. In addition, confirmation of
the license agreement (browseable from TopAccess) by
users is necessary.
8637 - System Security Mailbox operation setting Mailbox operation setting at the high security mode 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
at the high security mode 0: Mailbox operation not allowed
1: Mailbox operation allowed
* When "1" is set in the setting in the high security mode,
the equipment will become the CC authentication non-
conforming state.
8638 - System Built-in License management Displays the built-in application license management - - - 3 Yes - No -
application screen. The following operations are available in the
management screen.
- Displaying of the list of the installed licenses
- Installation and uninstallation of the licenses
Before installing the built-in application license, be sure to
gain approval from users. In addition, confirmation of the
license agreement (browseable from TopAccess) by
users is necessary.
8640 - System User interface Job build operation when This setting enables user to use the job build function 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
the coin controller is when the coin controller is connected. This code is valid
connected when the value of 08-9016 is "1".
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8641 - System General Notification setting for job Sets the notification setting for job cancel. This setting is 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
cancel effective for the following error codes:
1CC0, 2BB0, 2CC0, 2DC0, 2EC0
0: Disabled (Not notified)
1: Enabled (Notified)
8657 - System Sound Placing original 0: OFF 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
1: ON
08 SETTING MODE
8660 - System Sound Completion of job 0: OFF 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
(except for Fax/IP Fax/ 1: ON
Internet Fax)
8661 - System Sound End of warming-up/ 0: OFF 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
prewarming/sleep 1: ON
8662 - System Sound Job interrupt (out of 0: OFF 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
paper) 1: ON
8664 0 System Sound Hours for mute Enable/disable setting of 0: Mute is disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes Def Yes H
mute 1: Mute is enabled
8664 1 System Sound Hours for mute Starting time (HHMM) 0 0~2359 SYS 4 Yes Def Yes H
8664 2 System Sound Hours for mute Ending time (HHMM) 0 0~2359 SYS 4 Yes Def Yes H
8667 - System General Saving image log 0: Disabled 0 0~1 H/S 1 Def Yes S
1: Enabled
* This setting is available only when the value for 08-8673
is "1" (Opened to public).
* For e-STUDIO5616AC/6616AC/7616AC, this setting is
available only when the image log license is installed.
8668 - System General Number of pages saved 0: First page 1 0~1 H/S 1 Def Yes S
as image log 1: All pages
* This setting is available only when the value for 08-8673
is "1" (Opened to public).
* For e-STUDIO5616AC/6616AC/7616AC, this setting is
available only when the image log license is installed.
8670 - System General e-Filing print setting 0: Not allowed 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
when key counter/ 1: Allowed
totalizer is installed
8671 0 System Network FTP Number of retry for file The transmission may succeed when the number of retry 3 0~10 SYS 4 - Yes H
transfer increases. However, it takes longer time to complete the
job.
8671 1 System Network SMB Number of retry for file The transmission may succeed when the number of retry 3 0~10 SYS 4 - Yes H
job.
8671 2 System Network NetWare Number of retry for file The transmission may succeed when the number of retry 3 0~10 SYS 4 - Yes H
job.
8672 0 System Network FTP Retry interval for file The transmission may succeed when the retry interval 180 0~999 SYS 4 - Yes H
transfer becomes longer. However, it takes longer time to
complete the job. (Unit: sec.)
8672 1 System Network SMB Retry interval for file The transmission may succeed when the retry interval 180 0~999 SYS 4 - Yes H
8672 2 System Network NetWare Retry interval for file The transmission may succeed when the retry interval 180 0~999 SYS 4 - Yes H
8673 - System General Disclosure of image log 0: Not opened to public 0 0~1 H/S 1 - Yes S
function 1: Opened to public
* For e-STUDIO5616AC/6616AC/7616AC, the value of
this setting can be changed to "1" (Opened to public) only
when the image log license is installed.
8674 - System General Prohibition of transition During network 0: Allowed 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
to automatic sleep mode initialization 1: Prohibited
* This setting is not available for manual sleep mode
8675 - System Fax Initialized destination Line 1 The destination code when the fax board for line 1 has - - - 2 Yes - No -
been initialized.
8676 - System Fax Initialized destination Line 2 The destination code when the fax board for line 2 has - - - 2 Yes - No -
been initialized.
08 SETTING MODE
8677 - System OCR Counter When using two types of Sets whether or not to count doubly when the result of 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
the file format to be OCR scanning is output by means of two types of the file
output format.
0: Not counted doubly
1: Counted doubly
8679 - System HDD backup Disabled/enabled setting Sets whether the HDD backup function is enabled or 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8680 - System HDD backup Backup to external Disabled/enabled setting Sets whether or not to save the HDD backup data in an 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
server external server.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8681 0 System HDD backup Automatic backup Schedule setting Execution interval Sets the execution interval of the automatic HDD backup. 0 0~3 SYS 4 Def Yes H
0: Disabled
1: Once per week
2: Once every two weeks
3: Once per month
8681 1 System HDD backup Automatic backup Schedule setting Execution day of week Sets the execution day of the week of the automatic HDD 0 0~6 SYS 4 Def Yes H
backup.
0: Sun 1: Mon 2: Tue 3: Wed 4: Thu 5: Fri 6: Sat
* When "2" is set for 08-8681, the backup will be
executed on the specified day of the 1st and 3rd week of
every month.
* When "3" is set for 08-8681, the backup will be
executed on the specified day of the 1st week of every
month.
8681 2 System HDD backup Automatic backup Schedule setting Execution time (hour) Sets the execution time of the automatic HDD backup. 0 0~23 SYS 4 Def Yes H
8681 3 System HDD backup Automatic backup Schedule setting Execution time (minute) Sets the execution time of the automatic HDD backup. 0 0~59 SYS 4 Def Yes H
8682 - System HDD backup Backup to external Communication setting Protocol Sets the protocol which accesses an external server. 0 0~2 H/S 1 Def Yes S
server 0: SMB
1: FTP
2: FTPS
8683 - System HDD backup Backup to external Communication setting Port number Sets the port number to access an external server. 0 0~65535 H/S 1 Def Yes S
server
8684 - System HDD backup Backup to external Communication setting Server name Sets the name of an external server. - Refer to H/S 11 Def Yes S
server Maximum 64 characters (ASCII) contents
8685 - System HDD backup Backup to external Communication setting Network path Sets the path of an external server. - Refer to H/S 11 Def Yes S
8686 - System HDD backup Backup to external Communication setting Logon user name Sets the logon user name of the external server. - Refer to H/S 11 Def Yes S
8687 - System HDD backup Backup to external Communication setting Password Sets the logon password of the external server. - Refer to H/S 11 Def Yes S
8688 0 System HDD backup Backup items Each setting value of the Sets whether or not to back up this item at HDD backup. 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
MFP 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8688 1 System HDD backup Backup items User data Sets whether or not to back up this item at HDD backup. 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8688 2 System HDD backup Backup items Home data Sets whether or not to back up this item at HDD backup. 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8688 3 System HDD backup Backup items Application data Sets whether or not to back up this item at HDD backup. 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8688 4 System HDD backup Backup items e-Filing data Sets whether or not to back up this item at HDD backup. 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 SETTING MODE
8688 5 System HDD backup Backup items F-cod data Sets whether or not to back up this item at HDD backup. 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8689 - System Drop out color Copy Drop out level The larger the value is, the colors close to black tend to 0 -3~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
adjustment be removed. The smaller the value is, the colors close to
black tend to remain.
8690 - System Drop out color Scan Drop out level The larger the value is, the colors close to black tend to 0 -3~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
adjustment be removed. The smaller the value is, the colors close to
black tend to remain.
8691 - System User interface Shutdown type selection Display setting Message display setting 0: Not displayed Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def No H
during shutdown 1: Displayed contents
<Default value>
CND/CNS: 1
Others: 0
8693 - System General License control License activation proxy IP address Sets the IP address of the license activation proxy server - Refer to H/S 11 Def Yes S
server Maximum 128 letters (ASCII) contents
* If no value is entered in 08-8693, the setting value of 08-
3823 is used.
8694 - System General License control License activation proxy Port number Sets the port number of the license activation proxy 80 1~65535 H/S 1 Def Yes S
server server
3824 is used.
8695 - System General License control License activation proxy Logon user name Sets the logon user name of the license activation proxy - Refer to H/S 11 Def Yes S
server server contents
Maximum 30 letters (ASCII)
3825 is used.
8696 - System General License control License activation proxy Password Sets the logon password of the license activation proxy - Refer to H/S 11 Def Yes S
server server contents
3826 is used.
8697 - System Fax Initial selection Destination type of direct Sets the initial value of the destination type of the direct 0 0~3 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
entry entry on the Fax screen.
0: G3
1: Gateway
2: SIP
3: Internet Fax
8698 - System Fax Initial selection Destination type of the Sets the initial value of the destination type of the LDAP 0 0~3 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
LDAP search result search result on the Fax screen.
0: G3
1: Gateway
2: SIP
3: Direct
8699 - System User interface Remote panel SSL function setting Sets enable or disable of the SSL connection function 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
when the remote panel is accessed
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* This function is not worked when "0" (Not allowed to
connect) is set in 08-8794 (VNC connection of control
panel).
8700 - System Fax/IP Fax Secret reception setting When the value of 08-8924 is "0", the value of this code 0 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
can be set to "1" or "2".
0: Always Off
1: Always On
2. Scheduled reception
08 SETTING MODE
8709 - System User interface Display setting SERVICE Sets whether the [SERVICE NOTIFICATION (DEVICE Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
NOTIFICATION INFO)] button is displayed on the screen accessed by contents
(DEVICE INFO) [USER FUNCTIONS] -> [ADMIN] -> [SERVICE].
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
<Default value>
JPD/JPC/NAD/NAC/MJD/MJC: 1
Others: 0
8710 - System Scan Designation of language 0: Automatic selection 0 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
code for ScanToFTP 1: UTF8
2: Shift-JIS
8711 - System General Hardcopy security Enable/disable setting of Set this code to "0: Disabled" to disable the watermark 1 0~1 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
printing watermark information information tracking application at hardcopy security
tracking application printing. When this code is set to "0: Disabled", a license
error occurs even if the license for hardcopy security
printing is enabled. If this error occurs, hardcopy security
printing is available, but copy prohibition function and
tracking application are not available.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8712 - System User interface Display setting Drawer setting button Sets whether the drawer button in USER FUNCTIONS is 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
displayed or not.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
8713 - System EWB Setting of web upload/ Sets whether the web upload and web printing function is 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
web printing enabled or disabled.
- Web upload is a function which uploads the image data
created on the equipment to the web page displayed on
EWB.
- Web printing is a function which prints the web page
displayed on EWB or the PDF file included in the web
page displayed on EWB.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8715 - System User interface Service notification Password for zip file with Password for zip file with password of service notification #1048109 Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
information password information. contents
Minimum number of digits: 0, maximum number of digits:
20
Available character: alphanumeric characters and
symbols
* The values are returned to the initial ones when the
HDD is replaced or cleared.
8719 - System Network MTU setting of network Normally there's no need to change the MTU value. 1500 576~1500 H/S 1 Net Yes S
communication However, set the proper MTU value when MFP is
connected to the Internet using broadband router and so
on.
8720 - System User interface Department code display 0: Displays department code with asterisk when inputting 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
with asterisk it.
1: Displays department code as it is when inputting it.
8721 - System Fax/IP Fax/ Automatic sending Operation is being Sets whether or not to send the already scanned originals 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Internet Fax setting interrupted at the next when auto clear or overwriting login occurs while the
original confirmation. interruption screen to confirm the next original at
scanning is being displayed.
0: Sends the already scanned originals
1: Cancels jobs
8722 - System User interface Display setting Display method of Sets the display method of error if the Home Directory for 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
"Cannot find the Home user cannot be obtained from the server when setting the
Directory" on the control Home Directory for scanning. Use this code to disable the
panel pop-up display when the Home Directory cannot be
obtained depending on the user.
0: Displays the pop-up dialogue when user logs in
1: Displays the message in the guidance area when the
Scan to File screen is displayed
08 SETTING MODE
8723 - System User interface Display setting Pop-up Logging out of user Sets whether the pop-up dialog of confirmation for 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
authentication logging out is displayed or not.
0: Logs out without displaying pop-up dialog
1: Displays pop-up dialog when logging out
8724 - System User interface Display setting Display setting of Edit 0: Not displayed (From Address cannot be edited) 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
From Address button for 1: Displayed (From Address can be edited)
Scan to E-mail
8725 - System User interface Display setting Display setting of [USER Sets whether the [CHANGE LANGUAGE] button 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
FUNCTIONS]-> accessed from [USER FUNCTIONS] button is displayed
CHANGE LANGUAGE or not. Use this code to prohibit users from changing the
button language displayed on the control panel. Administrators
can change the language.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
8726 - System General Job deletion on the Job Use this code to enable the job deletion on the [Job 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Net Yes H
Status screen Status] screen. When "3: High level" is set for code 08-
8911, be sure to disable this setting.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8727 - System Security User authentication Display of dedicated Switches whether the message to hold a card over the 0 0~3 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
screen for card/mobile card reader is displayed on the login screen when the
authentication card/mobile authentication is enabled.
0: Disabled
1: Display the card authentication screen
2: Display the mobile authentication screen
3: Display the card and mobile authentication screen
8728 0 System Forced printing Display/Non-display 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
of user name setting in TopAccess 1: Enabled
8728 1 System Forced printing Enable/disable setting of Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
of user name forced printing 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8728 2 System Forced printing Prioritizing printer driver Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
of user name setting 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8728 3 System Forced printing Application to network Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
of user name fax/IP fax/Internet fax job 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8728 4 System Forced printing Enable/disable setting of Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
of user name prefix/suffix 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8728 5 System Forced printing Obfuscation setting Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
of user name 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8728 6 System Forced printing White background Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
of user name setting 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8728 7 System Forced printing Print position Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 0 0~3 SYS 4 Def Yes H
of user name 0: Bottom left
1: Top left
2: Bottom right
3: Top right
8728 8 System Forced printing Fine adjustment of print Adjusts the print position in X direction. The print position 3 0~100 SYS 4 Def Yes H
of user name position (X) shifts toward inside of original when the value increases.
Unit: pt. 1pt = 0.35 mm.
8728 9 System Forced printing Fine adjustment of print Adjusts the print position in Y direction. The print position 3 0~100 SYS 4 Def Yes H
of user name position (Y) shifts toward inside of original when the value increases.
Unit: pt. 1pt = 0.35 mm.
08 SETTING MODE
8728 10 System Forced printing Font setting Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 0 0~9 SYS 4 Def Yes H
of user name 0: Helvetica 1: AlbertusMT 2: Chicago 3: Eurostile 4:
Geneva 5: GillSans 6: LetterGothic 7: Monaco 8: Taffy
9: TimesNewRomanPSMT
8728 11 System Forced printing Font size setting Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 8 6~16 SYS 4 Def Yes H
of user name (6~16 pt)
8728 12 System Forced printing Font color setting Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 0 0~7 SYS 4 Def Yes H
of user name 0: Black 1: Gray 2: Red 3: Green 4: Blue 5: Light red
6: Light green 7: Light blue
8728 13 System Forced printing Density setting of light Sets the density when the font color is set to gray, light 40 10~90 SYS 4 Def Yes H
of user name font color red, light green, or light blue.
8729 - System Forced printing Prefix setting Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. Printed by Refer to SYS 11 Def Yes H
of user name Maximum 64 characters. contents
8730 - System Forced printing Suffix setting Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. - Refer to SYS 11 Def Yes H
of user name Maximum 64 characters. contents
8732 - System User interface Display setting Default screen for Menu 0: My Menu (Default) 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Public Menu
8733 0 System HDD/SSD HDD/SSD model name - - - 14 - No -
information
8733 1 System HDD/SSD HDD/SSD serial No. - - - 14 - No -
information
8733 2 System HDD/SSD Number of the motor When non-supported, the value is "-1". -1 - - 14 - No -
information start-up times 1~214748364
7
8733 3 System HDD/SSD Number of the alternate When non-supported, the value is "-1". -1 - - 14 - No -
information sectors 1~214748364
7
8733 4 System HDD/SSD Power-ON hours When non-supported, the value is "-1". -1 - - 14 - No -
information 1~214748364
7
8733 5 System HDD/SSD Number of the power When non-supported, the value is "-1". -1 - - 14 - No -
information ON/OFF times 1~214748364
7
8733 6 System HDD/SSD Shock sensor count When non-supported, the value is "-1". -1 - - 14 - No -
7
8733 7 System HDD/SSD Number of the When non-supported, the value is "-1". -1 - - 14 - No -
information emergency unload times 1~214748364
7
8733 8 System HDD/SSD Number of the load/ When non-supported, the value is "-1". -1 - - 14 - No -
information unload times 1~214748364
7
8733 9 System HDD/SSD Minimum temperature When non-supported, the value is "-1". -1 -1~255 - 14 - No -
information
8733 10 System HDD/SSD Maximum temperature When non-supported, the value is "-1". -1 -1~255 - 14 - No -
information
information event times 1~214748364
7
information pending sectors 1~214748364
7
8733 13 System HDD/SSD CRC error count When non-supported, the value is "-1". -1 - - 14 - No -
7
8733 14 System HDD/SSD Load time When non-supported, the value is "-1". -1 - - 14 - No -
7
08 SETTING MODE
8733 15 System HDD/SSD SSD Erase count 1 When non-supported, the value is "-1". -1 - - 14 - No -
7
8733 16 System HDD/SSD SSD Erase count 2 When non-supported, the value is "-1". -1 - - 14 - No -
7
8735 - System Scan Sending setting of 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
ScanToURL 1: Enabled
8736 - System Scan Maximum size for Sets the maximum size of attachment that can be sent 5 0~100 SYS 1 Def Yes H
ScanToURL attachment with ScanToURL.
0: Always sends URL
1~100: Maximum size (MB)
8737 - System General Restart behavior when 0: Automatically restarted 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
out of paper is solved 1: Restarted by pressing the [START] button
(bypass feeding)
8738 - System User interface Display setting E-mail address direct Switches the display setting of the [INPUT @] button. 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
input button 0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
* When the value of 08-8738 is changed to "0" while that
of 08-3693-0 is set to "2", it is overwritten to "0".
8739 - System Public Home Synchronization data IP address Sets the IP address of the server to manage the - Refer to H/S 11 Def Yes S
management server synchronization data of the public HOME contents
8740 - System Public Home Synchronization data Port number Sets the port number of the server to manage the 21 1~65535 H/S 1 Def Yes S
management server synchronization data of the public HOME
* When the status is shifted to the high security mode, the
8741 - System Public Home Synchronization data Logon user name Sets the logon user name of the server to manage the - Refer to H/S 11 Def Yes S
8742 - System Public Home Synchronization data Password Sets the logon password of the server to manage the - Refer to H/S 11 Def Yes S
8743 - System Public Home Synchronization data SSL function setting Sets enable or disable of the SSL connection function 0 0~1 H/S 1 Def Yes S
management server when communicating with a server which manages the
synchronization data of the public HOME
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* When the status is shifted to the high security mode, the
8744 - System User interface Display setting Pop-up During scanning Switches the pop-up display during scanning 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
8745 - System EWB Enable/disable setting of Sets whether part of the cookie, password, and form data 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
EWB history of user who logs in to EWB is saved or not.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8746 - System Network Port number setting of Sets the port number of destination 10 for sending SNMP 162 1~65535 H/S 1 Net Yes S
destination 10 for trap. If the port is used when using the real time log
sending trap notification function, change the port number.
8748 - System User interface Input of department code 0: Not required 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
at user authentication 1: Required
8749 - System Network User authentication by 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
logon information to 1: Enabled
domain (External * When this code is enabled, 08-8774 is automatically
authentication) disabled.
08 SETTING MODE
8750 - System General Time to wait for print Sets whether or not to execute drum idling when waiting 8 0~30 SYS 1 - Yes H
image for print images occurred. If there is a stain on the back
side of the paper, set the value of this code to "0".
When the value is set to "0", the number of times the
equipment stops printing may increase. When a larger
value is set, stains on the back side of the paper may
occur or the life of the consumables may become
shortened.
(Unit: Sec.)
8754 - System General Output of error sheet at 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
reception of PDL data 1: Enabled
not supported
8755 - System Maintenance Notification of remaining Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
amount of toner 1: Enabled
8756 0 System Maintenance Notification of remaining Remaining amount at 0 to 100% 25 0~100 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
amount of toner first notification
8756 1 System Maintenance Notification of remaining Notification interval 1 to 25% 10 1~25 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
amount of toner
8758 - System User interface Card reading device Overwriting of login at Switches the enable/disable setting for the function to 0 0~1 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
authentication overwrite the login information at the card authentication.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8761 - System General Retention of print Use this code to retain and obtain the print data (spooling 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
(spooling) data data) if problem occurs. After obtaining the data, be sure
to disable the setting.
0: Disabled (print data is deleted)
1: Enabled (print data is retained)
8762 0 System Maintenance Display of remaining For the tool K 0 to 100% 0 0~100 SYS 14 - Yes H
amount of toner
8762 1 System Maintenance Display of remaining For the tool C 0 to 100% 0 0~100 SYS 14 - Yes H
amount of toner
8762 2 System Maintenance Display of remaining For the tool M 0 to 100% 0 0~100 SYS 14 - Yes H
amount of toner
8762 3 System Maintenance Display of remaining For the tool Y 0 to 100% 0 0~100 SYS 14 - Yes H
amount of toner
8771 - System Network Account setting for 0: Setting of Remote 1 is used 0 0~1 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
access to Home 1: Setting of Remote 1 and Remote 2 is used
Directory
8774 - System Network Password authentication Sets whether the user authentication for network printing/ 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
of print job Fax/IP Fax/Internet Fax using the user information and
password input on the printer driver is enabled or
disabled. When this setting is enabled, the setting of 08-
8749 is automatically disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8775 - System Network PIN code PIN code authentication 0: Disabled 0 0~2 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
setting at user 1: PIN code
authentication 2: Card + PIN code
8776 - System Network PIN code Logging setting of PIN 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
code 1: Enabled
8780 - System Network PIN code Prioritized authentication Sets the prioritized authentication server to be searched. 1 1~3 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
server
8781 - System User interface Display setting Default setting of print 0: Disabled (The setting of 08-9236 is used) 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
screen when USB is 1: USB print screen
inserted
8782 - System General Interval setting Transition to Super For Fax Sets the interval to shift to Super Sleep again after 15 15~600 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
Sleep recovery from Super Sleep. (Unit: Second)
08 SETTING MODE
8783 - System General Switchover of document 0: Sorted by saved date 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
sorting order of e-Filing 1: Sorted by document name
8785 - System User interface Display setting Pop-up After the success of card Sets whether the pop-up is displayed or not after the Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
authentication success of card authentication. This code is available contents
when the value of 08-8727 is "1", "2" or "3".
0: Does not display pop-up
1: Displays pop-up
<Default value>
JPD/JPC: 0
Others: 1
8786 0 System User interface Default keyboard setting Japanese 0: Romaji 3 0~4 SYS 4 Def Yes H
for inputting user name 1: Hiragana
2: Katakana (one-byte)
3: Alphabetical character (one-byte)
4: Symbol (one-byte)
8786 1 System User interface Default keyboard setting Chinese 0: Alphabetical character (one-byte) 0 0~2 SYS 4 Def Yes H
for inputting user name 1: Pinyin
2: Symbol (one-byte)
8788 - System Network Detection interval when Sets the interval to access the authentication server 60 1~1440 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
authentication server is again after the detection of server down.
down 1-1440 (min.)
8789 - System User interface Display setting Pop-up Automatic job output Sets whether the pop-up is displayed or not when jobs 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
after user authentication are automatically released after user authentication. This
code is effective when the value of 08-8915 is "1"
(Enabled).
0: Does not display pop-up
1: Displays pop-up
8790 - System Network Switchover of server Enables/disables the function that switches the access to 0 0~1 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
when authentication another authentication server when it is detected that the
server is down authentication server is down.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8791 - System Network Transition to sleep mode This code sets whether the equipment shifts to the sleep 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
after printing mode again immediately after completion of printing
when the equipment recovers from the super-sleep mode
for network printing.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8792 - System Network Format of host name 0: IP address 0 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
used for Scan To URL 1: Host name (FQDN)
2: NetBIOS name
8794 - System General VNC connection of 0: Not allowed to connect 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
control panel 1: Allowed to connect
8795 - System User interface Default setting of duplex 0: Single-sided Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Net Yes H
mode for printer driver 1: Duplex contents
<Default value>
JPD/JPC/CND/CNS: 0
Others: 1
8796 - System Maintenance General Performing of special 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
reboot 1: Enabled
8797 - System Maintenance General Reboot setting for 0: OFF 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
resource check 1: ON
8800 - System Network IEEE802.1X Enable/disable setting 1: Enabled 2 1~2 H/S 1 - Yes S
2: Disabled
8802 - System Network IPsec Enable/disable setting 1: Enabled 2 1~2 H/S 1 - Yes S
2: Disabled
8803 - System Network SNMPv3 Enable/disable setting 1: Enabled 2 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
08 SETTING MODE
8804 - System Network IP Filtering Enable/disable setting 1: Enabled 2 1~2 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
2: Disabled
8805 - System Network MAC Address Filtering Enable/disable setting 1: Enabled 2 1~2 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
2: Disabled
8820 - System Network IPsec NAT-Traversal Enable/disable setting 1: Default (IKEv1: Disabled, IKEv2: Enabled) 1 1~3 H/S 1 - Yes S
2: Enable IKEv1 & IKEv2
3: Disable IKEv1 & IKEv2
8821 - System Network IPsec CRL Enable/disable setting 1: Enable CRL 2 1~2 H/S 1 - Yes S
2: Disable CRL
8824 - System Network FTP client mode Sets the FTP transfer mode when FTP is selected for 0 0~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
"FILE" to save the scanned data.
0: Automatic
1: Passive mode
2: Active mode
8825 - System Network Sending of host Since MFP is deleted from the master browser of 2 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
announcement in Super Windows network if MFP is in the Super Sleep mode for
Sleep mode 36 minutes or more, enable this setting to always display
MFP in the browse list.
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
8826 - System Network Dynamic update of DNS Enable/disable setting Sets whether the function that gets the secondary DNS 1 1~2 H/S 1 Yes Net Yes S
server server to work as the primary DNS server temporarily is
enabled or not when the primary DNS server is not
available.
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
8827 - System Network Dynamic update of DNS Operating interval Sets the operating interval of dynamic update. 60 1~1440 H/S 1 Yes Net Yes S
server 1-1440 (min.)
8830 0 System Network AirPrint IPP printer identification Beep setting Sets whether the beep for identifying printer is emitted or 1 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
not when IPP is used for AirPrint.
0: No beep
1: Emits beep
8830 1 System Network AirPrint IPP printer identification Blinking setting Sets whether the blinking for identifying printer is enabled 1 0~1 SYS 4 Net Yes H
or not when IPP is used for AirPrint.
0: Disabled (No blinking)
1: Enabled
8830 2 System Network AirPrint Switchover of PDF print Sets the PDF print size switch mode in AirPrint and 1 1~2 SYS 4 Net Yes H
size Mopria.
1: Prints by means of the A4 or LT size (AirPrint
specifications compatible)
2: Prints by means of the PDF original size (AirPrint
specifications non-compatible)
8831 - System Network EWB Time-out period for 1 to 300 (sec.) 60 1~300 SYS 1 Net Yes H
network connection
8835 - System Network Link down detection of Displays a message on the panel when the LAN cable is 1 0~1 H/S 1 Net Yes S
network cable not connected properly.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8836 - System Network SMB Time-out period for client Sets the time-out period for the SMB client connection to 30 1~180 H/S 1 - Yes S
connection a server.
1 to 180 (seconds)
* If a small value is set, connection to an SMB server may
fail.
* If the time-out is carried out while a connection to No.
445 port of an SMB server is set, the connection request
is switched to No. 139 port.
8837 - System Network IPP PrinterOrganization Maximum 127 characters. Organization Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
Name contents
08 SETTING MODE
8838 - System Network IPP Maximum 127 characters. Organization Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
PrinterOrganizationUnit alUnitName contents
8839 - System Client Interface setting Sets to disable or enable the interface of the following 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
application client applications.
- File Downloader
- BackUp-Restore Utility
- Addressbook Viewer
- TWAIN Driver
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8843 - System Network Port setting WebInstaller in MFP Selects the port name and the printer name which will be Refer to 1~2 H/S 1 Yes Net Yes S
used in WebInstaller equipped in the MFP. contents
1: NetBIOS name
2: IPv4 address
* When "1" is set, printing is available only when any of
the following conditions is satisfied.
- A client PC and the equipment are in the same
segment.
- A network used by a user is controlled by a DNS or
WINS server.
<Default value>
JPD/JPC: 2
Others: 1
8844 - System EWB Display setting Pop-up bloc Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
1: Enabled
8846 - System Authentication Sorting of results of Enable/disable setting of 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 Net Yes H
name resolution in the the sorting function 1: Enabled
DNS server * If it takes a while for authentication when Kerberos has
been used for user or card authentication, set "1".
8847 - System Network Intranet Fax Port number Sets the port number to be connected when Intranet Fax 25 1~65535 H/S 1 Yes Net Yes S
is used. Communication is possible with the default value
"25" usually. This setting is not applied to the Internet Fax
and E-mail transmission.
8849 - System Security User authentication Card authentication Switches the enable/disable setting of card authentication 1 0~1 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
settings function.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* In order to use the card authentication function, a card
reader should be connected and the user authentication
should be enabled.
8850 0 System General NFC NFC function disabled/ 0: Disabled Refer to 0~1 SYS 4 Yes Sec Yes H
enabled setting 1: Enabled contents
<Default value>
JPD/JPC: 1
Others: 0
* Even if this setting is enabled, the NFC function cannot
be used when an available card reader is unconnected.
8850 1 System General NFC Mobile authentication 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes Sec No H
disabled/enabled setting 1: Enabled
* This function cannot be used when an available card
reader is unconnected or "0" (Disabled) is set for 08-
8850-0 (NFC).
8850 2 System General NFC Mobile authentication 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes Sec No H
overwriting login 1: Enabled
disabled/enabled setting * This function cannot be used when an available card
8850-0 (NFC).
08 SETTING MODE
8850 3 System General NFC Handover function to the 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 4 Yes Sec No H
Wi-Fi infrastructure 1: Enabled
mode disabled/enabled * This function cannot be used when an available card
setting reader is unconnected or "0" (Disabled) is set for 08-
8850-0 (NFC).
8850 4 System General NFC Handover function to the 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 4 Yes Sec No H
Wi-Fi Direct disabled/ 1: Enabled
enabled setting * This function cannot be used when an available card
8850-0 (NFC).
8851 - System General Mobile printing Print speed change Switches the application priority; print speed or image 1 0~1 SYS 1 Net Yes H
setting quality, when printing of a job including a page with
transparency processing is attempted from AirPrint or
Mopria.
0: Priority to image quality
1: Priority to print speed
* When "0" is set in this code, the image quality will be
improved; however, printing may become longer.
8852 - System Network SMB server Guest Logon settings Switches enable or disable the guest login function of the 1 0~1 H/S 1 Net Yes S
authentication SMB server authentication.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8853 - System Network SMB server Logon user name Sets the logon user name of the SMB server - Refer to H/S 11 Net Yes S
authentication authentication. contents
8854 - System Network SMB server Password Sets the logon password of the SMB server - Refer to H/S 11 Net Yes S
authentication authentication. contents
8856 - System General Recovery control Pre-recovery control by Switches enable or disable the pre-recovery control when 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
means of receiving a receiving a network printing job.
network printing job Disable this setting if the pre-recovery control will be a
during the sleep or super cause of unnecessary recovering from the sleep or super
sleep mode sleep mode depending on the user environment.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8857 - System Network DNS Single request settings Switches enable or disable the single request of DNS. 0 0~1 H/S 1 Net Yes S
Enable this setting when the response from DNS is
delayed.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8858 - System Network SNMP Toner nearly empty Sets to switch whether or not to make the toner nearly Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
information reply empty reply in the Public MIB response contents
0: ON (replied)
1: OFF (not replied)
* When "1" (OFF) is set, toner nearly empty will not be
displayed on the printer driver screen.
<Default value>
JPD/JPC/NAD/NAC/MJD/MJC/AUD/ARD: 1
Others: 0
8859 - System Fax Reception Alarm lamp function Selects "1" (Enable) to light an external alarm lamp when 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
setting receiving a fax.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* When this setting is enabled, "0" (Disabled) is
automatically set in 08-8904 (Job Skip).
8860 - System Fax Transmission File saving setting Sets the conditions to forcibly save the transmitted fax 0 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
original into the share folder.
0: Disabled
1: Always
2: Transmission succeeded
3: Transmission failed
08 SETTING MODE
8861 - System Built-in Display setting Icon auto addition setting Sets whether or not to add application icons 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
application automatically.
0: Not added automatically
1: Added automatically
8862 - System Zonal OCR Counter Count up setting of the Sets whether or not to count up the OCR counter when 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
processing OCR counter the Zonal OCR processing is performed.
0: Not counted up
1: Counted up
8864 - System eAPI Version Framework version The version of the eAPI framework is displayed. - - H/S 2 - Yes S
8866 - System Built-in Home application Number of process Sets the number of process cache for Home application. 5 1~10 SYS 1 Def Yes H
application cache
8867 - System Network Print Printing direction Select "1" (Enabled) not to rotate the image by 180 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
correction of landscape- degrees when a print job with landscape-oriented original
oriented images is printed in huge numbers by specifying landscape-
oriented paper.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8868 - System User interface Control panel Touch sensitivity setting Sets the key touch sensitivity. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - No H
0: Default
1: Level 1
* When "1" (Level 1) is set to this code, incorrect key
entry will be reduced but the sensitivity of pinch-in/pinch-
out will become rough.
8869 0 System HDD/SSD Partition use size root Displays the use size for each partition. - 0~214748364 - 14 - No -
information (Unit: KB) 7
8869 1 System HDD/SSD Partition use size /rollback Displays the use size for each partition. - 0~214748364 - 14 - No -
8869 2 System HDD/SSD Partition use size /work Displays the use size for each partition. - 0~214748364 - 14 - No -
8869 3 System HDD/SSD Partition use size /registration Displays the use size for each partition. - 0~214748364 - 14 - No -
8869 4 System HDD/SSD Partition use size /backup Displays the use size for each partition. - 0~214748364 - 14 - No -
8869 5 System HDD/SSD Partition use size /imagedata Displays the use size for each partition. - 0~214748364 - 14 - No -
8869 6 System HDD/SSD Partition use size /application Displays the use size for each partition. - 0~214748364 - 14 - No -
8869 7 System HDD/SSD Partition use size /storage Displays the use size for each partition. - 0~214748364 - 14 - No -
8869 8 System HDD/SSD Partition use size /encryption Displays the use size for each partition. - 0~214748364 - 14 - No -
8869 9 System HDD/SSD Partition use size /platform Displays the use size for each partition. - 0~214748364 - 14 - No -
8872 - System General Mobile scan (eSCL) Enable/disable setting Switches whether to enable or disable the mobile scan 1 1~2 SYS 1 Net Yes H
(eSCL) function.
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
* This code is available for e-STUDIO5616AC/6616AC/
7616AC.
8879 - System Network SMB Encryption setting Sets "1" (Enabled) when the communication between an 0 0~1 H/S 1 Net Yes S
SMB server (MFP) and an SMB client is encrypted.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 SETTING MODE
8882 - System General Job Skip When a color toner is Black mode printing Sets whether or not to perform the next printing job with 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
empty disabled/enabled setting black mode when a job interruption has occurred due to
color toner empty.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* This setting will be available only when "0" (Disabled) is
set in 08-8904 (Job skip).
8883 0 System e-BRIDGE Firmware download Total time Sets the total time for downloading when firmware 8 1~24 SYS 4 - Yes H
CloudConnect setting downloading fails during the version upgrade from ECC.
(Unit: hour)
8883 1 System e-BRIDGE Firmware download Retry interval Sets the retry interval for downloading when firmware 5 1~20 SYS 4 - Yes H
CloudConnect setting downloading fails during the version upgrade from ECC.
(Unit: minute)
8883 2 System e-BRIDGE Firmware download Number of retries Sets the number of retries for downloading when 3 0~20 SYS 4 - Yes H
CloudConnect setting firmware downloading fails during the version upgrade
from ECC. Retrying is performed using the number of this
setting value and one retry.
8885 - System Password Security Administrator password At the first normal startup When this setting is enabled, an administrator password 0 0~1 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
change screen setting change screen is displayed at the timing of the first
normal startup.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* Enable this setting depending on a local law of the
destination to be launched.
8887 - System User interface Card reading device Card ID reverse setting Selects "1" (Enabled) when the UID reading order of a 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
(MIFARE) MIFARE card needs to be reversed.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8888 - System Password Security Administrator password At the first-time login When this setting is enabled, an administrator password 0 0~1 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
change screen setting change screen is displayed at the first-time login to the
administrator menu.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8896 0 System OCR Background omitting Fax Sets whether or not to omit the background during the 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
OCR processing.
0: Disabled (Not omitted)
1: Enabled (Omitted)
* When the OCR processing takes a long time, set "1"
(Enabled) to this code. The processing time will be
shortened.
8896 1 System OCR Background omitting Except Fax Sets whether or not to omit the background during the 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
OCR processing.
0: Disabled (Not omitted)
1: Enabled (Omitted)
* When the OCR processing takes a long time, set "1"
(Enabled) to this code. The processing time will be
shortened.
8900 0 System General Registration number for Total Changes the maximum number for workflow that is 2000 1000~2000 SYS 4 Def Yes H
workflow registrable.
8900 1 System General Registration number for Number of interrupt copy Changes the maximum number for workflow that is 1 1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
8900 2 System General Registration number for Number of transmission Changes the maximum number for workflow that is 100 10~100 SYS 4 Def Yes H
workflow and calling of Fax/IP registrable.
Fax/Internet Fax
8900 3 System General Registration number for Number of printing Changes the maximum number for workflow that is 1000 150~1000 SYS 4 Def Yes H
8901 - System User interface Preview Default setting Fax Sets whether the preview function is enabled or disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
by default when using the Fax/IP Fax/Internet Fax
function.
0: OFF
1: ON
08 SETTING MODE
8904 - System General Job Skip Enable/disable setting Sets whether waiting job is executed or not if print job in Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
process is interrupted. contents
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
<Default value>
CND: 1
Others: 0
8905 - System Forcible printing against 0: OFF (printing not continued) 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
unacceptable paper error 1: ON (printing continued by automatically selecting the
available exit tray)
8906 - System Finisher Continuous print setting Copy 0: OFF (copying not continued) 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
when punching dust box 1: ON (copying continued by canceling punching setting)
is full
8907 - System Finisher Continuous print setting Printer/e-Filing 0: OFF (printing not continued) 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
when punching dust box 1: ON (printing continued by canceling punching setting)
is full
8909 - System Barcode Counting as an OCR job 0: Not counted 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
processing 1: Counted
8910 - System General Time to auto-clearing 0: None 0 0~5 SYS 1 - Yes H
when in the self- 1: 1 min.
diagnostic mode 2: 5 min.
3: 10 min.
4: 30 min.
5: 99 min.
8911 - System Security Security mode (level) Level setting for security function 1 1~4 SYS 1 - Yes H
setting 1: Low level
2: -
3: High level
4: -
* When "3" (High level) is set in this code, "0" (OFF) is
automatically set in 08-9268 (Inbound fax function).
* When "3" (High level) is set in this code, "0" (OFF) is
automatically set in 08-8637 (Mailbox operation setting at
the high security mode).
8912 - System Maintenance General Serial number display of FIN S/N: XXXXXXXXX - - - 2 Yes - No -
finisher
8913 - System Maintenance General Warning display for 0: None 15 0~30 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
password expiration 1 to 30: Remaining days until the password expiration
warning starts.
8914 0 System MFP function Copy Sets whether the Copier function is enabled or disabled. 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 1 System MFP function e-Filing Sets whether the e-Filing function is enabled or disabled. 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 2 System MFP function Fax Sets whether the Fax function is enabled or disabled. 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 3 System MFP function Internet Fax Sets whether the Internet Fax function is enabled or 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 4 System MFP function E-mail Sets whether the E-mail function is enabled or disabled. 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 5 System MFP function Save as Local HDD Sets whether the function that saves data to HDD in the 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting equipment is enabled or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 SETTING MODE
8914 6 System MFP function Save as Local HDD from Sets whether the function that saves data to HDD in the 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting Print equipment using print function is enabled or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 7 System MFP function Save as Local HDD from Sets whether the function that saves data to HDD in the 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting Fax/IP Fax equipment using Fax/IP Fax function is enabled or
disabled. Delayed transmission reservation, polling
transmission reservation, saving to the confidential
mailbox and bulletin board mailbox are prohibited.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 8 System MFP function Save to USB Media Sets whether the function that saves scanned data of 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting originals to USB media is enabled or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 9 System MFP function Save as FTP Sets whether the function that saves scanned data of 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting originals to FTP server is enabled or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 10 System MFP function Save as FTPS Sets whether the function that saves scanned data of 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting originals to FTP server using SSL is enabled or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 11 System MFP function Save as SMB Sets whether the function that saves scanned data of 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting originals to the SMB server is enabled or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 12 System MFP function Save as Netware Sets whether the function that saves scanned data of 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting originals to the Netware server is enabled or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 13 System MFP function Web Service Scanning Sets whether the WS scanning function is enabled or 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting (WS Scan) disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 14 System MFP function Twain Scanning (Remote Sets whether the remote scanning function is enabled or 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting Scan) disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 15 System MFP function Send to External Sets whether the function that saves data to the external 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting Controller server is enabled or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 16 System MFP function Network Fax Sets whether the Network Fax function is enabled or 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 17 System MFP function Intranet Fax Sets whether the Intranet Fax function is enabled or 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 18 System MFP function IP Fax transmission Sets whether the IP Fax transmission function is enabled 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 SETTING MODE
8914 19 System MFP function Network IP Fax Sets whether the Network IP Fax transmission function is 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting transmission enabled or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8914 20 System MFP function IP Fax reception Sets whether the IP Fax reception function is enabled or 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8915 - System Network Automatic output of jobs Sets whether jobs registered in the hold queue of user 0 0~1 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
at login are automatically output or not when the user logs in.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8919 - System Security Service password Sets the password to log into the self-diagnostic mode - Refer to SYS 11 Yes - Yes H
and Service UI. contents
Maximum 64 characters(ASCII)
8920 - System Option Fax Output tray for Fax/IP Selects the tray onto which the received document is 0 0~2 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Fax/Internet Fax/E-mail output.
printing * When MJ-1111/1112 is installed:
0: Exit tray
1: Finisher upper receiving tray
2: Finisher lower receiving tray
* When no options are installed (equipment only):
0: Exit tray
1, 2: Lower exit section
8921 - System Department Clearing of the user/ 0: Not allowed 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
management department counter 1: Allowed
8922 - System User interface E-mail E-mail header print Sets whether the header of an E-mail or an Internet Fax 0 0~1 SYS 1 Net Yes H
setting is printed or not as they are received.
0: Not printed
1: Printed
8923 - System User interface E-mail E-mail body print setting Sets whether the body of an E-mail or an Internet Fax is 1 0~1 SYS 1 Net Yes H
printed or not as they are received.
0: Not printed
1: Printed
8924 - System User interface Registration of the Registers the received Fax/IP Fax/Internet Fax/E-mail 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
received Fax/IP Fax/ jobs to the hold queue instead of printing immediately.
Internet Fax/E-mail jobs Data in the hold queue are not printed unless the user
to hold queue allows printing by means of the control panel.
0: Not registered (normal printing)
1: Registered
8925 - System General Data tampering checking Sets whether data tampering is checked or not at startup. 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
at start-up 0: Not checked
1: Checked
* When the value of 08-8911 is set to "3" (Security mode:
High level), the value of this code is automatically set to
"1."
8926 - System Department Clearing of all In cases when the administrator has prohibited the - - - 3 Yes - No -
management department counters clearing of department counter data using code 08-8921,
a service technician can clear the data using this code.
8927 - System Department Clearing of all user In cases when the administrator has prohibited the - - - 3 Yes - No -
management counter clearing of user counter data using code 08-8921, a
service technician can clear the data using this code.
8928 0 System Finisher Maximum setting for Plain paper/Recycled When numbers of sheets exceeding the ones defined in 0 -25~25 SYS 4 - Yes H
saddle stitching paper the finisher specifications are set, a malfunction may
occur.
8928 1 System Finisher Maximum setting for Thick paper 1 When numbers of sheets exceeding the ones defined in 0 -25~25 SYS 4 - Yes H
saddle stitching the finisher specifications are set, a malfunction may
occur.
08 SETTING MODE
occur.
occur.
8929 - System Password Administrator password The default password is set. When "3: High level" is set - - - 3 Yes - No -
reset for code 08-8911, the default password is set as a
temporary password.
8931 - System User interface Off Device Output Management 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Customization Service setting 1: Enabled
Architecture
8932 - System User interface Availability of Netware 1: Enabled 2 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
8933 - System User interface SSL SSL SMTP Client 1: Enabled (accepts all server certificates) 2 1~3 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
3: Enabled (uses the imported CA certificate)
8934 - System User interface SSL SMTP Client SSL/TLS 1: STARTTLS 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Over SSL
8935 - System User interface Remote Scan Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 1 0~1 H/S 1 - Yes S
1: Enabled
8936 - System User interface Remote Scan Remote scanning with 0: Disabled 0 0~1 H/S 1 - Yes S
SSL 1: Enabled
8937 - System User interface Remote Scan Port number 20080 0~65535 H/S 1 - Yes S
8938 - System User interface Remote Scan SSL port number 20443 0~65535 H/S 1 - Yes S
8942 - System Debug level setting Sets the output volume of debug log. When the value is 2 0, 2 H/S 1 - Yes S
set to "0", the performance may decrease.
0: Debug log level - high
2: Debug log level - normal
8946 0 System Maintenance Mechanical code Starting time Saves the data cache start date and time when the 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
obtaining time mechanical code is obtained from the tool.
8946 1 System Maintenance Mechanical code Ending time Saves the data cache end date and time when the 0 0~99999999 SYS 14 - No H
obtaining time mechanical code is obtained from the tool.
8947 - System User interface Card authentication Automatic user 0: Disabled 0 0~1 H/S 1 - Yes S
registration for card 1: Enabled
authentication
8948 - System User interface Language package Displays the information of the installed language - - - 2 Yes - No -
information package.
8952 - System Version External version of HD External version of file system for system software. - - H/S 2 - Yes S
data
8960 - System Version UI customize data Displays the UI customize data version information. - Refer to H/S 2 - Yes S
version information (Maximum 26 characters) contents
8967 - System Feeding Rotation printing by If the printing size and the guides width of the bypass 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
system guides width of bypass feed tray are different, it is judged that paper is set in the
feed tray wrong direction. The occurrence frequency of interruption
by the error of the guides width may be decreased.
However, this code does not work depending on the
conditions, such as when stapling is selected. Set this
code when requested by user or the guides width sensor
is broken. Related code: 08-4621.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
8969 - System User interface General Language package WebHelp Displays the language package information of the - - - 2 Yes - No -
information installed WebHelp.
8970 - System User interface General Language package Service UI Displays the language package information of the - - - 2 Yes - No -
information installed Service UI.
08 SETTING MODE
8971 - System User interface General Installation of language Installs the language package. - - - 3 Yes - No -
package
8973 - System General Self-certificate Length of public key 0: 1024 bit 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
1: 2048 bit
8974 - System General Self-certificate Signature algorithm 0: SHA1 2 Refer to SYS 1 - Yes H
2: SHA256 contents
3: SHA384
4: SHA512
* "1" cannot be set in this code.
8975 - System Network Data clearing of Point Point and Print in the equipment is deleted when this - - - 3 - No -
and Print code is performed. Perform this code when a trouble
occurs such as when uploading Point and Print is not
possible. After performing this code, upload Point and
Print from [Maintenance] menu in the [Administration]
menu of TopAccess.
8977 0 System General Detection of originals Copy Sets whether the originals that are prohibited from 1 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
prohibited from duplication are detected or not.
duplication 0: Detection disabled
1: Detection enabled
8977 1 System General Detection of originals Scan Sets whether the originals that are prohibited from 1 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
8977 2 System General Detection of originals Fax Sets whether the originals that are prohibited from 1 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
8980 - System Scan Execution of Remote Sets whether the remote scanning is enabled or disabled 0 0~1 H/S 1 - Yes S
Scan while control panel if the user is logged in using the control panel when user
is operated authentication or department management is enabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
8981 - System General Scheduled automatic Day of the week Sets the condition and day of the week for scheduled 64 0~255 SYS 1 - Yes H
reboot automatic reboot. The condition and day of the week are
assigned to each bit as follows. Input the sum of each bit
as setting value.
<Input value>
bit1: Monday 0: Disabled 1: Enabled
bit2: Tuesday 0: Disabled 2: Enabled
bit3: Wednesday 0: Disabled 4: Enabled
bit4: Thursday 0: Disabled 8: Enabled
bit5: Friday 0: Disabled 16: Enabled
bit6: Saturday 0: Disabled 32: Enabled
bit7: Sunday 0: Disabled 64: Enabled
bit8: Set the condition of reboot
0: Reboots only when in the sleep or super sleep mode
128: Reboots regardless of the sleep mode
<Example>
- Reboots every day regardless of the sleep mode: 255
(1+2+4+8+16+32+64+128=255)
- Reboots on Sundays: 192
(0+0+0+0+0+0+64+128=192)
- Reboots every day only when in the sleep or super
sleep mode: 127
(1+2+4+8+16+32+64+0=127)
- Reboots on Sundays only when in the sleep or super
sleep mode: 64
(0+0+0+0+0+0+64+0=64)
8982 - System General Scheduled automatic Time (Hour) Sets time (hour) for scheduled automatic reboot. 3 0~23 SYS 1 - Yes H
reboot
8983 - System General Scheduled automatic Time (Minute) Sets time (minute) for scheduled automatic reboot. 0 0~59 SYS 1 - Yes H
reboot
08 SETTING MODE
8986 - System User interface Card reading device Second type Device setting Supported only for JP model. 0 0~429496729 SYS 5 Yes Def Yes H
5
8987 - System User interface Card reading device Second type Format information 1 Supported only for JP model. 0 0~429496729 SYS 5 Yes Def Yes H
5
8988 - System User interface Card reading device Second type Format information 2 Supported only for JP model. 0 0~429496729 SYS 5 Yes Def Yes H
5
8989 - System User interface Card reading device Second type Format information 3 Supported only for JP model. 0 0~0xFFFFFF SYS 5 Yes Def Yes H
FFFFFFFFFF
8991 - System Maintenance Notification of equipment Notification setting 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 2 Yes - Yes H
information 1: Enabled
8992 - System Maintenance Notification of equipment Notification day 1 1st to 31st. Input "0" to disable this setting. 0 0~31 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
information
8993 - System Maintenance Notification of equipment Notification day 2 1st to 31st. Input "0" to disable this setting. 0 0~31 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
information
8994 - System Maintenance Notification of equipment Notification day of the Input the value which corresponds to the day of the week. 0 0~127 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
information week Input "0" to disable this setting.
Sunday: 64
Monday: 32
Tuesday: 16
Wednesday: 8
Thursday: 4
Friday: 2
Saturday: 1
e.g.)
Monday: 32
Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
Friday, Saturday: 127 (64+32+16+8+4+2+1=127)
8995 - System Maintenance Notification of equipment Notification time (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute) 300 0~2359 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
information
8996 - System Maintenance Notification of equipment E-mail address 1 for Maximum 192 characters. - Refer to SYS 11 Yes - Yes H
information notification contents
8999 1 System Maintenance Notification of equipment Adjustment mode (05) 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
information data list 1: Enabled
8999 2 System Maintenance Notification of equipment Setting mode (08) data 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
information list 1: Enabled
8999 3 System Maintenance Notification of equipment PM support mode data 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
information list 1: Enabled
8999 4 System Maintenance Notification of equipment Pixel counter list Toner cartridge reference 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8999 5 System Maintenance Notification of equipment Pixel counter list Service engineer 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
information reference 1: Enabled
8999 6 System Maintenance Notification of equipment Error history list Maximum 1000 items 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8999 7 System Maintenance Notification of equipment Error history list Latest 80 items 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8999 8 System Maintenance Notification of equipment Firmware upgrade log Maximum 200 items 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8999 9 System Maintenance Notification of equipment Power ON/OFF log 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8999 10 System Maintenance Notification of equipment Version list 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8999 11 System Maintenance Notification of equipment Engine firmware log 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
08 SETTING MODE
8999 12 System Maintenance Notification of equipment Total counter list 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8999 14 System Maintenance Notification of equipment 13Code List 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8999 15 System Maintenance Notification of equipment Application list 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
8999 16 System Maintenance Notification of equipment Life counter clear log 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
9000 - System General Power supply series Destination selection 0: Others (200V series) Refer to 0~2 M 1 - No HS
classification 1: North America (115V series) contents
2: Japan (100V series)
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 1
JPD/JPC: 2
Others: 0
9001 - System Fax Destination setting 0: Japan 1: Asia(Singapore) 2: Australia 3: Hong Kong Refer to 0~33 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
4: U.S.A./Canada 5: Germany 6: U.K. 7: Italy 8: contents
Belgium 9: Netherlands 10: Finland 11: Spain 12:
Austria 13: Switzerland 14: Sweden 15: Denmark 16:
Norway 17: Portugal 18: France 19: Greece 20: Poland
21: Hungary 22: Czech Republic 23: Turkey 24:
Republic of South Africa 25: Taiwan 26: Russia 27:
Brazil 28: China 29: New Zealand 30: Malaysia 31:
Thailand 32: Universal 33: European
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 4
MJD/MJC: 33
JPD/JPC: 0
Others: 1
9006 0 System HDD alert S.M.A.R.T self-test Execution setting 0: Not executed 1 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
1: Executed
9006 1 System HDD alert S.M.A.R.T self-test Schedule setting Execution day of week Sets the execution day of the week of the S.M.A.R.T self- 0 0~6 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
test.
0: Sun 1: Mon 2: Tue 3: Wed 4: Thu 5: Fri 6: Sat
9006 2 System HDD alert S.M.A.R.T self-test Schedule setting Execution time (hour) Sets the execution time of the S.M.A.R.T. self-test. 0 0~23 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
9006 3 System HDD alert S.M.A.R.T self-test Schedule setting Execution time (minute) Sets the execution time of the S.M.A.R.T. self-test. 0 0~59 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
9008 - System HDD alert Judgment result 0: No problem occurred - 0~3 - 2 Yes - No -
1: Backup required
2: Replacement required
3: S.M.R.A.T. self-test being performed
9009 0 System HDD alert Warning indication HDD replacement 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
1: Enabled
* When "1" is set in this code while "2" is set in 08-9008, a
warning message to advise HDD replacement is
displayed.
9009 1 System HDD alert Warning indication HDD backup 0: Disabled Refer to 0~1 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
1: Enabled contents
* If "1" is set for this code, the message to back up the
HDD is displayed in the control panel and TopAccess
when the value of 08-9008 is "1".
* In the following cases, even if "1" is set for this code,
the warning is not displayed when the value of 08-9008 is
"1".
-When the value of 08-8681 is not "0"
-When the HDD backup has ever been executed using
the HDD backup function in the past
<Default value>
JPD/JPC: 1
Others: 0
08 SETTING MODE
9010 - System General Line adjustment mode 0: For factory shipment 0 0~1 M 1 - No HS
1: For line
Field: "0" must be selected
9012 - System General Language selection to be en_US: English Refer to - SYS 11 - Yes H
displayed at power-ON de_DE: German contents
fr_FR: French
es_ES: Spanish
it_IT: Italian
ja_JP: Japanese
en_GB: English (British)
zh_CN: Simplified Chinese
zh_TW: Traditional Chinese
ko_KR: Korean
<Default value>
JPD/JPC: Japanese
CND/CNS: Simplified Chinese
TWD: Traditional Chinese
MJD/MJC: English (British)
Others: English
9016 - System Counter External counter type 0: No external counter 0 Refer to M 1 - No HS
installed setting 1: Coin controller (If the value of 08-9979 is "0" (ACS), it contents
externally is changed to "2" (Full color).) (If the value of 08-3829-0 is
"0" (Auto color), it is changed to "2" (Full color).)
2: Totalizer/Card controller (This value is valid only when
"2" is set for 08-9000.)
3: Key copy counter
5: Coin controller supporting ACS/mixed-size (The value
of 08-4131 is set to "1")
* When an external counter is being installed, the default
value of the color mode becomes full color even if "5" is
set to this code and "0" (ACS) is set to 08-9979.
9017 - System Counter Target function setting for Selects the job to count up for the external counter. 1 0~7 M 1 - No HS
installed count-up 0: Not selected
externally 1: Copy
2: Fax/IP Fax
3: Copy + Fax/IP Fax
4: Print
5: Copy + Print
6: Fax/IP Fax + Print
7: Copy + Fax/IP Fax + Print
9020 - System General Memory Size information of Displays the sizes of the main memory and page - - - 2 Yes - No -
memory memory.
Enables to check if each memory is properly recognized.
9022 - System General Production process Perform this code when an error occurs during the easy 99 Refer to SYS 1 - Yes H
management status for setup (unpacking manual adjustment) and you want to contents
easy setup finish the easy setup, or when you want to restart the
unpacking manual adjustment from the beginning. Only 0
to 10 and 99 are available for this code.
0: Packing mode completed (before starting to unpack)
1: Auto toner adjustment completed
2: Installation of toner cartridge confirmed
3: Installation of toner cartridge completed
4: Forced image quality control completed
5: Forced registration completed
6: Enforced performing of fuser thermistor correction
completed
7: Auto gamma adjustment (Copy) completed
8: Auto gamma adjustment (Print 600 dpi) completed
9: Auto gamma adjustment (Print 1200 dpi) completed
10: 05 adjustment values/08 setting values backup
completed
99: Unpacking and adjustment completed
9030 - System Initialization Initialization after Perform this code when the software in this equipment - - - 3 Yes - No -
software version up has been upgraded.
08 SETTING MODE
9037 - System User interface External counter Job handling-short paid- Sets whether to pause or stop the printing job when a 1 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
coin controller short payment is made using a coin controller.
0: Pause the job
1: Stop the job
2: Stop the job in a moment
* In case printing of multiple jobs will be performed
together, set "2". (If "1" is set, the stopping of a job may
be delayed.)
9046 - System Maintenance Notification of equipment HDD alert 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
9050 - System Maintenance Panel calibration * Perform this code when any problems occur in the panel - - - 1 Yes - No -
execution operation due to time-related deterioration.
9053 - System General License control License reinitialization Recreates license data in the SRAM from the license - - - 3 - No -
database
9057 - System General Memory Physical size information Displays the physical size information of the installed - - - 2 - No -
of the main memory main memory
(Unit: megabyte)
9059 - System Maintenance General Operation switching at Switches whether a menu for selecting paper in user Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
calibration calibration (automatic gamma adjustment) is displayed or contents
not.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed (copy/print)
<Default value>
MJD/MJC: 1
Others: 0
9060 - System Destination display at 0: MJD/MJC 1: NAD/NAC 2: JPD/JPC 3: AUD/AUC 4: Refer to Refer to SYS 2 - Yes H
SRAM initialization CND 6: TWD 9: ASD 10: ARD 12: CNS contents contents
<Default value>
MJD/MJC: 0, NAD/NAC: 1, JPD/JPC: 2, AUD/AUC: 3,
CND: 4, TWD: 6, ASD: 9, ARD: 10, CNS: 12
9061 - System General Setting of the original Enable/disable setting Switches to enable the use of an original with folding 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
with folding 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* This setting will not function even if "1" is set while the
DSDF is not installed.
9062 0 System General Setting of the original Default value setting Copy Switches the default value of the setting of the original 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
with folding with folding for a copying job
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
9062 1 System General Setting of the original Default value setting Scanning Switches the default value of the setting of the original 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
with folding with folding for a scanning job
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
9062 2 System General Setting of the original Default value setting Fax Switches the default value of the setting of the original 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
with folding with folding for a fax job
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
9065 - System HDD HDD diagnostic menu Displays the HDD information. - - - 2 Yes - No -
display
9069 0 System Fax Address book ID searching function Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
1: Enabled
* When this code is changed in the equipment in which
user authentication has been enabled, log out and then
log into the equipment again to reflect the changed
content.
* This setting is applied to Fax, IP Fax and Internet Fax.
08 SETTING MODE
9069 1 System Fax Address book ID searching function Initial setting of the items 0: None 1 0~3 SYS 4 Def Yes H
for searching 1: All
2: Fax only
3: Internet Fax only
content.
9069 2 System Fax Address book ID searching function Automatic selection of 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
searched results 1: Enabled
content.
9072 - System HDD Performing HDD testing Checks the bad sector. It may take more than 30 minutes - - - 3 - No -
to finish the checking.
9076 - System Fax Address book Sorting method of 0: Index Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
searched results 1: ID number contents
<Default value>
JPD/JPC: 1
Others: 0
9077 - System Fax Address book Index automatic entry at Sets whether or not to enter the index automatically when Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
the address registration the addresses are registered in the address book. contents
0: Not registered automatically
1: Registered automatically
* When the value "1" (Registered automatically) is set in
this code, registration will be performed only when the
first character of the text to be entered in both the [First
Name] and [Last Name] fields is one-byte.
<Default value>
JPD/JPC: 0
Others: 1
9081 - System General Initialization of Initializing of the department management information. - - - 3 - No -
department management Enter the code with the digital keys and press the
information [INITIALIZE] button to perform the initialization.
If the area storing the department management
information is destroyed for some reason, "Enter
Department Code" is displayed on the control panel even
if the department management function is not set on. In
this case, initialize the area with this code. This area is
normally initialized at the factory.
9083 - System Initialization Initialization of NIC Returns the value to the factory shipping default value. - - - 3 Yes - No -
information
9090 - System All clear LGC-EEPROM Printer all clear Initializes all the self-diagnosis 05/08 codes with "M" in - - - 3 Yes - No -
the "RAM" field.
* Perform this code only when the EEPROM on the LGC
board is replaced. Do not perform this code in other
cases.
9100 - System General Date and time setting Year/month/date/day/hour/minute/second - 13 digits - 5 - No -
Example: 03 07 01 3 13 27 48
"Day" - "0" is for "Sunday".
Proceeds Monday through Saturday from "1" to "6".
9102 - System User interface Date display format 0: YYYY.MM.DD Refer to 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: DD.MM.YYYY contents
2: MM.DD.YYYY
<Default value>
MJD/MJC: 1
JPD/JPC: 0
Others: 2
08 SETTING MODE
9103 - System General Time differences 0: +12.0h 2: +11.0h 4: +10.0h 5: +9.5h 6: +9.0h 8: Refer to Refer to SYS 1 Def Yes H
+8.0h 10: +7.0h 11: +6.5h 12: +6.0h 13: +5.5h 14: contents contents
+5.0h 15: +4.5h 16: +4.0h 17: +3.5h 18: +3.0h 20:
+2.0h 22: +1.0h 24: 0.0h 26: -1.0h 28: -2.0h 30: -3.0h
31: -3.5h 32: -4.0h 34: -5.0h 36: -6.0h 38: -7.0h 40: -
8.0h 42: -9.0h 44: -10.0h 46: -11.0h
<Default value>
MJD/MJC: 24
NAD/NAC: 40
JPD/JPC/KRD: 6
ASU: 18
AUD: 4
ARD: 30
Others: 8
* After this code has been set, doing so for 08-9105 is
required accordingly. For details of the setting, see
"Appendix-1".
9105 - System General Area setting for time Sets the destination corresponding to the time zone. Refer to Refer to SYS 1 Def Yes H
zone <Default value> contents contents
ASD/AUD/ARD: 2
TWD: 4
KRD: 1
Others: 0
* After 08-9103 has been set, doing so for this code is
required accordingly. For details of the setting, see
"Appendix-1".
9110 - System User interface Auto-clear timer setting Timer to return the equipment to the default settings 3 0~10 SYS 1 Def Yes H
when the [START] button is not pressed after the function
and the mode are set.
0: Not cleared
1 to 10: Set number x 15 sec.
9111 - System User interface Auto power save mode Timer to automatically switch to the auto power save 4 Refer to SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
timer setting mode when the equipment has not been used. contents
0: Invalid 4: 1 min. 6: 3 min. 7: 4 min. 8: 5 min. 9: 7
45 min. 15: 60 min.
9112 - System User interface Auto Shut Off timer Timer to automatically switch to the auto sleep mode 21 0~21 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
setting (Sleep mode) when the equipment has not been used
0: 3 min. 1: 5 min. 2: 10 min. 3: 15 min. 4: 20 min. 5: 25
min. 6: 30 min. 7: 40 min. 8: 50 min. 9: 60 min. 10: 70
min. 11: 80 min. 12: 90 min. 13: 100 min. 14: 110 min.
15: 120 min. 16: 150 min. 17: 180 min. 18: 210 min. 19:
240 min. 21: 1 min.
9113 - System User interface Energy save Auto Power Save mode Settings for turning the 0: Screen OFF 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
or Auto Shut Off mode screen OFF 1: Screen ON
9116 - System User interface General No Limit Black 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
1: Enabled
When "1" (enabled) is set at this code, "1" (black) is
automatically set at the code 08-9979. In this case "0"
(ACS) and "2" (full color) are not selectable for 08-9979.
When "0" (Invalid) is set at 08-9120 and "1" (Valid) is set
at 08-9264, the value for this code becomes "0"
(disabled) automatically ("1" is not selectable).
When the value of 08-6084 is "1" (Quota type = Job
Quota), the value of this code cannot be set to "1".
9117 - System General Raw printing job Blank page will not be 0: OFF 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
printed 1: ON
9120 - System User interface Department setting Enable/disable setting 0: Invalid 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes User Yes H
1: Valid
* When "0" is set at this code, "0" (Invalid) is automatically
set at the code 08-9264.
08 SETTING MODE
9121 - System User interface Department setting Print setting without 0: Printed forcibly 1 0~2 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
department code 1: Not printed
2: Deleted forcibly
* This setting is applied to Print job, Fax, IP Fax and
Internet Fax job.
9122 - System User interface Department setting Copy 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes User Yes H
1: Enabled
9123 - System User interface Department setting Fax 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes User Yes H
1: Enabled
9124 - System User interface Department setting Printer/e-Filing 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes User Yes H
1: Enabled
9125 - System User interface Department setting Scan 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes User Yes H
1: Enabled
9126 - System User interface Department setting List print 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes User Yes H
1: Enabled
9128 - System Counter Counting method in Twin Sets the counting method of fee charging or duplexing 0 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
Color Mode count in the Twin Color Mode.
0: Count as Twin Color Mode
1: Count as Black Mode
2: Count as Full Color Mode
9129 - System User interface External counter Coin controller Duplex print setting Sets whether duplex printing is allowed or not (only 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
permitting single printing) when a coin controller is used.
0: Invalid (printing only one side)
1: Valid (printing both sides)
9130 - System User interface Highlighting display on 0: Black letter on white background 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
LCD 1: White letter on black background
9131 - System User interface Default mode setting Default setting ID setting of the Home Sets the ID of the Home application to be started when it - Refer to H/S 11 Yes Def Yes S
application as the default is set as the default mode. contents
mode Maximum 128 characters (ASCII)
9132 - System User interface Default mode setting Default setting Default setting of screen Sets the screen to be displayed after the auto-clear time 6 0~10, 99 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
(Function) has passed or it has recovered from the energy saving
mode or sleep mode.
0: Copier
1: Fax
2: Scan
3: Box
4: Print
5: Template
6: Home
7: Job Status
8: Simple Copy
9: Simple Scan
10: Home application
99: EWB
* Only 0~10, 99 can be entered.
9133 - System User interface Default setting for APS/ 0: APS (Automatic Paper Selection) 0 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
AMS 1: AMS (Automatic Magnification Selection)
2: Not selected
9134 - System User interface Default setting of DF Default setting 0: Continuous feeding (by pressing the [START] button) 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
mode 1: Single feeding (by setting original on the tray)
9135 - System User interface Book type original priority 0: Left page to right page 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Right page to left page
9136 - System User interface Maximum number of 0: 9999 0 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
copy volume 1: 999
2: 99
3: 9
08 SETTING MODE
9137 - System User interface Default mode setting Default setting Setting for automatic 0: Invalid 0 0~3 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
duplexing mode 1: Single-sided to duplex copying
2: Two-sided to duplex copying
3: User selection
9140 - System User interface Paper size selection for Press the icon on the LCD to select the size. Refer to 0~431 SYS 9 - Yes H
the [OTHER] button 4: A4 19: A3 20: A4-R 21: A5-R 22: A6-R 37: B5 52: contents
B4 53: B5-R 64: LT 80: LT-R 81: LD 82: LG 83: ST-R
84: COMP 85: FOLIO 86: 13"LG 87: 8.5" x 8.5" 129:
16K 144: 8K 145: 16K-R 146: JPostcard 147: A3Wide
149: 320 x 450 mm (SRA3) 150: 320 x 460 mm (x460)
151: 13 x 19" 255: Undefined 301: Com10 331: DL
361: Monarch 381: Cho3 391: You4 431: Kaku2
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: COMP
JPC: A5-R
Others: FOLIO
9142 - System User interface Default setting of DF Original size setting 0: Same size originals 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
mode (same size or mixed 1: Mixed size originals
size)
9143 - System Feeding Time lag before auto- Sets the time taken to add paper feeding when paper in 4 0~10 SYS 1 Def Yes H
system start of bypass feeding the bypass tray has run out during the bypass feed
copying.
0: Paper is not drawn in unless the [START] button is
pressed.
1~10: Setting value x 0.5 sec.
9144 - System User interface Blank copying prevention 0: OFF 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
mode during DF jamming 1: ON (Start printing when the scanning of each page is
finished)
9146 - System User interface Rotation printing Rotation printing at the 0: Not rotating 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
non-sorting 1: Rotating
9148 - System User interface Inner receiving tray 0: Normal 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
priority at Non-sort Mode 1: Inner receiving tray
9149 - System User interface Width setting for image 0: ON 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
shift copying (linkage of 1: OFF
front side and back side)
9150 - System User interface Automatic Sorting Mode 0: Invalid 2 0~4 SYS 1 - Yes H
setting (DF) 1: STAPLE
2: SORT
3: GROUP
4: ROTATE SORT
9151 - System User interface Default setting of Sorter 0: NON-SORT 0 0~4 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Mode 1: STAPLE
2: SORT
3: GROUP
4: ROTATE SORT
9152 - System User interface Correction of Sets the reproduction ratio for the "X in 1" printing 10 0~10 SYS 1 Def Yes H
reproduction ratio in (including magazine sort) to the "Reproduction ratio x
editing copy Correction ratio".
0: 90% 1: 91% 2: 92% 3: 93% 4: 94% 5: 95% 6: 96%
7: 97% 8: 98% 9: 99% 10: 100%
9153 - System User interface Image position in editing Sets the page pasted position for "X in 1" to the upper left 2 0, 2 SYS 1 - Yes H
corner/center.
0: Cornering (copy)/Cornering (print)
2: Cornering (copy)/Centering (print)
9155 - System User interface Magazine sort setting 0: Left page to right page 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Right page to left page
9156 - System User interface 2 in 1/4 in 1 page 0: Horizontal 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
allocating order setting 1: Vertical
08 SETTING MODE
9157 - System User interface Time Stamp and Page Printing format setting Hyphen 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Number 0: OFF
1: ON
Note: Hyphen printing format
ON: -1-
OFF: 1
9158 0 System User interface Cascade operation Copy/Fax Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting 1: Enabled
* This setting is applied to Copy, Fax, IP Fax, Internet Fax
and E-mail.
9158 1 System User interface Cascade operation Copy/Fax Operation setting 0: Once 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting 1: Circulation (Loop)
* This setting is applied to Copy, Fax, IP Fax, Internet Fax
and E-mail.
9159 0 System User interface Cascade operation Printer/Box Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting 1: Enabled
9159 1 System User interface Cascade operation Printer/Box Operation setting 0: Once 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
setting 1: Circulation (Loop)
9163 - System User interface Time Stamp and Page Default setting of printing 0: Short edge 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Number direction 1: Long edge
9164 - System User interface Paper Feed Auto-start setting for Remote Sets whether or not feeding paper automatically into the 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
bypass feed printing copier when it is placed on the bypass tray.
0: OFF (Press the [START] button to start feeding.)
1: ON (Automatic feeding)
9165 - System User interface Paper Feed Auto-start setting for Local Sets whether or not feeding paper automatically into the 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
bypass feed printing copier when it is placed on the bypass tray.
0: OFF (Press the [START] button to start feeding.)
1: ON (Automatic feeding)
9178 - System User interface Twin color copy Color 1 (The color 0: K 1: Y 2: M 3: C 4: R 5: G 6: B 0 0~6 SYS 1 - Yes H
judged as black)
9179 - System User interface Twin color copy Color 2 (The color 0: K 1: Y 2: M 3: C 4: R 5: G 6: B 4 0~6 SYS 1 - Yes H
judged as other than
black)
9183 - System Option Fax Adaptation of paper 0: Not subjected for APS judgment 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
source 1: Subjected for APS judgment
9185 0 System User interface Feeding paper media Copy Sets a media type for APS drawer searching in the copier 259 Refer to SYS 4 - Yes H
functions. contents
Only 1, 2, 3, 256, 257, 258 and 259 are available to be
set. The meaning of each value is as below.
1: Plain
2: Recycled
3: Plain and Recycled
256: User paper type
257: Plain and User paper type
258: Recycled and User paper type
259: Plain, Recycled and User paper type
* Do not set the paper type that is not supported.
9185 1 System User interface Feeding paper media Printer/e-Filing Sets a media type to print on plain paper in the printer/e- 1 1 SYS 4 - Yes H
Filing functions. This setting is used for drawer searching
or media type inconsistency judgment. The setting result
does not affect other media types, other than plain paper.
Acceptable value (decimal number): 1 only
9193 - System Network Retention period Web data retention When a certain period of time has passed without 10 0~999 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
period operation after accessing TopAccess, the data being
registered is automatically reset. This period is set at this
code.
(Unit: minute)
9198 - System User interface Offsetting between jobs 0: Invalid 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
1: Valid
08 SETTING MODE
9199 - System General Automatic interruption Sets the number of pages to interrupt printing 500 0~9999 SYS 1 - Yes H
page number setting for automatically.
printing If "1" or more is set to this code, printing is interrupted at
the set value. If "0" is set, printing is not interrupted
automatically. By the combination of this code and 08-
2509, performing image quality control is possible while
processing jobs. Even if the number of jobs exceeds the
set value of 08-2509, image quality control can be
performed around the set value of 08-2509 by
interrupting printing automatically with this code, and the
change of image density can be suppressed.
However, image problems may occur if the value
extremely smaller than the default value is set to the
equipment whose print ratio of monochrome is relatively
high.
(Unit: page)
9200 - System Network Retention period File retention period 0: No limits Refer to 0~999 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
1 to 999: 1 to 999 days contents
<Default value>
MJD/MJC: 1
Others: 30
9201 - System Network E-mail Max. size in E-mail/ 2 to 100 M bytes 30 2~100 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
Internet Fax
transmission
9204 - System User interface When judging as black in Binarizing level selection 1: Step -2 3 1~5 SYS 1 Def Yes H
the ACS Mode 2: Step -1
3: Step 0 (center)
4: Step 1
5: Step 2
The binarizing level of each step is set at 08-9230.
9207 - System Network e-Filing Default setting of user Sets the data retention period when creating a user box. 0 0~999 SYS 1 Def Yes H
box retention period 0: Not deleted
1 to 999: Retention period (Unit: Day)
9208 - System HDD Warning indication HDD remaining amount Sets the percentage of HDD partition filled when warning 90 0~100 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
notification is sent.
0 to 100: 0 to 100%
* Checks the remaining amount of HDD with the
searching interval set at 08-9225.
9209 - System Network E-mail Notification setting of E- Sets the days left the notification of E-mail saving time 3 0~99 SYS 1 Def Yes H
mail saving time limit limit appears
0 to 99: 0 to 99 days
9210 - System Network E-mail Default setting of partial Sets the default value for the partial size of E-mail to be 0 0~6 SYS 1 Def Yes H
size when transmitting E- transmitted when creating a template.
mail 0: Not divided 1: 64 KB 2: 128 KB 3: 256 KB 4: 512 KB
5: 1024 KB 6: 2048 KB
9211 - System Network Internet Fax Default setting of page Sets the default value for the page by page of Internet 0 0~4 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
by page Fax to be transmitted when creating a template.
0: Not divided
1: 256 KB
2: 512 KB
3: 1024 KB
4: 2048 KB
9213 - System User interface Default mode setting Scan Density adjustment 0: Automatic density 0 0~11 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
(Monochrome) 1: Step -5 2: Step -4
3: Step -3 4: Step -2
5: Step -1 6: Step 0 (Center)
7: Step +1 8: Step +2
9: Step +3 10: Step +4
11: Step +5
(1 to 11: Manual density)
08 SETTING MODE
9214 - System User interface Default mode setting Scan Default setting of 1: Step -4 5 1~9 SYS 1 Def Yes H
background adjustment 2: Step -3
(Full Color) 3: Step -2
4: Step -1
5: Step 0 (Center)
6: Step +1
7: Step +2
8: Step +3
9: Step +4
9215 - System User interface Default mode setting Scan Color mode 0: Black 0 0~4 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
1: Gray Scale
2: Unused
3: Full Color
4: Auto Color
9216 - System User interface Default mode setting Scan Default setting of 0: 100 dpi 2 0~5 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
resolution (Full Color) 1: 150 dpi
2: 200 dpi
3: 300 dpi
4: 400 dpi
5: 600 dpi
resolution (Gray Scale) 1: 150 dpi
2: 200 dpi
3: 300 dpi
4: 400 dpi
5: 600 dpi
resolution (Monochrome) 1: 200 dpi
2: 300 dpi
3: 400 dpi
4: 600 dpi
5: 100 dpi
9219 - System User interface Default mode setting Scan Original mode (Full color) 0: Text 0 0~3 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
1: Text/Photo
2: Photo
3: Custom (Valid only when a setting other than "0" is set
for 08-8303)
9220 - System User interface Default mode setting Scan Original mode 0: Text 0 0~3 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
(Monochrome) 1: Text/Photo
2: Photo
3: Custom
The value other than "0" needs to be set for 08-7401 to
select "3: Custom."
9221 - System User interface Default mode setting Scan Default setting of 0: Single 0 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
duplexing mode 1: Book
2: Tablet
9222 - System User interface Default mode setting Scan Default setting of rotation 0: 0 degree 0 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
mode 1: 90 degrees
2: 180 degrees
3: 270 degrees
9223 - System User interface Default mode setting Scan Default setting of original 0: Automatic 1: A3 2: A4 3: LD 4: LT 5: A4-R 6: A5-R 0 Refer to SYS 1 - Yes H
paper size 7: LT-R 8: LG 9: B4 10: B5 11: ST-R 12: COMP 13: contents
B5-R 14: FOLIO 15: 13"LG 16: 8.5" x 8.5" 18: A6-R 19:
Size mixed 20: 8K 21: 16K 22: 16K-R 50: Custom size
(original size automatic detection) 51: Custom size (print
area automatic cut-off) 52: Custom size (custom size
registration by a user)
* Only the above values can be set.
9225 - System General Searching interval of Sets the search interval of deleting expired files and 12 1~24 SYS 1 Def Yes H
deleting expired files and checking capacity of HDD partitions.
checking capacity of (Unit: Hour)
HDD partitions Related code: 08-9208
08 SETTING MODE
9226 - System User interface Default mode setting Scan Default setting of 1: Step -4 5 1~9 SYS 1 Def Yes H
background adjustment 2: Step -3
(Gray Scale) 3: Step -2
4: Step -1
5: Step 0 (Center)
6: Step +1
7: Step +2
8: Step +3
9: Step +4
9227 - System User interface Default setting of filing E-mail Black 0: TIFF (Multi) 1: PDF (Multi) 3: TIFF (Single) 4: PDF 1 0~18 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
format (Single) 5: XPS (Multi) 6: XPS (Single) 7: PDF/A (Multi)
8: PDF/A (Single) 9: Searchable PDF (Multi) 10:
Searchable PDF (Single) 11: Searchable PDF/A (Multi)
12: Searchable PDF/A (Single) 13: Word (Multi) 14:
Word (Single) 15: Excel (Multi) 16: Excel (Single) 17:
PowerPoint (Multi) 18: PowerPoint (Single)
9228 - System User interface Default setting of filing Storing files Color/ACS 0: TIFF (Multi) 1: PDF (Multi) 2: JPG 3: TIFF (Single) 4: 1 0~22 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
format PDF (Single) 5: SlimPDF (Multi) 6: SlimPDF (Single) 7:
XPS (Multi) 8: XPS (Single) 9: PDF/A (Multi) 10: PDF/A
(Single) 11: Searchable PDF (Multi) 12: Searchable PDF
(Single) 13: Searchable SlimPDF (Multi) 14: Searchable
SlimPDF (Single) 15: Searchable PDF/A (Multi) 16:
Searchable PDF/A (Single) 17: Word (Multi) 18: Word
(Single) 19: Excel (Multi) 20: Excel (Single) 21:
9229 - System User interface Default setting of filing Storing files Black 0: TIFF (Multi) 1: PDF (Multi) 3: TIFF (Single) 4: PDF Refer to 0~18 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
format (Single) 5: XPS (Multi) 6: XPS (Single) 7: PDF/A (Multi) contents
8: PDF/A (Single) 9: Searchable PDF (Multi) 10:
Searchable PDF (Single) 11: Searchable PDF/A (Multi)
12: Searchable PDF/A (Single) 13: Word (Multi) 14:
Word (Single) 15: Excel (Multi) 16: Excel (Single) 17:
<Default value>
MJD/MJC/CND/CNS: 1
Others: 0
9230 0 System Scan ACS When judging as black Threshold for step-2 Sets the binarizing level of each step. 140 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
When the value increases, the image becomes lighter.
When the value decreases, the image becomes darker.
* This is the threshold when the value for 08-9204 is "1".
* Be sure to set the values for the sub codes as 0 > 1 > 2
> 3 > 4.
> 3 > 4.
(center) When the value increases, the image becomes lighter.
> 3 > 4.
9230 3 System Scan ACS When judging as black Threshold for step+1 Sets the binarizing level of each step. 50 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
> 3 > 4.
08 SETTING MODE
9230 4 System Scan ACS When judging as black Threshold for step+2 Sets the binarizing level of each step. 20 0~255 SYS 4 - Yes H
> 3 > 4.
9233 - System Scan Equipment name and Sets whether or not adding the equipment name and user 0 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
user name setting to a name to the folder when saving files.
folder when saving files 0: Not added
1: Add the equipment name
2: Add the user name
9236 - System User interface Default mode setting Default setting of print 1: Private print screen (When user authentication is 1 1~6 SYS 1 Def Yes H
screen enabled, the file list of the log-in user is displayed.)
2: Hold print screen (When user authentication is
enabled, the file list of the log-in user is displayed.)
3: Private print screen
- Private print screen (When user authentication is
enabled, all user list is displayed if a user logs in as
GUEST, and the file list of the log-in user is displayed if a
user logs in as a general user.)
- Hold print screen (When user authentication is enabled,
the file list of the log-in user is displayed.)
4: Hold print screen
5: Shared print screen (When user authentication is
enabled, the file list of the log-in user is displayed.)
6: Shared print screen
* If the user data department management (08-9264) is
changed from "Disabled" to "Enabled", the value in this
code is altered from "1" to "2", and "3" to "4". The value is
not altered if it is "2" or "4". Reset this value as necessary
when the user data department management (08-9264)
is changed from "Disabled" to "Enabled".
9240 - System Data overwrite HDD data overwriting Select the type of the overwriting level for deleting HDD 3 0~3 SYS 1 - Yes H
enabler type setting data. (This setting is enabled only when the GP-1070 is
installed.)
0: LOW
Standard overwriting method.
1: MEDIUM
More secure overwriting method than LOW. The
overwriting time is between LOW and HIGH.
2: HIGH
The most secure overwriting method. The overwriting
time is the longest.
3: SIMPLE
Simple overwriting method. The time for overwriting is the
shortest.
9243 0 System User interface Default setting Omit blank page function Copy Switches the default value of the setting of the omit blank 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
page function
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 SETTING MODE
9243 1 System User interface Default setting Omit blank page function NW Scan Switches the default value of the setting of the omit blank 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
page function
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
9248 - System Feeding Tab paper/Inserter paper 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
system automatic feeding setting 1: Enabled
(Remote)
9250 - System User interface Image setting for 0: General 0 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Electronic Filing printing 1: Photograph
(Only for color image) 2: Presentation
3: Line art
9251 - System User interface Access code entry for 0: Renewed automatically 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Electronic Filing printing 1: Enter every time
9252 - System User interface Clearing timing for files 0: Immediately after the completion of scanning 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
and Electronic Filing 1: Cleared by Auto Clear
Agent
9253 - System Feeding Setting of paper size 0: Not switched 0 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
system switching to 13" LG 1: LG -> 13"LG
2: FOLIO -> 13"LG
9261 - System User interface Maximum number of Sets the maximum number of time a job build has been 1000 5~1000 SYS 1 - Yes H
time job build performed performed.
5-1000: 5 to 1000 times
9264 - System User interface User authentication Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
setting 1: Enabled
* Confirm that "1" (Valid) is set in 08-9120 (Department
setting) in advance when "1" is set in this code.
9267 - System Feeding Detection method of 13" 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
system LG for single-size 1: Enabled
document
9268 - System Option Fax Inbound Fax function Inbound Fax function (Forwarding by TSI) 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
0: OFF (Function disabled)
1: ON (Function enabled)
* When Security mode level (08-8911) is set to "3: High
level", the value of this code is automatically set to "0:
OFF".
9269 - System Option Fax Tab/cover sheet-Fax Sets ON or OFF of the printing function of special sheets 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
Printing stop function such as tab or cover sheet of Fax/IP Fax/Internet Fax, E-
mail or list print.
0: Function OFF
1: Function ON
9271 - System Network Authentication method of 0: Disabled 0 0~2 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
"Scan to E-mail" 1: SMTP authentication
2: LDAP authentication
9272 - System Network Setting whether use of 0: Not permitted 0 0~1 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
the Internet Fax is 1: Permitted
permitted at the time of
authentication
9274 - System Network "From" address 0: User name + @ + Domain name 0 0~3 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
assignment method at 1: LDAP searching
the time of authentication 2: Use the address registered at "From" field of E-mail
setting
3: Use the address registered at Local User of E-mail
setting
* "3" can be set only when "0" (Local authentication) is set
in 08-9293.
9276 - System Network Setting for "From" 0: Not permitted 0 0~1 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
address edit at "Scan to 1: Permitted
E-mail"
9278 - System Network E-mail Domain name 96 + 2 (delimiter) character - Refer to SYS 11 Sec Yes H
ASCII sequence only contents
08 SETTING MODE
9280 - System User interface Sound setting Error sound 0: OFF 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
1: ON
9281 - System User interface Sound setting Sound setting -- Energy 0: OFF Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
Saving 1: ON contents
<Default value>
JPD/JPC: 0
Others: 1
9288 - System General Color User data management 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
limitation setting 1: Enabled
9289 - System General Color User data management (Unit: Sheet) 0 0~9999999 SYS 1 - Yes H
limitation Setting by
number of printouts
9290 - System General Default screen for the 0: Roman 1 0~4 SYS 1 - Yes H
entry of Japanese 1: Hiragana
characters 2: Katakana
3: Alphabet
4: Symbol
9293 - System User interface User authentication User authentication 0: Local authentication 0 0~2 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
setting method 1: Windows domain authentication
2: LDAP authentication
Only when the value of 08-9120 (Department setting) is
"1" (Enabled) and the value of 08-9264 (User
authentication setting) is "1" (Enabled), this code can be
set to "1" or "2".
9294 - System General Automatic user 0: Disabled 1 0~1 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
registration for external 1: Enabled
authentication
9295 - System General User data management 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
limitation setting 1: Enabled
9296 - System General User data management (Unit: Sheet) 0 0~9999999 SYS 1 - Yes H
limitation Setting by
number of printouts
9298 - System Network Restriction on Address Some restrictions can be given on the administrator for Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
book operation by operating the Address book. contents
administrator 0: No restriction
1: Can be operated only under the administrator's
authorization
<Default value>
MJD/MJC: 1
Others: 0
9299 - System Network Restriction on "To" ("cc") 0: No restriction 0 0~3 SYS 1 - Yes H
address 1: Can be set from both of the Address book and LDAP
server
2: Can be set only from the Address book
3: Can be set only from the LDAP server
9300 - System Feeding Paper information 1st drawer 0: Plain paper 1: Thick paper 1 2: Thick paper 2 3: Thick 0 Refer to SYS 1 - Yes H
system paper 3 8: Recycled paper 14: Thick paper 80: User contents
paper type 1 81: User paper type 2 82: User paper type
3 83: User paper type 4 84: User paper type 5 85: User
8 88: User paper type 9 89: User paper type 10
* Only the above values can be set. Do not set the paper
type that is not supported. Before User paper type is set,
specify the user paper type to be set in 08-8619-x (User
paper type).
08 SETTING MODE
9301 - System Feeding Paper information 2nd drawer 0: Plain paper 1: Thick paper 1 2: Thick paper 2 3: Thick 0 Refer to SYS 1 - Yes H
paper type).
9302 - System Feeding Paper information 3rd drawer 0: Plain paper 1: Thick paper 1 2: Thick paper 2 3: Thick 0 Refer to SYS 1 - Yes H
paper type).
9303 - System Feeding Paper information 4th drawer 0: Plain paper 1: Thick paper 1 2: Thick paper 2 3: Thick 0 Refer to SYS 1 - Yes H
paper type).
9304 - System Feeding Paper information LCF 0: Plain paper 1: Thick paper 1 2: Thick paper 2 3: Thick 0 Refer to SYS 1 - Yes H
paper type).
9305 - System Feeding Paper information Bypass tray 0: Plain paper 1: Thick paper 1 2: Thick paper 2 3: Thick 0 Refer to SYS 1 Def Yes H
system paper 3 4: Thick paper 4 6: Special paper 1 7: Special contents
32: Envelope 80: User paper type 1 81: User paper type
paper type 10 128: Plain paper (back) 129: Thick paper
1 (back) 130: Thick paper 2 (back) 131: Thick paper 3
(back) 132: Thick paper 4 (back) 134: Special paper 1
(back) 135: Special paper 2 (back) 136: Recycled paper
(back) 142: Thick paper (back)
9306 - System Feeding Size conversion LT <-> A4/LD <-> A3 Sets to whether to print a document in a different paper 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
system size from the one selected if there is no drawer which has
the same size setting.
0: Enabled
Prints a document specified in an LT/LD size with an A4/
A3 one, or vice versa.
1: Disabled:
Sets to display a message notifying that the same paper
size as the one selected should be used.
* If "1" is set in 08-3654, only "1" (Disabled) can be set in
this code.
08 SETTING MODE
9307 - System Network Print Retention period Storage period at trail 0: No limits Refer to 0~53 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
and private 1 to 30: 1 to 30 days contents
31: 1 hour 32: 2 hours 33: 4 hours 34: 8 hours 35: 12
hours 50: 5 min. 51: 10 min. 52: 15 min. 53: 30 min.
<Default value>
MJD/MJC: 1
Others: 14
9308 - System Network Print Raw printing job Duplex 0: Valid 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Invalid
9309 - System Network Print Raw printing job Paper size 0: LD 1: LG 2: LT 3: COMP 4: ST 5: A3 6: A4 7: A5 8: Refer to 0~13 SYS 1 Def Yes H
A6 9: B4 10: B5 11: FOLIO 12: 13"LG 13: 8.5" x 8.5" contents
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 2
Others: 6
9310 - System Network Print Raw printing job Media Type 0: Plain paper 1: Thick paper 1 2: Thick paper 2 3: Thick 0 0~5, 7, 11 SYS 1 Def Yes H
paper 3 4: OHP 5: Thick paper 4 7: Recycled paper 11:
Thick paper
9311 - System Network Print Raw printing job Paper direction 0: Portrait 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Landscape
9312 - System Network Print Raw printing job Staple 0: Valid 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Invalid
9313 - System Network Print Raw printing job Exit tray 0: Receiving tray 0 0~2, 6 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Finisher Upper receiving tray
2: Finisher Lower receiving tray
6: Lower exit section
* The settings 1 and 2 are effective only when the
Finisher is installed
9314 - System Network Print Raw printing job Number of form lines Sets the number of form lines from 5 to 128. (A 1200 500~12800 SYS 1 Def Yes H
hundredfold of the number of form lines is defined as the
setting value.)
9315 - System Network Print Raw printing job PCL font pitch Sets the font pitch from 0.44 to 99.99. (A hundredfold of 1000 44~9999 SYS 1 Def Yes H
the font pitch is defined as the setting value.)
9316 - System Network Print Raw printing job PCL font size Sets the font size from 4 to 999.75. (A hundredfold of the 1200 400~99975 SYS 1 Def Yes H
font size is defined as the setting value.)
9317 - System Network Print Raw printing job PCL font number Sets the PCL font number. 0 0~9999 SYS 1 Def Yes H
9318 - System Feeding Paper size (bypass Memory 1 Registers the paper size of bypass feed (non-standard 148/100 148~460/ SYS 10 - Yes H
system feeding/non-standard type) into [MEMORY 1]. 100~313
type) (Unit: mm)
type) (Unit: mm)
type) (Unit: mm)
type) (Unit: mm)
9322 0 System Feeding Drawer decelerating 1st drawer Sets whether or not to apply the decelerating mode to 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
system mode setting each drawer (paper source).
0: Normal mode
1: Decelerating mode
Decelerating mode:
This mode is selected when the paper which often
causes the misfeeding (ex. coated paper) is used. The
occurrence of misfeeding is reduced by lengthening the
jam detection time. However, the printing speed is
lowered since the printing cycle is also lengthened with
the lengthened jam detection time.
08 SETTING MODE
9322 1 System Feeding Drawer decelerating 2nd drawer Sets whether or not to apply the decelerating mode to 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
0: Normal mode
Decelerating mode:
9322 2 System Feeding Drawer decelerating 3rd drawer Sets whether or not to apply the decelerating mode to 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
0: Normal mode
Decelerating mode:
9322 3 System Feeding Drawer decelerating 4th drawer Sets whether or not to apply the decelerating mode to 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
0: Normal mode
Decelerating mode:
9322 4 System Feeding Drawer decelerating LCF Sets whether or not to apply the decelerating mode to 0 0~1 SYS 4 - Yes H
0: Normal mode
Decelerating mode:
9325 - System User interface Sound setting Key touch sound of 0: OFF 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
control panel 1: ON
9326 - System User interface Display setting Size indicator 0: Invalid 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
1: Valid
9327 - System General Banner advertising Setting of banner Sets whether or not displaying the banner advertising. 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
advertising display The setting contents of 08-9328 and 9329 are displayed
at the time display section on the right top of the screen.
When both are set, each content is displayed alternately.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
9328 - System General Banner advertising Banner advertising Maximum 27 letters (one-byte character) - Refer to SYS 11 - Yes H
display 1 contents
9329 - System General Banner advertising Banner advertising Maximum 27 letters (one-byte character) - Refer to SYS 11 - Yes H
display 2 contents
9330 - System General Banner advertising Display of the [BANNER 0: Not displayed 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
MESSAGE] button 1: Displayed
This button enables the entry of "Banner advertising
display 1 (08-9328)" and "Banner advertising display 2
(08-9329)" on the control panel.
08 SETTING MODE
9331 - System Network Local I/F time-out period Sets the period of time when the job is judged as 6 1~50 SYS 1 - Yes H
completed in local I/F printing (USB or parallel).
1: 1.0 sec.
2: 1.5 sec.
49: 25.0 sec.
50: 25.5 sec.
(in increments of 0.5 sec.)
9332 - System User interface Original counter display Sets whether the original counter is displayed or not. Refer to 0, 2, 4 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: Not displayed contents
2: Displayed
4: Displayed (Double sided original is counted as 2.)
<Default value>
MJD/MJC: 2
Others: 0
9334 - System Network Print PCL line feed code Sets the PCL line feed code. 0 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
setting 0: Automatic setting
1: CR=CR, LF=LF
2: CR=CR+LF, LF=LF
3: CR=CR, LF=CR+LF
9336 - System Feeding Default setting of 1: T-LCF 6 1~6 SYS 1 - Yes H
system drawers (Printer/e-Filing) 2: 1st drawer
3: 2nd drawer
4: 3rd drawer
5: 4th drawer
6: Ex-LCF
9337 - System User interface Restriction of the Selects the restriction of the template function usage 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
template function with setting.
the administrator 0: No restriction
privilege 1: Only available with the administrator privilege.
9338 - System Network Print Raw printing job Paper feeding drawer 0: AUTO 0 0~6 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: 1st drawer
2: 2nd drawer
3: 3rd drawer
4: 4th drawer
5: LCF
6: Ex-LCF
9339 - System Network Print Raw printing job PCL symbol set 0: Roman-8 1: ISO 8859/1 Latin 1 2: ISO 8859/2 Latin 2 0 0~39 SYS 1 Def Yes H
3: ISO 8859/9 Latin 5 4: PC-8, Code Page 437 5: PC-8
D/N, Danish/Norwegian 6: PC-850, Multilingual 7: PC-
852, Latin2 8: PC-8 Turkish 9: Windows 3.1 Latin 1 10:
Windows 3.1 Latin 2 11: Windows 3.1 Latin 5 12:
DeskTop 13: PS Text 14: Ventura International 15:
Ventura US 16: Microsoft Publishing 17: Math-8 18: PS
Math 19: Ventura Math 20: Pi Font 21: Legal 22: ISO 4:
United Kingdom 23: ISO 6: ASCII 24: ISO 11 25: ISO
15: Italian 26: ISO 17 27: ISO 21: German 28: ISO 60:
Danish/Norwegian 29: ISO 69: French 30: Windows 3.0
Latin 1 31: MC Text 32: PC Cyrillic 33: ITC Zapf
Dingbats 34: ISO 8859/10 Latin 6 35: PC-775 36: PC-
1004 37: Symbol 38: Windows Baltic 39: Wingdings
9341 0 System User interface Copy Binding margin setting Left binding front (Right Sets the binding margin displayed as default on the 7 0~100 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
binding back) setting screen for the top/bottom/left/right binding function
when copying.
(Unit: mm)
9341 1 System User interface Copy Binding margin setting Left binding back (Right Sets the binding margin displayed as default on the 7 0~100 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
binding front) setting screen for the top/bottom/left/right binding function
when copying.
(Unit: mm)
9341 2 System User interface Copy Binding margin setting Top binding front (Bottom Sets the binding margin displayed as default on the 7 0~100 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
binding back) setting screen for the top/bottom/left/right binding function
when copying.
(Unit: mm)
08 SETTING MODE
9341 3 System User interface Copy Binding margin setting Top binding back Sets the binding margin displayed as default on the 7 0~100 SYS 4 Yes - Yes H
(Bottom binding front) setting screen for the top/bottom/left/right binding function
when copying.
(Unit: mm)
9342 - System User interface Copy Binding margin setting Margin width (Book Sets the binding margin displayed as default on the 14 0~30 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
binding) setting screen for the book binding function when
copying.
9343 - System Feeding Automatic change of Auto Printing/e-Filing printing Sets whether the drawer is changed automatically if the 1 1~2 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
system paper source paper runs out in the selected drawer and the paper of
the same size is in other drawer.
1: ON (Changes to the drawer with the same paper
direction and size: ex. A4 to A4)
2: ON (Changes to the drawer with the same paper size.
Paper with the different direction is acceptable as long as
the size is the same: ex., A4 to A4-R, LT-R to LT. "1" is
applied when the staple/hole punch is specified.)
9344 - System Network Print Restriction mode of 0: Normal 0 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
network printing 1: Private-print-only mode
2: Hold-print-only mode
3: Private/Hold-print-only mode
9347 - System Feeding Ex-LCF drawer paper 0: Plain paper 1: Thick paper 1 2: Thick paper 2 3: Thick 0 Refer to SYS 1 - Yes H
system information paper 3 8: Recycled paper 14: Thick paper 80: User contents
9352 - System User interface Display of paper size 0: Not displayed Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
setting by installation 1: Displayed contents
operation of drawers <Default value>
JPD/JPC/MJD/MJC/CND/CNS: 0
Others: 1
9357 - System General Print Enhanced bold for PCL6 0: OFF 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
1: ON (Enhanced bold for PCL6.)
9359 - System User interface Paper Feed Printing resume after jam 0: Auto resume 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
releasing 1: Resume by users
9361 0 System General Color profile Available profile display PS_OP_00.icc Displaying the current Output Profile and PG CIE Based - - - 14 - No -
Pure Gray TRC attribute (PG CIE Based PureGray TRC
attribute in the same sub-code is displayed at the same
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
08 SETTING MODE
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
08 SETTING MODE
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
08 SETTING MODE
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
08 SETTING MODE
time.)
time.)
time.)
9362 - System General Color profile Recovery of the profile at Recovers the default Output Profile and PG CIE Based 0 0~53 - 1 - No -
the shipment Pure Gray TRC
recovered to the default.)
0: PS_OP_00 1: PS_OP_01 2: PS_OP_02 ... 51:
PS_OP_51 52: PS_OP_52 53: PS_OP_53
9363 - System General Color profile Copying the profile at the Copies the default Output Profile and PG CIE Based Pure 0 0~53 - 1 - No -
shipment to USB Gray TRC to the USB memory.
memory 0: PS_OP_00 1: PS_OP_01 2: PS_OP_02 ... 51:
PS_OP_51 52: PS_OP_52 53: PS_OP_53
9364 - System General Color profile Uploading the profile at Uploads the default Output Profile and PG CIE Based 0 0~53 - 1 - No -
the shipment from USB Pure Gray TRC from the USB memory.
memory 0: PS_OP_00 1: PS_OP_01 2: PS_OP_02 ... 51:
PS_OP_51 52: PS_OP_52 53: PS_OP_53
9365 0 System General Color profile Displaying the attribute PS_OP_00.000 Displays the default Output Profile and PG CIE Based - - - 14 - No -
of the profile at the Pure Gray TRC attribute. (PG CIE Based Pure Gray TRC
shipment attribute in the same sub-code is displayed at the same
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
08 SETTING MODE
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
08 SETTING MODE
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
08 SETTING MODE
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
time.)
08 SETTING MODE
time.)
9366 - System General Color profile Making the profile Selecting a profile Overwrites the adjusted Output Profile 0 0~53 - 1 - No -
available on the current area (PG CIE Based Pure Gray TRC in the
same sub-code is replaced with the adjusted profile at the
same time.)
0: PS_OP_00 1: PS_OP_01 2: PS_OP_02 ... 51:
PS_OP_51 52: PS_OP_52 53: PS_OP_53
9367 - System General Color profile Copying the adjusted Copies the adjusted Output Profile and PG CIE Based 0 0~53 - 1 - No -
profile to USB memory Pure Gray TRC to the USB memory.
copied to the USB memory at the same time.)
0: PS_OP_00 1: PS_OP_01 2: PS_OP_02 ... 51:
PS_OP_51 52: PS_OP_52 53: PS_OP_53
9368 - System General Color profile Uploading the adjusted Uploads the Output Profile and PG CIE Based Pure Gray 0 0~53 - 1 - No -
profile from USB memory TRC from the USB memory.
0: PS_OP_00 1: PS_OP_01 2: PS_OP_02 ... 51:
PS_OP_51 52: PS_OP_52 53: PS_OP_53
9369 0 System General Color profile Displaying the attribute PS_OP_00.001 Displays the adjusted Output Profile and PG CIE Based - - - 14 - No -
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
08 SETTING MODE
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
08 SETTING MODE
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
08 SETTING MODE
shipment
shipment
shipment
9380 - System User interface E-mail Converting 1-byte 0: Non-conversion 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
katakana into 2 byte- 1: With conversion
katakana at E-mail
transmission
9381 - System General Paper size setting Custom size (Photo size) Value of feeding/widthwise direction 148/100 10~434/ SYS 10 - Yes H
(Unit: mm) 10~300
9382 - System Image Copy Erasing leading edge 0: Whole page copied (No void) 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
shade on A3-wide (full- 1: Leading edge masked
page copying)
9384 - System User interface Default setting of filing E-mail Color/ACS 0: TIFF (Multi) 1: PDF (Multi) 2: JPG 3: TIFF (Single) 4: 1 0~22 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
format PDF (Single) 5: SlimPDF (Multi) 6: SlimPDF (Single) 7:
XPS (Multi) 8: XPS (Single) 9: PDF/A (Multi) 10: PDF/A
(Single) 11: Searchable PDF (Multi) 12: Searchable PDF
(Single) 13: Searchable SlimPDF (Multi) 14: Searchable
SlimPDF (Single) 15: Searchable PDF/A (Multi) 16:
Searchable PDF/A (Single) 17: Word (Multi) 18: Word
(Single) 19: Excel (Multi) 20: Excel (Single) 21:
9386 0 System Network Job notification Scan Job completion message 0: Invalid 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
information event transmission 1: Valid
9386 1 System Network Job notification Scan Error message 0: Invalid 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
information event transmission 1: Valid
9387 - System Network Scan File name format of Sets the naming method of the file of "Save as file" and 0 0~6 SYS 1 Def Yes H
"Save as file" and E-mail Email transmission.
transmission 0: [FileName]-[Date]-[Page]
1: [FileName]-[Page]-[Date]
2: [Date]-[FileName]-[Page]
3: [Date]-[Page]-[FileName]
4: [Page]-[FileName]-[Date]
5: [Page]-[Date]-[FileName]
6: [FileName]_[Date]-[Page]
9388 - System Network Scan Date display format of Sets the data display format of the file for "Save as file" 0 0~5 SYS 1 Def Yes H
the file name of "Save as and E-mail transmission.
file" and E-mail 0: [YYYY][MM][DD][HH][mm][SS]
transmission 1: [YY][MM][DD][HH][mm][SS]
2: [YYYY][MM][DD]
3: [YY][MM][DD]
4: [HH][mm][SS]
5: [YYYY][MM][DD][HH][mm][SS][mm0]
The order of [YY], [MM] and [DD] varies depending on the

setting of the code 08-9102 (Data display format).
9389 - System Network Scan Single page data saving Sets the directory where the file of "Save as file" is saved. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
directory at "Save as file" 0: Save it under a subfolder
1: Save it without creating a subfolder
9390 - System Network Scan Page number display Sets the digit of a page number attached on the file. 4 3~6 SYS 1 Def Yes H
format of the file of "Save 3-6: 3-6 digits
as file" and E-mail
transmission
08 SETTING MODE
9391 - System Network Scan Extension (suffix) format Sets the extension digits of the file to be saved. 3 3~6 SYS 1 Def Yes H
of the file of "Save as 3: Auto
file" 4: 4 digits
5: 5 digits
6: 6 digits
9394 - System Network Scan Single-page option for 0: Sets 1 page as 1 file 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
storing File and sending 1: Makes a file based on the original
E-mail
9397 - System User interface LDAP authentication Execution of user 0: Forcible execution 2 0~2 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
authentication when the 1: Execution impossible (pooled in the invalid queue)
user ID is not entered 2: Forcible deletion
9399 - System User interface LDAP authentication Role Based Access This code is used to specify the ID for the LDAP server to 0 0~429496729 SYS 5 - Yes H
LDAP search index implement Role-Based Access Control. 5
9403 - System Network Ethernet Communication speed 1: Auto 1 1~5, 7 H/S 1 Net Yes S
and settings of Ethernet 2: 10MBPS Half Duplex
3: 10MBPS Full Duplex
4: 100MBPS Half Duplex
9406 - System Network TCP/IP Pv4 Method of acquiring IP 1: Fixed IP address 2 1~3 H/S 1 - Yes S
address 2: Dynamic IP address
3: Dynamic IP address without Auto IP
9407 - System Network Domain name Maximum 96 letters - Refer to H/S 11 Net Yes S
contents
9408 - System Network TCP/IP IPv4 IP address <Default value> Refer to Refer to H/S 11 Yes - Yes S
0.0.0.0 contents contents
<Acceptable value>
0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255
9409 - System Network TCP/IP IPv4 Subnet mask <Default value> Refer to Refer to H/S 11 Yes - Yes S
<Acceptable value>
0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255
9410 - System Network TCP/IP IPv4 Gateway <Default value> Refer to Refer to H/S 11 Yes - Yes S
<Acceptable value>
0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255
9411 - System Network IPX/SPX setting Use of IPX/SPX 1: Enabled 2 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9414 - System Network AppleTalk setting Use of AppleTalk 1: Enabled 2 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9416 - System Network LDAP Availability of LDAP 1: Available 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Not available
9417 - System Network DNS Use of DNS 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Yes Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9418 - System Network DNS IPv4 IP address to DNS <Acceptable value> - Refer to H/S 11 Yes Net Yes S
server (Primary) 0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255 contents
9419 - System Network DNS IPv4 IP address to DNS <Acceptable value> - Refer to H/S 11 Yes Net Yes S
server (Secondary) 0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255 contents
9421 - System Network NetWare Availability of SLP Sets the availability of SLP on NetWare. 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
9423 - System Network SMB NetBios name Maximum 15 letters MFP-serial Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
The network-related serial number of the equipment contents
appears at "serial"
9424 - System Network SMB Name of WINS server or <Default value> Refer to Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
IP address (Primary) 000.000.000.000 contents contents
<Acceptable value>
000.000.000.000-255.255.255.255
08 SETTING MODE
9425 - System Network SMB Name of WINS server or <Default value> Refer to Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
IP address (Secondary) 000.000.000.000 contents contents
<Acceptable value>
000.000.000.000-255.255.255.255
9426 - System Network NetWare Use of Bindery 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9427 - System Network NetWare Use of NDS 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9430 - System Network HTTP Use of HTTP server 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9436 - System Network SNMP sysName setting For the tool which uses sysName of MIB 0 0~1 H/S 1 Yes Net Yes S
0: Model name
1: Host name
* When the value of sysName is changed via MIB, this
setting will be disregarded.
9437 - System Network SMTP Use of SMTP client 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9438 - System Network SMTP SMTP server address SMTP server IP Address or FQDN - Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
Maximum 128 Bytes contents
9440 - System Network SMTP Use of SMTP server 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9446 - System Network POP3 Use of POP3 clients 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9459 - System Network Use of FTP server 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9463 - System Network SNMP Availability of MIB 1: Valid 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
function 2: Invalid
9467 0 System Maintenance e-BRIDGE Remote Remote Panel Operation Enable/disable setting Sets whether or not to enable the remote screen 0 0~1 H/S 4 Net Yes S
Assist operation function.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* When the remote screen operation is used, it is required
also to enable the remote operation setting (VNC) on the
MFP.
9467 1 System Maintenance e-BRIDGE Remote Remote Panel Operation Disclosure range setting Sets the privilege of the remote screen operation 0 0~1 H/S 4 Net Yes S
Assist function.
0: Administrator only
1: Administrator and user
9468 - System Maintenance e-BRIDGE Remote Remote Panel Operation Relay server setting Sets the connection server and port when the remote - - H/S 11 Net Yes S
Assist screen operation function is used.
xxx/yyyy
xxx: Server URL
yyy: Port number
9471 - System User interface Default setting of filing Storing files PDF/A grade setting Sets the PDF/A grade of the file format for scanning. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
format 0: PDF/A-1B
1: PDF/A-2B
9472 - System General USB media direct Hidden file display Sets whether or not to display the hidden files in the USB 0 0~1 H/S 1 - Yes S
printing setting storage device when the file of USB direct printing is
selected.
0: Hidden files not displayed
1: Hidden files displayed
9473 - System Network Raw TCP Use of Raw TCP print 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9475 - System Network LPD Use of LPD print 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
08 SETTING MODE
9478 - System Network IPP Use of IPP print 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9481 - System Network IPP Printer name Maximum 127 letters MFPserial Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
appears at "serial"
9486 - System Network IPP IPP printer "Make and Maximum 127 characters Refer to Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
Model" <Default value> contents contents
MFP model name
9487 - System Network IPP IPP printer information Maximum 127 characters - Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
(more) MFGR contents
9488 - System Network IPP IPP message from Maximum 127 characters - Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
operator contents
9489 - System Network FTP Use of FTP print 1: Enabled 2 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9499 - System Network E-mail Page number limitation 5 1~99 SYS 1 Def Yes H
for printing text of
received E-mail
9505 - System Network Bonjour Use of Bonjour 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9514 - System Network Host name Maximum 63 letters MFP_serial Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
appears at "serial"
9515 - System Network User authentication Windows domain Domain name (No.1) Maximum 96 letters - Refer to SYS 11 Sec Yes H
authentication contents
9516 - System Network User authentication Windows domain PDC (No.1) Primary Domain Controller - Refer to SYS 11 Sec Yes H
authentication Maximum 128 letters contents
9517 - System Network User authentication Windows domain BDC (No.1) Backup Domain Controller - Refer to SYS 11 Sec Yes H
authentication Maximum 128 letters contents
9518 - System Network User authentication Use of NT domain server 3: ON (Domain selected) 4 3~4 H/S 1 Net Yes S
4: OFF (Work group selected)
9519 - System Network Workgroup name Maximum 15 letters Workgroup Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
The default value "Workgroup" is set when "4" (OFF: contents
Work group selected) is set to 08-9518 or Window logon
fails.
9525 - System Network Display of MAC address (**:**:**:**:**:**) - - H/S 2 Yes - Yes S
The address is displayed as above. 6-byte data is divided
by colon.
* "FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF" is displayed at MAC address
abnormality.
9548 - System Network SSL HTTP server 1: Enabled 2 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9550 - System Network SSL IPP print 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9552 - System Network SSL Ftp server 1: Enabled 2 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9556 - System Network SSL POP3 Client 1: Accepts all the certification of the server 2 1~3 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
3: Uses a registered CA certification
9559 - System Network Bonjour IPP Everywhere Enable/disable setting Enable this setting when the MFP is automatically 1 0~1 H/S 1 Net Yes S
detected on the printer (IPP Everywhere) on Chrome OS.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
9561 - System Network SMB SMB Max Connections Sets the maximum connectable numbers of the Samba 13 1~50 H/S 1 - Yes S
server.
1 to 50 (Number)
08 SETTING MODE
9563 - System Network TCP/IP IP Conflict Detect 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
2: Disabled
9564 - System Network SNTP Use of SNTP 1: Enabled 2 1~2 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
2: Disabled
9565 - System Network SNTP Polling rate Data obtaining interval (Unit: Hour) 24 1~168 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
9566 - System Network SMB Writing data size Sets the writing data size of an SMB client. Decrease the 128 1~256 H/S 1 Net Yes S
value of this setting when the file transmission to an SMB
server fails.
(Unit: KB)
9567 - System Network SNTP Primary SNTP Address Primary SNTP server IP Address or FQDN - Refer to H/S 11 Sec Yes S
Maximum 128 Bytes contents
9568 - System Network SNTP Secondary SNTP Secondary SNTP server IP Address or FQDN - Refer to H/S 11 Sec Yes S
Address Maximum 128 Bytes contents
9569 - System Network SNTP Port number Port number of SNTP 123 1~65535 H/S 1 Sec Yes S
9579 - System Maintenance Debug Log Logs Transmission Enable/disable setting Sets whether or not to enable the log transmission 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - No H
function.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
9580 - System Network DHCP Domain server address 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
acquisition 2: Disabled
* This value is used only when DHCP is enabled.
9581 - System Network DHCP WINS server address 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
9584 - System Network DHCP SMTP server address 1: Enabled 2 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
9585 - System Network DHCP POP3 server address 1: Enabled 2 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
9587 - System Network DHCP SNTP server address 1: Enabled 2 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
9591 - System Network MDS Cloud base MDS Collaborated embedded Sets the ID of the embedded application configured as a - 32 digits H/S 11 Def Yes S
application collaborated one on the cloud base MDS.
* Set "2" for 08-3640 (MDS authentication mode) before
specifying this code.
9599 - System Network SMB SMB server protocol and 1: SMB server protocol enabled - no restriction 1 1~4 H/S 1 Net Yes S
restriction 2: SMB server protocol disabled
3: SMB server protocol enabled - file shared
4: SMB server protocol enabled - print shared
9601 - System Maintenance General Equipment number First digit: Production country (fixed) - 9 digits SYS 11 Yes - Yes H
(serial number) display Second digit: Model (fixed)
Third digit: Month (variable)
Fourth to ninth digits: serial number (variable)
This can be also entered with 05-9043.
9602 - System Maintenance Dealer's name Maximum 100 letters - Refer to SYS 11 - Yes H
Needed at initial registration contents
9603 - System Maintenance RDMS Login name Maximum 20 letters - Refer to SYS 11 Yes - Yes H
Needed at initial registration contents
9604 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Call/Display function Display set of the 0: Not displayed Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
service [Service Notification] 1: Displayed contents
button <Default value>
NAD/NAC/MJD/MJC: 1
Others: 0
9605 - System Maintenance RDMS Sending error contents of 0: Invalid 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
equipment 1: Valid
08 SETTING MODE
9606 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Setting total counter (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute) - - SYS 1 - Yes H
service transmission time PM3:00 -> 1500
9607 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Destination E-mail Maximum 192 letters - Refer to SYS 11 - Yes H
service address 2 contents
9609 - System Maintenance Debug Log Logs Transmission E-mail transmission Sets the e-mail transmission destination of log data. - - SYS 11 Yes - No H
destination Maximum 256 letters
9610 - System Maintenance RDMS Polling day selection 0: OFF 0 0~31 SYS 1 Net Yes H
Day-1 1 to 31: 1st to 31st of a month
9614 - System Maintenance RDMS Remote-controlled Sunday 0: Invalid 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Net Yes H
service polling day 1: Valid
9615 - System Maintenance RDMS Remote-controlled Monday 0: Invalid 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Net Yes H
9616 - System Maintenance RDMS Remote-controlled Tuesday 0: Invalid 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Net Yes H
9617 - System Maintenance RDMS Remote-controlled Wednesday 0: Invalid 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Net Yes H
9618 - System Maintenance RDMS Remote-controlled Thursday 0: Invalid 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Net Yes H
9619 - System Maintenance RDMS Remote-controlled Friday 0: Invalid 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Net Yes H
9620 - System Maintenance RDMS Remote-controlled Saturday 0: Invalid 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Net Yes H
9621 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Information of supplies Setting of toner cartridge 0: Invalid 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
service C 1: Valid
service M 1: Valid
service Y 1: Valid
service K 1: Valid
9625 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Information of supplies Setting of waste toner 0: Invalid 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
service box 1: Valid
9626 - System Maintenance RDMS Long interval polling Setting of polling at the 0: Invalid 0 0~1 SYS 1 Net Yes H
end of month 1: Valid
9627 - System Network Internet Fax Sending mail text of 0: Invalid 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Internet Fax 1: Valid
9630 - System Maintenance Debug Log Logs Transmission Authentication setting Sets whether to enable or disable the authentication 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - No H
when the log data transmission function is used.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* When "1" is set for this code, entry of the administrator
password is required at the log transmission.
9649 - System Wireless LAN Wireless LAN setting Sets whether the wireless LAN connection is enabled or 2 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
disabled.
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
* Only changing the setting to "2" (Disabled) and referring
to the current setting are available.
08 SETTING MODE
9668 - System Bluetooth BIP ON/OFF setting 0: OFF 0 0~1 H/S 1 - Yes S
1: ON
9680 - System Bluetooth Bluetooth ON/OFF 0: OFF 0 0~1 H/S 1 Net Yes S
setting 1: ON
9681 - System Bluetooth Bluetooth Device name Maximum 32 letters. Only alphanumeric characters, Refer to Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
spaces, and symbols are acceptable. contents contents
<Default value>
MFPserial
9682 - System Bluetooth Bluetooth Discovery 0: Not allowed 1 0~1 H/S 1 Net Yes S
1: Allowed
9683 - System Bluetooth Bluetooth Security Switches the security level of the Bluetooth. 1 0~1 H/S 1 Net Yes S
0: Low
1: High
9684 - System Bluetooth Bluetooth PIN Maximum 16 digits 0000 Refer to H/S 11 Net Yes S
(16-digit sequence) contents
This setting is valid only when the Bluetooth security
function is ON.
9685 - System Bluetooth Bluetooth Data 0: Not encrypted 1 0~1 H/S 1 Net Yes S
encryption 1: Encrypted
This setting is valid only when the Bluetooth security
function is ON.
9694 - System Network DHCP Domain name 1: Enabled 1 1~2 H/S 1 Net Yes S
9698 - System User interface Color mode notification 0: Color 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
setting at ACS 1: Black
9700 - System Maintenance General Service technician A telephone number can be entered up to 32 digits. - 32 digits SYS 11 Yes Def Yes H
telephone number Use the [PAUSE] button to enter a hyphen (-).
9702 - System User interface Automatic calibration Sets the disclosing level of automatic calibration. 2 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
disclosure level 0: Service technician
1: Administrator
2: User
9703 - System Maintenance General Error history display Displays the latest 20 errors data - - - 2 Yes - No -
9709 - System User interface Scan Default data saving 0: Local directory 0 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
directory of "Scan to File" 1: REMOTE 1
2: REMOTE 2
9710 - System Maintenance RDMS General Remote-controlled 0: Valid (Remote-controlled server) 2 0~2 SYS 1 Yes Net Yes H
service function 1: Valid (L2)
2: Invalid
9711 - System Maintenance RDMS HTTP Remote-controlled Maximum 256 letters - Refer to SYS 11 Yes Net Yes H
service URL setting contents
9715 - System Maintenance RDMS HTTP Initially-registered server Maximum 256 letters Refer to Refer to SYS 11 Yes Net Yes H
URL setting <Default value> contents contents
https://device2.mfp-support.com:443/device/
firstregist.ashx
9718 - System Maintenance RDMS Short time interval Sets the time interval to recover from the Emergency 24 1~48 SYS 1 Net Yes H
setting of recovery from Mode to the Normal Mode.
Emergency Mode (Unit: Hour)
9719 - System Maintenance RDMS Short time interval (Unit: Minute) 60 30~360 SYS 1 Net Yes H
setting of Emergency
Mode
9723 - System Maintenance RDMS General Periodical polling timing 0 (0:00) to 2359 (23:59) 1600 0~2359 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
(Hour/Hour/Minute/
Minute)
9724 - System Maintenance RDMS General Writing data of self- 0: Prohibited 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Net Yes H
diagnostic code 1: Accepted
08 SETTING MODE
9726 - System Maintenance RDMS General Remote-service initial 0: OFF 0 0~3 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
registration 1: Start
2: Only certification is scanned
3: RDMS communication starts
9727 - System Maintenance RDMS General Remote-controlled Maximum 10 letters - Refer to SYS 11 Yes - Yes H
service tentative contents
password
9729 - System Maintenance RDMS General Status of remote-service 0: Not registered 0 0~1 SYS 2 Yes - Yes H
initial regist 1: Registered
9730 - System Maintenance RDMS Call/Display function Service center call 0: OFF 1 0~2 SYS 1 Yes Net Yes H
function 1: Notifies all service calls
2: Notifies all but paper jams
9732 - System Maintenance RDMS HTTP Service center call HTTP Maximum 256 letters - Refer to SYS 11 Yes Net Yes H
server URL setting contents
9736 - System Counter External counter Interrupt copying 0: Invalid 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
1: Valid
9739 - System Maintenance RDMS Call/Display function Toner-end notification 0: RDMS toner empty notified immediately 0 0~2 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
1: RDMS toner empty notified once a day
2: RDMS toner empty not notified
9740 - System Maintenance RDMS HTTP HTTP proxy setting 0: Valid 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Net Yes H
1: Invalid
9741 - System Maintenance RDMS HTTP HTTP proxy IP address Input IP address or FQDN. Refer to Refer to SYS 11 Yes Net Yes H
setting Maximum 128 letters contents contents
<Default value>
0.0.0.0
9742 - System Maintenance RDMS HTTP HTTP proxy port number 0 0~65535 SYS 1 Yes Net Yes H
setting
9743 - System Maintenance RDMS HTTP HTTP proxy ID setting Maximum 30 letters - Refer to SYS 11 Yes Net Yes H
contents
9744 - System Maintenance RDMS HTTP HTTP proxy password Maximum 30 letters - Refer to SYS 11 Yes Net Yes H
setting contents
9745 - System Maintenance RDMS HTTP HTTP proxy panel 0: Valid 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
display 1: Invalid
9746 - System Network Security 802.1x Dynamic WEP Switches whether a selecting button for Security mode 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
selecting button display 802.1x Dynamic WEP is displayed or not.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
9749 - System Network Scan WIA Scan Driver Selects WIA Scan Driver. 1 1~2 H/S 1 - Yes S
1: TTEC
2: Microsoft
9750 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply Ordering method 0: Ordered by Fax 3 0~3 SYS 1 - Yes H
service ordering 1: Ordered by E-mail
2: Ordered by HTTP
3: OFF
9751 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply Fax number Maximum 32 digits - Refer to SYS 11 - Yes H
service ordering Enter hyphen with the [Pause] button contents
9752 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply E-mail address Maximum 192 letters - Refer to SYS 11 - Yes H
service ordering List: 256 digits contents
9755 - System Fax/IP Fax Fax Received Forward Enable OCR Setting of "Always" in When "1" (Enabled) is set for this code, only "Always" is 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Document Print selectable in Document Print if the OCR feature is
enabled for the Fax or IP fax Received Forward function.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* The OCR processing of the Fax or IP fax Received
Forward function sometimes takes a long time. In
addition, if “Always” is not set in Document Print, it will
take a long time from the reception until the confirmation.
08 SETTING MODE
9756 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply User's name Maximum 50 letters - Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
service ordering contents
9757 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply User's telephone number Maximum 32 digits - Refer to SYS 11 - Yes H
service ordering Enter hyphen with the [Pause] button contents
9758 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply User's E-mail address Maximum 192 letters - Refer to SYS 11 - Yes H
service ordering List: 256 digits contents
9759 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply User's address Maximum 100 letters - Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
9760 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply Service number Maximum 5 digits - Refer to SYS 11 - Yes H
9761 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply Service technician's Maximum 50 letters - Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
service ordering name contents
9762 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply Service technician's Maximum 32 digits - Refer to SYS 11 - Yes H
service ordering telephone number Enter hyphen with the [Pause] button contents
9763 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply Service technician's E- Maximum 192 letters - Refer to SYS 11 - Yes H
service ordering mail address List: 256 digits contents
9764 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply Supplier's name Maximum 50 letters - Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
9765 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply Supplier's address Maximum 100 letters - Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
9766 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply Notes Maximum 128 letters - Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
9767 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Information of supplies Part number of toner Maximum 20 digits - Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
service cartridge C contents
9768 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Information of supplies Order quantity of toner 1 1~99 SYS 1 - Yes H
service cartridge C
9769 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Information of supplies Condition number of 1 1~99 SYS 1 - Yes H
service toner cartridge C
service cartridge M contents
service cartridge M
service toner cartridge M
service cartridge Y contents
service cartridge Y
service toner cartridge Y
service cartridge K contents
service cartridge K
service toner cartridge K
9779 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Information of supplies Part number of waste Maximum 20 digits - Refer to H/S 11 - Yes S
service toner box contents
9780 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Information of supplies Order quantity of waste 1 1~99 SYS 1 - Yes H
service toner box
service waste toner box
08 SETTING MODE
9783 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply Call /Display function 0: Valid (Fax/Internet Fax) Refer to 0~2 SYS 1 Yes - Yes H
service ordering 1: Valid (Fax/Internet Fax/HTTP) contents
2: Invalid
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 0
Others: 2
9784 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Automatic supply Counter notification Maximum 32 digits - Refer to SYS 11 - Yes H
service ordering Remote Fax setting Enter hyphen with the [Pause] button contents
9787 - System Counter Suspend when quota is Sets whether the process is suspended immediately or 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
empty suspended after the job is completed if quota is used up.
0: Suspended immediately
1: Suspended after the job is finished
9788 - System Maintenance Service call checking 0: No checking period specified (= Calls service 6 0~12 SYS 1 - Yes H
period setting technician immediately) 1: 10 minutes 2: 30 minutes 3:
1 hour 4: 6 hours 5: 12 hours 6: 24 hours 7: 48 hours
8: 7 days 9: 1 month 10: 1 year 11: 5 years 12: Not
limited (= Calls service technician if such error has
occurred in the past even once or more)
9789 - System General Default repeat count (Unit: Times) 2 2~8 SYS 1 - Yes H
9793 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Service Notification Enables to set up to 3 E-mail addresses to be sent. (08- 0 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
service setting 9794, 9607, 9608)
0: Invalid
1: Valid (E-mail)
2: Valid (Fax)
9795 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Total counter information 0: Invalid 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
service transmission setting 1: Valid
9796 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled Total counter 0 to 31 0 0~31 SYS 1 - Yes H
service transmission date setting
9797 - System Maintenance Remote-controlled PM counter notification 0: Invalid 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
service setting 1: Valid
9798 - System Network Temporary Sets a temporary communication password. The 99999 Refer to SYS 11 - Yes H
communication password can be entered in alphanumeric characters (A contents
password setting to Z, a to z, 0 to 9) up to 10 digits.
The entered password is displayed with "*" on the touch
panel and the self-diagnostic lists.
(Maximum 10 digits, minimum 5 digits)
9799 - System User Local authentication Switchover of mode Sets the authentication mode when "0: (Internal 0 0~1 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
management authentication)" is selected in the code 08-9293.
0: Card ID differs from the User ID
1: Card ID is the same as the User ID
9804 - System Process Forcible mode change in 0: SLEEP MODE 1 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
toner empty status 1: AUTO POWER SAVE
2: READY
9805 - System Laser Polygonal motor standby 0: 0 sec. (current setting) 3 0~13 SYS 1 - Yes H
rotation Shift waiting time (Polygonal motor ready rotation at job end)
at job end 1 to 13: Setting value x 5 sec.
9810 0 System Finisher Interruption of stapling Copying When staple runs out while printing in the stapling mode, 1 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
operation (no staple) sets whether printing is interrupted or printing is
continued by switching to sorting. This code is valid only
when printing in the stapling mode. However, printing is
always interrupted when staple for saddle stitch runs out.
0: Continues printing by switching to sort setting
1: Interrupts printing
08 SETTING MODE
9810 1 System Finisher Interruption of stapling Printing/e-Filing printing When staple runs out while printing in the stapling mode, 0 0~1 SYS 4 Def Yes H
operation (no staple) sets whether printing is interrupted or printing is
continued by switching to sorting. This code is valid only
when printing in the stapling mode. However, printing is
always interrupted when staple for saddle stitch runs out.
0: Continues printing by switching to sort setting
1: Interrupts printing
9811 0 System Finisher Stapling setting: Long size Plain/Recycled/Thick When numbers of sheets exceeding the ones defined in 0 -50~50 SYS 4 - Yes H
Acceptable number of paper the finisher specifications are set, a malfunction may
sheets exceeding upper occur.
limit
9811 1 System Finisher Stapling setting: Long size Thick paper 1 When numbers of sheets exceeding the ones defined in 0 -50~50 SYS 4 - Yes H
Acceptable number of the finisher specifications are set, a malfunction may
limit
limit
limit
9814 - System Image 2nd transfer resistance Detection interval at At normal temperatures When the setting value of this code is "1" or higher, the 4 0~100 SYS 1 - Yes H
detection continuous printing 2nd transfer resistance detection is performed every time
the number of pages of (setting value x 100) have output.
When resistance is detected, printing will be interrupted
for 1 or 2 seconds.
When a smaller value is set, the image stability at
continuous printing will become better.
9815 - System Image 2nd transfer resistance Detection interval at At low temperatures When the setting value of this code is "1" or higher, the 10 0~100 SYS 1 - Yes H
detection continuous printing 2nd transfer resistance detection is performed every time
the number of pages of (setting value x 10) have output.
When resistance is detected, printing will be interrupted
for 1 or 2 seconds.
When a smaller value is set, the image stability at
continuous printing will become better.
9816 - System General Addition of the page Only when job is executed with TimeStamp enabled for 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
number to the multi-page file storage, page number is added with the format set at
file name of File 08-9387.
0: Invalid (Page number not added)
1: Valid (Page number added)
9817 - System General Maximum number of 0 to 6 digits 2 0~6 SYS 1 - Yes H
decimals in the extension
fields
9818 - System General The default value of the 0: DOCYYMMDD 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
stored/attached file 1: NetBios name
name of a File/E-mail
9819 - System User interface Off Device STAGE SSL Sets whether SSL communication is enabled or disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Customization for remote scanning.
Architecture 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
9820 - System User interface Off Device STAGE I/F Sets whether interface is enabled or disabled for remote 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
Customization scanning.
Architecture 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
9821 - System User interface Off Device Port number Sets a port number for the remote scanning. 49629 0~65535 SYS 1 - Yes H
Customization
Architecture
08 SETTING MODE
9822 - System User interface Off Device SSL port number Sets an SSL port number for remote scanning using SSL 49630 0~65535 SYS 1 - Yes H
Customization communication.
Architecture
9823 - System Network User name and 0: User name and password of the device 0 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
password at user 1: User name and password at the user authentication
authentication or "Save (Template registration information comes first when a
as file" template is retrieved.)
2: User name and password at the user authentication
(User information of the authentication comes first when
a template is retrieved.)
9825 - System Image Scan Image quality of the 0: Black 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
black part in the ACS 1: Gray scale
mode
9829 - System General Department Limitation setting Decide the default limitation setting when the new 0 0~3 SYS 1 User Yes H
management department code is created.
0: No limit
1: Limited only in the black mode
2: Limited in the color mode
3: Limited in the black/color mode
9841 - System Bluetooth Bluetooth BIP Print type 0: Fit page 0 0~3 SYS 1 Net Yes H
1: 1/2 size
2: 1/4 size
3: 1/8 size
9846 - System Bluetooth Bluetooth BIP Paper size 0: Ledger 1: Legal 2: Letter 3: Computer 4: Statement Refer to Refer to SYS 1 Net Yes H
5: A3 6: A4 7: A5 9: B4 10: B5 11: Folio 12: Legal13" contents contents
13: LetterSquare 14: 8K 15: 16K
* Only the above values can be set.
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 2
Others: 6
9847 - System Finisher Hole punching setting 0: Invalid 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
1: Valid
9848 - System General Display setting Registration disclosure 0: Displays no icons 2 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
level setting 1: ADMIN
2: USER
9880 - System General Remote-controlled Automatic supply Total counter data 0 to 31 0 0~31 SYS 1 - Yes H
service ordering transmission date 2
9881 - System General Remote-controlled Automatic supply Day of the total counter 1 byte 00000000(0)-01111111(127) 0 0~127 SYS 1 - Yes H
service ordering data transmission From the 2nd bit - Sunday, Monday, Tuesday,
Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday
9883 - System General Security Hardcopy security Enable/disable setting 0: Disabled 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
printing 1: Enabled
9884 - System General Security Hardcopy security Counting method 0: Counted as 1 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
printing switchover 1: Counted as 2
9886 - System General Decimal point indication 0: Comma Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
for Enhanced Scan 1: Full stop contents
Template <Default value>
MJD/MJC: 0
Others: 1
9888 - System General Permission setting for 0: Prohibited 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
changing the scan 1: Accepted
parameter when
recalling an extension
template
9889 - System General Data cloning Data cloning function 0: Accepted 0 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
setting 1: Prohibited
9891 - System User interface Display setting Warning message when 0: No warning notification 1 0~1 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
PM time has come 1: Warning notification
08 SETTING MODE
9892 - System General Monocolor counting Sets the counting method of fee charging or duplexing 0 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
method count in the Monocolor mode. Department and user
counters are not applicable.
0: Mono/Twin Color
1: Black
2: Full Color
9894 - System General Calibration chart Decide whether the calibration chart printing is charged 0 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
charging method or not.
0: No charge
1: Charge
9897 - System Image Default value setting Background peak Black 1: -4 2: -3 3: -2 4: -1 5: 0 6: +1 7: +2 8: +3 9: +4 5 1~9 SYS 1 Def Yes H
adjustment
9898 - System Image Default value setting Density in the scan mode Color 0: Auto 1: -5 2: -4 3: -3 4: -2 5: -1 6: 0 7: +1 8: +2 9: 6 0~11 SYS 1 Def Yes H
+3 10: +4 11: +5
9899 - System Image Default value setting Density in the scan mode Grayscale 0: Auto 1: -5 2: -4 3: -3 4: -2 5: -1 6: 0 7: +1 8: +2 9: 6 0~11 SYS 1 Def Yes H
+3 10: +4 11: +5
9900 - System Version System System software ROM - - H/S 2 Yes - Yes S
version
9901 - System Version Engine Engine firmware version - - - 2 Yes - No -
9902 - System Version Scanner Scanner firmware - - - 2 Yes - No -
version
9903 - System Version DF DF firmware version - - - 2 Yes - No -
9904 - System Version Finisher Finisher firmware version - - - 2 Yes - No -
9905 - System Version Fax 1st line Fax firmware version - - - 2 Yes - No -
9930 - System Version System System firmware version - - H/S 2 Yes - Yes S
9933 - System Network LDAP authentication Domain participation Sets whether domain participation of a client computer for 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
confirmation of printing print job authentication is confirmed or not when LDAP is
when LDAP selected as the authentication method for user
authentication is used authentication. This function is enabled only when
department management is enabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
9934 0 System General S-ACS operation setting Copy 1: The number of contact control: 1 1 1~9 SYS 4 - Yes H
Continuous color control: 1 sheet
2: The number of contact control: 2
Continuous color control: 2 sheets
08 SETTING MODE
9934 1 System General S-ACS operation setting Print 1: The number of contact control: 1 1 1~9 SYS 4 - Yes H
9934 2 System General S-ACS operation setting e-Filing, Others 1: The number of contact control: 1 1 1~9 SYS 4 - Yes H
9937 0 System Finisher Stapling setting: Short size Plain/Recycled/Thick When numbers of sheets exceeding the ones defined in 0 -100~100 SYS 4 - Yes H
limit
9937 1 System Finisher Stapling setting: Short size Thick paper 1 When numbers of sheets exceeding the ones defined in 0 -100~100 SYS 4 - Yes H
limit
limit
limit
9938 0 System Finisher Stapling setting: Saddle stitch Plain/Recycled/Thick When numbers of sheets exceeding the ones defined in 0 -15~15 SYS 4 - Yes H
limit
9938 1 System Finisher Stapling setting: Saddle stitch Thick paper 1 When numbers of sheets exceeding the ones defined in 0 -15~15 SYS 4 - Yes H
limit
08 SETTING MODE
limit
limit
9940 - System Version Engine PFC firmware version - - - 2 Yes - No -
9944 - System Version Finisher Punch firmware version - - - 2 Yes - No -
9946 - System Network E-mail Number of E-mail The number of times of E-mail communication retry for 3 0~14 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
transmission retries Scan to E-mail and Internet Fax is set.
9947 - System Network E-mail E-mail transmission retry When E-mail transmission retry for Scan to E-mail and 1 0~15 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
interval Internet Fax is performed, the interval is set.
0 to 15 min.
9954 - System General Counter/job list printing 0: Invalid 0 0~1 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
operation 1: Valid
9958 - System Network E-mail Bcc address display ON/ Sets whether or not to display the Bcc address on 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
OFF setting (Job Log/ JobLog/JobStatus when Bcc is selected in the E-mail
Job Status) address specifying method.
0: OFF (Bcc address not displayed)
1: ON (Bcc address displayed)
9959 - System Network E-mail Bcc address display ON/ Sets whether or not to display the Bcc address on 1 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
OFF setting (Job JobNotification which will be sent to other than
Notification) administrators when Bcc is selected in the E-mail
address specifying method.
0: OFF (Bcc address not displayed)
1: ON (Bcc address displayed)
9960 - System Maintenance Display of equipment Displays the equipment information in SRAM. Refer to 0~2 SYS 2 - Yes H
information (SRAM) 0: Not set contents
1: Destinations other than NAD/NAC
2: NAD/NAC
<Default value>
NAD/NAC: 2
Others: 1
9963 - System User interface Display of receiving job 0: Disabled 2 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
on PRINT/JOB STATUS 1: Enabled (Other user's receiving job can be deleted)
screen 2: Enabled (Other user's receiving job cannot be deleted)
* This setting is automatically disabled in the high security
mode.
9964 - System General Home data Synchronization settings Uses this to share the HOME data 0 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (Synchronization in a network server)
2: Enabled (Synchronization between MFPs)
9967 - System User Pre-running rotation of Sets whether or not to carry out pre-running of the Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
authentication polygonal motor polygonal motor at user authentication. If "1" (Enabled) is contents
selected, the performance between a print job
submission and a start of printing will be improved;
however, the operating noise of the motors or fans may
become louder.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
<Default value>
JPC: 1
Others: 0
9968 - System Version Scanner Boot Version Boot version of the scanner - - - 2 Yes - No -
9969 - System Version Fax 2nd line Fax firmware version ROM version of the 2nd line of Fax board - - - 2 Yes - No -
08 SETTING MODE
9970 - System User interface Default mode setting Default setting (Copy) Original mode (Black) 0: Text/Photo 0 0~4 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
1: Text
2: Photo
3: Image smoothing
4: Custom
9971 - System User interface Default setting Image quality density Copy (Black) 0: Auto 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Manual
9972 - System User interface Default setting Blank page judgment: Copy The larger the value, the more the paper is judged as a 0 -3~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Default setting blank page.
The smaller the value, the less the paper is judged as a
blank page.
9973 - System User interface Default setting Blank page judgment: NW Scan The larger the value, the more the paper is judged as a 0 -3~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Default setting blank page.
The smaller the value, the less the paper is judged as a
blank page.
9974 - System User interface Default setting ACS judgment Copy The larger the value, the more the original is judged as 0 -3~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
adjustment: Default color data.
setting The smaller the value, the more the original is judged as
black data.
9975 - System User interface Default setting ACS judgment NW Scan The larger the value, the more the original is judged as 0 -3~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
adjustment: Default color data.
setting The smaller the value, the more the original is judged as
black data.
9976 - System User interface Default mode setting Default setting (Copy) Original mode (Color) Sets this code if you want to change the default setting of 0 0~6 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
the original mode when the full color mode is specified in
copying.
0: Text/Photo
1: Text
2: Photo
3: Printed image
4: Map
5: Custom
6: Reproduction of red seal color
* If you want to select "5" (Custom), it is necessary to set
"1" to "5" (other than "0") for 08-7614.
* If you want to select "6" (Red seal color), it is necessary
to set "1" for 08-7610.
9977 - System User interface Default setting ACS original mode Copy 0: Text/Photo 0 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Text
2: Printed image
9978 - System User interface Default setting Image quality density ACS/Copy (full color) 0: Auto 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
1: Manual
9979 - System User interface Default mode setting Default setting (Copy) Color mode 0: Auto color 2 0~2 SYS 1 Yes Def Yes H
1: Black
2: Full color
* When the value of the code 08-9116 is "1: Enabled", "1:
Black" is automatically set for this code and "0: ACS" and
"2: Full color" become unselectable.
9980 - System Network E-mail Address setting for TO/ Sets address of TO/CC/BCC when the user 0 0~4 SYS 1 Sec Yes H
CC/BCC at authentication and E-mail authentication are enabled.
authentication When the value of this code is set to "1", the address
specified as From Address is input to TO destination field.
TO/CC/BCC field cannot be edited.
When the value of this code is set to "2 to 4", the address
specified as From Address is input to each field. TO/CC/
BCC field can be edited by pressing the TO/CC/BCC
button.
0: Disabled
1: Fixed to TO field.
2: Added to TO field.
3: Added to CC field.
4: Added to BCC field.
08 SETTING MODE
9981 - System Network E-mail Sending body text of E- Switches whether or not to describe the body of an E-mail 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
mail when its transmission is executed.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
9984 - System User interface Document or file name 0: Displays with the document or file name Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
display form for the 1: Does not display the document or file name contents
PRINT screen, JOB <Default value>
STATUS screen, Job MJD/MJC: 1
Status tab and Logs tab Others: 0
9987 - System Maintenance Retention of Fax sending Sets whether the Fax/IP Fax/Internet Fax sending 0 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
settings settings are retained or not.
0: Clears all settings (The authentication screen is
displayed if user authentication or department
management is enabled.)
1: Clears all
2: Clears only addresses
3: Retains all settings
* When the value of this code is set to "3", the value of
08-3847 (FAX mistransmission prevention) is
automatically set to "1" (Enabled).
9989 - System Version DF Boot version of the DF - - - 2 Yes - No -
9990 - System Version NIC firmware Firmware version of the NIC - - SYS 2 Yes - Yes H
9991 - System Feeding Paper size setting Custom size 1st drawer Value of feeding/widthwise direction 210/140 210~460/ SYS 10 - Yes H
9992 - System Feeding Paper size setting Custom size 2nd drawer Value of feeding/widthwise direction 210/140 210~460/ SYS 10 - Yes H
9993 - System Feeding Paper size setting Custom size 3rd drawer Value of feeding/widthwise direction 210/140 210~460/ SYS 10 - Yes H
9994 - System Feeding Paper size setting Custom size 4th drawer Value of feeding/widthwise direction 210/140 210~460/ SYS 10 - Yes H
9995 - System DF DF installation Uses this when searching the DF installation information 0 0~2 - 2 - No -
information by means of the remote management system
0: Not installed
1: RADF
2: DSDF
08 SETTING MODE
08 SETTING MODE
6. 13 FUNCTION MODE
104 - Dial Transmission PSTN Line1 Selects which is to be used for the PSTN, DTC or LCC. 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
setting 0: No check 1: DTC
110 - Dial Transmission PABX Line1 Selects which is to be used for the PABX, DTC or LCC. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
116 - Dial Transmission Response Waiting time(T1) setting Line1 Sets the time to wait for a response from the receiver Refer to 0~4 SYS 1 Def Yes H
setting after dialing is completed. contents
(Unit: sec)
0: 60 1: 35 2: 90 3: 55 4: 115
<Default value>
JP: 4 ASIA: 0 AU: 3 HK: 0 US/CA: 3 DE: 2 GB: 2 IT: 2
BE :2 NL: 2 FI: 2 ES: 2 AT: 2 CH: 2 SE: 2 DK: 2 NO:
2 PT: 2 FR: 2 GR: 2 PL: 2 HU: 2 CZ: 2 TR: 0 ZA: 0
TW: 3 RU: 2 BR: 3 CN: 1 NZ: 3 MY: 0 TH: 0 UNIV: 0
EU: 2
117 - Dial Transmission Response Time-out period setting Sets the transmission to be terminated due to an error Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
setting without redialing the number if T1 time-out (no response contents
from the receiver) having occurred during automatic
dialing.
0: OFF 1: ON
<Default value>
BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0 CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO:
EU: 0
125 - Dial DP Pulse setting Line1 Sets the definition of the pulse for the DP dial. Refer to 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: Normal 1: Shift 2: Reverse contents
Normal: n
Shift: n+1
Reverse:10-n
(n= Dial No.)
<Default value>
EU: 0
128 - Fax/IP Fax Dial Redial No. of redials Sets the number of redials. Refer to 0~14 SYS 1 Def Yes H
(Unit: times) contents
0: No Retry
1: 1 ~ 14: 14
<Default value>
EU: 3
129 - Dial Posing time Line1 Sets the time for a pause when it is inserted between the Refer to 0~5 SYS 1 Def Yes H
dial numbers. contents
(Unit: sec)
0: 0 1: 1 2: 2 3: 4 4: 3 5: 10
<Default value>
EU: 4
13 FUNCTION MODE
135 - Fax/IP Fax Dial Redial Interval Sets the interval between redialing. Refer to 0~15 SYS 1 Def Yes H
(Unit: min) contents
0: 3 1: 1 ~ 15: 15
<Default value>
TW: 2 RU: 0 BR:1 CN: 3 NZ: 1 MY: 3 TH: 3 UNIV: 3
EU: 0
137 - Dial DP Pulse speed Line1 Sets the pulse speed for DP dialing. Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
(Unit: pps) contents
0: 10 1: 20
<Default value>
EU: 0
141 - Dial MF Transmission attenuator Line1 Sets the attenuator value for the MF signal. Refer to 0~15 SYS 1 Def Yes H
value (Unit: dB) contents
0: 0 1: -1 ~ 15: -15 (Per -1dB)
<Default value>
EU: 7
142 - Dial International Tone detection Line1 Selects the frequency range for the dial tone of the first Refer to 0~17 SYS 1 - Yes H
Dialing pause to be detected. contents
(Unit: Hz)
0: No Check 1: 300-600 2: 300-650 3: 390-550 4: 400-
450 5: 350-480 6: 300-500 7~10: Not Used 11: 300-
600 12: 300-650 13: 390-550 14: 400-450 15: 350-480
16: 300-500 17: Not Used
<Default value>
EU: 0
143 - Dial International Access code Line1 Sets the international access code. 1000 0~1000 SYS 1 - Yes H
Dialing (3 digits)
149 - Communicatio Receiving Line1 Sets the receiver attenuator for line1. Refer to 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n sensitivity (Unit: dbm) contents
0: -48 1: -43 2: -38 3: -33
<Default value>
EU: 1
152 - Dial MF Signal level difference Line1 Sets the difference between the high output and low Refer to 0~15 SYS 1 Def Yes H
setting output of the MF signal. contents
(Unit: dB)
0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8:
-2.0 9: -1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: +0.5 14: +1.0
15: +1.5
<Default value>
JP: 0 ASIA: 15 AU: 0 HK: 0 US/CA: 0 DE: 0 GB: 0 IT:
0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0 CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0
NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0 PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA:
15 TW: 0 RU: 2 BR: 0 CN: 0 NZ: 14 MY: 15 TH: 0
UNIV: 0 EU: 0
13 FUNCTION MODE
200 - Dial Exchange type Line1 Selects the exchange type. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: PSTN 1: PABX
203 - Dial Dialer type Line1 Selects the dial type. 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: DP 1: MF
210 - Dial Exchange type Line2 Selects the exchange type. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: PSTN 1: PABX
213 - Dial Dialer type Line2 Selects the dial type. 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: DP 1: MF
224 - Dial Transmission PSTN Line2 Selects which is to be used for the PSTN, DTC or LCC. 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
230 - Dial Transmission PABX Line2 Selects which is to be used for the PABX, DTC or LCC. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
236 - Dial Transmission Response Waiting time(T1) setting Line2 Sets the time to wait for a response from the receiver Refer to 0~4 SYS 1 Def Yes H
setting after dialing is completed. contents
(Unit: sec)
0: 60 1: 35 2: 90 3: 55 4: 115
<Default value>
EU: 2
245 - Dial DP Pulse setting Line2 Sets the definition of the pulse for the DP dial. Refer to 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: Normal 1: Shift 2: Reverse contents
Normal: n
Shift: n+1
Reverse:10-n
(n= Dial No.)
<Default value>
EU: 0
249 - Dial Posing time Line2 Sets the time for a pause when it is inserted between the Refer to 0~5 SYS 1 Def Yes H
dial numbers. contents
(Unit: sec)
0: 0 1: 1 2: 2 3: 4 4: 3 5: 10
<Default value>
EU: 4
250 - Dial Redial Redialing method Selects the redialing method. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
* Only in Japan
0: 3 minutes/3 times mode
1: Continuous mode
251 - Dial Redial No. of redials in Sets the number of redials when "1" is selected in 13-250. Refer to 0~15 SYS 1 Def Yes H
continuous mode (Unit: times) contents
* Only in Japan
0: No Retry 1: 1 ~ 15: 15
<Default value>
0 TW: 0 RU: 0 BR: 0 CN: 0 NZ: 0 MY: 0 TH: 0 UNIV:
0 EU: 0
13 FUNCTION MODE
267 - Dial DP Pulse speed Line2 Sets the pulse speed for DP dialing. Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
(Unit: pps) contents
0: 10 1: 20
<Default value>
EU: 0
271 - Dial MF Transmission attenuator Line2 Sets the attenuator value for the MF signal. Refer to 0~15 SYS 1 Def Yes H
value (Unit: dB) contents
0: 0 1: -1 ~ 15: -15 (Per -1dB)
<Default value>
EU: 7
272 - Dial International Tone detection Line2 Selects the frequency range for the dial tone of the first Refer to 0~17 SYS 1 - Yes H
Dialing pause to be detected. contents
(Unit: Hz)
0: No Check 1: 300-600 2: 300-650 3: 390-550 4: 400-
450 5: 350-480 6: 300-500 7~10: Not Used 11: 300-
600 12: 300-650 13: 390-550 14: 400-450 15: 350-480
16: 300-500 17: Not Used
<Default value>
EU: 0
273 - Dial International Access code Line2 Sets the international access code. 1000 0~1000 SYS 1 - Yes H
Dialing (3 digits)
279 - Communicatio Receiving Line2 Sets the receiver attenuator for line2. Refer to 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n sensitivity (Unit: dbm) contents
0: -48 1: -43 2: -38 3: -33
<Default value>
EU: 1
282 - Dial MF Signal level difference Line2 Sets the difference between the high output and low Refer to 0~15 SYS 1 Def Yes H
setting output of the MF signal. contents
(Unit: dB)
0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8:
-2.0 9: -1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: +0.5 14: +1.0
15: +1.5
<Default value>
15 TW: 0 RU: 2 BR: 0 CN: 0 NZ: 14 MY: 15 TH: 0
UNIV: 0 EU: 0
312 - Reception CI history hold Line1 Sets the time for the CI history to remain. Refer to 0~4 SYS 1 Def Yes H
time (Unit: sec) contents
0: 4 1: 8 2: 10 3: 11 4: 12.5
<Default value>
EU: 1
13 FUNCTION MODE
317 - Communicatio Judgment during RTN Selects whether or not to handle communication as an Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n reception error when the RTN signal is received. When it is handled contents
as an error, transmits the DCN signal to stop the
communication. When it is not handled as an error,
continuously sends the next page.
0: communication stop
1: communication continue
<Default value>
EU: 0
325 - Communicatio V.17/V.34 Transmission attenuator Line1 Sets the modem transmission level for communication. Refer to 0~15 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n value The smaller the value is, the higher the transmission level contents
becomes. If errors occur frequently or training is not sent,
the transmission level should be changed.
(Unit: dB)
0: 0 1:-1 ~ 15: -15 (Per -1dB)
<Default value>
JP: 10 ASIA: 11 AU: 13 HK: 11 US/CA: 11 DE: 11 GB:
11 IT: 11 BE : 11 NL: 11 FI: 11 ES: 11 AT: 11 CH: 11
SE: 11 DK: 11 NO: 11 PT: 11 FR: 11 GR: 11 PL: 11
HU: 11 CZ: 11 TR: 11 ZA: 9 TW: 12 RU: 14 BR: 9 CN:
11 NZ: 13 MY: 12 TH: 10 UNIV: 11 EU: 11
329 - Communicatio V.17/V.34 Cable Equalizer for RX Line1 Sets the equalizer value which has frequency Refer to 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n characteristics. For the long distance communication, it is contents
recommended to set a large value.
(Unit: dB)
0: 0 1: -4 2: -8 3: -12
<Default value>
EU: 2
331 - Communicatio V.21 Echo measures Signal transmission Selects whether or not to move the timing by delaying Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n delay setting transmission of the V.21 signal by 500 msec to prevent contents
line echo.
0: OFF (0msec) 1: ON (500msec)
<Default value>
1 PT: 1 FR: 1 GR: 1 PL: 1 HU:1 CZ: 1 TR: 1 ZA: 1
EU: 1
335 - Communicatio Modem speed Default Sets the default modem speed to be declared by DIS/ 1 Refer to SYS 1 Def Yes H
n DCS. contents
(Unit: bps)
0: 2400 1: 14.4k(V.17) 4: 4800 5: 12k(V.17) 8: 9600 9:
9600(V.17) 12: 7200 13: 7200(V.17)
337 - Sound Monitor Line sound up to Phase Monitors the line sound up to Phase B during 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
B communication.
0: OFF 1: ON
338 - Sound Monitor Line selection Selects a line to be monitored. 0 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: OFF 1: Line1 2: Line2
346 - Fax/IP Fax Communicatio Recording width capacity Paper empty When the specified paper size in the specified drawer is 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n declaration not available, selects whether to declare the paper in
another one or that in the installed one as the maximum
recording width.
0: Paper 1: Drawer
13 FUNCTION MODE
351 - Sound Off-hook alarm after end Sets the alarm volume when the handset has been left off Refer to 0~7 SYS 1 Def Yes H
of communication the cradle after the end of communication. contents
0: No ringing 1: Level 1 (Min.) ~ 7: Level 7 (Max.)
<Default value>
EU: 3
353 - Sound Ringer volume Sets the ringer sound during CI reception and the pseudo Refer to 0~7 SYS 1 Def Yes H
bell volume in the TEL/FAX mode. contents
0: Level 0 (Min.) ~ 7: Level 7 (Max.)
<Default value>
EU: 0
355 - Fax/IP Fax Report Memory transmission Selects whether or not to output the memory transmission Refer to Refer to SYS 1 Def Yes H
report report, as well as the output conditions. contents contents
0: Not printed 2: ALWAYS 3: ON Error 6: Always(W) 7:
ON Error(W)
<Default value>
EU: 6
356 - Fax/IP Fax Report Multi-address Selects whether or not to output the multi-address Refer to 0~4 SYS 1 Def Yes H
transmission report transmission report, as well as the output conditions. contents
0: Not printed 1: Always 2: On Error 3: Always(W) 4:
On Error(W)
<Default value>
EU: 3
357 - Report Direct transmission Selects whether or not to output the direct transmission 1 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
report report, as well as the output conditions.
0: Not printed 1: Always 2: On Error
359 - Report Polling report Selects whether or not to output the polling transmission Refer to 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
report, as well as the output conditions. contents
0: Not printed 1: Always 2: On Error
<Default value>
TW: 2 RU:1 BR: 2 CN: 2 NZ: 2 MY: 2 TH: 2 UNIV: 2
EU: 1
361 - Report Relay originator report Selects whether or not to output the relay originator 3 0~4 SYS 1 Def Yes H
report, as well as the output conditions.
On Error(W)
362 - Report Relay station report Selects whether or not to output the relay station report, Refer to 0~4 SYS 1 Def Yes H
as well as the output conditions. contents
On Error(W)
<Default value>
EU: 3
13 FUNCTION MODE
363 - Report Relay destination report Selects whether or not to transmit the relay destination 2 0~4 SYS 1 Def Yes H
report, as well as the transmission conditions.
On Error(W)
365 - Report Relay station reception Selects whether or not to output the relay station Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
report reception report. contents
0: Not printed 1: ON
<Default value>
EU: 1
367 - Report Mailbox reception report When the document is registered in the mailbox Refer to 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
confidential box or bulletin board, selects whether or not contents
to output the reception report, as well as the output
conditions.
0: Not printed
1: Printed in the remote mode / Not printed in the local
mode
2: Not printed in the remote mode / Printed in the local
mode
3: Not printed
<Default value>
EU: 1
368 - Fax/IP Fax Report Auto transmission Selects whether or not to automatically output the Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
journal output transmission journal. contents
0: Not printed 1: Printed
<Default value>
EU: 0
370 - Fax/IP Fax Report Transmission journal Addition of status Selects whether or not to add the communication report 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
(OK/Not OK) to the transmission journal.
0: Not added 1: Added
371 - Fax/IP Fax Report Transmission journal Addition of error code Selects whether or not to add the communication error 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
code to the transmission journal.
372 - Reception CI detection Line1 Sets the CI counter value for the machine to enter the Refer to 0~15 SYS 1 Def Yes H
counter value automatic reception mode. contents
(Unit: times)
0: 1 (With no ringing sound) 1: 1 ~ 15:15(Per 1time)
<Default value>
EU: 2
373 - Sound Monitor volume Sets the monitor volume. Refer to 0~7 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: Level 0 (Min.) ~ 7: Level 7 (Max.) contents
<Default value>
EU: 3
13 FUNCTION MODE
375 - Fax/IP Fax Print Rear-end discard length Sets the length to be discarded if the received document 1 0~4 SYS 1 Def Yes H
exceeds the effective recording length.
(Unit: mm)
0: 0 (No Eliminate) 1: 10 2: 18 3: 22 4: 34
377 - Fax/IP Fax Print Reduced printing in Determines the appropriate recording size for the 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
vertical direction received document, and selects whether or not
automatically to reduce the size in the vertical direction.
0: Auto Reduction 1: No Reduction
378 - Fax/IP Fax Print Rear-end discard Selects whether or not to perform discard printing. 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
printing 0: OFF 1: ON
379 - Fax/IP Fax Print Maximum reduction ratio Sets the maximum reduction ratio in the vertical direction. Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
in vertical direction (Unit: %) contents
0: 90 1: 75
<Default value>
EU: 1
382 - Print Addition of receiver Selects whether or not to add the receiver information to 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
information the received document.
389 - Reception RX mode Selects the RX mode. 1 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: TEL 1: FAX 2: TEL/FAX
* Value "2" is valid for JP only.
391 - Communicatio ECM function Selects whether or not to perform an ECM 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n communication.
0: OFF 1: ON
394 - Fax/IP Fax Job Recovery transmission Sets the retention period of the document in the HDD 6 1~24 SYS 1 Def Yes H
retention period when the transmission is unsuccessfully completed.
(Unit: hour)
1: 1 ~ 24: 24
398 - Dial Default line Sets the priority line when both Line 1 and Line 2 are not 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
in use.
0: Line1 1: Line2
430 - Communicatio V.17/V.34 Transmission attenuator Line2 This value is to set the modem transmission level for Refer to 0~15 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n value communication. The smaller the value is, the higher the contents
transmission level becomes. If errors occur frequently or
training is not sent, the transmission level should be
changed.
(Unit: dB)
0: 0 1: -1 ~ 15: -15 (Per -1dB)
<Default value>
JP: 10 ASIA: 11 AU: 13 HK: 11 US/CA: 11 DE: 11 GB:
11 IT: 11 BE : 11 NL: 11 FI: 11 ES: 11 AT: 11 CH: 11
SE: 11 DK: 11 NO: 11 PT: 11 FR: 11 GR: 11 PL: 11
HU: 11 CZ: 11 TR: 11 ZA: 9 TW: 12 RU:14 BR: 9 CN:
11 NZ: 13 MY: 12 TH: 10 UNIV: 11 EU: 11
434 - Communicatio V.17/V.34 Cable Equalizer for RX Line2 Sets the equalizer value which has frequency Refer to 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n characteristics. For the long distance communication, it is contents
recommended to set a large value.
(Unit: dB)
0: 0 1: -4 2: -8 3: -12
<Default value>
EU: 2
13 FUNCTION MODE
501 - Communicatio ECM Communication control Selects the communication control method when PPR is 1 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n communication when PPR is received 4 received 4 times.
times 0:EOR transmission
1:CTC (Disconnect the line after receiving PPR(2400bps)
as 4 times)
2:CTC (EOR transmission after receiving PPR(2400bps)
for 4 times)
508 - Communicatio G3 Received image error Sets the judgment type when received the error image in 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n judgment type G3.
0: RATE 1: LINE
509 - Communicatio International Modem speed Sets the initial transmission speed for overseas 0 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n Dialing communication.
(Unit: bps)
0: 9600 1: 7200 2: 4800
510 - Print Insertion position of Selects the position where the sender information and 1 1~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
header for transmission Security Stamp are inserted.
1: Clear at 5 mm from the top edge (when both edges are
enabled, TTI: Inserted at 5 mm from the top edge,
Security Stamp: Clear at 5 mm from the top edge)
enabled, clear at 10 mm)
3: Inserted at 5 mm from the top edge (both edges are
enabled, Inserted at 10 mm)
511 - Communicatio Addition of transmission Selects whether or not to insert sender information. 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n information 0: Not added 1: Added
512 - Communicatio G3 RTN transmission Image error rate Sets the threshold level for the error rate of the image 1 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n conditions received in the G3 mode. If error lines exceed this
threshold level, transmits the RTN signal to the sender.
(Unit: %)
0: 5 1: 10 2: 15 3: 25
513 - Communicatio G3 RTN transmission Continuous detection of If error lines are continuously detected at the setting 2 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n conditions image errors value, transmits the RTN signal to the sender. If they
exceed 1/2 of the threshold level, transmits the RTP
signal to the sender.
0: OFF 1: 3 line /STD 2: 6 line /STD 3: 12 line /STD
514 - Communicatio G3 Line disconnection Error line generating If error lines exceed the setting value, disconnects the 0 0~5 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n setting line.
(Unit: line)
0: No Limit 1: 128 2: 256 3: 512 4: 1028 5: 2048
517 - Fax/IP Fax Print Regular reduction Selects whether or not to perform regular reduction 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
printing printing (from A3 to B4 or A4, from B4 to A4 or B5) for the
received image.
0: OFF 1: ON
518 - Fax/IP Fax Print Duplex printing Selects whether or not to perform duplex printing for the 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
received document.
0: OFF 1: ON
519 - Fax/IP Fax Print Paper selection for Sets the priority order of the series of paper to print the Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
received fax document received document when there is a mixture of the AB contents
series and the LT series in a drawer.
0: Millimeter series 1: Inch series
<Default value>
EU: 0
520 - Fax/IP Fax Print Maximum length of Sets the maximum length of the received document. If it 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
received document exceeds the threshold level, disconnects the line.
0: 2m 1: No limit
13 FUNCTION MODE
564 - Communicatio V.34 Control channel speed Line1 Selects the control channel speed for the V.34 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n communication.
Unit: BPS
0: 1200 1: 2400
565 - Communicatio V.34 Fallback condition for Line1 Sets the number of the PPR reception for fall-back 5 0~10 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n transmitter condition in the V.34 transmission.
(Unit: times)
0: 1 1: 2 ~ 10: 11
569 - Communicatio V.34 Maximum line speed Sets the initial communication speed for V.34 14 0~14 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n transmission.
(Unit: kbps)
0:V.34 not installed 1: 2.4 2: 4.8 3: 7.2 4: 9.6 5: 12 6:
14.4 7: 16.8 8: 19.2 9: 21.6 10: 24 11: 26.4 12: 28.8
13: 31.2 14: 33.6
571 - Communicatio SUB/SEP/PWD Selects whether to enable or disable SUB/SEP/PWB 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n communication when data are received.
0: Disabled 1: Enabled
574 - Communicatio Coding Sets the coding capability to declare the receiver during 3 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n communication.
0: MH 1: MH/MR 2: MH/MR/MMR 3: MH/MR/MMR/
JBIG
575 - Fax/IP Fax Sound Reception end tone Successful completion Sets the timing to sound the reception end tone. 1 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: OFF 1: When printing is completed 2: When line
connection is terminated
576 - Communicatio V.34 Symbol rate Line1 Sets the initial value for the symbol rate for V.34 4 0~4 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n communication. Maximum modem speed for each setting
are as follows.
2400: 21600bps 2800: 26400bps 3000: 28800bps
3200: 31200bps 3429: 33600bps
0: 2400 1: 2800 2: 3000 3: 3200 4: 3429
578 - Fax/IP Fax Job Recovery transmission Selects whether to enable or disable the recovery 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
transmission.
581 - Job Batch transmission Selects whether to enable or disable the batch 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
transmission.
584 - Fax/IP Fax Print Rotate sort Selects whether to enable or disable the Rotate sort. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
585 - Report Transmission journal Selects whether to enable or disable a search for the Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
receiver name on the transmission journal. (Relay contents
reception report is not supported.)
<Default value>
EU: 0
586 - Fax/IP Fax Sound Communication end tone Volume Sets the volume of the communication end tone. Refer to 0~7 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: Level 0 (Min.) ~ 7: Level 7 (MAX.) contents
<Default value>
EU: 4
* This setting is available only when the fax board is
installed.

13 FUNCTION MODE
587 - Fax/IP Fax Sound Communication end tone Ringing time Sets the ringing time of the communication end tone. 2 0~10 SYS 1 Def Yes H
(Unit: sec)
0: No ringing 1: 0.5 2: 1.0 3: 1.5 4: 2.0 5: 2.5 6: 3.0 7:
3.5 8: 4.0 9: 4.5 10: 5.0
installed.
593 - Fax/IP Fax Sound Transmission end tone Successful completion Sets the timing to sound the transmission end tone. 0 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: OFF 1: Only when transmission is successfully
completed 2: Only when transmission is unsuccessfully
completed 3: When transmission is completed
594 - Fax/IP Fax Sound Transmission end tone Transmission error Sets the ringing time of the transmission error end tone. 4 1~8 SYS 1 Def Yes H
(Unit: sec)
1: 1.0 2: 2.0 3: 3.0 4: 4.0 5: 5.0 6: 6.0 7: 7.0 8: 8.0
installed.
595 - Fax/IP Fax Sound Communication end tone Frequency Sets the frequency of the communication end tone. 4 0~4 SYS 1 Def Yes H
(Unit: Hz)
0: 400 1: 800 2: 1000 3: 2000 4: 3000
installed.
601 - Reception CI history hold Line2 Sets the time for the CI history to remain. Refer to 0~4 SYS 1 Def Yes H
time (Unit: sec) contents
0: 4 1: 8 2: 10 3: 11 4: 12.5
<Default value>
EU: 1
607 - Reception CI detection Line2 Sets the CI counter value for the machine to enter the Refer to 0~15 SYS 1 Def Yes H
counter value automatic reception mode. contents
(Unit: times)
0: 1 (With no ringing sound) 1: 1 ~ 15:15(Per 1time)
<Default value>
EU: 2
610 - Communicatio V.34 Control channel speed Line2 Selects the control channel speed for the V.34 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n communication.
(Unit: bps)
0: 1200 1: 2400
611 - Communicatio V.34 Fallback condition for Line2 Sets the number of the PPR reception for fall-back 5 0~10 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n transmitter condition in the V.34 transmission.
(Unit: times)
0: 1 1: 2 ~ 10: 11
614 - Communicatio V.34 Symbol rate Line2 Sets the initial value for the symbol rate for V.34 4 0~4 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n communication. Maximum modem speed for each setting
are as follows.
2400: 21600bps 2800: 26400bps 3000: 28800bps
3200: 31200bps 3429: 33600bps
0: 2400 1: 2800 2: 3000 3: 3200 4: 3429
618 - Communicatio V.34 Maximum line speed Sets the initial communication speed for V.34 14 1~14 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n transmission (RX).
(Unit: kbps)
1: 2.4(V.34) 2: 4.8(V.34) 3: 7.2(V.34) 4: 9.6(V.34) 5:
12(V.34) 6: 14.4(V.34) 7: 16.8(V.34) 8: 19.2(V.34) 9:
21.6(V.34) 10: 24(V.34) 11: 26.4(V.34) 12: 28.8(V.34)
13: 31.2(V.34) 14: 33.6
619 - Communicatio RX speed limit Line1 Sets the V.34 capacity declaration (Line1) 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n 0: OFF 1: ON

13 FUNCTION MODE
620 - Communicatio RX speed limit Line2 Sets the V.34 capacity declaration (Line2) 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n 0: OFF 1: ON
706 - Reception Simple remote On-hook determination Selects the on-hook determination time for simple 3 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
time remote.
(Unit: msec)
0: 20 1: 40 2: 60 3: 80
707 - Reception Remote Reception method Selects the response method for remote reception. Refer to 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: OFF 1: Dial 2: Simple contents
<Default value>
EU: 0
711 - Reception Remote Reception switching Dial No. Sets the dial number to switch to reception. 5 0~9 SYS 1 Def Yes H
(Dialing method) 1 digit
724 - Reception TEL/FAX mode No. of calling times Sets the number of operator calling times in the TEL/FAX 6 0~15 SYS 1 Def Yes H
mode.
(Unit: times)
0: 0 ~ 15: 15
726 - Reception CNG Detection Line1 Sets number of CNG detection attempts to be repeated 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Counter until the start of the automatic reception in the TEL/FAX
mode.
(Unit: times)
0: 1 1: 2
750 - IP Fax Communicatio Judgment during RTN Selects whether or not to handle communication as an Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n reception error when the RTN signal is received. When it is handled contents
as an error, transmits the DCN signal to stop the
communication. When it is not handled as an error,
continuously sends the next page.
0: communication stop
1: communication continue
<Default value>
EU: 0
751 - IP Fax Communicatio Modem speed Default Sets the default modem speed to be declared by DIS/ 1 Refer to SYS 1 Def Yes H
n DCS. contents
(Unit: bps)
0: 2400 1: 14.4k(V.17) 4: 4800 5: 12k(V.17) 8: 9600 9:
9600(V.17) 12: 7200 13: 7200(V.17)
752 - IP Fax Print Addition of receiver Selects whether or not to add the receiver information to 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
information the received document.
753 - IP Fax Communicatio ECM function Selects whether or not to perform an ECM 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n communication.
0: OFF 1: ON
754 - IP Fax Print Insertion position of Selects the position where the sender information and 1 1~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
header for transmission Security Stamp are inserted.
enabled, TTI: Inserted at 5 mm from the top edge,
Security Stamp: Clear at 5 mm from the top edge)
enabled, clear at 10 mm)
3: Inserted at 5 mm from the top edge (both edges are
enabled, Inserted at 10 mm)
755 - IP Fax Communicatio Addition of transmission Selects whether or not to insert sender information. 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n information 0: Not added 1: Added

13 FUNCTION MODE
756 - IP Fax Communicatio G3 RTN transmission Image error rate Sets the threshold level for the error rate of the image 1 0~3 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n conditions received in the G3 mode. If error lines exceed this
threshold level, transmits the RTN signal to the sender.
(Unit: %)
0: 5 1: 10 2: 15 3: 25
757 - IP Fax Communicatio Coding Sets the coding capability to declare the receiver during 2 0~2 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n communication.
0: MH 1: MH/MR 2: MH/MR/MMR
758 - IP Fax Report Transmission journal Selects whether to enable or disable a search for the Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
receiver name on the transmission journal. (Relay contents
reception report is not supported.)
<Default value>
EU: 0
759 - IP Fax Display Search for sender's Selects whether to search by partial or exact match to 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
address name by the retrieve the phone number registered in the address book
phone number of the TSI with the one included in the TSI signal.
signal The sender's address name retrieved is also used as the
name of the saved file during transfer. (File names in
Save As File and e-Filing are supported, but ones in E-
mail transmission are not.)
0: Partial match search of the phone number by the TSI
signal and the registered phone number
1: Exact match search of the phone number by the TSI
761 - IP Fax Communicatio JT-T38 mode fax device Sets the high-speed communication mode to the IP 1 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n capability recognition TTC standard JT-T38 mode fax device
capability (DIS/DCS BIT123).
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
762 - IP Fax Communicatio SIP server resend timer Sets the resend interval if resend information is not 2 0~7 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n returned from a SIP server when registration or invitation
to a SIP server has failed.
(Unit: min)
0: 3 1: 4 2: 5 3: 6 4: 7 5: 8 6: 9 7: 10
922 - Fax/IP Fax Display Method of destination Selects whether to set the phone number transmitted by 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
display after Phase B the CSI signal, the name of the destination in the address
book or the phone number dialed for the destination
display after Phase B in the transmission control.
0: CSI signal of the receiver
1: Name of the destination in the address book or phone
number dialed
923 - Display Search for sender's Selects whether to search by partial or exact match to 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
address name by the retrieve the phone number registered in the address book
phone number of the TSI with the one included in the TSI signal.
signal The sender's address name retrieved is also used as the
name of the saved file during transfer. (File names in
Save As File and e-Filing are supported, but ones in E-
mail transmission are not.)
0: Partial match search of the phone number by the TSI
1: Exact match search of the phone number by the TSI
924 - Fax/IP Fax Print Duplex printing at Selects whether or not to perform duplex printing and 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
forwarding destination output the received documents at the forwarding
destination, when duplex printing is selected in "Duplex
printing for received documents" (13-518).
0: OFF 1: ON

13 FUNCTION MODE
925 - Report Report attachment to Sets not to attach an image only to the report during Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
image during mailbox transmission when mailbox is transmitted in the contents
transmission confidential box or bulletin board.
0: Follows the setting of the report
1: Does not attach an image
<Default value>
EU: 0
926 - Fax/IP Fax Communicatio Paper width declaration Selects the paper size to declare when paper is selected 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n in recording paper empty in "Recording width capacity declaration" (13-346).
state 0: A4 1: B4
927 - Fax/IP Fax Communicatio B4 declaration for B5 Declares the capacity of receiving B4 width when B5 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n recording paper recording paper is loaded.
When a short B5 document with B4 width is received, it
can be printed in the same size as B5 paper.
0: Does not declare 1: Declares
940 - Display UI display of Tx ATT in Selects whether or not to display the [Tx ATT] icon in the 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
the Phone Book Phone Book registration screen. When "16" is set for the
TX attenuation, the transmission level of the equipment is
determined by the setting values of the following items.
13-325: TX attenuation value (V.17/V.34) (Line1)
13-430: TX attenuation value (V.17/V.34) (Line2)
0: OFF 1: ON
941 - Display UI display of TTI Selects whether or not to display ON/OFF switching of Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
recording setting [TTI recording] in USER FUNCTIONS - USER - FAX. contents
0: Does not display 1: Displays
<Default value>
EU: 0
950 - Reception Dial-in Sets dial-in service. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
0: OFF 1: ON
962 - Fax/IP Fax Communicatio TTI format Selects the FCC type or the one for Japan for TTI format. Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 - Yes H
n 0: Type for Japan 1: FCC type contents
<Default value>
EU: 1
965 - Caller ID Connect Line1 Sets to connect to "Caller ID Display" line. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Display setting 0: Not connect to "Caller ID Display" line
1: Connect to "Caller ID Display" line
* Caller ID is not displayed in MFP.
* This code is valid for JP only.
966 - Caller ID Connect Line2 Sets to connect to "Caller ID Display" line. 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
Display setting 0: Not connect to "Caller ID Display" line
1: Connect to "Caller ID Display" line
* Caller ID is not displayed in MFP.
* This code is valid for JP only.

13 FUNCTION MODE
970 - Fax/IP Fax Report Format of address for Sets the format of the address for transmission/reception Refer to 0~2 SYS 1 - Yes H
transmission/reception journal. contents
journal 0: Conventional 1: DTS 2: US
<Default value>
EU: 1
979 - Fax/IP Fax Print Shift printing Prints the received document by shifting it to the upper 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
edge of the image by approx. 3 mm.
0: OFF 1: ON
980 - Communicatio V.34 TX speed limit V. 17 notification Selects whether or not to transmit the final document Refer to 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n waiting to be redialed due to a communication error contents
during V.34 transmission, for V.17 transmission.
0: OFF 1: ON
<Default value>
EU: 0
981 - Communicatio V.34 Transmission level Selects whether or not to perform transmission by 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
n change reducing the transmission level by 3 dB when a
communication error occurs during V.34 transmission.
0: OFF 1: ON
983 - Fax/IP Fax Job Retransmission Start page setting Selects whether to start to send a page following the one 0 0~1 SYS 1 Def Yes H
that has been sent or always start to resend the first page
for Fax/IP Fax recovery transmission.
0: Start to send a page following the one that has been
sent
1: Always start to resend the first page

13 FUNCTION MODE
13 FUNCTION MODE
7. 05 TEST PRINT
Code 05 TEST PRINT Output from

1 Grid pattern 1 (Monochrome) LGC
3 Grid pattern 1 (Monochrome, Duplex) LGC
4 Copier gamma correction pattern (Color & Monochrome integrated) (All media SYS
types)
6 Copier gamma confirmation pattern (Monochrome) (All media types) SYS
7 Copier gamma confirmation pattern (Color) (All media types) SYS
8 Grid pattern 1 (Color) LGC
50 DSDF Color correction pattern (Color, Plain) SYS
52 DSDF Color correction pattern (Color, Thick) SYS
55 Grid pattern 1 (Full Color, Thick2) LGC
56 Grid pattern 1 (Full Color, Thick3) LGC
57 Grid pattern 1 (Full Color, OHP) LGC
58 Grid pattern 1 (Monochrome, Thick2) LGC
60 Grid pattern 1 (Monochrome, OHP) LGC 7
63 For color deviation correction (Full Color) (A3/LD) LGC
70 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern (Plain, PS, 600dpi) SYS
71 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern (Plain, PS, 600dpi) SYS
72 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern (Thick, PS, 600dpi) SYS
73 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern (Thick, PS, 600dpi) SYS
74 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern (Recycled, PS, 600dpi) SYS
75 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern (Recycled, PS, 600dpi) SYS
76 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern (Thick1, PS, 600dpi) SYS
77 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern (Thick1, PS, 600dpi) SYS
84 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern (Special1, PS, 600dpi) SYS
85 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern (Special1, PS, 600dpi) SYS
86 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern (Special 2, PS, 600dpi) SYS
87 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern (Special2, PS, 600dpi) SYS
98 Grid pattern 2 (For printing K(4), Plain) LGC
99 Grid pattern 2 (For printing K(4), Thick1) LGC
100 Grid pattern 1 (Full color, Thick1) LGC
104 Color deviation confirmation pattern (A3/LD) HDD
138 Grid pattern - 2 (For printing K (4), duplex printing) LGC
151 Pattern for checking uneven image density correction in primary scanning direction HDD
(A4/LT)
200 Copier gamma correction pattern (Color & Monochrome integrated, Plain) SYS
201 Copier gamma confirmation pattern (Color, Plain) SYS
202 Copier gamma correction pattern (Color & Monochrome integrated, Thick) SYS
203 Copier gamma confirmation pattern (Color, Thick) SYS
204 Copier gamma correction pattern (Color & Monochrome integrated, Recycled) SYS
205 Copier gamma confirmation pattern (Color, Recycled) SYS

05 TEST PRINT
7-1
Code 05 TEST PRINT Output from
206 Copier gamma correction pattern (Color & Monochrome integrated, Thick1) SYS
207 Copier gamma confirmation pattern (Color, Thick1) SYS
214 Copier gamma correction pattern (Color & Monochrome integrated, Special1) SYS
215 Copier gamma confirmation pattern (Color, Special1) SYS
216 Copier gamma correction pattern (Color & Monochrome integrated, Special2) SYS
217 Copier gamma confirmation pattern (Color, Special2) SYS
230 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern (Plain, PS, 1200dpi) HDD
231 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern (Plain, PS, 1200dpi) HDD
232 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern (Thick, PS, 1200dpi) HDD
233 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern (Thick, PS, 1200dpi) HDD
234 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern (Recycled, PS, 1200dpi) HDD
235 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern (Recycled, PS, 1200dpi) HDD
236 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern (Thick1, PS, 1200dpi) HDD
237 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern (Thick1, PS, 1200dpi) HDD
244 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern (Special1, PS, 1200dpi) HDD
245 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern (Special1, PS, 1200dpi) HDD
246 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern (Special2, PS, 1200dpi) HDD
247 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern (Special2, PS, 1200dpi) HDD
315 Printer 4.2mm void image location confirmation pattern (Simplex) (A4/A4-R/LT/LT-R/ HDD
A3/LD)
316 Printer 4.2mm void image location confirmation pattern (Duplex, Plain) (A4/A4-R/LT/ HDD
LT-R/A3/LD)
317 Printer 4.2mm void image location confirmation pattern (Duplex, Thick1) (A4/A4-R/ HDD
LT/LT-R/A3/LD)
318 Printer 4.2mm void image location confirmation pattern (Duplex, Thick3) (A4/A4-R/ HDD
LT/LT-R/A3/LD)
321 Grid pattern 1 (Monochrome, Thick) LGC
322 Grid pattern 1 (Color, Thick) LGC
323 Grid pattern 1 (Monochrome, Thick, Duplex) LGC
324 Grid pattern 2 (For printing K(4), Thick) LGC
330 For color deviation correction (05-4350/4351) (Full Color, Thick) (A3/LD) LGC
331 Grid pattern 2 (For printing K(4), Thick, Duplex) LGC

05 TEST PRINT
7-2
Appendix-1: Time zone area correspondence table
08-9103 08-9105 Utilization area

0 0 (GMT+12:00) Wellington, Auckland
0 1 (GMT+12:00) Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Is.
0 2 (GMT-12:00) Ewinotek, Kwajalein
2 0 (GMT+11:00) Magadan, Solomon Is., New Caledonia
4 0 (GMT+10:00) Brisbane
4 1 (GMT+10:00) Vladivostok
4 2 (GMT+10:00) Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney
4 3 (GMT+10:00) Guam, Port Moresby
4 4 (GMT+10:00) Hobart
5 0 (GMT+9:30) Adelaide
5 1 (GMT+9:30) Darwin
6 0 (GMT+9:00) Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo
6 1 (GMT+9:00) Seoul
6 2 (GMT+9:00) Yakutsk
8 0 (GMT+8:00) Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Urumqi
8 1 (GMT+8:00) Irkutsk, Ulaan Bataar
8 2 (GMT+8:00) Kuala Lumpur, Singapore
8 3 (GMT+8:00) Perth
8 4 (GMT+8:00) Taipei
10 0 (GMT+7:00) Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta
10 1 (GMT+7:00) Krasnoyarsk
11 0 (GMT+6:30) Rangoon
12 0 (GMT+6:00) Astana, Dhaka
12 2 (GMT+6:00) Almaty, Novosibirsk
12 3 (GMT+6:00) Sri Jayawardenepura
13 0 (GMT+5:30) Bombay, Calcutta, Chennai, New Delhi, Colombo
14 0 (GMT+5:00) Ekaterinburg
14 1 (GMT+5:00) Islamabad, Karachi, Tashkent
15 0 (GMT+4:30) Kabul
16 0 (GMT+4:00) Abu Dhabi, Muscat
16 1 (GMT+4:00) Baku, Tbilisi
17 0 (GMT+3:30) Tehran
18 0 (GMT+3:00) Baghdad, Kuwait, Riyadh
18 1 (GMT+3:00) Nairobi
18 2 (GMT+3:00) Moscow, St. Petersburg, Volgograd
20 0 (GMT+2:00) Athens, Istanbul, Minsk
20 1 (GMT+2:00) Israel
20 2 (GMT+2:00) Cairo
20 3 (GMT+2:00) Harare, Pretoria
20 4 (GMT+2:00) Bucharest
20 5 (GMT+2:00) Helsinki, Riga, Tallinn, Sofija, Vilnius
22 0 (GMT+1:00) Amsterdam, Berlin, Bern, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna
22 1 (GMT+1:00) Sarajevo, Skopje, Warsaw, Zagreb
22 2 (GMT+1:00) Brussels, Copenhagen, Madrid, Paris
22 3 (GMT+1:00) Belgrade, Bratislava, Budapest, Ljubljana, Prague
22 4 (GMT+1:00) West Central Africa
24 0 (GMT) Greenwich Mean Time: Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London

1
08-9103 08-9105 Utilization area
24 1 (GMT) Casablanca, Monrovia
26 0 (GMT-1:00) Azores, Cape Verde Is.
28 0 (GMT-2:00) Mid-Atlantic
30 0 (GMT-3:00) Brasilia
30 1 (GMT-3:00) Greenland
30 2 (GMT-3:00) Buenos Aires, Georgetown
31 0 (GMT-3:30) Newfoundland
32 0 (GMT-4:00) Atlantic Time (Canada)
32 1 (GMT-4:00) Caracas, La Paz
32 2 (GMT-4:00) Santiago
34 0 (GMT-5:00) Bogota, Lima, Quito
34 1 (GMT-5:00) Indiana (East)
34 2 (GMT-5:00) Eastern Time (US & Canada)
36 0 (GMT-6:00) Central Time (US & Canada)
36 1 (GMT-6:00) Saskatchewan
36 2 (GMT-6:00) Mexico City, Tegucigalpa
36 3 (GMT-6:00) Central America
38 0 (GMT-7:00) Arizona
38 1 (GMT-7:00) Mountain Time (US & Canada)
40 0 (GMT-8:00) Pacific Time (US & Canada); Tijuana
42 0 (GMT-9:00) Alaska
44 0 (GMT-10:00) Hawaii
46 0 (GMT-11:00) Midway Island, Samoa
46 1 (GMT+13:00) Nuku’alofa
Setting example: When the equipment is used in the Auckland area:

Set “0” in 08-9103 and then “0” in 08-9105.

2
REVISION RECORD
Ver04
Ver04<2021/6/14>
Mode Contents
The following models have been added.
e-STUDIO5616AC/6616AC/7616AC
03 Test Mode Note for 116, 166, 516, 566, 616, 666, 716, 766 has been corrected.
(Output check)
05 Adjustment Mode “05/08” column has been deleted from a table.
Added 2921-0~3, 2921-5~9, 2921-11~16, 2921-18, 5411-0~3, 5411-5~9,
5411-11~16, 5411-18
08 Setting Mode “05/08” column has been deleted from a table.
Added 3821, 8872, 9436, 9467-0~1, 9468, 9472, 9559, 9579, 9591, 9609,
9630, 9755
Deleted 9379
Contents 2002, 3641, 8667, 8668, 8673, 9016, 8711
Details 2010-0~7
Sub item 2212-138~139, 2212-145
Contents, Acceptable value 3640
Item, Sub item 8762-0~3
Item, Sub item, Contents 8946-0~1
Default value 9702
13 Function Mode “13” column has been deleted from a table.
05 Test Print The description has been corrected. 4, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212,
214, 216, 230, 231, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244,
245, 246, 247
Ver03
Ver03<2020/5/15>
Mode Contents
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE “TEST COPY” has been added.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
05 Adjustment Mode Added 8088-0~3
Deleted 3402~3424
Contents 2788, 3032, 3043, 3350, 3351, 4921-0~1, 4922-0~1, 7322-0~2,
7642-0~2, 8101-0~2, 8102-0~2, 8107, 8425-0~2, 8426-0~2, 8427-0~2,
8428-0~2
Item, Details 3009, 3011, 3049
Details 3030, 3031, 7061, 7105, 7138, 7141, 8004-1, 8304-0, 8304-2
Sub Element, Details, Contents 3203, 3209
Sub Element, Item 3218
Sub item 7193-0~2, 8244-0~1
Sub Element, Contents 7843-0~4
Element, Sub Element 9850
08 Setting Mode Added 2212-0~35, 2212-48~83, 2212-90~176, 2344, 3078, 8859, 8860,
8879, 8887, 8888, 8896-0~1, 8999-16, 9566
Deleted 3027, 3722, 8833, 8834
Contents 2010-4, 2190-0, 2190-2, 2190-15, 2190-17, 3500, 3601~3603,
3605~3607, 3837, 4530, 4532, 4534, 4689-0~3, 5262-0~9, 5308-2, 8674,
8693~8696, 8839, 8883-2, 8909, 8911, 8914-7, 9016, 9090, 9424, 9425,
9438, 9970, 9974, 9975
Cloning 3623, 3624, 8749
Acceptable value, Contents 3802, 9567, 9568
Sub Element 4546, 4605-0~1, 4797
Item, Sub item, Details 5455-0~5, 5456-0~5
Item 5457-0~1
Details, Contents 7617, 8300, 8637, 9967
13 Function Mode Contents 575
Details, Contents 367, 925

REVISION RECORD
1
Ver02
Ver02<2019/10/24>
Mode Contents
05 Adjustment Mode Column order of table has been changed.
Added 9105
Details 3030~3032, 3042, 8130-1, 8130-3, 8131-1, 8131-3, 8132-1, 8132-3,
8210-1, 8210-3, 8211-1, 8211-3, 8212-1, 8212-3, 8249-1, 8249-3, 8250-1,
8250-3, 8251-1, 8251-3, 8252-1, 8252-3, 8253-1, 8253-3, 8254-1, 8254-3
Contents 3360, 3361
Sub item 8111-0~2
Details, Contents 9104, 9107
08 Setting Mode Column order of table has been changed.
Added 1001-0, 1014-0, 8882, 8883-0~2, 8885
Sub item 1067-0, 1067-2
Contents 3894-1, 5355-0~17, 5455-0~5, 8636, 8638, 9113, 9361-0~53,
9362, 9364, 9367, 9369-0~53, 9981, 9090
Details 8851, 8914-7
Acceptable value, Contents 9016, 9313
Item 9280, 9281, 9325
13 Function Mode Column order of table has been changed.
Contents 135, 317, 329, 338, 434, 564, 569, 707, 750
Details 363
Sub element 372, 607, 922
05 Test Print “Output from” has been added.
Ver01
Ver01<2019/1/21>
Mode Contents
05 Adjustment Mode Added 8114-0~2
Contents 2756-0, 2905-0~3, 2905-5~9, 2905-11~16, 2905-18, 4019-0, 4858-
0~9, 4859-0~9, 4860-0~9, 4922-0
Details 8304-0~2
08 Setting Mode Added 1000, 1002-0, 1003-0, 1003-2, 1004-0, 1004-2, 1005-0, 1005-2,
1006-0, 1006-2, 1007-0, 1007-2, 1008-0, 1008-2, 1009-0, 1009-2, 1010-
0, 1010-2, 1013-0, 1016-0, 1016-2, 1018-0, 1018-2, 1019-2, 1020-2,
1021-2, 1022-2, 1023-0, 1024-0, 1025-0, 1026-0, 1027-0, 1028-0, 1029-
0, 1030-0, 1051-0, 1051-2~3, 1052-0, 1052-2~3, 1054-0, 1058-0, 1058-
2, 1061-0, 1061-2, 1062-0, 1062-2, 1064-0, 1064-2, 1067-0, 1067-2,
1068-0, 1068-2, 1069-0, 1069-2~3, 1075-0, 1075-2~3, 1076-0, 1076-
2~3, 1077-0, 1077-2~3, 1079-0, 1080-0, 1081-0, 1081-2~3, 1082-0,
1082-2~3, 1083, 3677-2, 3895, 3896, 6105-0~1, 6106-0~1, 8697, 8698,
8861, 8862, 8864, 8866~8868, 8869-0~9, 8914-18~20
Deleted 8663
Details 2010-8~9, 2028-0, 2030, 3647, 8660, 8728-3, 8900-2, 8920
Item, Details 2017-0~1, 2017-3~4
Contents 2505, 2506, 2630, 3629, 3828, 3882, 5446-0~1, 6817, 7000, 7001,
7300, 7301, 7400, 7500, 8533, 8774, 8901, 8914-7, 9017, 9069-0~2, 9076,
9121, 9123, 9152, 9158-0~1, 9207, 9264, 9269, 9289, 9296, 9332, 9819,
9820, 9822, 9987
Sub element, Item, Contents 3642-0
Acceptable value, Contents 3642-2, 9313
Sub element, Acceptable value, Contents 3642-3~5
Subitem 3654-2, 3692-0~2, 5357-12~17, 9898, 9899
Sub element, Details, Contents 3659
Sub element 3678, 3680-0~2, 8700, 8721
Default value, Contents 3681, 3682-0~2, 8850-0, 9200, 9298, 9307, 9984
Default value, Acceptable value, Contents 3726
Item 3847, 9165, 9829
Sub element, Contents 3875
Item, Contents 8611
Sub element, Details 8631
Default value 8729, 8796, 8797, 8981, 8982
Details, Contents 8924
Cloning 8977-0~2

REVISION RECORD
2
Ver01<2019/1/21>
Mode Contents
13 Function Mode Added 750~759, 761, 762
Element, Sub element, Item 128, 135, 346, 370, 371, 575, 593
Details 251
Sub element 329, 434
Acceptable value, Contents 335
Element, Sub element, Acceptable value, Contents 355
Element, Sub element 356, 375, 377~379, 394, 517~520, 578, 584, 922,
924, 926, 927, 962, 970, 979
Element, Sub element, Default value, Contents 368
Element, Sub element, Item, Contents 586, 587, 594, 595, 983
Ver00
Ver00<2018/9/13>
Mode Contents
Initial release

REVISION RECORD
3
REVISION RECORD
4
1-11-1, OSAKI, SHINAGAWA-KU, TOKYO, 141-8562, JAPAN

eS7516AC SMC EN 0004

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

eS7516AC SMC EN 0004

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE

MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL SYSTEMS

Code List Version Ver04

© 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

- Do not use an ultrasonic humidifier near the MFP.

[4] [5] [6]

[1] Identification label

7. Precautions regarding IC-RAMs with a battery or a lithium battery embedded

1.1 General Description

2.1 Fixing the scanning section

2. Reinstall 2 screws that were removed when unpacking the equipment.

2. Attach a drum protection sheet to the drums.

[4] [5] [6]

- Vorsichtsmaßnahmen im Zusammenhang mit Lasern

Das folgende Laser-Warnetikett ist an der Abdeckung vorne rechts angebracht.

© 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04)

1.1 03 TEST MODE 1

1.1.1 Input check

© 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04)

Operation Stop Operation Self-diagnostic

Operation Test mode Self-diagnostic

Operation Operation Test mode Self-diagnostic

[FS] [03] *1 (Code) [START] [Digital keys] [START] Self-diagnostic

* Return to the standby screen for code input by pressing [CLEAR].

e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04) © 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

[FS] (Code) (Media selection) [START] Self-diagnostic

Media Color Self-diagnostic

© 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04)

[FS] [05] [Digital key]

* Press the [FUNCTION CLEAR] button to enter minus (-).

e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04) © 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

[Digital key] [Digital key] Value [OK] Self-diagnostic

[FS] [05] [Digital key] [START] [Digital key] [OK] Self-diagnostic

[CLEAR] [FUNCTION CLEAR] [START]

© 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04)

1.3.1 TEST COPY

1.3.2 TEST PRINT

e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04) © 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

[Digital key] [OK] Self-diagnostic

[Digital key] Self-diagnostic

* Press the [FUNCTION CLEAR] button to enter minus (-).

© 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04)

e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04) © 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

© 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04)

2.1 Input check (Test mode 03)

Toner cartridge paddle rotation detection

© 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04)

e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04) © 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

A Lower paper exit sensor-LGC Paper present No paper

© 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04)

A Feed cover sensor Cover closed Cover opened

e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04) © 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

© 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04)

Temperature/humidity sensor (displays

e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04) © 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

© 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04)

A 1st drawer detection sensor Drawer closed Drawer opened

e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04) © 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

Table 4. IH error input

© 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04)

Table 7. Relation between signals of duplexing unit opening/closing detection sensor

e-STUDIO5516AC/6516AC/7516AC (Ver04) © 2018-2021 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved

Code Function Speed Code Function Procedure